Legislator Case Law & Legislation
ln_2009_358 MT

Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

36 Articles / Provisions · Malta
Open official source Machine-readable Markdown (.md)

Table of Provisions (36)

Statutory Text (36 Articles)

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

L.N. 358 of 2009

PESTICIDES CONTROL ACT

(CAP. 430)

Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

IN exercise of the powers conferred by articles 4 and 5 of

the Pesticides Control Act, the Minister for Resources and Rural

Affairs, in consultation with the Prime Minister and with the

Minister for Social Policy, has made the following regulations:-

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

(1) The title of these regulations is the Plant Protection

Products Regulations, 2009.

(2) The scope of these Regulations is to transpose

Commission Directive 1991/414/EC of 15 July 1991 concerning

the placing of plant protection products on the market as last

amended by Commission Directive 2009/82/EC of 13 July

2009 and Council Directive 79/117/EEC of 21 December 1978

prohibiting the placing on the market and use of plant protection

products containing certain active substances.

(3) These regulations concern the authorization,

placing on the market, use and control of plant protection products

in commercial form and the placing on the market and control of

active substances intended for a use specified in regulation 2 (1).

(4) These regulations shall apply without prejudice

to the Dangerous Substances and Preparations Regulations, 2007

(L.N. 10 of 2007), and, where active substances are concerned,

without prejudice to the provisions concerning classification,

packaging and labeling in terms of The Dangerous Substances

(Notification) Regulations, 2001 (L.N. 318 of 2001).

(5) These regulations apply to the authorization

to place on the market plant protection products containing or

composed of genetically modified organisms, provided that

authorization to release them into the environment has been granted

after the risk to the environment has been assessed in accordance

with the provisions of Deliberate Release into the Environment of

Genetically Modified Organisms Regulations, 2002 (L.N. 170 of

2002).

(6) These regulations shall apply without prejudice to

Council Regulation (EC) No 304/2003 of the European Parliament

and of the Coucil of 28 January 2003 concerning the export and

import of dangerous chemicals.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

ACTIVE SUBSTANCES AUTHORISED FOR USE IN PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCTS

General provisions applying to all substances listed in this Schedule

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI in relation to each substance, the conclusions of the review report on it, and in particular the Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on Plant Health on the date indicated under‘specific provisions’for that substance shall be taken into account.

The Director shall keep available all review reports (except for confidential information within the meaning of

regulation 14 of these regulations) for consultation by any interested parties or shall make it available to them on specific request.

Number

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Entry into

IUPAC name

Purity

Specific provisions

numbers

force

inclusion

Only uses as fungicide may be authorized.

For the following uses the following particular conditions apply

—post-harvest fruit, vegetable and potato treatments may only be

authorised when an appropriate decontamination system is available or a

risk assessment has demonstrated to the authorizing Member State that

(+)-1-(ß-allyloxy-

the discharge of the treatment solution does not have an unacceptable

2,4-

Imazalil

risk to the environment and in particular to aquatic organisms,

dichlorophenylethy-

CAS No 73790-28-0,

31 December

—post-harvest treatment of potatoes may only be authorised when a risk

l)imidazole or (+)-

975 g/kg

1 January 1999

35554-44-0

assessment has demonstrated to the authorizing Member State that the

allyl 1-(2,4-dichloro-

discharge of the processing waste from treated potatoes does not have

CIPAC No 335

phenyl)-2-imidazol-

an unacceptable risk to aquatic organisms,

1-ylethyl ether

—outdoor foliar uses may only be authorised when a risk assessment

has demonstrated to the authorizing Member State that the use has no

unacceptable effects on human and animal health and the environment.

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review report

was finalised: 11 July 1997.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Methyl (E)-2-{2[6-

930 g/kg

In the decision making according to the Uniform Principles particular

Azoxystrobin

(2-cyanophenoxy)-

31 December

attention should be given to the impact on aquatic organisms. Author

(Z isomer

CAS No 131860-33-8

pyrimidin-4-yloxy]

1 July 1998

isation conditions should include appropriate risk mitigation measures.

max.

CIPAC No 571

phenyl}-3-methoxya-

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review report

25 g/kg)

crylate

was finalised: 22 April 1998.

Expiration of

Common

name,

Entry

into

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Specific provisions

identification, numbers

force

inclusion

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Methyl (E)-2-meth-

In their decision making according to the Uniform Principles

Kresoxim-Methyl

oxyimino-2-[2-(o-

1 February

31 December

Member States shall pay particular attention to the protection of

CAS No 143390-89-0

910 g/kg

groundwater under vulnerable conditions.

tolyloxymethyl)

CIPAC No 568

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

phenyl]acetate

report was finalised: 16 October 1998.

Only uses as a fungicide may be authorised.

In their decision making according to the Uniform Principles

Member States

g/kg

—must pay particular attention to operator safety and must ensure

(8-tert-Butyl-1,4-

Spiroxamine

(diaster-

that the conditions of authorisation include appropriate protective

dioxa-spiro [4.5]

1 September

31 December

CAS No 1181134-30-8

eomers A

measures, and,

decan-2-ylmethyl)-

and B

CIPAC No 572

—must pay particular attention to the impact on aquatic organisms

ethyl-propyl-amine

combined)

and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include, where

appropriate, risk mitigation measures.

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 12 May 1999.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

Aerial applications may not be authorised.

1-(4,6-dimethoxypyr-

In their decision making according to the Uniform Principles

imidin-2-yl)-3-[1-

Member States must pay particular attention to the impact on aquatic

Azimsulfuron

methyl-4-(2-methyl-

1 October

31 December

organisms and terrestrial non-target plants and must ensure that the

CAS No 120162-55-2

980 g/kg

2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

CIPAC No 584

mitigation measures (e.g. in rice cultivation minimum holding

pyrazol-5-

periods for water prior to discharge).

ylsulfonyl]-urea

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 2 July 1999.

Number

Common

name,

identification,

Expiration of

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

In their decision making according to the Uniform Principles Member

States

—shall take into account the additional information requested in point

7 of the Review Report,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater,

Fluroxypyr

4-amino-3,5-

1 December

31 December

—must pay particular attention to the impact on aquatic organisms and

CAS No 69377-81-7

dichloro-6-fluoro-2-

950 g/kg

must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include, where

CIPAC No 431

pyridyloxyacetic acid

appropriate, risk mitigation measures.

Member States shall inform the Commission if the requested

additional trials and information as outlined in point 7 of the Review

Report were not submitted by 1 December 2000.

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 30 November 1999.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

In their decision making according to the uniform principles, Member

Methyl-2-(4-

States

Metsulfuron-methyl

methoxy-6-methyl-

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater,

960 g/kg

1.7.2001

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

For the purposes of these regulations the following

definitions shall apply

“active substances” means substances or micro-

organisms including viruses, having general or specific

action

(a) against harmful organisms; or

(b)

on plants, parts of plants or plant products;

“advertising” in relation to plant protection products

includes any form of door-to-door information, canvassing

activity or inducement designed to promote the supply, sale or

use of plant protection products and without prejudice to the

generality of the foregoing in particular includes

(a) the advertising of plant protection products to

the general public or to persons who may be expected to

use or supply these products,

(b) the provision of inducements to prescribe or

supply plant protection products, by way of a gift, offer

or promise of any benefit or bonus, whether in money

or in kind, except when the intrinsic value of such an

inducement is minimal, and

(c) sponsorship of any meeting attended by

persons authorised to deal or who generally use these

products, but shall exclude

(i) the labelling and the accompanying

package leaflets, which are subject to the provisions

of regulations 15 and 16,

(ii) correspondence, even if accompanied by

material of a non-promotional nature, which is in

reply to a specific question about a particular plant

protection product, and

(iii) factual, informative, announcement

or reference material relating to pack changes,

adverse-effect warnings as part of general

precautions, trade catalogues, price lists and other

material of a similar nature provided that such

material does not include any product claim;

“animals” means animals belonging to species normally

fed and kept or consumed by man;

“authorization of a plant protection product” means

administrative act by which the Director responsible for

pesticides within the Malta Standards Authority, hereinafter

referred to as the Directorate following an application

submitted by an applicant, for the placing on the market of a

plant protection product;

“authorized representative” means any person duly

authorized by the Director to act on his behalf for any of the

purposes referred to in these regulations;

“dealing” means any activity in the manufacture, import,

export, transport, storage, distribution, presenting for sale or

sale of any plant protection product;

“environment” means water, air, land, wild species of

fauna and flora, and any interrelationship between them, as

well as any relationship with living organisms;

“harmful organisms” means pests of plants or plant

products belonging to the animal or plant kingdom, and also

viruses, bacteria and mycoplasmas and other pathogens;

“high-risk plant protection product” means any plant

protection product classified as toxic or highly toxic product

in accordance with regulation 19 of these regulations;

“integrated control” means the rational application of

a combination of biological, biotechnological, chemical,

cultural or plant-breeding measures whereby the use of

chemical plant protection products is limited to the strict

minimum necessary to maintain the pest population at levels

below those causing economically unacceptable damage or

loss;

“manufacturer” means the holder of a manufacturing

process for the manufacturing of a plant protection product;

“manufacturing” shall have the same meaning as is

assigned to it in the Act;

“minor crop” means any crop that is cultivated in Malta

except tomatoes, potatoes or grapes;

“placing on the market” means any supply, whether in

return for payment or free of charge, other than for storage

followed by consignment from the territory of the Community

or disposal. Importation of a plant protection product shall be

deemed to constitute placing on the market for the purposes

of these regulations;

“plant products” means products in the unprocessed state

or having undergone only simple preparation such as milling,

drying or pressing, derived from plants, but excluding plants

themselves as defined in point 6;

“plant protection products” means active substances and

preparations containing one or more active substances, put up

in the form in which they are supplied to the user, intended to

(a) protect plants or plant products against

all harmful organisms or prevent the action of such

organisms, in so far as such substances or preparations

are not otherwise defined below;

(b) influence the life processes of plants, other

than as a nutrient, such as growth regulators;

(c) preserve plant products, in so far as such

substances or products are not subject to special Council

or Commission provisions on preservatives;

(d) destroy undesired plants; or

(e) destroy parts of plants, check or prevent

undesired growth of plants;

“plants” means live plants and live parts of plants,

including fresh fruit and seeds;

“preparations” means mixtures or solutions composed

of two or more substances of which at least one is an active

substance, intended for use as plant protection products;

“professional user” means any person who acts as a

farmer or gardener and is authorized to purchase, transport,

store and use plant protection products in accordance with

these regulations. This does not apply for domestic use;

“professional users of high risk plant protection

products” means any person who is authorized to purchase,

transport, store and use high risk plant protection product;

“recognised country” means any member state of the

European Community;

“residues of plant protection products” means one

or more substances present in or on plants or products of

plant origin, edible animal products or elsewhere in the

environment and resulting from the use of a plant protection

product, including their metabolites and products resulting

from their degradation or reaction;

“substances” means chemical elements and their

compounds, as they occur naturally or by manufacture,

including any impurity inevitable resulting from the

manufacturing process;

“the Act” means the Pesticides Control Act;

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DOSSIER TO BE SUBMITTED FOR THE

INCLUSION OF AN ACTIVE SUBSTANCE IN SCHEDULE I

INTRODUCTION

The information required shall

1.1. include a technical dossier supplying the information necessary for eval-

uating the foreseeable risks, whether immediate or delayed, which the

substance may entail for humans, animals and the environment and

containing at least the information and results of the studies referred to

below;

1.2. where relevant, be generated using test guidelines, according to the latest

adopted version, referred to or described in this Schedule; in the case of

studies initiated before the entry into force of the modification of this

Schedule, the information shall be generated using suitable internationally

or nationally validated test guidelines or, in the absence thereof, test

guidelines accepted by the director;

1.3. in the event of a test guideline being inappropriate or not described, or

where another one than those referred to in Annex II of Directive 414/1991

has been used, include a justification, which is acceptable to the director for

the guidelines used. In particular, when reference is made in this Schedule

to an EEC Method which consists in the transposal of a method developed

by an international organization (e.g. OECD), Member States may accept

that the required information is generated according to the latest version of

that method if at the initiation of the studies the EEC Method has not yet

been updated;

1.4. include, when required by the director, a full description of test guidelines

used, except if they are referred to or described in this Schedule, and a full

description of any deviations from them including a justification, which is

acceptable to the director, for these deviations;

1.5. include a full and unbiased report of the studies conducted as well as full

description of them or a justification, which is acceptable to the director

where

—particular data and information which would not be necessary owing to

the nature of the product or its proposed uses, are not provided,

or

—it is not scientifically necessary, or technically possible to supply infor-

mation and data;

1.6. where relevant, have been generated in accordance with the requirements of

Directive 86/609/EEC.

2.1. Tests and analyses must be conducted in accordance with the principles laid

down in Directive 2004/10/EEC where testing is done to obtain data on the

properties and/or safety with respect to human or animal health or the

environment.

2.2. By way of derogation from point 2.1, the director may provide that tests

and analyses, performed in Malta in order to obtain data on the properties

and/or safety of the substances with respect to honey-bees and beneficial

arthropods other than bees shall be conducted by official or officially-

recognized testing facilities or organizations which satisfy at least the

requirements as set out under points 2.2 and 2.3 of the introduction to

Schedule III.

This derogation applies to trials actually started on or before 31 December

1999.

2.3. By way of derogation from point 2.1, the Director may provide that

supervised residue trials performed in Malta in accordance with the

provisions of Section 6‘Residues in or on treated products, food and

feed’ on plant protection products containing active substances already on

the market two years after notification of the Directive shall be conducted

by official or officially-recognized testing facilities or organizations which

satisfy at least the requirements under points 2.2 and 2.3 of the introduction

to Schedule III.

This derogation applies for supervised residue trials actually started on or

before 31 December 1997.

2.4. By way of derogation from point 2.1, for active substances consisting of

micro-organisms or viruses, tests and analyses done to obtain data on the

properties and/or safety with respect to other aspects than human health,

may have been conducted by official or officially recognised testing

facilities or organisations which satisfy at least the requirements under

points 2.2 and 2.3 of the introduction of Schedule III.

PART A

Chemical substances ( 1 )

1. Identity of the active substance

The information provided must be sufficient to identify with

precision each active substance, to define it in terms of its

specification and to characterize it as to its nature. The information

and data referred to, unless otherwise specified, are required for all

active substances.

1.1.

Applicant (name, address, etc.)

The name and address of the applicant (permanent Community

address) must be provided as must the name, position, telephone and

telefax number of the appropriate person to contact.

Where, in addition, the applicant has an office, agent or represen-

tative in the Member State to which the application for inclusion in

Schedule I is submitted, and if different, in the Rapporteur Member

State appointed by the Commission, the name and address of the

local office, agent or representative must be provided, as must the

name, position, telephone and telefax number of the appropriate

person to contact.

1.2.

Manufacturer (name, address, including location of plant)

The name and address of the manufacturer or manufacturers of the

active substance must be provided as must the name and address of

each manufacturing plant in which the active substance is

manufactured. A contact point (preferably a central contact point, to

include name, telephone and telefax number) must be provided, with

a view to providing updating information and responding to queries

arising, regarding manufacturing technology, processes and the

quality of product (including where relevant, individual batches).

Where following inclusion of the active substances in Schedule I,

there are changes in the location or number of manufac-turers, the

information required must again be notified to the Commission and

the Member States.

1.3.

Common name proposed or ISO-accepted, and synonyms

The ISO common name, or proposed ISO common name and where

relevant, other proposed or accepted common names (synonyms),

including the name (title) of the nomenclature authority concerned,

must be provided.

1.4.

Chemical name (IUPAC and CA nomenclature)

The Chemical name as given in Annex I to Directive 67/548/EEC,

or, if not included in this Directive, in accordance with both IUPAC

and CA nomenclature, must be provided.

( 1 ) Substance within the meaning of the definition of Article 2, point 3 of Directive 414/1991.

1.5.

Manufacturer's development code number(s)

Code numbers used to identify the active substance, and where

available, formulations containing the active substance, during

development work, must be reported. For each code number

reported, the material to which it relates, the period for which it was

used, and the Member States or other countries in which it was used

and is being used, must be stated

1.6.

CAS, EEC and CIPAC numbers (if available)

Chemical Abstracts, EEC (EINECS or ELINCS), and CIPAC

numbers, where they exist, must be reported.

1.7.

Molecular and structural formula, molecular mass

The molecular formula, molecular mass and structural formula of the

active substance, and where relevant, the structural formula of each

stereo and optical isomer present in the active substance, must be

provided.

1.8.

Method of manufacture (synthesis pathway) of the active substance

The method of manufacture, in terms of the identity of the starting

materials, the chemical pathways involved, and the identity of by-

products and impurities present in the final product, must be

provided, for each manufacturing plant. Generally process engi-

neering information is not required.

Where the information provided relates to a pilot plant production

system, the information required must again be provided once

industrial scale production methods and procedures have stabilized.

1.9.

Specification of purity of the active substance in g/kg

The minimum content in g/kg of pure active substance (excluding

inactive isomers) in the manufactured material used for production

of formulated products, must be reported.

Where the information provided relates to a pilot plant production

system, the information required must again be provided to the

Commission and the Member States once industrial scale production

methods and procedures have stabilized, if production changes result

in a changed specification of purity.

1.10.

Identity of isomers, impurities and additives (e.g. stabilizers),

together with the structural formula and the content expressed as

g/kg

The maximum content in g/kg of inactive isomers as well as the ratio

of the content of isomers/diastereo-isomers, where relevant, must be

provided. In addition, the maximum content in g/kg of each further

component other than additives, including by-products, and impu-

rities, must be provided. In the case of additives the content in g/kg

must be provided.

For each component, present in quantities of 1 g/kg or more, the

following information, where relevant, must be provided

—chemical name according to IUPAC and CA nomenclature,

—ISO common name or proposed common name if available,

—CAS number, EEC (EINECS or ELINCS) number, and CIPAC

number if available,

—molecular and structural formula,

—molecular mass, and

—maximum content in g/kg.

Where the manufacturing process is such that impurities and by-

products which are particularly undesirable because of their

toxicological, ecotoxicological or environmental properties could be

present in the active substance, the content of each such compound

must be determined and reported. In such cases, the analytical

methods used and the limits of determination, which must be

sufficiently low, for each compound of concern, must be reported.

Additionally the following information, where relevant, must be

provided

—chemical name according to IUPAC and CA nomenclature,

—ISO common name or proposed common name if available,

—CAS number, EEC (EINECS or ELINCS) number, and CIPAC

number if available,

—molecular and structural formula,

—molecular mass, and

—maximum content in g/kg.

Where the information provided relates to a pilot plant production

system, the information required must again be provided once

industrial scale production methods and procedures have stabilized,

if production changes result in a changed specification of purity.

Where the information provided does not fully identify a component

viz. condensates, detailed information on the composition must be

provided for each such component.

The trade name of components added to the active substance, prior to

manufacture of formulated product, to preserve stability and

facilitate ease of handling, where they are used, must also be

provided. Addi-tionally the following information, where relevant,

must be provided for such additives

—chemical name according to IUPAC and CA nomenclature,

—ISO common name or proposed common name if available,

—CAS number, EEC (EINECS or ELINCS) number, and CIPAC

number if available,

—molecular and structural formula,

—molecular mass, and

—maximum content in g/kg.

For added components, other than active substance and other than

impurities resulting from the manufacturing process, the function of

the component (additive) must be given

—antifoaming agent,

—antifreeze,

—binder,

—other (specify),

—buffer,

—dispersing agent,

—stabilizer.

1.11.

Analytical profile of batches

Representative samples of the active substance must be analysed for

content of pure active substance, inactive isomers, impurities and

additives, as appropriate. The analytical results reported must include

quantitative data, in terms of g/kg content, for all components

present in quantities of more than 1 g/kg and typically should

account for at least 98 % of the material analysed. The actual content

of components which are particularly undesirable because of their

toxi-cological, ecotoxicological or environmental properties, must be

determined and reported. Data reported must include the results of

the analysis of individual samples and a summary of that data, to

show the minimum or maximum and typical content of each relevant

component, as appropriate.

Where an active substance is produced in different plants this

information must be provided for each of the plants separately.

In addition, where available and relevant, samples of the active

substance produced in laboratory scale or pilot production systems,

must be analyzed, if such material was used in generating

toxicological or ecotoxicological data.

2. Physical and chemical properties of the active substance

(i) The information provided, must describe the physical and

chemical properties of active substances and together with

relevant information, must serve to characterize them. In

particular, the information provided must permit

—physical, chemical, and technical hazards associated with

active substances, to be identified,

—classification of active substance as to hazard,

—appropriate restrictions and conditions to be associated with

inclusions in Schedule I to be selected, and

—appropriate risk and safety phrases to be specified.

The information and data referred to are required for all active

substances, except where otherwise specified.

(ii) The information provided, taken together with that provided for

relevant preparations, must permit the physical, chemical

hazards associated with preparations, to be identified, permit

preparations to be classified, and permit establishment that

preparations can be used without unnecessary difficulty, and be

such that exposure of man, animals, and the environment is

minimized, taking account of manner of use.

(iii) The extent to which active substances of which inclusion in

Schedule I is sought, comply with relevant FAO specifications,

must be stated. Divergences from FAO specifications must be

described in detail, and justified.

(iv) In certain specified instances, tests must be conducted using

purified active substance of stated specification. In such cases

the principles of the method(s) of purification must be reported.

The purity of such test material, which must be as high as can be

achieved using the best available technology, must be reported.

A reasoned justification must be provided in cases where the

degree of purity achieved is less than 980 g/kg.

Such justification must demonstrate that all technically feasible

and reasonable possibilities for the production of the pure active

substance have been exhausted.

2.1.

Melting point and boiling point

2.1.1.

The melting point or where appropriate the freezing or solidification

point of purified active substance must be determined and reported

according to EEC method A 1. Measurements should be taken up to

360 o C.

2.1.2.

Where appropriate the boiling point of purified active substances

must be determined and reported according to EEC method A 2.

Measurements should be taken up to 360 o C.

2.1.3.

Where melting point and/or boiling point cannot be determined

because of decomposition or sublimation, the temperature at which

decomposition or sublimation occurs, must be reported.

2.2.

Relative density

In the case of active substances which are liquids or solids, the

relative density of the purified active substance must be determined

and reported according to EEC method A 3.

2.3.

Vapour pressure (in Pa), volatility (e.g. Henry's law constant)

2.3.1.

The vapour pressure of purified active substance must be reported

according to EEC method A 4. Where vapour pressure is less than

10 -5 Pa, the vapour pressure at 20 or 25 o C may be estimated by a

vapour pressure curve.

2.3.2.

In the case of active substances which are solids or liquids, volatility

(Henry's law constant) of purified active substance must be

determined or calculated from its water solubility and vapour

pressure and be reported (in Pa m 3 mol -1 ).

2.4.

Appearance (physical state, colour and odour; if known)

2.4.1.

A description of both the colour, if any, and the physical state of both

the active substance as manufactured and purified active substance,

must be provided.

2.4.2.

A description of any odour associated with the active substance as

manufactured and purfied active substance, noted when handling the

materials in laboratories or production plants, must be reported.

2.5.

Spectra (UV/VIS, IR, NMR, MS), molecular extinction at relevant

wavelengths

2.5.1.

The following specta including a table of signal characteristica

needed for interpretation must be determined and reported: Ultravio-

let/Visible (UV/VIS), infrared (R), nuclear magnetic resonance

(NMR), and mass spectra (MS) of purified active substance and

molecular extinction at relevant wavelengths, must be determined

and reported.

The wavelengths at which UV/visible molecular extinction occurs

are to be determined and reported and must include where

appropriate a wavelength at the highest absorption value above 290

nm.

In the case of active substances which are resolved optical isomers

their optical purity must be measured and reported.

2.5.2.

The UV/visible absorption spectra, IR, NMR and MS spectra, where

necessary for the identification of the impurities considered to be of

toxicological, ecotoxicological or environmental significance must

be determined and reported.

2.6.

Solubility in water including effect of pH (4 to 10) on solubility

The water solubility of purified active substances under atmospheric

pressure must be determined and reported according to EEC method

A 6. These water solubility determinations must be made in the

neutral range (i.e. in distilled water in equilibrium with atmospheric

carbon dioxide). Where the active substance is capable of forming

ions, determinations must also be made in the acidic range (pH 4 to

6) and in the alkaline range (pH 8 to 10), and be reported. Where the

stability of the active substance in aqueous media is such that water

solubility cannot be determined, a justification based on test data

must be provided.

2.7.

Solubility in organic solvents

The solubility of the active substances as manufactured in the

following organic solvents at 15 to 25 o C must be determined and

reported if less than 250 g/kg; the temperature applied must be

specified

—Aliphatic hydrocarbon: preferably n-heptane,

—Aromatic hydrocarbon: preferably xylene,

—Halogenated hydrocarbon: preferably 1,2-dichlorethane,

—Alcohol: preferably methanol or isopropyl alcohol,

—Ketone: preferably acetone,

—Ester: preferably ethyl acetate.

If for a particular active substance, one or more of these solvents is

unsuitable (e.g. reacts with test material), alternative solvents can be

used instead. In such cases, choices made must be justified in terms

of their structure and polarity.

2.8.

Partition coefficient n-octanol/water including effect of pH (4 to 10)

The n-octanol/water partition coefficient of purified active substance

must be determined and reported according to EEC method A 8. The

effect of pH (4 to 10) must be investigated when the substance is

acidic or basic as defined by its pKa value (< 12 for acids, > 2 for

bases).

2.9.

Stability in water, hydrolysis rate, photochemical degradation,

quantum yield and identity of breakdown product(s), dissociation

constant including effect of pH (4 to 9)

2.9.1.

The hydrolysis rate of purified active substances (usually radiola-

belled active substance, > 95 % purity), for each of the pH values 4,

7 and 9, under sterile conditions, in the absence of light, must be

determined and report according to EEC method C 7. For substances

with a low rate of hydrolysis, the rate can be determined at 50 o C, or

another appropriate temperature.

If degradation is observed at 50 o C, degradation rate at another

temperature must be determined, and an Arrhenius plot must be

constructed to permit an estimate to be made of hydrolysis at 20 o C.

The identity of hydrolysis products formed and the rate constantly

observed, must be reported. The estimated DT 50 value must also be

reported.

2.9.2.

For compounds with a molar (decadic) absorption coefficient (e)>10

mol -1 cm -1 ) at a wavelengthλ=290 nm, direct photo-

(1

transformation in purified (e.g. distilled) water at 20 to 25 o C, of

purified active substance usually radio labelled using artificial light

under sterile conditions, if necessary using a solubilizer, must be

determined and reported. Sensitizers such as acetone must not be

used as a cosolvent or solubilizer. The light source must simulate

sunlight and be equipped with filters to exclude radiation at wave-

lengthsλ< 290 nm. The identity of breakdown products formed

which at any time during the study are present in quantities =10 % of

the active substance added, a mass balance to account for at least 90

% of the applied radioactivity, as well as photo-chemical halflife

must be reported.

2.9.3.

Where necessary to investigate direct phototrans-formation, the

quantum yield of direct photodegradation in watermust be

determined and reported, together with calculations to estimate theo-

retical lifetime of the active substance in the top layer of aqueous

systems and the real lifetime of the substance.

The method is described in the FAO Revised Guidelines on Envi-

ronmental Criteria for the Registration of Pesticides.

2.9.4.

Where dissociation in water occurs, the dissociation constant(s) (pKa

values) of the purified active substance must be determined and

reported according to OECD Test Guideline 112. The identity of the

dissociated species formed, based on theoretical considerations, must

be reported. If the active, substance is a salt, the pKa value of the

active principle must be given.

2.10.

Stability in air, photochemical degradation, identity of breakdown

product(s)

An estimation of the photochemical oxidative degradation (indirect

hototransformation) of the active substance, must be submitted.

2.11.

Flammability including auto-flammability

2.11.1.

The flammability of active substances as manufactured, which are

solids, gases, or are substances which evolve highly flammable

gases, must be determined and reported according to EEC method A

10, A 11 or A 12 as as appropriate.

2.11.2.

The auto-flamability of active substances as manufactured must be

determined and reported according to EEC method A 15 or A 16 as

appropriate, and/or, where necessary according to the UN-Bowes-

Cameron-Cage-Test (UN-Recommendations on the Transport of

Dangerous Goods, Chapter 14, No 14.3.4).

2.12.

Flash point

The flash point of active substances as manufactured with a melting

point below 40 o C, must be determined and reported according to

EEC method A 9; only closed cup methods should be used.

2.13.

Explosive properties

The explosive properties of active substances as manufactured, must

be determined and reported according to EEC method A 14 where

necessary.

2.14.

Surface tension

The surface tension has to be determined and reported according to

EEC method A 5.

2.15

Oxidizing properties

The oxidizing properties of active substances as manufactured, must

be determined and reported according to EEC method A 17, except

where examination of its sturctural formula, establishes beyond

reasonable doubt that the active substance is incapable of reacting

exothermically with a combustible material. In such cases, it is

sufficient to provide that information as justification for not deter-

mining the oxidizing properties of the substance.

3. Further information on the active substance

(i) The information provided must describe the intended purposes

for which preparations containing the active substance are used,

or are to be used and the dose and manner of their use or

proposed use.

(ii) The information provided must specify the normal methods and

precautions to be followed, in the handling, storage and

transport of the active substance.

(iii) The studies, data and information submitted, together with other

relevant studies, data and information, must both specify and

justify the methods and precautions to be followed in the event

of fire. The possible products of combustion in the event of fire

should be estimated, based on the chemical structure and the

chemical and physical properties of the active substance.

(iv) The studies, data and information submitted, together with other

relevant studies, data and information, must demonstrate the

suitability of measures proposed for use in emergency situations.

(v) The informaton and data referred to are reqired for all active

substances, except where otherwise specified.

3.1.

Function, e.g. fungicide, herbicide, insecticide, repellant, growth

regulator

The function must be specified from among the following

—acaricide

—bactericide

—fungicide

—herbicide

—insecticide

—molluscicide

—nematicide

—plant growth regulator

—repellant

—rodenticide

—semio-chemicals

—talpicide

—viricide

—other (must be specified)

3.2.

Effects on harmful organisms, e.g. contact poison, inhalation poison,

stomach poison, fungitoxic, etc. systematic or not in plants

3.2.1.

The nature of the effects on harmful organisms must be stated

—contact action

—stomach action

—inhalation action

—fungitoxic action

—fungistatic action

—desiccant

—reproduction inhibitor

—other (must be specified)

3.2.2.

It must be stated whether or not the active substance is translocated in

plants and where relevant whether such translocation is apoplastic,

symplastic or both.

3.3.

Field of use envisaged, e.g. field, protected crops, storage of plant

products, home gardening

The field(s) of use, existing and proposed, for preparations

containing the active substance must be specified from among the

following

—Field use, such as agriculture, horticulture, forestry and viticulture

—Protected crops

—Amenity

—Weed control on non-cultivated areas

—Home gardening

—House plants

—Plant products storage practice

—Other (specify)

3.4.

Harmful organisms controlled and crops or products protected or

treated

3.4.1.

Details of existing and the intended use in terms of crops, groups of

crops, plants, or plant products treated and where relevant protected,

must be provided.

3.4.2.

Where relevant, details of harmful organisms against which

protection is afforded, must be provided.

3.4.3

Where relevant, effects achieved e.g. sprout suppression, retardation

of ripening, reduction in stem length, enhanced fertilization etc.,

must be reported.

3.5.

Mode of action

3.5.1.

To the extent that is has elucidated, a statement must be provided as

to the mode of action of the active substance in terms, where

relevant, of the biochemical and physiological mechanism(s) and

biochemical pathway(s) involved. Where available, the results of

relevant experimental studies must be reported.

3.5.2.

Where it is known that to exert its intended effect, the active

substance must be converted to a metabolite or degradation product

following application or use of preparations containing it, the

following information, cross referenced to and drawing on

information provided in the context of paragraphs 5.6, 5.11, 6.1, 6.2,

6.7, 7.1, 7.2 and 9, where relevant, must be provided for active

metabolite or degradation product

—chemical name according to IUPAC and CA nomenclature,

—ISO common name or proposed common name,

—CAS EEC-number EEC (EINECS or ELINCS) number, and

CIPAC number if available,

—empirical and structural formula, and

—molecular mass.

3.5.3.

Available information relating to the formation of active metabolites

and degradation products, must be provided, to include

—the processes, mechanisms and reactions involved,

—kinetic and other data concerning the rate of conversion and if

known the rate limiting step,

—environmental and other factors effecting the rate and extent of

conversion.

3.6.

Information on the occurrence or possible occurrence of the devel-

opment of resistance and appropriate management strategies

Where available information on possible occurrence of the devel-

opment of resistance or cross-resistance must be provided.

3.7.

Recommended methods and precautions concerning handling,

storage, transport or fire

A safety data sheet pursuant to Article 27 of Council Directive

65/548/EEC ( 1 ) must be provided for all active substances.

3.8.

Procedures for destruction or decontamination

3.8.1.

Controlled incineration

In many cases the preferred or sole means to safely dispose of active

substances, contaminated materials, or contaminated packaging, is

through controlled incineration in a licensed incinerator.

Where the content of halogens of the active substance is greater than

60 %, the pyrolytic behaviour of the active substance under

controlled conditions (including where relevant supply of oxygen

and defined residence time), at 800 o C and the content of polyhalo-

genated dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzo-furans in the products of

pyrolysis must be reported. The application must provide detailed

instructions for safe disposal.

3.8.2.

Others

Other methods to dispose of the active substance, contaminated

packaging and contaminated materials, where proposed, must be

fully described. Data must be provided for such methods, to establish

their effectiveness and safety.

3.9.

Emergency measures in case of an accident

Procedures for the decontamination of water in case of an accident

must be provided.

4. Analytical methods

Introduction

The provisions of this section only cover analytical methods required

for post-registration control and monitoring purposes.

For analytical methods used for generation of data as required in this

Directive or for other purposes the applicant has to provide a justi-

fication for the method used; where necessary separate guidance will

be developed for such methods on the basis of the same requirements

as defined for methods for post-registration control and monitoring

purposes.

Descriptions of methods must be provided and include details of

equipment, materials and conditions used.

As far as practicable these methods must employ the simplest

approach, involve the minimum cost, and require commonly

available equipment.

For this section the following applies

Impurities

Any component other than the pure active

substance which is present in the active

substance as manufactured (including non-

active isomers) originating from the

manufacturing process or from degra-

dation during storage,

Relevant impurities

Impurities of toxicological and/or ecotox-

icological or environmental concern,

Significant impurities

Impurities with a content of=1 g/kg in

the active substance as manufactured,

Metabolites

Metabolites include products resulting

from degradation or reaction of the active

substance,

Relevant metabolites

Metabolites of toxicological and/or

ecotoxicological

or

environmental

concern.

On request the following samples must be provided

(i) analytical standards of the pure active substance;

(ii) samples of the active substance as manufactured;

(iii) analytical standards of relevant metabolites and all other

components included in the residue definition;

(iv) if available, samples of reference substances for the relevant

impurities.

4.1.

Methods for the analysis of the active substance as manufactured

For this point the following definitions apply

(i)Specificity

Specificity is the ability of a method to distinguish between the

analyte being measured and other substances.

(ii)Linearity

Linearity is defined as the ability of the method, within a given

range, to obtain an acceptable linear correlation between the

results and the concentration of analyte in samples.

(iii)Accuracy

The accuracy of a method is defined as the degree to which the

determined value of analyte in a sample corresponds to the

accepted reference value (for example ISO 5725).

(iv)Precision

Precision is defined as the closeness of agreement between inde-

pendent test results obtained under prescribed conditions.

Repeatability: Precision under repeatability conditions, i.e.

conditions where independent test results are obtained with the

same method on identical test material in the same laboratory by

the same operator using the same equipment within short

intervals of time.

The reproducibility is not required for the active substance as

manufactured (for definition of reproducibility see ISO 5725).

4.1.1.

Methods, which must be described in full, must be provided for the

determination of pure active substance in the active substance as

manufactured as specified in the dossier submitted in support of

inclusion in Annex I to Directive 91/414/EEC. The applicability of

existing Cipac methods must be reported.

4.1.2.

Methods must also be provided for the determination of significant

and/or relevant impurities and additives (e.g. stabilizers) in the active

substance as manufactured.

4.1.3.

Specificity, linearity, accuracy and repeatability

4.1.3.1.

Specificity of methods submitted, must be demonstrated and reported.

In addition the extent of interference by other substances present in

the active substance as manufactured (e.g. isomers, impurities or

additives), must be determined.

While interferences due to other components may be identified as

systematic errors in the assessment of the accuracy of methods

proposed for the determination of pure active substance in the active

substance as manufactured, an explanation must be provided for any

interference occurring which contributes more than ± 3 % to the total

quantity determined. The degree of interference for methods for the

determination of impurities must also be demonstrated.

4.1.3.2.

The linearity of proposed methods over an appropriate range must be

determined and reported. For the determination of pure active

substance, the calibration range must extend (by at least 20 %) the

highest and lowest nominal content of the analyte in relevant

analytical solutions. Duplicate calibration determinations must be

made at three or more concentrations. Alternatively, five concen-

trations, each as single measurements, are acceptable. Reports

submitted must include the equation of the calibration line and the

correlation coefficient and representative and properly labelled docu-

mentation from the analysis, e.g. chromatograms.

4.1.3.3.

Accuracy is required for methods for the determination of pure active

substance and significant and/or relevant impurities in the active

substance as manufactured.

4.1.3.4.

For the repeatability in the determination of the pure active substance

in principle a minimum of five determinations must be made. The

relative standard deviation (% RSD) must be reported. Outliers iden-

tified through an appropriate method (e.g. Dixons or Grubbs test),

may be discarded. Where outliers have been discarded, that fact must

be clearly indicated. An explanation as to the reason for the

occurrence of individual outliers, must be attempted.

4.2.

Methods for the determination of residues

The methods must be capable of determining the active substance

and/or relevant metabolites. For each method and for each relevant

representative matrix, the specificity, precision, recovery, and limit

of determination must be experimentally determined and reported.

In principle, residue methods proposed should be multi-residue

methods; a standard multi-residue method must be assessed and

reported as to its suitability for residue determination. Where residue

methods proposed are not multi-residue methods, or are not

compatible with such methods, an alternative method must be

proposed. Where this requirement results in an excessive number of

methods for individual compounds, a‘common moiety method’may

be acceptable.

For this section the following definitions apply

(i)Specificity

Specificity is the ability of a method to distinguish between the

analyte being measured and other substances.

(ii)Precision

Precision is defined as the closeness of agreement between inde-

pendent test results obtained under prescribed conditions.

Repeatability: Precision under repeatability conditions, i.e.

conditions where independent test results are obtained with the

same method on identical test material in the same laboratory by

the same operator using the same equipment within short

intervals of time.

Reproducibility: As the definition of reproducibility in relevant

publications (for example, in ISO 5725) is in general not prac-

ticable for residue analytical methods, reproducibility in the

context of this Directive is defined as a validation of repeatability

of recovery, from representative matrices and at representative

levels, by at least one laboratory which is independent from that

which initially validated the study (this independent laboratory

may be within the same company) (independent laboratory

validation).

(iii)Recovery

The percentage of the amount of active substance or relevant

metabolite originally added to a sample of the appropriate matrix

which contains no detectable level of the analyte.

(iv)Limit of determination

The limit of determination (often referred to as limit of quantifi-

cation) is defined as the lowest concentration tested, at which an

acceptable mean recovery is obtained (normally 70 to 110 % with

a relative standard deviation of preferably=20 %; in certain

justified cases lower or higher mean recovery rates as well as

higher relative standard deviations may be acceptable).

4.2.1.

Residues in and/or on plants, plant products, foodstuffs (of plant and

animal origin), feedingstuffs

Methods submitted must be suitable for the determination of all

components included in the residue definition as submitted according

to the provisions of section 6, points 6.1 and 6.2 in order to enable

the Director to determine compliance with established MRL's or to

determine dislodgeable residues.

The specificity of the methods must enable all components included

in the residue definition to be determined, using an additional confir-

matory method if appropriate.

The repeatability must be determined and reported. The replicate

analytical portions for test can be prepared from a common field

treated sample, containing incurred residues. Alternatively the

replicate analytical portions for test can be prepared from a common

untreated sample with aliquots fortified at the required level(s).

The results from an independent laboratory validation must be

reported.

The limit of determination including the individual and mean

recovery must be determined and reported. The overall relative

standard deviation, as well as the relative standard deviation for each

fortification level must be experimentally determined and reported.

4.2.2.

Residues in soil

Methods for analysis of soil for parent compound and/or relevant

metabolites must be submitted.

The specificity of the methods must enable the parent compound

and/or relevant metabolites to be determined, using an additional

confirmatory method if appropriate.

The repeatability, recovery and the limit of determination including

the individual and mean recovery must be determined and reported.

The overall relative standard deviation, as well as the relative

standard deviation for each fortification level must be experimentally

determined and reported.

The proposed limit of determination must not exceed a concentration

which is of concern with regard to exposure of non-target organisms

or because of phytotoxic effects. Normally the proposed limit of

determination should not exceed 0,05 mg/kg.

4.2.3.

Residues in water (including drinking water, ground water and

surface water)

Methods for analysis in water for parent compound and/or relevant

metabolites must be submitted.

The specificity of the methods must enable the parent compound

and/or relevant metabolites to be determined, using an additional

confirmatory method if appropriate.

The repeatability, recovery and the limit of determination including

the individual and mean recovvery must be determined and reported.

The overall relative standard deviation, as well as the relative

standard deviation for each fortification level must be experimentally

determined and reported.

For drinking water the proposed limit of determination must not

exceed 0,1µg/l. For surface water the proposed limit of

determination must not exceed a concentration which has an impact

on non-target organisms deemed to be unacceptable according to the

requirements of Schedule VI.

4.2.4.

Residues in air

Methods for the analysis in air of the active substance and/or

relevant metabolites formed during or shortly after application must

be submitted unless it can be justified that exposure of operators,

workers or bystanders is not likely to occur. The specificity of the

methods must enable the parent compound and/or relevant

metabolites to be determined, using an additional confirmatory

method if appropriate.

The repeatability, recovery and the limit of determination including

the individual and mean recovery must be determined and reported.

The overall relative standard deviation, as well as the relative

standard deviation for each fortification level must be experimentally

determined and reported.

The proposed limit of determination must take into account relevant

health based limit values or relevant exposure levels.

4.2.5.

Residues in body fluids and tissues

Where an active substance is classified as toxic or highly toxic

appropriate analytical methods must be submitted.

The specificity of the methods must enable the parent compound

and/or relevant metabolites to be determined, using an additional

confirmatory method if appropriate.

The repeatability; recovery and the limit of determination including

the individual and mean recovery must be determined and reported.

The overall relative standard deviation, as well as the relative

standard deviation for each fortification level must be experimentally

determined and reported.

5. Toxicological and metabolism studies

Introduction

(i) The information provided, taken together with that provided for

one or more preparations containing the active substance, must be

sufficient to permit an evaluation to be made as to the risks for man,

associated with the handling and use of plant protection products

containing the active substance, and the risk for man arising from

residual traces remaining in food and water. In addition, the

information provided must be sufficient to

—permit a decision to be made as to whether, or not, the active

substance can be included in Schedule I,

— specify appropriate conditions or restrictions to be associated

with any inclusion in Schedule I,

— classify the active substance as to hazard,

— establish a relevant acceptable daily intake (ADI) level for man,

— establish acceptable operator exposure level(s) (AOEL),

— specify the hazard symbols, the indications of danger, and the

risk and safety phrases for the protection of man, animals and the

environment to be included in packaging (containers),

— identify relevant first aid measures as well as appropriate

diagnostic and therapeutic measures to be followed in the event of

poisoning in man, and

— permit an evaluation to be made as to the nature and extent of

the risks for man, animals (species normally fed and kept or

consumed by man) and of the risks for other non-target vertebrate

species.

(ii) There is a need to investigate and report all potentially adverse

effects found during routine toxicological investi-gations

(including effects on organs and special systems such as

immunotoxicity and neurotoxicity) and to undertake and report

such additional studies which may be necessary to investigate the

probable mechanism involved, to establish Noaels (no observed

adverse effect levels), and to assess the significance of these

effects. All available biological data and information which is

relevant to the assessment of the toxicological profile of the

substance tested, must be reported.

(iii) In the context of the influence that impurities can have on

toxicological behaviour, it is essential that for each study

submitted, a detailed description (specification) of the material

used, as mentioned under section 1 point 11 be provided. Tests

should be conducted using active substance of that specification to

be used in the manufacture of preparations to be authorized, except

where radiolabelled material is required or permitted.

(iv) Where studies are conducted using an active substance

produced in the laboratory or in a pilot plant production system,

the studies must be repeated using the active substance as

manufactured, unless it can be justified that the test material used

is essentially the same, for the purposes of toxicological testing

and assessment. In cases of uncertainty, appropriate bridging

studies must be submitted to serve as a basis for a decision as to

the possible need for repetition of the studies.

(v) In the case of studies in which dosing extends over a period,

dosing should preferably be done using a single batch of active

substance if stability permits.

(vi) For all studies actual achieved dose in mg/kg body weight, as

well as in other convenient units, must be reported. Where dosing

via the diet is utilized the test compound must be distributed

uniformly in the diet.

(vii) Where, as a result of metabolism or other processes in or on

treated plants, or as a result of processing of treated products, the

terminal residue (to which consumers or workers as defined in

Schedule III, point 7.2.3 will be exposed) contains a substance

which is not the active substance itself and is not identified as a

metabolite in mammals, it will be necessary to carry out toxicity

studies on these components of the terminal residue unless it can

be demonstrated that consumer or worker exposure to these

substances does not constitute a relevant risk to health.

Toxicokinetic and meta-bolism studies relating to metabolites and

degradation products should only be conducted if toxicity findings

of the metabolite cannot be evaluated by the available results

relating to the active substance.

(viii) The way of administration of the test substance depends on

the main exposure routes. In cases where exposure is mainly by the

gas phase, it can be more appropriate to perform inhalation studies

instead of oral studies.

5.1.

Studies on absorption, distribution, excretion and metabolism in

mammals

Quite limited data, as described below and restricted to one test

species (normally the rat) may be all that is required in this area.

These data can provide information useful in the design and inter-

pretation of subsequent toxicity tests. However, it must be

remembered that information on interspecies differences may be

crucial in extrapolation of animal data to man and information on

percutaneous penetration, absorption, distribution, excretion and

metabolism may be useful in operator risk assessments. It is not

possible to specify detailed data requirements in all areas, since the

exact requirements will be dependant upon the results obtained for

each particular test substance.

Aim of the test

The tests should provide sufficient data to permit

—an evaluation of the rate and extent of absorption,

—the tissue distribution and the rate and extent of excretion of the

test substance and the relevant metabolites,

—the identification of metabolites and the metabolic pathway.

The effect of dose level on these parameters and whether results are

different after single versus repeated doses, should also be inves-

tigated.

Circumstances in which required

A single dose toxicokinetic study in rats (oral route of

administration) in at least two dose levels as well as a repeated dose

toxicokinetic study in rats (oral route of administration) at a single

dose level, must be conducted and reported. It may be necessary in

some cases to perform additional studies on another species (such as

goat or chicken).

Test guideline

Commission Directive 87/302/EEC of 18 November 1987 adapting

to technical progress for the ninth time Council Directive

67/548/EEC on the approximation of laws, regulations and

administrative provisions relating to the classification, packaging and

labelling of dangerous substances ( 1 ), part B, Toxicokinetics.

5.2.

Acute toxicity

The studies, data and information to be provided and evaluated must

be sufficient to permit the identification of effects following a single

exposure to the active substance, and in particular to establish, or

indicate

—the toxicity of the active substance;

—the time course and characteristics of the effects with full details

of behavioural changes and possible gross pathological findings

at post-mortem;

—where possible mode of toxic action; and

—the relative hazard associated with the different routes of

exposure.

While the emphasis must be on estimating the toxicity ranges

involved, the information generated must also permit the active

substance to be classified in accordance with Council Directive

67/548/EEC. The information generated through acute toxicity

testing is of particular value in assessing hazards likely to arise in

accident situations.

5.2.1.

Oral

Circumstances in which required

The acute oral toxicity of the active substance must always be

reported.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with the Annex to

Commission Directive 92/69/EEC of 31 July 1992 adapting to

technical progress for the seventeenth time Council Directive

67/548/EEC on the approximation of laws, regulations and adminis-

trative provisions relating to the classification, packaging and

labelling of dangerous substances ( 2 ), Method B1 or B1 bis.

5.2.2.

Percutaneous

Circumstances in which required

The acute percutaneous toxicity of the active substance must always

be reported.

Test guideline

Both local and systemic effects must be investigated. The test must

be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC method B3.

5.2.3.

Inhalation

Circumstances in which required

The inhalation toxicity of the active substance must be reported

where the active substance is

—a gas or liquified gas,

—is to be used as a fumigant,

—is to be included in a smoke generating, aerosol or vapour

releasing preparation,

—is to be used with fogging equipment,

—has a vapour pressure > 1 10& minus;2 Pa and is to be included in

preparations to be used in enclosed spaces such as warehouses or

glasshouses,

—is to be included in preparations which are powders containing a

significant proportion of particles of diameter <50µm< (> 1 % on

a weight basis), or

—is to be included in preparations to be applied in a manner which

generates a significant proportion of particles or droplets of

diameter < 50µm (> 1 % on a weight basis).

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC

Method B2.

5.2.4.

Skin irritation

Aim of the test

The test will provide the potential of skin irritancy of the active

substance including the potential reversibility of the effects

observed.

Circumstances in which required

The skin irritancy of the active substance must be determined except

where it is likely, as indicated in the test guideline, that severe skin

effects may be produced or that effects can be excluded.

Test guideline

The acute skin irritation must be carried out in accordance with

Directive 92/69/EEC Method B4.

5.2.5.

Eye irritation

Aim of test

The test will provide the potential of eye irritancy of the active

substance including the potential reversibility of the effects

observed.

Circumstances in which required

Eye irritation tests must be conducted except where it is likely, as

indicated in the test guideline, that severe effects on the eyes may be

produced.

Test guidelines

The acute eye irritation must be determined in accordance with

Directive 92/69/EEC Method B5.

5.2.6.

Skin sensitization

Aim of test

The test will provide sufficient information to assess the potential of

the active substance to provoke skin sensitization reactions.

Circumstances in which required

The test must always be carried out except where the substance is a

known sensitizer.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC

Method B6.

5.3.

Short-term toxicity

Short-term toxicity studies must be designed to provide information

as to the amount of the active substance that can be tolerated without

toxic effects under the conditions of the study. Such studies provide

useful data on the risks for those handling and using preparations

containing the active substance. In particular, short-term studies

provide an essential insight into possible cumulative actions of the

active substance and the risks to workers who may be intensively

exposed. In addition short-term studies provide information useful in

the design of chronic toxicity studies.

The studies, data and information to be provided and evaluated, must

be sufficient to permit the identification of effects following repeated

exposure to the active substance, and in particular to further

establish, or indicate

—the relationship between dose and adverse effects,

—toxicity of the active substance including where possible the

Noael,

—target organs, where relevant,

—the time course and characteristics of poisoning with full details of

behavioural changes and possible pathological findings at post-

mortem,

—specific toxic effects and pathological changes produced,

—where relevant the persistence and reversibility of certain toxic

effects observed, following discontinuation of dosing,

—where possible, the mode of toxic action, and

—the relative hazard associated with the different routes of

exposure.

5.3.1.

Oral 28-day study

Circumstances in which required

Although it is not mandatory to perform 28-day short term studies,

they can be useful as range finding tests. Where conducted they must

be reported, since the results could be of particular value in the

identification of adaptive responses which can be masked in chronic

toxicity studies.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC

Method B7.

5.3.2.

Oral 90-day study

Circumstances in which required

The short-term oral toxicity (90 day) of the active substance to both

rat and dog, must always be reported. Where there is evidence that

the dog is significantly more sensitive and where such data are likely

to be of value in extrapolating results obtained to man, a 12-month

toxicity study in dogs must be conducted and reported.

Test guidelines

Directive 87/302/EEC, Part B, sub-chronic oral toxicity test.

5.3.3.

Other routes

Circumstances in which required

For the assessment of operator exposure additional percutaneous

studies may be useful.

For volatile substances (vapour pressure >10 -2 Pascal) expert

judgment is required to decide whether the short term studies have to

be performed by oral or inhalation exposure.

Test guidelines

—28-day dermal: Directive 92/69/EEC Method B9,

—90-day dermal: Directive 87/302/EEC, Part B, sub-chronic dermal

toxicity study,

—28-day inhalation: Directive 92/69/EEC Method B8,

—90-day inhalation: Directive 87/302/EEC, Part B, sub-chronic

inhalation toxicity study.

5.4.

Genotoxicity testing

Aim of the test

These studies are of value in

—the prediction of genotoxic potential

—the early identification of genotoxic carcinogens

—the elucidation of the mechanism of action of some carcinogens

To avoid responses that are artifacts of the test system, excessively

toxic doses must not be used in either in vitro or in vivo assays for

mutagenicity. This approach should be regarded as general guidance.

It is important that a flexible approach is adopted, with selection of

further tests being' dependant upon interpretation of results at each

stage.

5.4.1.

In vitro studies

Circumstances in which required

In vitro mutagenicity tests (bacterial assay for gene mutation, test for

clastogenicity in mammalian cells and test for gene mutation in

mammalian cells) must always be performed.

Test guidelines

Acceptable test guidelines are

Directive 92/69/EEC Method B14—Salmonella Typhimurium

reverse mutation assay

Directive 92/69/EEC Method B10—in vitr omammalian cytogenetic

test

Directive 87/302/EEC, Part B—in vitro mammalian cell gene

mutation test

5.4.2.

In vivo studies in somatic cells

Circumstances in which required

If all the results of the in vitro studies are negative further resting

must be done with consideration of other relevant information

available (including toxicokinetic, toxicodynamic and physico-

chemical data and data on analogous substances). The test can be an

in vivo study or an in vitro study using a different metabolizing

system from that/those previously used.

If the in vitro cytogenetic test is positive, an in vivo test using

somatic cells (metaphase analysis in rodent bone marrow or micro-

nucleus test in rodents) must be conducted.

If either of the in vitro gene mutation tests are positive, an in vivo

test to investigate unscheduled DNA synthesis or a mouse spot test

must be conducted.

Test guidelines

Acceptable test guidelines are

Directive 92/69/EEC Method B12—Micronucleus test,

Directive 87/302/EEC Part B—Mouse spot test,

Directive 92/69/EEC Method B11—In vivo Mammalian Bone-

Marrow cytogenetic test, Chromosomal analysis.

5.4.3.

In vivo studies in germ cells

Circumstances in which required

When any result of an in vivo study in somatic cells is positive, in

vivo testing for germ cell effects may be justified. The necessity for

conducting these tests will have to be considered on a case by case

basis, taking into account information regarding toxicokinetics, use

and anticipated exposure. Suitable tests would need to examine inter-

action with DNA (such as the dominant lethal assay), to look at the

potential for inherited effects and possibly make a quantitative

assessment of heritable effects. It is recognized that in view of their

complexity, the use of quantitative studies would require strong

justification.

5.5.

Long term toxicity and carcinogenicity

Aim of the test

The long-term studies conducted and reported, taken together with

other relevant data and information on the active substance, must be

sufficient to permit the identification of effects, following repeated

exposure to the active substance, and in particular must be sufficient

to

—identify adverse effects resulting from exposure to the active

substance,

—identify target organs, where relevant,

—establish the dose-response relationship,

—identify changes in toxic signs and manifestations observed, and

—establish the Noael.

Similarly, the carcinogenicity studies taken together with other

relevant data and information on the active substance, must be

sufficient to permit the hazards for humans, following repeated

exposure to the active substance, to be assessed, and in particular

must be sufficient

—to identify carcinogenic effects resulting from exposure to the

active substance,

—to establish the species and organ specificity of tumours induced,

—to establish the dose-response relationship, and

—for non-genotoxic carcinogens, to identify the maximum dose

eliciting no adverse effect (threshold dose).

Circumstances in which required

The long-term toxicity and carcinogenicity of all active substances

must be determined. If in exceptional circumstances, it is claimed

that such testing is unnecessary, that claim must be fully justified,

viz.toxicokinetic data demonstrates that absorption of the active

substance does not occur from the gut, through the skin or via the

pulmonary system.

Test conditions

A long-term oral toxicity and carcinogenicity study (two years) of

the active substance must be conducted using the rat as test species;

these studies can be combined.

A carcinogenicity study of the active substance must be conducted

using the mouse as test species.

Where a non-genotoxic mechanism for carcinogenicity is suggested,

a well argued case, supported with relevant experimental data,

including that necessary to elucidate the possible mechanism

involved, must be provided.

While the standard reference points for treatment responses are

concurrent control data, historical control data, may be helpful in the

interpretation of particular carcinogenicity studies. Where submitted,

historical control data should be from the same species and strain,

maintained under similar conditions and should be from

contemporaneous studies. The information on historical control data

provided must include

—identification of species and strain, name of the supplier, and

specific colony identification, if the supplier has more than one

geographical location,

—name of the laboratory and the dates when the study was

performed,

—description of the general conditions under which animals were

maintained, including the type or brand of diet and, where

possible, the amount consumed,

—approximate age, in days, of the control animals at the beginning

of the study and at the time of killing or death,

—description of the control group mortality pattern observed during

or at the end of the study, and other pertinent observations (e.g.

diseases, infections),

—name of the laboratory and the examining scientists responsible

for gathering and interpreting the pathological data from the

study, and

—a statement of the nature of the tumours that may have been

combined to produce any of the incidence data.

The doses tested, including the highest dose tested, must be selected

on the basis of the results of short-term testing and where available at

the time of planning the studies concerned, on the basis of meta-

bolism and toxicokinetic data. The highest dose level in the carcino-

genicity study should elicit signs of minimal toxicity such as slight

depression in body-weight gain (less than 10 %), without causing

tissue necrosis or metabolic saturation and without substantially

altering normal lifespan due to effects other than tumours. If the

long-term toxicity study is carried out separately, the highest dose

level should elicit definite signs of toxicity without causing

excessive lethality. Higher doses, causing excessive toxicity are not

considered relevant to evaluations to be made.

In the collection of data and compilation of reports, incidence of

benign and malignant tumours must not be combined, unless there is

clear evidence of benign tumours becoming malignant with time.

Similarly, dissimilar, un-associated tumours, whether benign or

malignant, occurring in the same organ, must not be combined, for

reporting purposes. In the interests of avoiding confusion, termi-

nology such as that developed by American Society of Toxicologic

Pathologists ( 1 ), or the Hannover Tumour Registry (RENI) should be

used in the nomenclature and reporting of tumours. The system used

must be identified.

It is essential that biological material selected for histopathological

examination includes material selected to provide further

information on lesions identified during gross pathological

examination. Where relevant to the elucidation of mechanism of

action and available, special histological (staining) techniques,

histochemical techniques and electron microscopic examinations,

must be conducted and reported.

Test guideline

The studies must be carried out in accordance with Directive

87/302/EEC, part B, Chronic toxicity test, Carcinogenicity test or

combined chronic toxicity/carcinogenicity test.

( 1 )Standardized System of Nomenclature and Diagnostic Criteria—Guides for Toxicologic Pathology

5.6.

Reproductive toxicity

Adverse reproductive effects are of two main types

—impairment of male or female fertility, and

—impacts on the normal development of progeny (developmental

toxicity).

Possible effects on all aspects of reproductive physiology in both

males and females, as well as possible effects on pre-natal and post-

natal development, must be investigated and reported. If in

exceptional circumstances, it is claimed that such testing is unne-

cessary, that claim must be fully justified.

While the standard reference point for treatment responses are

concurrent control data, historical control data may be helpful in the

interpretation of particular reproductive studies. Where submitted,

historical control data should be from the same species and strain,

maintained under similar conditions and should be from

contemporaneous studies. The information on historical control data

provided must include

—identification of species and strain, name of the supplier, and

specific colony identification, if the supplier has more than one

geographical location,

—name of the laboratory and the dates when the study was

performed,

—description of the general conditions under which animals were

maintained, including the type or brand of diet and, where

possible, the amount consumed,

—approximate age, in days, of the control animals at the beginning

of the study and at the time of killing or death,

—description of the control group mortality pattern observed during

or at the end of the study, and other pertinent observations (e.g.

diseases, infections), and

—name of the laboratory and the examining scientist responsible for

gathering and interpreting the toxicological data from the study.

5.6.1.

Multi-generation studies

Aim of the test

The studies reported, taken together with other relevant data and

information on the active substance, must be sufficient to permit the

identification of effects for reproduction, following repeated

exposure to the active substance, and in particular must be sufficient

—to identify direct and indirect effects on reproduction resulting

from exposure to the active substance,

—to identify any enhancement of general toxic effects (noted during

short-term and chronic toxicity testing),

—to establish the dose-response relationship, to identify changes in

toxic signs and manifestations observed, and

—to establish the Noael.

Circumstances in which required

A reproduction toxicity study in rats over at least two generations

must always be reported.

Test guideline

The tests must be carried out in accordance with Directive

87/302/EEC, Part B, two-generation reproduction toxicity test. In

addition organ weight of reproductive organs must be reported.

Supplementary studies

Where necessary for a better interpretation of the effects on repro-

duction and as far as this information is not yet available it could be

necessary to perform supplementary studies in order to provide the

following information

—separate male and female studies,

—three segment designs,

—dominant lethal assay for male fertility,

—cross-matings of treated males with untreated females and vice

versa,

—effects on spermatogenesis,

—effects on oogenesis,

—sperm motility, mobility and morphology, and

—investigation of hormonal activity.

5.6.2.

Developmental toxicity studies

Aim of the test

The studies reported, taken together with other relevant data and

information on the active substance, must be sufficient to permit

effects on embryonic and foetal development, following repeated

exposure to the active substance, to be assessed, and in particular

must be sufficient

—to identify direct and indirect effects on embryonic and foetal

development resulting from exposure to the active substance,

—to identify any maternal toxicity,

—to establish the relationship between observed responses and dose

in both dam and offspring,

—to identify changes in toxic signs and manifestations observed, and

—to establish the Noael.

Furthermore, the tests will give additional information on any

enhancement of general toxic effects of pregnant animals.

Circumstances in which required

The tests must always be carried out.

Test conditions

Developmental toxicity must be determined both to rat and rabbit by

the oral route. Malformations and variations should be reported sepa-

rately. A glossary of terminology and diagnostic principles for

malformations and variations must be given in the report.

Test guideline

The tests must be carried out in accordance with Directive

87/302/EEC, Part B, teratogenicity test—rodent and non-rodent.

5.7.

Delayed neurotoxicity studies

Aim of the test

The test shall provide sufficient data to evaluate if the active

substance could provoke delayed neurotoxicity after acute exposure.

Circumstances in which required

These studies have to be performed for substances of similar or

related structures to those capable of inducing delayed neurotoxicity

such as organophosphates.

Test guidelines

The test must be carried out in accordance with OECD Guideline

418.

5.8.

Other toxicological studies

5.8.1.

Toxicity studies of metabolites as referred to in the introduction point

(vii)

Supplementary studies, where they relate to substances other than the

active substance, are not a routine requirement.

Decisions as to the need for supplementary studies must be made on

a case by case basis.

5.8.2.

Supplementary studies on the active substance

In certain cases it can be necessary to carry out supplementary

studies to further clarify observed effects. These studies could

include

—studies on absorption, distribution, excretion and metabolism,

—studies on the neurotoxic potential,

—studies on the immunotoxicological potential,

—studies on other routes of administration.

Decisions as to the need for supplementary studies must be made on

a case by case basis, taking into account the results of the available

toxicological and metabolism studies and the most important

exposure routes.

Studies required must be designed on an individual basis, in the light

of the particular parameters to be investigated and the objectives to

be achieved.

5.9.

Medical data

Where available, and without prejudice to the provisions of

Council Directive 98/24/EEC of 7 April 1998 on the protection of

the health and safety of workers from the risks related to chemical

agents at work (fourteenth individual Directive within the meaning

of Article 16(1) of Directive 89/391/EEC), practical data and

information relevant to the recognition of the symptoms of

poisoning, and on the effectiveness of first aid and therapeutic

measures have to be submitted. More specific references to the

investigation for antidotal pharmacology or safety pharmacology

using animals should be provided. Where relevant, the

effectiveness of potential antagonists to poisoning, should be

investigated and reported.

Data and information relevant to the effects of human exposure,

where available and of the necessary quality, are of particular value,

in confirming the validity of extrapolations made and conclusions

reached with respect to target organs, dose-response relationships,

and the reversibility of toxic effects. Such data can be generated

following accidental or occupational exposure.

5.9.1.

Medicinal surveillance on manufacturing plant personnel

Reports of occupational health surveillance programmes, supported

with detailed information on the design of the programme, on

exposure to the active substance and exposure to other chemicals,

must be submitted. Such reports should, where feasible, include data

relevant to the mechanism of action of the active substance. These

reports shall, where available, include data from persons exposed in

manufacturing plants or after application of the active substance

(e.g.: in efficacy trials).

Available information on the sensitization including allergenic

response of workers and others exposed to the active substance, must

be provided, and include where relevant details of any incidence of

hypersensitivity. The information provided should include details of

frequency, level and duration of exposure, symptoms observed and

other relevant clinical information.

5.9.2.

Direct observation, e.g.: clinical cases and poisoning incidents

Available reports from the open literature, relating to clinical cases

and poisoning incidents, where they are from refereed journals or

official reports, must be submitted together with reports of any

follow-up studies undertaken. Such reports should contain complete

descriptions of the nature, level and duration of exposure, as well as

the clinical symptoms observed, first aid and therapeutic measures

applied and measurements and observations made. Summary and

abstract information is not of value.

Where supported with the necessary level of detail, such documen-

tation can be of particular value in confirming the validity of extra-

polations from animal data to man and in identifying unexpected

adverse effects which are specific to humans.

5.9.3.

Observations on exposure of the general population and epidemio-

logical studies if appropriate

Where available, and supported with data on levels and duration of

exposure, and conducted in accordance with recognized standards

( 1 ), epidemiological studies are of particular value and must be

submitted.

5.9.4.

Diagnosis of poisoning (determination of active substance, meta-

bolites), specific signs of poisoning, clinical tests

A detailed description of the clinical signs and symptoms of

poisoning, including the early signs and symptoms and full details of

clinical tests useful for diagnostic purposes, where available, must be

provided and include full details of the time courses involved

relevant to the ingestion, dermal exposure or inhalation of varying

amounts of the active substance.

5.9.5.

Proposed treatment: first aid measures, antidotes, medical treatment

The first aid measures to be used in the event of poisoning (actual

and suspected) and in the event of contamination of eyes must be

provided.

Therapeutic regimes for use in the event of poisoning or contamina-

tion of eyes, including where available the use of antidotes, must be

described in full. Information based on practical experience, where it

exists and is available, in other cases on theoretical grounds, as to the

effectiveness of alternative treatment regimes, where relevant, must

be provided. Contraindications associated with particular regimes,

particularly those relating to ‘general medical problems’and

conditions, must be described.

5.9.6.

Expected effects of poisoning

Where known, the expected effects and the duration of these effects

following poisoning must be described and include the impact of

—the type, level and duration of exposure, or ingestion, and

—varying time periods between exposure, or ingestion, and

commencement of treatment.

5.10.

Summary of mammalian toxicity and overall evaluation

A summary of all data and information provided under paragraphs

5.1 through 5.10, must be submitted, and include a detailed and

critical assessment of those data in the context of relevant evaluative

and decision making criteria and guidelines, with particular reference

to the risks for man and animals that may or do arise, and the extent,

quality and reliability of the data base.

( 1 )Guidelines for Good Epidemiology Practices for Occupational and Environmental Research, developed by the Chemical Manufacturers

Association's Epidemiology Task Group, as part of the Epidemiology Resource and Information Centre (ERIC),Pilot Project, 1991

Where relevant, in the light of findings with respect to the analytical

profile of batches of the active substance (paragraph 1.11) and any

bridging studies conducted (paragraphs 5 (iv)), the relevance of the

data as submitted to the assessment of the toxicological profile of the

active substance as manufactured, must be argued.

On the basis of an assessment of the data base, and the relevant

decision making criteria and guidelines, justifications must be

submitted for the Noaels proposed for each relevant study.

On the basis of these data scientifically reasoned proposals for the

establishment of ADI and AOEL(s) for the active substance must be

submitted.

6. Residues in or on treated products, food and feed

Introduction

(i) The information provided, taken together with that provided for

one or more preparations containing the active substance, must

be sufficient to permit an evaluation to be made as to the risks for

man, arising from residues of the active substance and relevant

metabolites, degradation and reaction products remaining in

food.

In addition, the information provided must be sufficient to

—permit a decision to be made as to whether, or not, the active

substance can be included in Schedule I,

—specify appropriate conditions or restrictions to be associated

with any inclusion in Schedule I.

(ii) A detailed description (specification) of the material used, as

provided under Section 1, point 11 must be provided.

(iii) Studies should be performed according to the guidance available

on regulatory testing procedures for residues of plant protection

products in food .

(iv) Where relevant, data should be analyzed using appropriate

statistical methods. Full details of the statistical analysis should

be reported.

(v) Stability of residues during storage.

If may be necessary to perform studies on the stability of residues

during storage. Provided samples are frozen within generally 24

hours after sampling and unless a compound is otherwise known

to be volatile or labile, data are not normally required for samples

extracted and analysed within 30 days from sampling (six months

in the case of radio-labelled material).

Studies with non-radio-labelled substances should be carried out

with representative substratets and preferably on samples from

treated crops or animals with incurred residues. Alternatively, if

this is not possible, aliquots of prepared control samples should

be spiked with a known amount of chemical before storage under

normal storage conditions.

Where the degradation during storage is significant (more than

30 %) it may be necessary to change the storage conditions or not

to store the samples prior to analysis and repeat and studies

where the unsatisfactory storage conditions were used.

Detailed information with respect to the sample preparation and

storage conditions (temperature and duration) of samples and

extracts must be submitted. Storage stability data using sample

extracts will also be required unless samples are analysed within

24 hours of extraction.

6.1.

Metabolism, distribution and expression of residue in plants

Aim of the tests

The objectives of these studies are

—to provide an estimate of total terminal residues in the relevant

portion of crops at harvest following treatment as proposed,

—to identify the major components of the total terminal residue,

—to indicate the distribution of residues between relevant crops

parts,

—to quantify the major components of the residue and to establish

the efficiency of extraction procedures for these components,

—to decide on the definition and expression of a residue.

Circumstances in which required

These studies must always be performed unless it can be justified

that no residues will remain on plants/plant products which are used

as food or feedingstuffs.

Test conditions

Metabolism studies have to involve crops or categories of crops in

which plant protection products containing the active substance in

question would be used. If a wide range of uses in different crop

categories or in the category fruits is envisaged, studies have to be

carried out on at least three crops unless it can be justified that a

different metabolism is unlikely to occur. In cases where use is

envisaged in different categories of crops, the studies must be repre-

sentative for the relevant categories. For this purpose crops can be

considered as falling into one of five categories: root vegetables,

leafy crops, fruits, pulses and oilseeds, cereals. If studies are

available for crops from three of these categories and the results

indicate that the route of degradation is similar in all three categories

then it is unlikely that any more studies will be needed unless it

could be expected that a different metabolism will occur. The

metabolism studies have also to take into account the different

properties of the active substance and the intended method of

application.

An evaluation of the results from different studies has to be

submitted on the point and path of uptake (e.g. via leaves or roots),

and on the distribution of residues between relevant parts of the crop

at harvest (with particular emphasis on edible parts for man or

animals). If the active substance or relevant metabolites are not taken

up by the crop, this must be explained. Information on the mode of

action and the physico-chemical properties of the active substance

may be helpful in assessing trial data.

6.2.

Metabolism, distribution and expression of residue in livestock

Aim of tests

The objectives of these studies are

—to identify the major components of the total terminal residue in

edible animal products,

—to quantify the rate of degradation and excretion of the total

residue in certain animal products (milk or eggs) and excreta,

—to indicate the distribution of residues between relevant edible

animal products,

—to quantify the major components of the residue and to show the

efficiency of extraction procedures for these components,

—to generate data from which a decision on the need for livestock

feeding studies as provided for in point 6.4 can be made,

—to decide on the definition and expression of a residue.

Circumstances in which required

Metabolism studies on animals, such as lactating ruminants (e.g. goat

or cow) or laying poultry, are only required when pesticide use may

lead to significant residues in livestock feed (=0,1 mg/kg of the total

diet as received, except special cases e.g. active substances which

accumulate). Where it becomes apparent that metabolic pathways

differ significantly in the rat as compared to ruminants a pig study

must be conducted unless the expected intake by pigs is not

significant.

6.3.

Residue trials

Aim of the tests

The objectives of these studies are

—to quantify the highest likely residue levels in treated crops at

harvest or outloading from store following the propopsed good

agricultural practice (GAP),

and

—to determine, when appropriate, the rate of decline of plant

protection product deposits.

Circumstances in which required

These studies must always be performed where the plant protection

product will be applied to plants/plant products which are used as

food or feedingstuffs or where residues from soil or other substrates

can be taken up by such plants except where extrapolation from

adequate data on another crop is possible.

Residue trial data shall be submitted in the Schedule II dossier for

those uses of plant protection products for which authorization is

sought at the moment of introduction of a dossier for inclusion of the

active substance in Schedule I.

Test conditions

Supervised trials should corrspond to proposed critical GAP. The test

conditions must take into account the highest residues which may

reasonably arise (e.g. maximum number of proposed applications,

use of the maximum envisaged quantity, shortest pre-harvest

intervals, withholding periods or storage periods) but which remain

represen-tative of the realistic worst case conditions in which the

active substance would be used.

Sufficient data must be generated and submitted to confirm that

patterns determined hold for the regions and the range of conditions,

likely to be encountered in the regions concerned for which its use is

to be recommended.

When establishing a supervised trial programme, normally factors

such as climatic differences existing between production areas,

differences in production methods (e.g. outdoor versus glasshouse

uses), seasons of production, type of formulations, etc. should be

taken into account.

In general, for a comparable set of conditions, trials should be

carried out over a minimum of two growing seasons. All exceptions

should be fully justified.

The precise number of trials necessary is difficult to determine in

advance of a preliminary evaluation of the trial results. Minimum

data requirements only apply where comparability can be established

between production areas, e.g. concerning climate, methods and

growing seasons of production, etc. Assuming all other variables

(climate, etc.) are comparable, a minimum of eight trials represen-

tative of the proposed growing area is required for major crops. For

minor crops normally four trials representative of the proposed

growing area are required.

Due to the inherently higher level of homogeneity in residues arising

from post-harvest treatments or protected crops, trials from one

growing season will be acceptable. For post-harvest treatments, in

principle a minimum of four trials are required, carried out

preferably at different locations with different cultivars. A set of

trials has to be carried out for each application method and store type

unless the worst case residue situation can be clearly identified.

The number of studies per growing season to be performed can be

reduced if it can be justified that the residue levels in plants/plant

products will be lower than the limit of determination.

Where a significant part of the consumable crop is present at the time

of application, half of the supervised residue trials reported should

include data to show the effect of time on the level of residue present

(residue decline studies) unless it can be justified that the

consumable crop is not affected by the application of the plant

protection product under the proposed conditions of use.

6.4.

Livestock feeding studies

Aim of the tests

The objective of these studies is to determine the residue in products

of animal origin which will result from residues in feedingstuffs or

fodder crops.

Circumstances in which required

Feeding studies are only required

—when significant residues (=0,1 mg/kg of the total diet as

received, except special cases, such as active substances which

accumulate) occur in crops or part of the crop (e.g. trimmings,

waste) fed to animals, and

—when metabolism studies indicate that significant residues

(0,01 mg/kg or above the limit of determination if this would be

higher than 0,01 mg/kg) may occur in any edible animal tissue

taking into account the residue levels in potential feeding-stuffs

obtained at the 1 dose rate.

Where appropriate separate feeding studies for lactating ruminant

and/or laying poultry should be submitted. Where it appears from the

metabolism studies submitted in accordance with the provisions of

point 6.2 that metabolic pathways differ significantly in the pig as

compared to ruminants, a pig feeding study must be conducted

unless the expected intake by pigs is not significant.

Test conditions

In general, the feed is administered in three dosages (expected

residue level, three to five times, and 10 times the expected residue

level). When setting the 1 dose, a theoretical feed ration must be

compiled.

6.5.

Effects of industrial processing and/or household preparations

Circumstances in which required

The decision as to whether it is necessary to carry out processing

studies will depend on

—the importance of a processed product in the human or animal diet,

—the level of residue in the plant or plant product to be processed,

—the physico-chemical properties of the active substance or relevant

metabolites, and

—the possibility that degradation products of toxicological signif-

icance may be found after processing of the plant or plant

product.

Processing studies are not normally necessary if no significant or no

analytically determinable residues occur in the plant or plant product

which would be processed, or if the total theoretical maximum daily

intake (TMDI) is less than 10 % of the ADI. In addition, processing

studies are not normally required for plants or plant products mostly

eaten raw except for those with inedible portions such as citrus,

banana or kiwi fruit where data on the distribution of the residue in

peel/pulp may be required.

‘Significant residues’generally refer to residues above 0,1 mg/kg. If

the pesticide concerned has a high acute toxicity and/or a low ADI,

consideration must be given to conducting processing studies for

determinable residues below 0,1 mg/kg.

Studies on the effects on the nature of the residue are not normally

required where only simple physical operations, not involving a

change in temperature of the plant or the plant product, are involved

such as washing, trimming or pressing.

6.5.1.

Effects on the nature of the residue

Aim of the tests

The objective of these studies is to establish whether or not

breakdown or reaction products arise from residues in the raw

products during processing which may require a separate risk

assessment.

Test conditions

Depending upon the level and chemical nature of the residue in the

raw commodity, a set of representative hydrolysis situations (simu-

lating the relevant processing operations) should be investigated,

where appropriate. The effects of process other than hydrolysis, may

also have to be investigated, where the properties of the active

substance or metabolites indicate that toxicologically significant

degradation products may occur as a result of these processes. The

studies are normally conducted with a radio-labelled form of the

active substance.

6.5.2.

Effects on the residue levels

Aim of the tests

The main objectives of these studies are

—to determine the quantitative distribution of residues in the various

intermediate and end products, and to estimate transfer factors,

—to enable a more realistic estimate to be made of dietary intake of

residues.

Test conditions

Processing studies should represent household processing and/or

actual industrial processes.

In the first instance it is usually only necessary to carry out a core set

of‘balance studies’representative of the common processes relevant

to the plants or plant products containing significant residues. Justi-

fication should be given for the selection made of these

representative process(es). The technology to be used in processing

studies should always correspond as closely as possible to the actual

conditions that are normally used in practice. A balance sheet should

be made in which the mass balance of residues in all intermediate

and end products is investigated. In drawing up such a balance sheet

any concentrations or reductions in residues in individual products

can be recognized and the corresponding transfer factors can also be

determined.

If the processed plant products play an important part in the diet, and

if the‘balance study’indicates that a significant transfer of residue

into the processed products could occur, then three‘follow-up

studies’to determine residue concentration or dilution factors must be

carried out.

6.6.

Residues in succeeding crops

Aim of the test

The objective of these studies is to permit an evaluation of possible

residues in succeeding crops.

Circumstances in which required

Where data generated in accordance with Schedule II, Section 7,

point 7.1 or Schedule III, Section 9, point 9.1, shows that significant

residues (> 10 % of the applied active substance as a total of

unchanged active substance and its relevant metabolites or

degradation products) remain in soil or in plant materials, such as

straw or organic material up to sowing or planting time of possible

succeeding crops, and which could lead to residues above the limit of

determination in succeeding crops at harvest, consideration should

be given to the residue situation. This should include consideration

of the nature of the residue in the succeeding crops and involve at

least a theoretical estimation of the level of these residues. If the

likelihood of residues in succeeding crops can not be excluded,

metabolism and distribution studies should be carried out, if

necessary followed by field trials.

Test conditions

If a theoretical estimation of residues in succeeding crops is done,

full details and a justification shall be be given.

Metabolism and distribution studies and field trials, if necessary,

shall be carried out on representative crops chosen to represent

normal agricultural practice.

6.7.

Proposed maximum residue levels (MRLs) and residue definiton

A full justification for the proposed MRLs must be provided,

including, where relevant, full details of the statistical analysis used.

When judging which compounds are to be included in the residue

definition, account has to be taken of the toxicological significance

of the compounds, amounts likely to be present and the practicality

of the analytical methods proposed for post-registration control and

monitoring purposes.

6.8.

Proposed pre-harvest intervals for envisaged uses, or withholding

periods or storage periods, in the case of post-harvest uses

A full justification for the proposals must be provided.

6.9.

Estimation of the potential and actual exposure through diet and

other means

Consideration will be given to the calculation of a realistic prediction

of dietary intake. This may be done in a step-wise fashion leading to

an increasingly realistic predictions of intake. Where relevant, other

sources of exposure such as residues arising from the use of

medicines or veterinary drugs have to be taken into acocunt.

6.10.

Summary and evaluation of residue behaviour

A summary and evaluation of all data presented in this Section

should be carried out according to the guidance given by the

competent authority concerning the format of such summaries and

evaluations. It should include a detailed and critical assessment of

those data in the context of relevant evaluative and decision-making

criteria and guidelines, with particular reference to the risks for man

and animals that may or do arise, and the extent, quality and

reliablity of the data base.

In particular, the toxicological significance of any non-mammalian

metabolites must be addressed.

A schematic diagram should be prepared of the metabolic pathway in

plants and animals with a brief explanation of the distribution and

chemical changes involved.

7. Fate and behaviour in the environment

Introduction

(i) The information provided, taken together with that for one or

more preparations containing the active substance, must be

sufficient to pemit an assessment of the fate and behaviour of the

active substance in the environment, and of the non-target species

likely to be at risk from exposure to the active substance, its

metabolites, degradation and reaction products, where they are of

toxicological or environmental significance.

(ii) In particular, the information provided for the active substance,

together with other relevant information, and that provided for

one or more preparations containing it, should be sufficient to

—decide whether, or not, the active substance can be included in

Schedule I,

—specify appropriate conditions or restrictions to be associated

with any inclusion in Schedule I,

—classify the active substance as to hazard;

—specify the hazard symbols, the indications of danger, and

relevant risk and safety phrases for the protection of the envi-

ronment, which are to be included on packaging (containers),

—predict the disribution, fate, and behaviour in the environment

of the active substance and relevant metabolites, degradation

and reaction products as well as the times courses involved,

—identify non-target species and populations for which hazards a

rise because of potential exposure, and

—identify measures necesary to minimize contamination of the

environment and impact on non-target species.

(iii) A detailed description (specification) of the material used, as

provided for under Section 1, point 11 must be provided. Where

testing is done using active substance the material used should be

of that specification that will be used in the manu-facture of

preparations to be authorized except where radio-labelled

material is used.

Where studies are conducted using active substance produced in

the laboratory or in a pilot plant production system, the studies

must be repeated using active substance as manufactured, unless

it can be justified that the test material used is essentially the

same for the purposes of environmental testing and assessment.

(iv) Where radio-labeled test material is used, radio-labels should be

positioned at sites (one or more as necessary), to facilitate eluci-

dation of metabolic and degradative pathways and to facilitate

investigation of the distribution of the active substance and of its

metabolite, reaction and degradation products in the environ-

ment.

(v) It may be necessary to conduct separate studies for metabolites,

degradation or reaction products, where these products can

constitute a relevant risk to non-target organisms or to the quality

of water, soil and air and where their effects cannot be evaluated

by the available results relating to the active substance. Before

such studies are performed the information from the

Sections 5 and 6 has to be taken into account.

(vi) Where relevant, tests should be designed and data analysed using

appropriate statistical methods.

Full details of the statistical anaylsis should be reported (e.g. all

point estimates should be given with confidence intervals, exact

p-values should be given rather than stating significant/non

significant).

7.1.

Fate and behaviour in soil

All relevant information on the type and the properties of the soil

used in the studies, including pH, organic carbon content, cation

exchange capacity, particle size distribution and water holding

capacity, particle size distribution and water holding capacity at pF =

0 and pF = 2,5 has to be reported in accordance with relevant ISO or

other international standards.

The microbial biomass of soils used for laboratory degradation

studies must be determined just prior to the commencement and at

the end of the study.

It is recommended to use as much as possible the same soils

throughout all laboratory soil studies.

The soils used for degradation or mobility studies must be selected

such that they are representative of the range of soils typical of the

various Community regions where use exists or is anticipated, and be

such that

—they cover a range of organic carbon content, particle size distri-

bution and pH values; and

—where on the basis of other information, degradation or mobility

are expected to be pH dependent (e.g. solubility and hydrolysis

rate—paragraphs 2.7 and 2.8), they cover the following pH

ranges

—4,5 to 5,5

—6 to 7, and

—8 (approximately).

Soils used must, wherever possible, be freshly sampled. If use of

stored soils is unavoidable, storage should be properly carried out for

a limited time under defined and reported conditions. Soils stored for

longer periods of time can only be used for adsorption/desorption

studies.

The soil chosen to begin studying should not have extreme charac-

teristics with respect to parameters such as particle size distribution,

organic carbon content and pH.

Soils should be collected and handled in accordance with ISO

10381-6(Soil quality—Sampling—Guidance on the collection,

handling and storage of soil for the assessment of microbial

processes in the laboratory). Any deviations must be reported and

justified.

Field studies should be carried out in conditions as close to normal

agricultural practice as possible on a range of soil types and climatic

conditions representative of the area(s) of use. Weather conditions

shall be reported in cases where field studies are conducted.

7.1.1.

Route and rate of degradation

7.1.1.1.

Route of degradation

Aim of the tests

The data and information provided, together with other relevant data

and information, should be sufficient to

—identify, where feasable, the relative importance of the types of

process involved (balance between chemical and biological

degra-dation),

—identify the individual components present which at any time

account for more than 10 % of the amount of active substance

added, including, where feasible, non-extractable residues,

—identify where possible also individual components present which

account for less than 10 % of the amount of active substance

added,

—establish the relative proportions of the components present (mass

balance), and

—permit the soil residue of concern and to which non-target species

are or may be exposed, to be defined.

Where a reference is made to non-extractable residues these are

defined as chemical species originating from pesticides used

according to good agricultural practice that cannot be extracted by

methods which do not significantly change the chemical nature of

these residues. These non-extractable residues are not considered to

include fragments through metabolic pathways leading to natural

products.

7.1.1.1.1. Aerobic degradation

Circumstances in which required

The degradation pathway or pathways must always be reported

except where the nature and manner of use of preparations

containing the active substance, preclude soil contamination such as

uses on stored products or wound healing treatments for trees.

Test conditions

The degradation pathway or pathways must be reported for one soil.

Results obtained must be presented in the form of schematic

drawings showing the pathways involved, and in the form of balance

sheets which show the distribution of radio-label as a function of

time, as between

—active substance,

—CO 2 ,

—volatile compounds other than CO 2 ,

—individual identified transformation products,

—extractable substances not identified, and

—non-extractable residues in soil.

The investigation of degradation pathways must include all feasible

steps to characterise and quantify non-extractable residues formed

after 100 days when exceeding 70 % of the applied dose of the active

substance. The techniques and methodologies applied are best

selected on a case-by-case basis. A justification must be provided

where the compounds involved are not characterized.

The duration of the study is normally 120 days, except where after a

shorter period the levels of non-extractable residues and CO 2 are such

that they can be extrapolated in a reliable way to 100 days.

Test guideline

Setac—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides ( 1 ).

( 1 ) Society of Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry (SETAC), 1995. Procedures for

assessing the environmental fate and ecotoxicity of pesticides, ISBN 90-5607-002-9.

7.1.1.1.2. Supplementary studies

—Anaerobic degradation

Circumstances in which required

An anaerobic degradation study must be reported unless it can be

justified that exposure of the plant protection products containing

the active substance to anaerobic conditions is unlikely to occur.

Test conditions and test guideline

The same provisions as provided for under the corresponding

paragraph of point 7.1.1.1.1 apply.

—Soil photolysis

Circumstances in which required

A soil photolysis study must be reported unless it can be justified

that deposition of the active substance at the soil surface is

unlikely to occur.

Test guideline

Setac—Procedures for assessing the Environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

7.1.1.2.

Rate of degradation

7.1.1.2.1. Laboratory studies

Aim of the tests

The soil degradation studies should provide best possible estimates

of the time taken for degradation of 50 % and 90 % (DT 50lab and

DT 90lab ), of the active substance, and of relevant metabolites, degra-

dation and reaction products under laboratory conditions.

—Aerobic degradation

Circumstances in which required

The rate of degradation in soil must always be reported, except

where the nature and manner of use of plant protection products

containing the active substance preclude soil contamination such

as uses on stored products or wound healing treatments for trees.

Test conditions

The rate of aerobic degradation of the active substance in three

soil types additional to that referred to in paragraph 7.1.1.1.1.

must be reported.

In order to investigate the influence of temperature on degra-

dation, one additional study at 10 o C has to be performed on one

of the soils used for the investigation of degradation at 20 o C until

a validated Community calculation model for the extrapolation of

degradation rates at low temperatures is available.

The duration of the study is normally 120 days except if more

than 90 % of the active substance is degraded before that period

expires.

Similar studies for three soil types must be reported for all

relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction products which

occur in soil and which at any time during the studies account for

more than 10 % of the amount of active substance added, except

where their DT 50 values were able to be determined from the

results of the degradation studies with the active substance.

Test guideline

Setac—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

—Anaerobic degradation

Circumstances in which required

The rate of anaerobic degradation of the active substance must be

reported where an anaerobic study has to be performed according

to point 7.1.1.1.2.

Test conditions

The rate of anaerobic degradation of the active substance must be

carried out in the soil used in the anaerobic study performed

according to point 7.1.1.1.2.

The duration of the study is normally 120 days except if more

than 90 % of the active substance is degraded before that period

expires.

Similar studies for one soil must be reported for all relevant

metobolites, degradation and reaction products which occur in

soil and which at any time during the studies account for more

than 10 % of the amount of active substance added, except where

their DT 50 values were able to be determined from the results of

the degradation studies with the active substance.

Test guideline

Setac—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

7.1.1.2.2. Field studies

—Soil dissipation studies Aim of the

test

The soil dissipation studies should provide estimates of the time

taken for dissipation of 50 % and 90 % (DT 50f and DT 90f ), of the

active substance under field conditions. Where relevant, infor-

mation on relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction

products must be reported.

Circumstances in which required

The tests have to be conducted in those conditions where DT 50lab

determined at 20 o C and at a moisture content of the soil related to

a pF value of 2 to 2,5 (suction pressure) is greater than 60 days.

Where plant protection products containing the active substance

are intended to be used in cold climatic conditions, the tests have

to be conducted where DT 50lab , determined at 10 o C and at a

moisture content of the soil related to a pF value of 2 to 2,5

(suction pressure) is greater than 90 days.

Test conditions

Individual studies on a range of representative soils (normally

four different types) must be continued until > 90 % of the

amount applied have dissipated. The maximum duration of the

studies is 24 months.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

—Soil residue studies Aim of the

test

Soil residue studies should provide estimates of the soil residue

levels at harvest or at time of cowing or planting succeeding

crops.

Circumstances in which required

Soil residue studies must be reported where DT 50lab is greater than

one-third of the period between the application and harvest and

where absorption by the succeeding crop is possible, except

where soil residues at sowing or planting of a succeeding crop

can be reliably estimated from the data of the soil dissipation

studies or where it can be justified that these residues can not be

phytotoxic to or leave unacceptable residues in rotational crops.

Test conditions

Individual studies must be continued until harvest or time of

sowing or planting succeeding crops, unless > 90 % of the

amount applied have dissipated.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

—Soil accumulation studies Aim of the

tests

The tests should provide sufficient data to evaluate the possibility

of accumulation of residues of the active substance and of

relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction products.

Circumstances in which required

Where on the basis of soil dissipation studies it is established that

DT 90f > one year and where repeated application is envisaged,

whether in the same growing season or in succeeding years, the

possibility of accumulation of residues in soil and the level at

which a plateau concentration is achieved must be investigated

except where reliable information can be provided by a model

calculation or another appropriate assessment.

Test conditions

Long term field studies must be done on two relevant soils and

involve multiple applications.

Before performing these studies the applicant shall seek the

agreement of the competent authorities on the type of study to be

performed.

7.1.2.

Adsorption and desorption

Aim of the test

The data and information provided, together with other relevant data

and information, should be sufficient to establish the absorption

coef-ficient of the active substance and of relevant metabolites,

degra-dation and reaction products.

Circumstances in which required

The studies must always be reported except where the nature and

manner of use of preparations containing the active substance,

preclude soil contamination such as uses on stored products or

wound healing trees.

Testo conditions

Studies on the active substance must be reported for four soil types.

Similar studies, for at least three soil types, must be reported for all

relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction products which in soil

degradation studies account at any time for more than 10 % of the

amount of active substance added.

Test guideline

OECD method 106

7.1.3.

Mobility in the soil

7.1.3.1.

Column leaching studies

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient data to evaluate the mobility and

leaching potential of the active substance and if possible of relevant

metabolities, degradation and reaction products.

Circumstances in which required

Studies in four soils must be carried out where in the absorption and

desorption studies provided for under point 7.1.2 it is not possible to

obtain reliable absorption coefficient values.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

7.1.3.2.

Aged residue column leaching

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient data to estimate the mobility and

leaching potential of relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction

products.

Circumstances in which required

The studies must be performed except

—where the nature and manner of use of preparations containing the

active substance, preclude soil contamination such as uses on

stored products or wound healing treatments for trees, or

—where a separate study for the metabolite, degradation or reaction

product in accordance to point 7.1.2 or 7.1.3.1 was performed.

Test conditions

The period(s) of ageing should be determined from inspection of the

degradation patterns of active substance and metabolites to ensure

that a relevant spectrum of metabolites is present at the time of

leaching.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

7.1.3.3.

Lysimeter studies or field leaching studies

Aim of the tests

The test should provide data on

—the mobility in soil,

—the potential for leaching to ground water,

—The potential distribution in soil.

Circumstances in which requried

Expert judgement will be necessary to decide whether lysimeter

studies or field leaching studies should be carried out, taking into

account the results of degradation and other mobility studies and the

predicted environmental concentrations in groundwater (PEC GW ),

calculated in accordance with the provisions of Schedule III, Section

9. The type and conditions of the study to be conducted should be

discussed with the competent authorities.

Test conditions

Great care is necessary in design of both experimental installations

and individual studies, to ensure that results obtained can be used for

assessment purposes. Studies should cover the realistic worst case

situation, taking into account the soil type, climatic conditions, the

application rate and the frequency and period of application.

Water percolating from soil columns must be analyzed at suitable

intervals, while residues in plant material must be determined at

harvest. Residues in the soil profile in at least five layers must be

determined on termination of experimental work. Intermediate

sampling must be avoided, since removal of plants (except for

harvesting according to normal agricultural practice) and soil cross

influences the leaching process.

Precipitation, soil and air temperatures have to be recorded at regular

intervals (at least on a weekly base).

—Lysimeterstudies

Test conditions

The minimal depth of the lysimeters should be 100 cm; their

maximal depth should be 130 cm. The soil cross must be undis-

turbed. Soil temperatures must be similar to those pertaining in

the field. Where necessary, supplementary irrigation must be

provided to ensure optimal plant growth and to ensure that the

quantity of infiltration water is similar to that in the regions for

which authorization is sought. When during the study the soil has

to be disturbed for agricultural reasons it must not be disturbed

deeper than 25 cm.

—Field leaching

studies

Test

conditions

Information on the groundwater table in the experimental fields

must be submitted. If soil cracking is observed during the study

this must be fully described.

Great attention should be given to the number and the location of

water collection devices. The placement of these devices in the

soil should not result in preferential flow paths.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

7.2.

Fate and behaviour in water and air

Aim of the tests

The information and data provided, taken together with that provided

for one or more preparations containing the active substance, and

other relevant information, should be sufficient to establish, or

permit estimation of

—persistence in water systems (bottom sediment and water,

including suspended particles),

—the extent to which water, sediment organisms and air are at risk,

—potential for contamination of surface water and groundwater.

7.2.1.

Route and rate of degradation in aquatic systemes (as far as not

covered by point 2.9)

Aim of the tests

The data and information provided, together with other relevant data

and information, should be sufficient to

—identify the relative importance of the types of processes involved

(balance between chemical and biological degradation),

—where possible, identify the individual components present,

—establish the relative proportions of the components present and

their distribution as between water, including suspended

particles, and sediment, and

—permit the residue of concern and to which non-target species are

or may be exposed, to be defined.

7.2.1.1.

Hydrolytic degradation

Circumstances in which required

The test must always be performed for relevant metabolites, degra-

dation and reaction products which account at any time for more

than 10 % of the amount of active substance added unless sufficient

information on their degradation is available from the test performed

in accordance with point 2.9.1.

Test conditions and test guideline

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding paragraphs

of point 2.9.1 apply.

7.2.1.2.

Photochemical degradation

Circumstances in which required

The test must always be performed for relevant metabolites, degra-

dation and reaction products which account at any time for more

than 10 % of the amount of active substance added unless sufficient

information on their degradation is available from the test performed

in accordance with points 2.9.2 and 2.9.3.

Test conditions and test guideline

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding paragraphs

of points 2.9.2 and 2.9.3 apply.

7.2.1.3.

Biological degradation

7.2.1.3.1.‘Ready biodegradability’

Circumstances in which required

The test must always be performed unless it is not required under the

provisions of Annex VI to Directive 67/548/EEC for the

classification of the active substance.

Test guideline

EEC method C4.

7.2.1.3.2. Water/sediment study

Circumstances in which required

The test must be reported unless it can be justified that

contamination of surface water will not occur.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

7.2.1.4.

Degradation in the saturated zone

Circumstances in which required

Transformation rates in the saturated zone of active substances and

of relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction products can

provide useful information on the fate of these substances in the

groundwater.

Test conditions

Expert judgement is required to decide whether this information is

necessary. Before performing these studies the applicant shall seek

the agreement of the competent authorities on the type of study to be

performed.

7.2.2.

Route and rate of degradation in air (as far as not covered by point

2.10)

Guidance under development.

7.3.

Definition of the residue

In the light of the chemical composition of residues occurring in soil,

water or air, resulting from use, or proposed use, of a plant

protection product containing the active substance a proposal for the

definition of the residue must be submitted, taking account of both

the levels found and their toxicological and environmental

significance.

7.4.

Monitoring data

Available monitoring data concerning fate and behaviour of the

active substance and relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction

products must be reported.

8. Ecotoxicological studies

Introduction

(i) The information provided, taken together with that for one or

more preparations containing the active substance, must be

sufficient to permit an assessment of the impact on non-target

species (flora and fauna), likely to be at risk from exposure to the

active substance, its metabolites, degradation and reaction

products, where they are of environmental significance. Impact

can result from single, prolonged or repeated exposure and can

be reversible or irreversible.

(ii) In particular, the information provided for the active substance,

together with other relevant information, and that provided for

one or more preparations containing it, should be sufficient to

—decide whether, or not, the active substance can be included in

Schedule I,

—specify appropriate conditions or restrictions to be associated

with any inclusion in Schedule I,

—permit an evaluation of short- and long-term risks for non-

target species—populations, communities, and processes— as

appropriate,

—classify the active substance as to hazard,

—specify the precautions necessary for the protection of non-

target species, and

—specify the hazard symbols, the indications of danger, and

relevant risk and safety phrases for the protection of the envi-

ronment, to be mentioned on packaging (containers).

(iii) There is a need to report all potentially adverse effects found

during routine ecotoxicological investigations and to undertake

and report, where required by the competent authorities, such

additional studies which may be necessary to investigate the

probable mechanisms involved and assess the significance of

these effects. All available biological data and information which

is relevant to the assessment of the ecotoxicological profile of the

active substance must be reported.

(iv) The information on fate and behaviour in the environment,

generated and submitted in accordance with points 7.1 to 7.4, and

on residue levels in plants generated and submitted in accordance

with point 6 is central to the assessment of impact on non-target

species, in that together with information on the nature of the

preparation and its manner of use, it defines the nature and extent

of potential exposure. The toxicokinetic and toxicological studies

and information submitted in accordance with points 5.1 to 5.8

provide essential information as to toxicity to vertebrate species

and the mechanisms involved.

(v) Where relevant, tests should be designed and data analysed using

appropriate statistical methods. Full details of the statistical

analysis should be reported (e. g. all point estimates should be

given with confidence intervals, exact p-values should be given

rather than stating significant/non significant).

Test substance

(vi) A detailed description (specification) of the material used, as

provided for under point 1.11 must be provided. Where testing is

done using active substance the material used should be of that

specification that will be used in the manufacture of preparations

to be authorized except where radiolabelled material is used.

(vii) Where studies are conducted using active substance produced in

the laboratory or in a pilot plant production system, the studies

must be repeated using active substance as manufactured, unless

it can be justified that the test material used is essentially the

same, for the purposes of ecotoxicological testing and

assessment. In cases of uncertainty, appropriate bridging studies

must be submitted to serve as a basis for a decision as to the

possible need for repetition of the studies.

(viii) In the case of studies in which dosing extends over a period,

dosing should preferably be done using a single batch of active

substance if stability permits.

Whenever a study implies the use of different doses, the rela-

tionship between dose and adverse effect must be reported.

(ix) For all feeding studies, average achieved dose must be reported,

including where possible the dose in mg/kg body weight. Where

dosing via the diet is utilized the test compound must be

distributed uniformly in the diet.

(x) It may be necessary to conduct separate studies for metabolites,

degradation or reaction products, where these products can

constitute a relevant risk to non-target organisms and where their

effects cannot be evaluated by the available results relating to the

active substance. Before such studies are performed the

information from points 5, 6 and 7 has to be taken into account.

Test organisms

(xi) In order to facilitate the assessment of the significance of test

results obtained, including the estimation of intrinsic toxicity and

the factors affecting toxicity, the same strain (or recorded origin)

of each relevant species should, where possible, be used in the

various toxicity tests specified.

8.1.

Effects on birds

8.1.1.

Acute oral toxicity

Aim of the test

The test should provide, where possible, LD 50 values, the lethal

threshold dose, time courses of response and recovery and the

NOEL, and must include relevant gross pathological findings.

Circumstances in which required

The possible effects of the active substance on birds must be inves-

tigated except where the active substance is intended solely to be

included in preparations for exclusive use in enclosed spaces (e.g.

in glasshouses or in food storage practice).

Test conditions

The acute oral toxicity of active substance to a quail species

(Japanese quail(Coturnix coturnix japonica)or Bobwhite quail

(Colinus virginianus)or to mallard duck(Anas platyrhynchos)must be

determined. The highest dose used in tests need not exceed 2 000

mg/kg body weight.

Test guideline

Setac—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides ( 1 ).

( 1 ) Society of Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry (Setac), 1995.Procedures for

Assessing the Environmental Fate and Ecotoxicity of Pesticides,ISBN 90-5607-002-9.

8.1.2.

Short-term dietary toxicity

Aim of the test

The test should provide the short term dietary toxicity (LC 50 values,

lowest lethal concentration (LLC), where possible no observed effect

concentrations (NOEC), time courses of response and recovery) and

include relevant gross pathological findings.

Circumstances in which required

The dietary (five-day) toxicity of the active substance to birds must

always be investigated on one species except where a study in

accordance with the provisions of point 8.1.3 is reported. Where its

acute oral NOEL is=500 mg/kg body weight or where the short-term

NOEC < 500 mg/kg food the test must be performed on a second

species.

Test conditions

The first species to be studied must be either a quail species or

mallard duck. If a second species must be tested it should not be

related to the first species tested.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with OECD Method 205.

8.1.3.

Subchronic toxicity and reproduction

Aim of the test

The test should provide the subchronic toxicity and reproductive

toxicity of the active substance to birds.

Circumstances in which required

The subchronic and reproductive toxicity of the active substance to

birds must be investigated, unless it can be justified that continued or

repeated exposure of adults, or exposure of nest sites during the

breeding season is unlikely to occur.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with OECD Method 206.

8.2.

Effects on aquatic organisms

The data of the tests referred to in points 8.2.1, 8.2.4 and 8.2.6 have

to be submitted for every active substance even when it is not

expected that plant protection products containing it could reach

surface water following the proposed conditions of use. These data

are required under the provisions of Annex VI to Directive

67/548/EEC for the classification of the active substance.

Data reported must be supported with analytical data on concen-

trations of the test substance in the test media.

8.2.1.

Acute toxicity to fish

Aim of the test

The test should provide the acute toxicity (LC 50 ), and details of

observed effects.

Circumstances in which required

The test must always be carried out.

Test conditions

The acute toxicity of the active substance must be determined for

rainbow trout(Oncorhynchus mykiss)and for a warm water fish

species. Where tests with metabolites, degradation or reaction

products have to be performed the species used must be the more

sensitive of the two species tested with the active substance.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with the Annex to

Commission Directive 92/69/EEC adapting to technical progress for

the 17th time Directive 67/548/EEC on the approximation of laws,

regulations and administrative provisions relating to the classi-

fication and labelling of dangerous, substances, Method C1.

8.2.2.

Chronic toxicity to fish

Circumstances in which required

A chronic toxicity study must be carried out unless it can be justified

that continued or repeated exposure of fish is unlikely to occur or

unless a suitable microsom or mesocosm study is available.

Expert judgment is required to decide which test has to be performed.

In particular for active substance for which there are indications of

particular concerns (related to the toxicity of the active substance for

fish or the potential exposure) the applicant shall seek the agreement

of the competent authorities on the type of test to be performed.

A fish early life stage toxicity test might be appropriate where

bioconcentration factors (BCF) are between 100 and 1 000 or where

EC 50 of the active substance < 0,1 mg/l.

A fish life cycle test might be appropriate in cases where

—the bioconcentration factor is greater tan 1 000 and the elimi-

nation of the active substance during a depuration phase of 14

days is lower than 95 %,

or

—the substance is stable in water or sediment (DT 90 > 100 days).

It is not necessary to perform a chronic toxicity test on juvenile fish

when a fish early life stage toxicity test or a fish life cycle test has

been performed; it is likewise not necessary to perform a fish early

life stage toxicity test when a fish life cycle test has been performed.

8.2.2.1.

Chronic toxicity test on juvenile fish

Aim of the test

The test should provide effects on growth, the threshold level for

lethal effects and for observed effects, the NOEC and details of

observed effects.

Test conditions

The test must be conducted on juvenile rainbow trout, following

exposure of 28 days to the active substance. Data on the effects on

growth and behaviour must be generated.

8.2.2.2.

Fish early life stage toxicity test

Aim of the test

The test should provide effects on development, growth and

behaviour, the NOEC and details of observed effects on fish early

life stages.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with OECD Method 210.

8.2.2.3.

Fish life cycle test

Aim of the test

The test will provide effects on reproduction of the parental and the

viability of the filial generation.

Test conditions

Before performing these studies the applicant shall seek the

agreement of the competent authorities on the type and conditions of

the study to be performed.

8.2.3.

Bioconcentration in fish

Aim of the test

The test should provide the steady-state bioconcentration factors,

uptake rate constants and depuration rate constants, calculated for

each test compound, as well as relevant confidence limits.

Circumstances in which required

The bioconcentration potential of active substances, of metabolites

and of degradation and reaction products, likely to partition into fatty

tissues (such as log p ow =3—see point 2.8 or other relevant

indications of bioconcentration), must be investigated and be

reported, unless it can be justified that exposure leading to biocon-

centration is not likely to occur.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with OECD Method 305E.

8.2.4.

Acute toxicity to aquatic invertebrates

Aim of the test

The test should provide the 24 and 48-hour acute toxicity of the

active substance, expressed as the median effective concentration

(EC 50 ) for immobilization, and where possible the highest concen-

tration causing no immobilization.

Circumstances in which required

The acute toxicity must always be determined forDaphnia

(preferablyDaphnia magna). Where plant protection products

containing the active substance are intended to be used directly on

surface water additional data have to be reported on at least one

representative species from each of the following groups: aquatic

insects, aqautic crustaceans (on a species not related toDaphnia) and

aquatic gastropod molluscs.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC,

Method C2.

8.2.5.

Chronic toxicity to aquatic invertebrates

Aim of the test

The test should provide where possible EC 50 values for effects such

as immobilization and reproduction and the highest concentration at

which no effect such as on martality or reproduction occurs (NOEC)

and details of observed effects.

Circumstances in which required

A test onDaphniaand on at least one representative aquatic insect

species and an aquatic gastropod mollusc species must be carried out

unless it can be justified that continued or repeated exposure is not

likely to occur.

Test conditions

The test withDaphniamust be continued for 21 days.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with OECD Method 202,

Part II.

8.2.6.

Effects on algal growth

Aim of the test

The test should procide EC 50 values for growth and growth rate,

NOEC values, and details of observed effects.

Circumstances in which required

Possible effects on algal growth of active substances must always be

reported.

For herbicides a test on a second species from a different taxonomic

group has to be performed.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC,

Method C3.

8.2.7.

Effects on sediment dwelling organisms

Aim of test

The test will measure effects on survival and development (including

effects on emergence of adults forChironomus),the relevant EC 50

values and the NOEC values.

Circumstances in which required

Where environmental fate and behaviour data required in point 7

report that an active substance is likely to partition to and persist in

aquatic sediments, expert judgement should be used to decide

whether an acute or a chronic sediment toxicity test in required. Such

expert judgement should take into account whether effects on

sediment dwelling invertebrates are likely by comparing the aquatic

invertebrate toxicity EC 50 data from points 8.2.4 and 8.2.5 with the

predicted levels of the active substances in sediment from data in

Schedule III, point 9.

Test conditions

Before performing these studies the applicant shall seek the

agreement of the competent authorities on the type and conditions of

the study to be performed.

8.2.8.

Aquatic plants

A test on aquatic plants has to be performed for herbicides.

Before performing these studies the applicant shall seek the

agreement of the competent authorities on the type and conditions of

the study to be performed.

8.3.

Effect on arthropods

8.3.1.

Bees

8.3.1.1.

Acute toxicity

Aim of the test

The test should provide the acute oral and contact LD 50 value of the

active substance.

Circumstances in which required

Potential impact on bees must be investigated, except where

preparations containing the active substance are for exclusive use in

situations where bees are not likely to be exposed such as

—food storage in enclosed spaces,

—non-systemic seed dressings,

—non-systemic preparations for application to soil,

—non-systemic dipping treatments for transplanted crops and bulbs,

—wound sealing and healing treatments,

—rodenticidal baits,

—use in glasshouses without pollinators.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with EPPO Guideline 170.

8.3.1.2.

Bee brood feeding test

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient information to evaluate possible

risks from the plant protection product on honeybee larvae.

Circumstances in which required

The test must be carried out when the active substance may act as an

insect growth regulator unless it can be justified that it is not likely

that bee brood would be exposed to it.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with ICPBR Method (e.g.

P. A. Oomen, A. de Riujter and J. van der Steen. Method for

honeybee brood feeding tests with insect growth-regulating insec-

ticides.EPPO Bulletin,Volume 22, pp 613 to 616, 1992.)

8.3.2.

Other arethropods

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient information to evaluate the

toxicity (mortality and sublethal effects) of the active substance to

selected arthropod species.

Circumstances in which required

Effects on non-target terrestrial arthropods (e.g. predators or para-

sitoids of harmful organisms) must be investigated. The information

obtained for these species can also be used to indicate the potential

for toxicity to other non-target species inhabiting the same environ-

ment. This information is required for all active substances except

where preparations containing the active substance are for exclusive

use in situations where non-target arthropods are not exposed such

as

—food storage in enclosed spaces,

—wound sealing and healing treatments,

—rodenticidal baits.

Test conditions

The test must be performed initially in the laboratory on an artificial

substrate (i.e. glass plate or quartz sand, as appropriate) unless

adverse effects can be clearly predicted from other studies. In these

cases, more realistic substrates may be used.

Two sensitive standard species, a parasitoid and predatory mite (e.g.

Aphidius rhopalosiphiandTyphlodromus pyri)should be tested. In

addition to these, two additional species must also be tested, which

should be relevant to the intended use of the substance. Where

possible and if appropriate, they should represent the other two

major functional groups, ground dwelling predators and foliage

dwelling predators. Where effects are observed with species relevant

to the proposed use of the product, further testing may be carried out

at the extended laboratory/semi-field level. Selection of the relevant

test species should follow the proposals outlined in Setac —

Guidance document on regulatory testing procedures for pesticides

with non-target arthropods ( 1 ). Testing must be conducted at rates

equivalent to the highest rate of field application to be

recommended.

Test guideline

Where relevant, testing should be done according to appropriate

guidelines which satisfy at least the requirements for testing as

included in Setac—Guidance document on regulatory testing

procedures for pesticides with non-target arthropods.

( 1 ) From the Workshop European Standard Characteristics of beneficials Regulatory Testing

(Escort), 28 to 30 March 1994, ISBN 0-95-22535-2-6.

8.4.

Effects on earthworms

8.4.1.

Acute toxicity

Aim of the test

The test should provide the LC 50 value of the active substance to

earthworms, where possible the highest concentration causing no

mortality and the lowest concentration causing 100 % mortality, and

must include observed morphological and behavioural effects.

Circumstances in which required

Effects on earthworms must be investigated, where preparations

containing the active substance are applied to soil, or can

contaminate soil.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Commission

Directive 88/302/EEC adapting to technical progress for the ninth

time Council Directive 67/548/EEC on the approximation of laws,

regulations and administrative provisions relating to the classi-

fication, packaging and labelling of dangerous substances, Part C,

Toxicity for earthworms: Artificial soil test.

8.4.2.

Sublethal effects

Aim of the test

The test should provide the NOEC and the effects on growth, repro-

duction and behaviour.

Circumstances in which required

Where on the basis of the proposed manner of use of preparations

containing the active substance or on the basis of its fate and

behaviour in soil (DT 90 > 100 days), continued or repeated exposure

of earthworms to the active substance, or to significant quantities of

metabolites, degradation or reaction products, can be anticipated

expert judgement is required to decide whether a sublethal test can

be useful.

Test conditions

The test must be carried out onEisenia foetida.

8.5.

Effects on soil non-target micro-organisms

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient data to evaluate the impact of the

active substance on soil microbial activity, in terms of nitrogen trans-

formation and carbon mineralization.

Circumstances in which required

The test must be carried out where preparations containing the active

substance are applied to soil or can contaminate soil under practical

conditions of use. In the case of active substances intended for use in

preparations for soil sterilization, the studies must be designed to

measure rates of recovery following treatment.

Test conditions

Soils used must be freshly sampled agricultural soils. The sites from

which soil is taken must not have been treated during the previous

two years with any substance that could substantially alter the

diversity and levels of microbial populations present, other than in a

transitory manner.

Test guideline

Setac—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

8.6.

Effects on other non-target organisms (flora and fauna) believed

to be at risk

A summary of available data from preliminary tests used to assess

the biological activity and dose range finding, whether positive or

negative, which may provide information with respect to possible

impact on other non-target species, both flora and fauna, must be

provided, together with a critical assessment as to its relevance to

potential impact on non-target species.

8.7.

Effects on biological methods for sewage treatment

Effects on biological methods for sewage treatment must be reported

where the use of plant protection products containing the active

substance can give rise to adverse effects on sewage treatment

plants.

9. Summary and evaluation of points 7 and 8

10. Proposals including justification for the proposals for the classifi-

cation and labelling of the active substance according to Council

Directive 67/548/EEC

—Hazard symbol(s)

—Indications of danger

—Risk phrases

—Safety phrases

11. A dossier as referred to in Schedule III, part A, for a representative

plant protection product

PART B

Introduction

(i) Active substances are defined in regulation 2(4) and include chemical

substances and micro-organisms including viruses.

This Part provides data requirements for active substances consisting of

micro-organisms, including viruses.

For the purposes of Schedule II, Part B, the term‘micro-organism’is used

and is defined as follows:‘A microbiological entity, cellular or non-

cellular, capable of replication or of transferring genetic material’.

The definition applies to, but is not limited to, bacteria, fungi, protozoa,

viruses and viroids.

(ii) For all micro-organisms that are subject to application all available relevant

knowledge and information in literature should be provided.

The most important and informative information is obtained by the char-

acterisation and identification of a micro-organism. Such information is

found in sections 1 to 3 (identity, biological properties and further infor-

mation) which form the basis for an assessment of human health and

environmental effects.

Newly generated data from conventional toxicological and/or pathological

experiments on laboratory animals are normally required unless the

applicant can justify, on the basis of the previous information, that the use

of the micro-organism, under the proposed conditions of use, does not

have any harmful effects on human and animal health or on groundwater

or any unacceptable influence on the environment.

(iii) Pending the acceptance of specific guidelines at international level, the

information required shall be generated using available test guidelines

accepted by the director (e.g. USEPA guideline ( 1 )); where appropriate test

guidelines as described in Schedule II, Part A, should be adapted in such a

way that they are appropriate for micro-organisms. Testing should include

viable and, if appropriate, non-viable micro-organisms, and a blank

control.

(iv) Where testing is done, a detailed description (specification) of the material

used and its impurities, according to the provisions of section 1, point 1.4,

must be provided. The material used should be of that specification that

will be used in the manufacture of preparations to be authorised.

Where studies are conducted using micro-organisms produced in the

laboratory or in a pilot plant production system, the studies must be

repeated using micro-organisms as manufactured, unless it can be demon-

strated that the test material used is essentially the same for the purposes

of the testing and assessment.

(v) Where the micro-organism has been genetically modified, as defined in

Directive 2001/18/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of

12 March 2001 on the deliberate release into the environment of

genetically modified organisms and repealing Council Directive

90/220/EEC, a copy of the evaluation of the data concerning the

assessment of risk to the environ-ment, as stated in Article 1(3) of

Directive 91/414/EEC, has to be submitted.

(vi) Where relevant, data should be analysed using appropriate statistical

methods. Full details of the statistical analysis should be reported (e.g. all

point estimates should be given with confidence intervals, exact p-values

should be given rather than stating significant/non significant).

(vii) In the case of studies in which dosing extends over a period, dosing should

preferably be done using a single batch of the micro-organism, if stability

permits.

If the studies are not performed using a single batch of the micro-

organism, the similarity of the different batches has to be stated.

Whenever a study implies the use of different doses, the relationship

between dose and adverse effect must be reported.

(viii) If the plant protection action is known to be due to the residual effect of a

toxin/metabolite or if significant residues of toxins/metabolites are to be

expected not related to the effect of the active substance, a dossier for the

toxin/metabolite has to be submitted in accordance with the requirements

of Schedule II, Part A.

( 1 )USEPA Microbial Pesticide Test Guidelines, OPPTS Series 885, February

1996(http://www.epa.gov/oppbppd1/biopesticides/guidelines/series885.htm).

1. IDENTITY OF THE MICRO-ORGANISM The identification

together with the characterisation of the micro-organism provides the

most important information and is a key point for decision-making.

1.1.

Applicant

The name and address of the applicant (permanent community

address) must be provided, as must the name, position, telephone and

fax number of the appropriate person to contact.

Where, in addition, the applicant has an office, agent or representative

in the Member State to which the application for inclusion in

Schedule I is submitted, and if different, in the rapporteur Member

State appointed by the Commission, the name and address of the local

office, agent or representative must be provided, as must the name,

position, telephone and fax number of the appropriate person to

contact.

1.2.

Producer

The name and address of the producer or producers of the micro-

organism must be provided as must the name and address of each

plant in which the micro-organism is produced. A contact point

(preferably a central contact point, to include name, telephone and fax

number) must be provided, with a view to providing updating

information and responding to queries arising, regarding production

technology, processes and the quality of product (including where

relevant, individual batches). Where, following inclusion of the

micro-organism in Schedule I, there are changes in the location or

number of producers, the information required must again be notified

to the Commission and the Member States.

1.3.

Name and species description, strain characterisation

(i) The micro-organism should be deposited at an internationally

recognised culture collection and given an accession number and

these details must be submitted.

(ii) Each micro-organism that is subject to the application should be

identified and named at the species level. The scientific name and

taxonomic grouping, i.e. family, genus, species, strain, serotype,

pathovar or any other denomination relevant to the micro-

organism, must be stated.

It must be indicated whether the micro-organism

—is indigenous or non-indigenous at the species level to the

intended area of application,

—is a wild type,

—is a spontaneous or induced mutant,

—has been modified, using techniques described in Annex IA,

Part 2, and Annex IB to Directive 2001/18/EEC.

In the latter two cases, all known differences between the

modified micro-organism and the parent wild strain must be

provided.

iii) Best available technology should be used to identify and charac-

terise the micro-organism at the strain level. The appropriate test

procedures and criteria used for identification (e.g. morphology,

biochemistry, serology, molecular identification) must be

provided.

iv) Common name or alternative and superseded names and code

names used during the development, if any, must be provided.

(v) Relationships to known pathogens should be indicated.

1.4.

Specification of the material used for manufacturing of

formulated products

1.4.1.

Content of the micro-organism

The minimum and maximum content of the micro-organism in the

material used for manufacturing of formulated products, must be

reported. The content should be expressed in appropriate terms, such

as number of active units per volume or weight or any other manner

that is relevant to the micro-organism.

Where the information provided relates to a pilot plant production

system, the information required must again be provided to the

Commission and the Member States once industrial scale production

methods and procedures have stabilised, if production changes result

in a changed specification of purity.

1.4.2.

Identity and content of impurities, additives, contaminating micro-

organisms

It is desirable to have a plant protection product without contaminants

(including contaminating micro-organisms), if possible. The level and

nature of acceptable contaminants should be judged from a risk

assessment point of view, by the director.

If possible and appropriate, the identity and maximum content of all

contaminating micro-organisms, expressed in the appropriate unit,

must be reported. The information on identity must be provided where

possible as outlined in Schedule II, Part B, section1, point 1.3.

Relevant metabolites (i.e. if expected to be of concern to human

health and/or the environment) known to be formed by the micro-

organism should be identified and characterised at different states or

growth stages of the micro-organism (see Schedule IIB, Introduction,

(viii)).

Where relevant detailed information on all components such as

condensates, culture medium, etc. must be provided.

In the case of chemical impurities that are relevant for human health

and/or the environment, the identity and maximum content, expressed

in appropriate terms, must be provided.

In the case of additives, the identity and content in g/kg must be

provided.

The information on identity of chemical substances such as additives

must be provided as outlined in Schedule II, Part A, section 1, point

1.10.

1.4.3.

Analytical profile of batches

Where relevant, the same data as outlined in Schedule II, Part A,

section 1, point 1.11, have to be reported, using the appropriate units.

2. BIOLOGICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MICRO-ORGANISM

2.1.

History of the micro-organism and its uses. Natural occurrence

and geographical distribution

Familiarity, interpreted as the availability of relevant knowledge of

the micro-organism, should be presented.

2.1.1.

Historical background

The historical background of the micro-organism and its use (tests/re-

search projects or commercial use) must be provided.

2.1.2.

Origin and natural occurrence

The geographical region and the place in the ecosystem (e.g. host

plant, host animal, or soil from which the micro-organism was

isolated) must be stated. The method of isolation of the micro-

organism should be reported. The natural occurrence of the micro-

organism in the relevant environment shall be given if possible at

strain level.

In the case of a mutant, or a genetically modified micro-organism (as

defined in Annex IA, Part 2, and Annex IB to Directive

2001/18/EEC), detailed information should be provided on its

production and isolation and on the means by which it can be clearly

distinguished from the parent wild strain.

2.2.

Information on target organism(s)

2.2.1.

Description of the target organism(s) Where relevant, details of

harmful organisms against which protection is afforded, must be

provided.

2.2.2.

Mode of action

The principal mode of action should be indicated. In connection with

the mode of action it should also be stated if the micro-organism

produces a toxin with a residual effect on the target organism. In that

case, the mode of action of this toxin should be described.

If relevant, information on the site of infection and mode of entry into

the target organism and its susceptible stages should be given. The

results of any experimental studies must be reported.

It should be stated by which way an uptake of the micro-organism, or

its metabolites (especially toxins) may occur (e.g. contact, stomach,

inhalation). It must also be stated whether or not the micro-organism

or its metabolites are translocated in plants and, where relevant, how

this translocation takes place.

In case of pathogenic effect on the target organism, infective dose (the

dose needed to cause infection with the intended effect on a target

species) and transmissibility (possibility of spread of the micro-

organism in the target population, but also from one target species to

another (target) species) after application under the proposed

condition of use shall be indicated.

2.3.

Host specificity range and effects on species other than the target

harmful organism

Any available information on the effects on non-target organisms

within the area to which the micro-organism may spread shall be

given. The occurrence of non-target organisms being either closely

related to the target species or being especially exposed shall be

indicated.

Any experience of the toxic effect of the active substance or its

metabolic products on humans or animals, of whether the organism is

capable of colonising or invading humans or animals (including

immunosuppressed individuals) and whether it is pathogenic shall be

stated. Any experience of whether the active substance or its products

may irritate skin, eyes or respiratory organs of humans or animals and

whether it is allergenic in contact with skin or when inhaled shall be

stated.

2.4.

Development stages/life cycle of the micro-organism

Information on the life cycle of the micro-organism, described

symbiosis, parasitism, competitors, predators, etc., including host

organisms, as well as vectors for viruses, must be presented.

The generation time and the type of reproduction of the micro-

organism must be stated.

Information on the occurrence of resting stages and their survival

time, their virulence and infection potential must be provided.

The potential of the micro-organism to produce metabolites, including

toxins that are of concern for human health and/or the environment, in

its different development stages after the release, must be indicated.

2.5.

Infectiveness, dispersal and colonisation ability

The persistence of the micro-organism and information on its life

cycle under the typical environmental conditions of use must be

indicated. In addition, any particular sensitivity of the micro-organism

to certain compartments of the environment (e.g. UV light, soil,

water) must be stated.

The environmental requirements (temperature, pH, humidity, nutrition

requirements, etc.) for survival, reproduction, colonisation, damage

(including human tissues) and effectiveness of the micro-organism

must be stated. The presence of specific virulence factors should be

indicated.

The temperature range at which the micro-organism grows must be

determined, including minimum, maximum and optimum

temperatures. This information is of particular value as a trigger for

studies of effects on human health (section 5).

The possible effect of factors such as temperature, UV light, pH, and

the presence of certain substances on the stability of relevant toxins

must also be stated.

Information on possible dispersal routes of the micro-organism (via

air as dust particles or aerosols, with host organisms as vectors, etc.),

under typical environmental conditions relevant to the use, must be

provided.

2.6.

Relationships to known plant or animal or human pathogens The

possible existence of one or more species of the genus of the active

and/or, where relevant, contaminating micro-organisms known to be

pathogenic to humans, animals, crops or other non-target species and

the type of disease caused by them shall be indicated. It shall be stated

whether it is possible, and if so, by which means to clearly distinguish

the active micro-organism from the pathogenic species.

2.7.

Genetic stability and factors affecting it

Where appropriate, information on genetic stability (e.g. mutation rate

of traits related to the mode of action or uptake of exogenous genetic

material) under the environmental conditions of proposed use must be

provided.

Information must also be provided on the micro-organism's capacity

to transfer genetic material to other organisms as well as its capacity

to being pathogenic for plants, animals or man. If the micro-organism

carries relevant additional genetic elements, the stability of the

encoded traits should be indicated.

2.8.

Information on the production of metabolites (especially toxins)

If other strains belonging to the same microbial species as the strain

subject to the application are known to produce metabolites

(especially toxins) with unacceptable effects on human health and/or

the environ-ment during or after application, the nature and structure

of this substance, its presence inside or outside the cell and its

stability, its mode of action (including external and internal factors of

the micro-organism necessary to action) as well as its effect on

humans, animals or other non-target species shall be provided.

The conditions under which the micro-organism produces the meta-

bolite(s) (especially toxin(s)) must be described.

Any available information on the mechanism by which the micro-

organisms regulate the production of the(se) metabolite(s) should be

provided.

Any available information on the influence of the produced meta-

bolites on the micro-organism's mode of action should be provided.

2.9.

Antibiotics and other anti-microbial agents

Many micro-organisms produce some antibiotic substances. Inter-

ference with the use of antibiotics in human or veterinary medicine

must be avoided at any stage of the development of a microbial plant

protection product.

Information on the micro-organism's resistance or sensitivity to anti-

biotics or other anti-microbial agents must be provided, in particular

the stability of the genes coding for antibiotic resistance, unless it can

be justified that the micro-organism has no harmful effects on human

or animal health, or that it can not transfer its resistance to antibiotics

or other anti-microbial agents.

3. FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE MICRO-ORGANISM

Introduction

i) The information provided must describe the intended purposes for

which preparations containing the micro-organism are used, or are

to be used and the dose and manner of their use or proposed use.

(ii) The information provided must specify the normal methods and

precautions to be followed in the handling, storage and transport

of the micro-organism.

(iii) The studies, data and information submitted, must demonstrate the

suitability of measures proposed for use in emergency situations.

(iv) The information and data referred to are required for each micro-

organism, except where otherwise specified.

3.1.

Function

The biological function must be specified from among the following

—control of bacteria,

—control of fungi,

—control of insects,

—control of mites,

—control of molluscs,

—control of nematodes,

—control of weeds,

—other (must be specified).

3.2.

Field of use envisaged

The field(s) of use, existing and proposed, for preparations containing

the micro-organism must be specified from among the following

—field use, such as agriculture, horticulture, forestry, and viticulture,

—protected crops (e.g. in greenhouses),

—amenity,

—weed control on non-cultivated areas,

—home gardening,

—house plants,

—stored products,

—other (specify).

3.3.

Crops or products protected or treated Details of existing and

intended use in terms of crops, groups of crops, plants, or plant

products protected, must be provided.

3.4.

Method of production and quality control

Full information on how the micro-organism is produced in bulk must

be provided.

Both production method/process and product must be subject to a

continuous quality control by the applicant. In particular, the

occurrence of spontaneous changing of major characteristics of the

micro-organism and of the absence/presence of significant

contaminants should be monitored. The quality assurance criteria for

the production should be submitted.

The techniques used to ensure a uniform product, and the assay

methods for its standardisation, maintenance and purity of the micro-

organism must be described and specified (e.g. HACCP).

3.5.

Information on the occurrence or possible occurrence of the devel-

opment of resistance of the target organism(s)

Available information on the possible occurrence of the development

of resistance or cross-resistance of the target organism(s) must be

provided. Where possible, appropriate management strategies should

be described.

3.6.

Methods to prevent loss of virulence of seed stock of the micro-

organism

Methods to prevent loss of virulence of starting cultures are to be

provided.

In addition, any method, if available, that could prevent the micro-

organism from losing its effects on the target species must be

described.

3.7.

Recommended methods and precautions concerning handling,

storage, transport or fire

A safety data sheet similar to that required for chemical active

substances in Article 27 of Directive 67/548/EEC ( 1 ) must be

provided for each micro-organism.

3.8.

Procedures for destruction or decontamination

In many cases the preferred or sole means of safe disposal of micro-

organisms, contaminated materials, or contaminated packaging, is

through controlled incineration in a licensed incinerator.

Methods to dispose safely of the micro-organism or, where necessary,

to kill it prior to disposal, and methods to dispose of contaminated

packaging and contaminated materials, must be fully described. Data

must be provided for such methods to establish their effectiveness and

safety.

( 1 ) See doc. 6853/VI/98, Concise outline report of the first peer review meeting on micro-

organisms.

3.9.

Measures in case of an accident Information on procedures for

rendering the micro-organism harmless in the environment (e.g. water

or soil) in case of an accident must be provided.

4. ANALYTICAL METHODS

Introduction

The provisions of this section only cover analytical methods required

for post-registration control and monitoring purposes.

Post-approval monitoring might be considered for all areas of risk

assessment. This is particularly the case when (strains of) micro-

organisms that are non-indigenous to the intended area of application

are considered for approval. For analytical methods used for

generation of data as required in this Directive or for other purposes

the applicant has to provide a justification for the method used; where

necessary separate guidance will be developed for such methods on

the basis of the same requirements as defined for methods for post-

regis-tration control and monitoring purposes.

Descriptions of methods must be provided and include details of

equipment, materials and conditions used. The applicability of any

internationally recognised method must be reported.

As far as practicable these methods must employ the simplest

approach, involve the minimum cost, and require commonly available

equipment.

Data on specifity, linearity, accuracy and repeatability, as defined in

Schedule II, Part A, points 4.1 and 4.2, are also required for methods

used to analyse micro-organisms and their residues.

For this section the following applies

Impurities

Any component (including contami-

nating

micro-organisms

and/or

chemical substances) other than the

specified micro-organism, originating

from the manufacturing process or from

degradation during storage

Relevant impurities

Impurities, as defined above, that are of

concern for human or animal health

and/or the environment

Metabolites

Metabolites include products resulting

from degradative and biosynthetic

reactions taking place within the micro-

organism or other organisms used to

produce the micro-organism of interest

Relevant metabolites

Metabolites that are of concern for

human or animal health and/or the en-

vironment

Residues

Viable micro-organisms and substances

produced in significant quantities by

these micro-organisms which persist

after the disappearance of the micro-

organisms and are of concern for human

or animal health and/or the envi-ronment.

On request the following samples must be provided

(i) samples of the micro-organism as manufactured;

(ii) analytical standards of relevant metabolites (especially toxins) and

all other components included in the residue definition;

(iii) if available, samples of reference substances for the relevant impu-

rities.

4.1.

Methods for the analysis of the micro-organism as manufactured

—Methods for the identification of the micro-organism.

—Methods for providing information on possible variability of seed

stock/active micro-organism.

—Methods to differentiate a mutant of the micro-organism from the

parent wild strain.

—Methods for the establishment of purity of seed stock from which

batches are produced and methods to control that purity.

—Methods to determine the content of the micro-organism in the

manufactured material used for the production of formulated

products and methods to show that contaminating micro-

organisms are controlled to an acceptable level.

—Methods for the determination of relevant impurities in the manu-

factured material.

—Methods to control the absence and to quantify (with appropriate

limits of determination) the possible presence of any human and

mammalian pathogens.

—Methods to determine storage stability, shelf-life of the micro-

organism, if appropriate.

4.2.

Methods to determine and quantify residues (viable or non-viable)

of

—the active micro-organism(s),

—relevant metabolites (especially toxins), on and/or in crop, in

foodstuffs and feeding stuffs, in animal and human body tissues and

fluids, in soil, in water (including drinking water, ground water and

surface water) and in air where relevant.

Analytical methods for amount or activity of proteinaceous products

should also be included, e.g. by testing exponential cultures and

culture supernatants in an animal cell bioassay.

5. EFFECTS ON HUMAN HEALTH

Introduction

(i) Available information based on the properties of the micro-

organism and corresponding organisms (sections 1 to 3), including

health and medical reports may be sufficient for a decision

whether the micro-organism would cause health effects

(infectious/pathogenic/toxic) in humans or not.

(ii) The information provided, taken together with that provided for

one or more preparations containing the micro-organism, must be

sufficient to permit an evaluation to be made as to the risks for

man, directly and/or indirectly associated with the handling and

use of plant protection products containing the micro-organism,

and the risk for man handling treated products, and the risk for

man arising from residual traces or contaminants remaining in

food and water.

In addition, the information provided must be sufficient to

—permit a decision to be made as to whether, or not, the micro-

organism can be included in Schedule I,

—specify appropriate conditions or restrictions to be associated

with any inclusion in Schedule I,

—specify risk and safety phrases (once introduced) for the

protection of man, animals and the environment to be included

on packaging (containers),

—identify relevant first aid measures as well as appropriate diag-

nostic and therapeutic measures to be followed in the event of

infection or another adverse effect in man.

(iii) All effects found during investigations should be reported. Inves-

tigations which may be necessary in order to evaluate the probable

mechanism involved, and to assess the significance of these

effects, must also be performed.

(iv) For all studies actual achieved dose in colony forming units per kg

body weight (cfu/kg), as well as in other appropriate units, must be

reported.

(v) Evaluation of the micro-organism should be carried out in a tier-

wise manner.

The first tier (Tier I) includes available basic information and basic

studies, which have to be performed for all micro-organisms.

Expert judgment will be necessary to decide about the appropriate

test programme on a case-by-case basis. Newly generated data

from conventional toxicological and/or pathological experiments

on laboratory animals are normally required unless the applicant

can justify, on the basis of the previous information, that the use of

the micro-organism, under the proposed conditions of use, does

not have any harmful effects on human and animal health. Pending

the acceptance of specific guidelines at international level, the

infor-mation required shall be generated using available test

guidelines (e.g. USEPA OPPTS Guidelines).

Tier II studies must be conducted if tests under Tier I have shown

adverse health effects. The type of study to be performed depends

on the effects observed in the Tier I studies. Before performing

such studies, the applicant shall seek agreement of the competent

authorities on the type of study to be performed.

TIER I

5.1.

Basic information

Basic information is required about the micro-organism's potential to

cause adverse effects such as ability to colonise, to cause damage and

to produce toxins and other relevant metabolites.

5.1.1.

Medical data

Where available, and without prejudice to the provisions of Article 5

of Council Directive 98/24/EC of 7 April 1998 on the protection of

the health and safety of workers from the risks related to chemical

agents at work and Directive 2000/54/EC of the European Parliament

and of the Council of 18 September 2000 on the protection of workers

from risks related to exposure to biological agents at work, practical

data and information relevant to the recognition of the symptoms of

infection or pathogenicity and on the effectiveness of first aid and

therapeutic measures have to be submitted. Where relevant, the

effectiveness of potential antagonists, should be inves-tigated and

reported. Where relevant, methods to kill or render the micro-

organism uninfective must be indicated (see section 3, point 3.8).

Data and information relevant to the effects of human exposure,

where available and of the necessary quality, are of particular value,

in confirming the validity of extrapolations made and conclusions

reached with respect to target organs, virulence, and the reversibility

of adverse effects. Such data can be generated following accidental or

occupational exposure.

5.1.2.

Medical surveillance on manufacturing plant personnel

Available reports of occupational health surveillance programmes,

supported with detailed information on the design of the programme

and on exposure to the micro-organism must be submitted. Such

reports should, where feasible, include data relevant to the mechanism

of action of the micro-organism. These reports shall, where available,

include data from persons exposed in manufacturing plants or after

application of the micro-organism (e.g. in efficacy trials).

Special attention should be devoted to those whose susceptibility may

be affected, e.g. pre-existing disease, medication, compromised

immunity, pregnancy or breast feeding.

5.1.3.

Sensitisation/allergenicity observations, if appropriate

Available information on the sensitisation and allergenic response of

workers, including workers in manufacturing plants, agricultural and

research workers and others exposed to the micro-organism must be

provided, and include, where relevant, details of any incidences of

hypersensitivity and chronic sensitisation. The information provided

should include details of frequency, level and duration of exposure,

symptoms observed and other relevant clinical observation. Infor-

mation should be given about whether workers have been subjected to

any allergy tests or interviewed about allergenic symptoms.

5.1.4.

Direct observation, e.g. clinical cases

Available reports from the open literature on the micro-organism or

closely related members of the taxonomic group (relating to clinical

cases), where they are from reference journals or official reports, must

be submitted together with reports of any follow-up studies

undertaken. Such reports are of particular value and should contain

complete descriptions of the nature, level and duration of exposure, as

well as the clinical symptoms observed, first aid and therapeutic

measures applied and measurements and observations made.

Summary and abstract information is of limited value.

If there are animal studies performed, reports relating to clinical cases

can be of particular value in confirming the validity of interpretations

from animal data to man and in identifying unexpected adverse effects

which are specific to humans.

5.2.

Basic studies

In order to make it possible to correctly interpret the obtained results,

it is of greatest importance that the suggested test methods are

relevant regarding species sensitivity, administration route, etc., and

relevant from a biological and toxicological point of view. The way of

admin-istration of the test micro-organism depends on the main

exposure routes to humans.

To evaluate medium- and long-term effects after acute, sub-acute or

semi-chronic exposure to micro-organisms, it is necessary to use the

options provided in most of the OECD guidelines, to extend the

studies concerned with a recovery period (after which full

macroscopic and microscopic pathology is to be performed, including

an exploration for micro-organisms in the tissues and organs). This

facil-itates the interpretation of certain effects and provides the

possibility to recognise infectiveness and/or pathogenicity, which in

turn helps taking decisions on other issues such as the necessity to

perform long-term studies (carcinogenicity etc., see point 5.3), and

whether or not to perform residue studies (see point 6.2).

Sensitisation( 1 )

5.2.1.

Aim of the test

The test will provide sufficient information to assess the potential of

the micro-organism to provoke sensitisation reactions by inhalation as

well as with dermal exposure. A maximised test has to be performed.

Circumstances in which required( 2 )

Information on sensitisation must be reported.

5.2.2.

Acute toxicity, pathogenicity and infectiveness

The studies, data and information to be provided and evaluated must

be sufficient to permit the identification of effects following a single

exposure to the micro-organism, and in particular to establish, or

indicate

—the toxicity, pathogenicity and infectiveness of the micro-organism,

—the time course and characteristics of the effects with full details of

behavioural changes and possible gross pathological findings at

post-mortem,

—where possible mode of toxic action,

—the relative hazards associated with the different routes of exposure,

and

—blood analyses throughout the studies in order to evaluate the

clearance of the micro-organism.

Acute toxic/pathogenic effects may be accompanied by infectiveness

and/or more long-term effects which cannot be observed immediately.

With a view to health evaluation, it is therefore necessary to carry out

studies on the ability to infect in connection with oral intake, inha-

lation and intraperitoneal/subcutaneous injection by test mammals.

During the acute toxicity, pathogenicity and infectiveness studies, an

estimation of the micro-organism and/or the active toxin clearance in

the organs deemed to be relevant for microbial examination (e.g.

liver, kidneys, spleen, lungs, brain, blood and site of administration)

must be performed.

The observations to be made should reflect expert scientific

judgement and may include the micro-organism numeration in all the

tissues likely to be affected (e.g. showing lesions) and in the main

organs: kidneys, brain, liver, lungs, spleen, bladder, blood, lymphatic

ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, thymus gland and lesions at the

inoculation site in the dead or moribund animals and at interim and

final sacrifice.

The information generated through acute toxicity, pathogenicity and

infectiveness testing is of particular value in assessing hazards likely

to arise in accident situations and consumer risks due to exposure to

possible residues.

( 1 ) The available methods for testing dermal sensitisation are not suitable for testing micro-

organisms. Sensitisation by inhalation is most probably a greater problem compared with dermal

exposure to micro-organisms but so far, there are no validated test methods. Development of these

kinds of methods is therefore of great importance. Until then, all micro-organisms should be

regarded as potential sensitisers. This approach also takes into consideration immuno-compromised

or other sensitive individuals in the population (e.g. pregnant women, new-born children or

elderly).

( ) As a consequence of the absence of proper test methods all micro-organisms will be

labelled as potential sensitisers, unless the applicant wants to demonstrate the non-sensi-tising

potential by submitting data. Therefore, this data requirement should be regarded as not obligatory

but optional, on a provisional base.

5.2.2.1. A c u t e o r a l t o x i c i t y , p a thogenicity and infec-

tiveness

Circumstances in which required

The acute oral toxicity, pathogenicity and infectiveness of the micro-

organism must be reported.

5.2.2.2. A c u t e i n h a l a t i o n t o x i c i t y , p a t h o g e n i c i t y a n d

infectiveness

Circumstances in which required

The inhalation toxicity ( 1 ), pathogenicity and infectiveness of the

micro-organism must be reported.

( 1 ) An inhalation study may be replaced by an intratracheal study.

5.2.2.3. I n t r a p e r i t o n e a l / s u b c u t a n e o u s s i n g l e d o s e

The intraperitoneal/subcutaneous test is considered a highly sensitive

assay to elicit in particular infectiveness.

Circumstances in which required

The intraperitoneal injection is always required for all micro-

organisms, however, expert judgement may be exercised to evaluate

whether subcutaneous injection is preferred instead of intraperitoneal

injection if the maximum temperature for growth and multiplication is

lower than 37 o C.

5.2.3.

Genotoxicity testing

Circumstances in which required

If the micro-organism produces exotoxins according to point 2.8, then

these toxins and any other relevant metabolites in the culture medium

must also be tested for genotoxicity. Such tests on toxins and meta-

bolites should be performed using the purified chemical if possible.

If basic studies do not indicate that toxic metabolites are formed,

studies on the micro-organism itself should be considered depending

on expert judgement on the relevance and validity of the basic data. In

the case of a virus the risk of insertional mutagenesis in mammal cells

or the risk of carcinogenicity has to be discussed.

Aim of the test

These studies are of value in

—the prediction of genotoxic potential,

—the early identification of genotoxic carcinogens,

—the elucidation of the mechanism of action of some carcinogens.

It is important that a flexible approach is adopted, with selection of

further tests being dependent upon interpretation of results at each

stage.

Test conditions( 1 )

Genotoxicity of cellular micro-organisms will be studied after breaking

of the cells, wherever possible. Justification should be provided on the

method of sample preparation used.

Genotoxicity of viruses should be studied on infectious isolates.

( ) As the present test methods are designed to be performed on soluble chemicals, it is

necessary that the methods are developed so as to become relevant for micro-organisms.

5.2.3.1.In vitrostudies

Circumstances in which required

Results ofin vitromutagenicity tests (bacterial assay for gene mutation,

test for clastogenicity in mammalian cells and test for gene mutation in

mammalian cells) must be provided.

5.2.4.

Cell culture study

This information must be reported for intracellular replicating micro-

organisms, such as viruses, viroids or specific bacteria and protozoa,

unless the information from sections 1 to 3 clearly demonstrates that

the micro-organism does not replicate in warm-blooded organisms. A

cell culture study should be performed in human cell or tissue cultures

of different organs. Selection can be based on expected target organs

after infection. If human cell or tissue cultures of specific organs are

not available, other mammal cell and tissue cultures can be used. For

viruses, the ability to interact with the human genome is a key consid-

eration.

5.2.5.

Information on short-term toxicity and pathogenicity

Aim of the test

Short-term toxicity studies must be designed to provide information as

to the amount of the micro-organism that can be tolerated without

toxic effects under the conditions of the study. Such studies provide

useful data on the risks for those handling and using preparations

containing the micro-organism. In particular, short-term studies

provide an essential insight into possible cumulative actions of the

micro-organism, and the risks to workers who may be intensively

exposed. In addition short-term studies provide information useful in

the design of chronic toxicity studies.

The studies, data and information to be provided and evaluated, must

be sufficient to permit the identification of effects following repeated

exposure to the micro-organism, and in particular to further establish,

or indicate

—the relationship between dose and adverse effects,

—toxicity of the micro-organism including where necessary the

NOAEL for toxins,

—target organs, where relevant,

—the time course and characteristics of the effects with full details of

behavioural changes and possible gross pathological findings at

post-mortem,

—specific toxic effects and pathological changes produced,

—where relevant the persistence and reversibility of certain toxic

effects observed, following discontinuation of dosing,

—where possible, the mode of toxic action, and

—the relative hazard associated with the different routes of exposure.

During the short-term toxicity study, an estimation of the micro-

organism clearance in the main organs must be performed.

Investigations should be included for pathogenicity and infectiveness

end points.

Circumstances in which required

The short-term toxicity (minimum 28 days) of the micro-organism

must be reported.

The choice of test species has to be justified. The choice of study

length depends on acute toxicity and clearance data.

Expert judgement is required to decide what route of administration is

preferable.

5.2.5.1. H e a l t h e f f e c t s a f t e r r e p e a t e d i n h a l a t o r y e x p o s u r e

Information on the health effects after repeated inhalatory exposure is

considered necessary, particularly for the risk assessment of the occu-

pational setting. Repeated exposure might influence the clearance

capacity (e.g. resistance) of the host (human). Furthermore, for proper

risk assessment the toxicity after repeated exposure to contaminants,

growth medium, co-formulants and the micro-organism needs to be

addressed. It should be kept in mind that the formulants in the plant

protection product can influence the toxicity and infectiveness of a

micro-organism.

Circumstances in which required

Information on the short-term infectiveness, pathogenicity and toxicity

(respiratory route) of a micro-organism is required, unless the infor-

mation already provided is sufficient to assess human health effects.

This can be the case if it is demonstrated that the test material has no

inhalable fraction and/or repeated exposure is not expected.

5.2.6.

Proposed treatment: first aid measures, medical treatment

The first aid measures to be used in the event of infection and in the

event of contamination of eyes must be provided.

Therapeutic regimes for use in the event of ingestion or contamination

of eyes and skin must be described in full. Information based on

practical experience, where it exists and is available, in other cases on

theoretical grounds, as to the effectiveness of alternative treatment

regimes, where relevant, must be provided.

Information on resistance to antibiotics must be provided.

(END OF TIER I)

TIER II

5.3.

Specific toxicity, pathogenicity and infectiveness studies

In certain cases, it can be necessary to carry out supplementary studies

to further clarify the adverse human effects.

In particular, if results from earlier studies indicate that the micro-

organism may cause long-term health effects, studies on chronic

toxicity, pathogenicity and infectiveness, carcinogenicity and repro-

ductive toxicity must be carried out. Furthermore, where a toxin is

produced, kinetic studies must be performed.

Studies required must be designed on an individual basis, in the light

of the particular parameters to be investigated and the objectives to be

achieved. Before performing such studies, the applicant shall seek

agreement of the competent authorities on the type of study to be

performed.

5.4.

In vivostudies in somatic cells

Circumstances in which required

If all the results of thein vitrostudies are negative further testing must

be done with consideration of other relevant information available. The

test can be anin vivostudy or anin vitrostudy using a different

metabolising system from that/those previously used.

If thein vitrocytogenetic test is positive, anin vivotest using somatic

cells (metaphase analysis in rodent bone marrow or micronucleus test

in rodents) must be conducted.

If either of thein vitrogene mutation tests are positive, anin vivotest to

investigate unscheduled DNA synthesis or a mouse spot test must be

conducted.

5.5.

Genotoxicity—In vivostudies in germ cells

Aim of the test and test conditions

See point 5.4.

Circumstances in which required

When any result of anin vivostudy in somatic cells is positive,in vitro

testing for germ cell effects may be justified. The necessity for

conducting these tests will have to be considered on a case-by-case

basis, taking into account other relevant information available

including use and expected exposure. Suitable tests would need to

examine inter-action with DNA (such as the dominant lethal assay), to

look at the potential for inherited effects and possibly make a

quantitative assessment of heritable effects. It is recognised that in

view of their complexity, the use of quantitative studies would require

strong justi-fication.

(END OF TIER II)

5.6.

Summary of mammalian toxicity, pathogenicity and infectiveness

and overall evaluation

A summary of all data and information provided under points 5.1

through 5.5, must be submitted, and include a detailed and critical

assessment of those data in the context of relevant evaluative and

decision making criteria and guidelines, with particular reference to the

risks for man and animals that may or do arise, and the extent, quality

and reliability of the data base.

It must be explained whether exposure of animals or humans has any

implications for vaccination or serological monitoring.

6. RESIDUES IN OR ON TREATED PRODUCTS, FOOD AND FEED

Introduction

(i) The information provided, taken together with that for one or more

preparations containing the micro-organism, must be sufficient to

permit an evaluation to be made as to the risk for man and/or

animals, arising from exposure to the micro-organism and its

residual traces and metabolites (toxins) remaining in or on plants or

plant products.

(ii) In addition, the information provided must be sufficient to

—permit a decision to be made as to whether or not the micro-

organism can be included in Annex I to Directive 91/414/EEC,

—specify appropriate conditions or restrictions to be associated

with any inclusion in Annex I to Directive 91/414/EEC,

—where relevant, set maximum residue levels, preharvest intervals

to protect consumers and waiting periods, to protect workers

handling the treated crops and products.

(iii) For the evaluation of risk arising from residues, experimental data

on levels of exposure to the residue may not be required where it

can be justified, that the micro-organism and its metabolites are not

hazardous to humans in the concentrations that could occur as a

result of authorised use. This justification can be based on open

literature, on practical experience and on information submitted in

sections 1 through 3 and section 5.

6.1.

Persistance and likelihood of multiplication in or on crops, feeding-

stuffs or foodstuffs

A substantiated estimation of persistance/competitiveness of the

micro-organism and relevant secondary metabolites (especially

toxins) in or on the crop under the environmental conditions

prevailing at and after the intended use, taking into account in

particular the information provided in section 2, has to be delivered.

Moreover, the application shall state to which extent and on which

basis it is considered that the micro-organism can (or cannot) multiply

in or on the plant or plant product or during processing of raw

products.

6.2.

Further information required Consumers may be exposed to micro-

organisms for a considerable time as a result of the consumption of

treated food commodities; potential effects on the consumers must,

therefore, be derived from chronic or semi-chronic studies, so that a

toxicological end point, such as the ADI, can be established for risk

management.

6.2.1.

Non-viable residues

A non viable micro-organism is a micro-organism that is not capable

of replication or of transferring genetic material.

If relevant quantities of the micro-organism or of produced meta-

bolites, especially toxins, have been found to be persistant in section

2, points 2.4 and 2.5, full experimental residue data as provided for in

Schedule II, Part A, section 6, is required, if concentrations of the

micro-organism and/or its toxins in or on the treated foodstuffs or

feeding-stuffs are expected to occur in concentrations higher than

under natural conditions or in a different phenotypic state.

In agreement with Directive 91/414/EEC, the conclusion concerning

the difference between natural concentrations and an elevated concen-

tration due to treatment with the micro-organism, is to be based on

experimentally obtained data, and not on extrapolations or

calculations using models.

Before performing such studies, the applicant shall seek agreement of

the competent authorities on the type of study to be performed.

6.2.2.

Viable residues

If the information submitted according to point 6.1 suggests

persistance of relevant amounts of the micro-organism in or on treated

products, food or feed, possible effects on humans and/or animals

must be investigated, unless it can be justified from section 5, that the

micro-organism and its metabolites and/or degradation products are

not hazardous to humans in the concentrations and of the nature that

could occur as a result of authorised use.

In agreement with Directive 91/414/EEC, the conclusion concerning

the difference between natural concentrations and an elevated concen-

tration due to treatment with the micro-organism, is to be based on

experimentally obtained data, and not on extrapolations or

calculations using models.

The persistence of viable residues needs special attention if infec-

tiveness or pathogenicity to mammals have been found in sections

2.3, 2.5 or 5 and/or if any other information suggests a hazard to

consumers and/or workers. In this case the competent authorities may

require studies similar to those provided for in Part A.

Before performing such studies, the applicant shall seek agreement of

the competent authorities on the type of study to be performed.

6.3.

Summary and evaluation of residue behaviour resulting from

data submitted under points 6.1 and 6.2

7. FATE AND BEHAVIOUR IN THE ENVIRONMENT

Introduction

(i) Information on the origin, the properties, and the survival of the

micro-organism and its residual metabolites as well as its intended

use form the basis for an assessment of environmental fate and

behaviour.

Experimental data are normally required unless it can be justified

that an assessment of its fate and behaviour in the environment can

be performed with the information already available. This justifi-

cation can be based on open literature, on practical experience and,

on information submitted in sections 1 through 6. The function of

the micro-organism in environmental processes (as defined in

section 2, point 2.1.2) is of particular interest.

(ii) The information provided, taken together with other relevant infor-

mation, and that for one or more preparations containing the micro-

organism, must be sufficient to permit an assessment of its fate and

behaviour as well as that of its residual traces and toxins, where

they are of significance for human health and/or the environment.

(iii) In particular, the information provided should be sufficient to

—decide whether, or not, the micro-organism can be included in

Schedule I,

—specify appropriate conditions or restrictions to be associated

with any inclusion in Schedule I,

—specify the hazard symbols (once introduced), the indications of

danger, and relevant risk and safety phrases for the protection

of the environment, which are to be included on packaging

(containers),

—predict the distribution, fate, and behaviour in the environment

of the micro-organism and its metabolites as well as the time

courses involved,

—identify measures necessary to minimise contamination of the

environment and impact on non-target species.

(iv) Any relevant metabolites (i.e. of concern for human health and/or

the environment) formed by the test organism under any relevant

environmental conditions should be characterised. If relevant meta-

bolites are present in or produced by the micro-organism, data as

outlined under Schedule II, Part A, point 7 may be required, if all

of the following conditions are met

—the relevant metabolite is stable outside the micro-organism, see

point 2.8, and

—a toxic effect of the relevant metabolite is independent of the

presence of the micro-organism, and

—the relevant metabolite is expected to occur in the environment

in concentrations considerably higher than under natural

conditions.

(v) Available information on the relationship with naturally occurring

wild type relatives should be taken into account.

(vi) Before performing studies as referred to below, the applicant shall

seek agreement of the competent authorities on whether studies

need to be performed and, if so, the type of study to be conducted.

The information from the other sections has, also, to be taken into

account.

7.1.

Persistence and multiplication

Where relevant, appropriate information on the persistence and multi-

plication of the micro-organism, in all environmental compartments

has to be given, unless it can be justified that exposure of the

particular environmental compartment to the micro-organism is

unlikely to occur. Special attention shall be given to

—competitiveness under the environmental conditions prevailing at

and after the intended use, and

—population dynamics in seasonally or regionally extreme climates

(particularly hot summer, cold winter and rainfall) and to agri-

cultural practices applied after intended use.

Estimated levels of the specified micro-organism in a time course

after use of the product under the proposed conditions of use shall be

given.

7.1.1.

Soil

Information on viability/population dynamics should be reported in

several cultivated and uncultivated soils representative of soils typical

of the various Community regions where use exists or is anticipated.

The provisions on choice of soil and its collection and handling, as

referred to in Part A, point 7.1, Introduction, have to be followed. If

the test organism is to be used in association with other media, e.g.

rockwool, this must be included in the test range.

7.1.2.

Water

Information should be reported on viability/population dynamics in

natural sediment/water systems under both dark and illuminated

conditions.

7.1.3.

Air

In case of particular concerns for operator, worker or bystander

exposure, information on the concentrations in air might be necessary.

7.2.

Mobility

The possible spread of the micro-organism and its degradation

products in relevant environmental compartments has to be evaluated,

unless it can be justified that exposure of the particular environmental

compartments to the micro-organism is unlikely to occur. In this

context, the intended use (e.g. field or greenhouse, application to soil

or to crops), life cycle stages, including occurrence of vectors,

persistence and the ability of the organism to colonise adjacent

habitats are of particular interest.

The spread, the persistence and probable transport ranges need special

attention if toxicity, infectiveness or pathogenicity have been reported

or if any other information suggests possible hazard to humans,

animals or to the environment. In this case the competent authorities

may require studies similar to those provided for in Part A. Before

performing such studies, the applicant shall seek agreement of the

competent authorities on the type of study to be performed.

8. EFFECTS ON NON-TARGET ORGANISMS

Introduction

(i) The information on identity, biological properties and further infor-

mation in sections 1 to 3 and 7 is central to the assessment of

impact on non-target species. Additional useful information may

be found on fate and behaviour in the environment in section 7 and

on residue levels in plants in section 6 which, together with infor-

mation on the nature of the preparation and its manner of use,

defines the nature and extent of potential exposure. The infor-

mation submitted in accordance with section 5 will provide

essential information as to effects to mammals and the

mechanisms involved.

Experimental data are normally required, unless it can be justified

that an assessment of effects on non-target organisms can be

performed with the information already available.

(ii) The choice of the appropriate non-target organisms for testing of

environmental effects should be based on the identity of the micro-

organism (including the host specificity, mode of action and

ecology of the organism). From such knowledge it would be

possible to choose the appropriate test-organisms, such as

organisms closely related to the target organism.

(iii) The information provided, taken together with that for one or more

preparations containing the micro-organism, must be sufficient to

permit an assessment of the impact on non-target species (flora

and fauna), likely to be at risk from exposure to the micro-

organism, where they are of environmental significance. Impact

can result from single, prolonged or repeated exposure and can be

reversible or irreversible.

(iv) In particular, the information provided for the micro-organism,

together with other relevant information, and that provided for one

or more preparations containing it, should be sufficient to

—decide whether, or not, the micro-organism can be included in

Schedule I,

—specify appropriate conditions or restrictions to be associated

with any inclusion in Schedule I,

—permit an evaluation of short- and long-term risks for non-

target species—populations, communities, and processes— as

appropriate,

—classify the micro-organism as to biological hazard,

—specify the precautions necessary for the protection of non-

target species, and

—specify the hazard symbols (once introduced), the indications of

danger, and relevant risk and safety phrases for the protection

of the environment, to be mentioned on packaging (containers).

(v) There is a need to report all potentially adverse effects found

during routine investigations on environmental effects, to

undertake and report, where required by the competent authorities,

such additional studies which may be necessary to investigate the

probable mechanisms involved and to assess the significance of

these effects. All available biological data and information which

is relevant to the assessment of the ecology profile of the micro-

organism must be reported.

(vi) For all studies, average achieved dose in cfu/kg body weight as

well as in other appropriate units must be reported.

(vii) It may be necessary to conduct separate studies for relevant meta-

bolites (especially toxins), where these products can constitute a

relevant risk to non-target organisms and where their effects

cannot be evaluated by the available results relating to the micro-

organism. Before such studies are performed, the applicant shall

seek agreement of the competent authorities on whether such

studies need to be performed and, if so, the type of study to be

conducted. The information from sections 5, 6 and 7 has to be

taken into account.

(viii) In order to facilitate the assessment of the significance of test

results obtained, the same strain (or recorded origin) of each

relevant species should, where possible, be used in the various

tests specified.

(ix) Tests must be performed unless it can be justified that the non-

target organism will not be exposed to the micro-organism. If it is

justified that the micro-organism does not cause toxic effects or is

not pathogenic or infective to vertebrates or plants, only reaction

to appropriate non-target organisms must be investigated.

8.1.

Effects on birds

Aim of the test

Information on toxicity, infectiveness and pathogenicity to birds must

be reported.

8.2.

Effects on aquatic organisms

Aim of the test

Information on toxicity, infectiveness and pathogenicity to aquatic

organisms must be reported.

8.2.1.

Effects on fish

Aim of the test

Information on toxicity, infectiveness and pathogenicity to fish must

be reported.

8.2.2.

Effects on freshwater invertebrates

Aim of the test

Information on toxicity, infectiveness and pathogenicity to freshwater

invertebrates must be reported.

8.2.3.

Effects on algae growth

Aim of the test

Information on effects on algal growth, growth rate and capacity to

recover must be reported.

8.2.4.

Effects on plants other than algae

Aim of the test

Information on effects on plants other than algae must be reported.

8.3.

Effects on bees

Aim of the test

Information on toxicity, infectiveness and pathogenicity to bees must

be reported.

8.4.

Effects on arthropods other than bees

Aim of the test

Information on toxicity, infectiveness and pathogenicity to arthropods

other than bees must be reported. The selection of the test species

should be related to the potential use of the plant protection products

(e.g. foliar or soil application). Special attention should be given to

organisms used for biological control and organisms playing an

important role in integrated pest management.

8.5.

Effects on earthworms

Aim of the test

Information on toxicity, infectiveness

and

pathogenicity

to

earthworms must be reported.

8.6.

Effects on non-target soil micro-organisms Impact on relevant non-

target micro-organisms and on their predators (e.g. protozoa for

bacterial inoculants) should be reported. Expert judgment is required

to decide whether additional studies are necessary. Such decision will

take into consideration the available information in this and other

sections, in particular data on the specificity of the micro-organism,

and the expected exposure. Useful information may also be available

from the observations carried out in efficacy testing. Special attention

should be given to organisms used in integrated crop management

(ICM).

8.7.

Additional studies

The additional studies might include further acute studies on

additional species or processes (such as sewage systems) or higher tier

studies such as chronic, sub-lethal or reproductive studies on selected

non-target organisms.

Before performing such studies, the applicant shall seek agreement of

the competent authorities on the type of study to be performed.

9. SUMMARY AND EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACT

A summary and evaluation of all data relevant to the environmental

impact, should be carried out according to the guidance given by the

competent authority concerning the format of such summaries and

evaluations. It should include a detailed and critical assessment of

those data in the context of relevant evaluative and decision making

criteria and guidelines, with particular reference to the risks for the

environment and non-target species that may or do arise, and the

extent, quality and reliability of the data base. In particular the

following issues should be addressed

—distribution and fate in the environment, and the time courses

involved,

—identification of non-target species and populations at risk, and the

extent of their potential exposure,

—identification of precautions necessary to avoid or minimise con-

tamination of the environment, and for the protection of non-target

species.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

(1) Plant protection products shall not be placed on the

market and used unless these have been authorized by the Director

in accordance with these regulations, except where the intended

use is covered by regulation 18.

(2) The Director shall not, on the grounds that a plant

protection product is not authorized for use in Malta, impede the

production, storage or movement of such products intended for use

in another Member State, provided that

(a)

the product is authorized in another Member State,

and

(b) the inspection requirements laid down by the

Member States in order to ensure compliance with sub-

regulation (1) hereof are satisfied.

(3) Plant protection products must be used properly.

Proper use shall include compliance with the conditions established

in accordance with regulation 4 and specified on the labelling, and

the application of the principles of good plant protection practice

as well as, whenever possible, the principles of integrated pest

control.

(4) Active substances shall not be placed on the market

unless

(a) they are classified, packaged and labelled in

accordance with, The Dangerous Substances (Notification)

Regulations, 2001 (L.N. 318 of 2001) and

(b) where the active substance was not on the market

by 26 July 1993, a dossier has to be forwarded to the Member

States and to the Commission, in accordance with regulation

5, with the declaration that the active substance is intended for

a use specified in regulation 2 (16). This condition shall not

apply to active substances intended for a use under regulation

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DOSSIER TO BE SUBMITTED FOR THE

AUTHORIZATION OF A PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCT

INTRODUCTION

The information required shall

1.1.

include a technical dossier supplying the information necessary for

evaluating efficacy and the foreseeable risks, whether immediate or

delayed, which the plant protection product may entail for humans,

animals and the environment and containing at least the information

and results of the studies referred to below;

1.2.

where relevant, be generated using test guidelines, according to the

latest adopted version, referred to or described in this Schedule; in the

case of studies initiated before the entry into force of the modification

of Annex II of Directive 414/1991, the information shall be generated

using suitable inter-nationally or nationally validated test guidelines

or, in the absence thereof, test guidelines accepted by the director;

1.3.

in the event of a test guideline being inappropriate or not described, or

where another one than those referred to in this Schedule has been

used, include a justification, which is acceptable to the director for the

guidelines used. In particular, when reference is made in this Schedule

to an EEC Method which consists in the transposal of a method

developed by an international organization (e.g. OECD), the Director

may accept that the required information is generated according to the

latest version of that method if at the initiation of the studies the EEC

Method has not yet been updated;

1.4.

include when required by the director, a full description of test

guidelines used, except if they are referred to or described in this

Schedule, and a full description of any deviations from them

including a justification, which is acceptable to the director, for these

deviations;

1.5.

include a full and unbiased report of the studies conducted as well as a

full description of them or a justification, which is acceptable to the

director where

—particular data and information which would not be necessary

owing to the nature of the product or its proposed uses, are not

provided,

or

—it is not scientifically necessary, or technically possible to supply

information and data.

1.6.

where relevant, have been generated in accordance with the

requirements of Directive 86/609/EEC.

2.1.

Tests and analyses must be conducted in accordance with the prin-

ciples laid down in Directive 2004/10/EC of the European Parliament

and of the Council of 11 February 2004 on the harmonisation of laws,

regulations and administrative provisions relating to the application of

the principles of good laboratory practice and the verification of their

applications for tests on chemical substances.

2.2.

Tests and analyses, required under the provisions of Section 6 points

6.2 to 6.7 of this Schedule, shall be conducted by official or officially

recognized testing facilites or organizations which satisfy at least the

following requirements

—have at their disposal sufficient scientific and technical staff,

having the necessary education, training, technical knowledge and

experience for their assigned functions,

—have at their disposal suitable items of equipment required for

correct performance of the tests and measurements which it claims

to be competent to carry out. This equipment shall be properly

maintained and calibrated where appropriate before being put into

service and thereafter according to an established programme,

—have at their disposal appropriate experimental fields and, where

necessary glasshouses, growth cabinets or storage rooms. The en-

vironment in which the tests are undertaken shall not invalide its

results or adversely effect the required accuracy of measurement,

—make available to all relevant personnel operating procedures and

protocols used for the trials,

—make available, where requested by the director, prior to the

commencement of a test, detailed information on it, containing at

least its location and the plant protection products included in it,

—ensure that the quality of the work performed is appropriate to its

type, range, volume and intended purpose,

— maintain records of all original observations, calculations

and derived data,<calibration records and the final test report as

long as the product concerned authorized in the Community.

2.3.

The Director shall require that officially recognized testing facilities

and organizations, and, where requested, official facilities and organi-

zations

—report to the relevant national authority all detailed information

necessary to demonstrate that they can satisfy the requirements

provided for in point 2.2,

—accept at any time the inspections, which each Member State shall

regularly organize on its territory in order to verify the compliance

with the requirement as laid down in point 2.2.

2.4.

By way of derogation from point 2.1, the Director may apply the

provisions of points 2.2 and 2.3, by extension, to tests and analyses

performed in Malta in order to obtain data on the properties and/or

safety of the preparations with respect to honey-bees and bene-ficial

arthropods other than bees and actually started on or before 31

December 1999.

2.5.

By way of derogation from point 2.1, the Director may apply the

provisions of points 2.2 and 2.3, by extension, to supervised residue

trials performed in Malta in accordance with the provisions of Section

8 ‘Residues in or on treated products, food and feed’ with plant

protection products containing active substances already on the

market two years after notification of the Directive and actually

started on or before 31 December 1997.

2.6.

By way of derogation from point 2.1, for active substances consisting

of micro-organisms or viruses, tests and analyses done to obtain data

on the properties and/or safety with respect to other aspects than

human health, may have been conducted by official or officially

recognised testing facilities or organisations which satisfy at least the

requirements under points 2.2 and 2.3 of the introduction of Schedule

III.

3. The information required shall include the proposed classification and

labelling of the plant protection product in accordance with relevant

Community Directives.

4. In individial cases it may be necessary to require certain information as

provided for in Schedule II, Part A, for formulants. Before such infor-

mation will be required and before possible new studies have to be

performed, all information on the formulant, made available to the

director, will be considered, in particular when

—the use of the formulant is permitted in food, animal feeding stuffs,

medicines or cosmetics in accordance with Community legislation,

or

—a safety data sheet has been submitted for the formulant in

accordance with Council Directive 67/548/EEC.

Chemical preparations

1. Identity of the plant protection product The information provided,

taken together with that provided for the active substance(s), must be

sufficient to precisely identify preparations and define them in terms

of their specification and nature. The information and data referred to,

unless otherwise specified, are required for all plant protection

products.

1.1.

Applicant (name and address, etc.)

The name and address of the applicant (permanent community

address) must be provided as must the name, position, telephone and

telefax number of the appropriate person to contact.

Where in addition, the applicant has an office, agent or representative

in the Member State in which the authorization is being sought, the

name and address of the local office agent or representative should be

provided, as should the name, position, telephone and telefax number

of the appropriate person to contact.

1.2.

Manufacturer of the preparation and the active substance(s) (names

and addresses etc. including location of plants)

The name and address of the manufacturer of the preparation and of

each active substance in the preparation must be provided as must the

name and address of each manufacturing plant in which the

preparation and active substance are manufactured.

A contact point (preferable a central contact point, to include name,

telephone and telefax numbers) must be provided for each.

If the active substance originates from a manufacturer from which

data according to Schedule II had not been submitted previously, a

statement of purity and detailed information on the impurities in

Schedule II have to be provided.

1.3.

Trade name or proposed trade name, and manufacturer's development

code number of the preparation if appropriate

All former and current trade names and proposed trade names and

development code numbers of the preparation as well as the current

names and numbers must be provided. Where trade names and code

numbers referred to, relate to similar but different preparations

(possibly obsolete), full details of the differences, must be provided.

(The proposed trade name may not give rise to confusion with the

trade name of already registered plant protection products.)

1.4.

Detailed quantitative and qualitative information on the composition

of the preparation (active substance(s), and formulants)

1.4.1.

For preparations the following information must be reported

—the content of both technical active substance(s) and pure active

substance(s);

—the content of formulants.

The concentrations should be expressed in terms as provided for in

Directive 92/45/EEC.

1.4.2.

For active substances their ISO common names or proposed ISO

common names and their CIPAC numbers, and, where available, the

EEC (EINECS or ELINCS) numbers must be provided. Where

relevant it must be stated which salt, ester, anion or cation is present.

1.4.3.

Formulants must where possible, be identified both by their chemical

name as given in Annex I to Directive 67/548/EEC, or, if not included

in this Directive, in accordance with both IUPAC and CA nomen-

clature. Their structure or structural formula must be provided. For

each component of the formulants the relevant EEC (EINECS or

ELINCS) number and CAS number where they exist, must be

provided. Where the information provided does not fully identify a

formulant, an appropriate specification must be provided. The trade

name of formulants, where they exist, must also be provided.

1.4.4.

For formulants the function must be given

—adhesive (sticker),

—antifoaming agent,

—antifreeze,

—binder,

—buffer,

—carrier,

—deodorant,

—dispersing agent,

—dye,

—emetic,

—emulsifier,

—fertilizer,

—preservative,

—odourant,

—perfume,

—propellant,

—repellent,

—safener,

—solvent,

—stabilizer,

—synergist,

—thickener,

—wetting agent,

—miscellaneous (specify).

1.5.

Physical state and nature of the preparation (emulsifiable

concentrate, wettable powder, solution etc).

1.5.1.

The type and code of preparation must be designated according to the

‘Catalogue of pesticide formulation types and international coding

system (GIFAP Technical Monograph No 2. 1989)’.

Where a particular preparation is not defined precisely in this publi-

cation a full description of the physical nature and state of the

preparation must be provided, together with a proposal for a suitable

description of the type of preparation and a proposal for its definition.

1.6.

Function (herbicide, insecticide, etc.)

The function must be specified from among the following

—acaricide,

—bactericide,

—fungicide,

—herbicide

—insecticide,

—molluscicide,

—nematicide,

—plant growth regulator,

—repellant,

—rodenticide,

—semio-chemicals,

—talpicide,

—viricide,

—other (must be specified).

2. Physical, chemical and technical properties of the plant protection

product

The extent to which plant protection products for which authorization

is sought, comply with relevant FAO specifications as agreed by the

Group of Experts on Pesticide Specifications, of the FAO Panel of

Experts on Pesticide Specifications, Registration Requirements and

Application Standards, must be stated. Divergences from FAO speci-

fications must be described in detail, and justified.

2.1.

Appearance (colour and odour) A description of both the colour and

odour, if any, and the physical state of the preparation, must be

provided.

2.2.

Explosivity and oxidizing properties

2.2.1.

The explosive properties of preparations must be reported according

to EEC method A 14. Where available thermodynamic information

establishes beyond reasonable doubt that the preparation is incapable

of exothermic reaction, it is sufficient to provide that information as a

justification for not determining the explosive properties of the

preparation.

2.2.2.

Oxidizing properties of preparations which are solids must be

determined and exported according to EEC method A 17. For other

preparations the method used must be justified. The oxidizing prop-

erties do not have to be determined if it can be shown without

reasonable doubt on the basis of thermodynamic information, that the

preparation is incapable of reacting exothermically with combustible

materials.

2.3.

Flash point and other indications of flammability or spontaneous

ignition

The flash point of liquids which contain flammable solvents, must be

determined and reported according to EEC Method A 9. The flamm-

ability of solid preparations and gases must be determined and

reported according to EEC methods A 10, A 11 and A 12 as appro-

priate. The auto-flammability of preparations must be determined and

reported in accordance with EEC methods A 15 or A 16 as appro-

priate, and or, where necessary, according to the UN-Bowes-

Cameron-Cage-Test (UN-Recommendations on the Transport of

Dangerous Goods, Chapter 14, No 14.3.4).

2.4.

Acidity/alkalinity and if necessary pH value

2.4.1.

In the case of preparations which are acidic (pH < 4) or alkaline (pH >

10) the acidity or alkalinity and the pH value must be determined and

reported according to CIPAC Method MT 31 and MT 75 respec-

tively.

2.4.2.

Where relevant (if to be applied as aqueous dilution) the pH of a 1 %

aqueous dilution, emulsion or dispersion of the preparation, must be

determined and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 75.

2.5.

Viscosity and surface tension

2.5.1.

In the case of liquid preparations for Ultra Low Volume use (ULV)

the kinematic viscosity must be determined and reported according to

OECD Test Guideline 114.

2.5.2.

For non newtonian liquids the viscosity must be determined and

reported together with the test conditions.

2.5.3.

In the case of liquid preparations the surface tension has to be

determined and reported according to EEC method A 5.

2.6.

Relative density and bulk density

2.6.1.

The relative density of liquid preparations must be determined and

reported according to EEC Method A 3.

2.6.2.

The bulk (tap) density of preparations which are powders or granules,

must be determined and reported according to CIPAC Methods MT

33, MT 159 or MT 169 as appropriate.

2.7.

Storage—stability and shelf-life: Effects of light, temperature and

humidity on technical characteristics of the plant protection product

The stability of the preparation after storage for 14 days at 54 o C must

2.7.1.

be determined and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 46.

Other times and/or temperatures may be needed (e.g. eight weeks at

40 o C or 12 weeks at 35 o C or 18 weeks at 30 o C) if the preparation is

heat sensitive.

If the active substance content after the heat stability test has

decreased by more than 5 % of the initially found content, the

minimum content shall be declared and information on the

degradation products shall be supplied.

2.7.2.

Additionally in the case of liquid preparations, the effect of low

temperatures on stability, must be determined and reported according

to CIPAC Methods MT 39, MT 48, MT 51 or MT 54 as appropriate.

2.7.3.

The shelf life of the preparation at ambient temperature must be

reported. Where shelf life is less than two years, the shelf life in

months, with appropriate temperature specifications, must be

reported. Useful information is given in GIFAP Monograph No. 17.

2.8.

Technical characteristics of the plant protection product The

technical characteristics of the preparation must be determined to

permit a decision to be made as to its acceptability.

2.8.1.

Wettability

The wettability of solid preparations which are diluted for use (e.g.

wettable powders, water soluble powders, water soluble granules and

water dispersible granules), must be determined and reported

according to CIPAC Method MT 53.3.

2.8.2.

Persistent foaming

The persistence of foaming of preparations to be diluted with water,

must be determined and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 47.

2.8.3.

Suspensibility and suspension stability

—The suspensibility of water dispersible products (e.g. wettable

powders, water dispersible granules, suspension concentrates)

must be determined and reported according to CIPAC Method MT

15, MT 161 or MT 168 as appropriate.

—The spontaneity of dispersion of water dispersible products (e.g.

suspension concentrates and water dispersible granules) must be

determined and reported according to CIPAC Methods MT 160 or

MT 174 as appropriate.

2.8.4.

Dilution stability

The dilution stability of water soluble products must be determined

and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 41.

2.8.5.

Dry sieve test and wet sieve test

In order to ensure that dustable powders have a suitable particle size

distribution for ease of application, a dry sieve test must be conducted

and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 59.1.

In the case of water dispersible products, a wet sieve test must be

conducted and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 59.3 or MT

167 as appropriate.

2.8.6.

Particle size distribution (dustable and wettable powders, granules),

content of dust/fines (granules), attrition and friability (granules)

2.8.6.1. The size distribution of particles in the case of powders, must be

determined and reported according to OECD Method 110.

The nominal size range of granules for direct application must be

determined and reported in accordance with CIPAC MT 58.3, for

water dispersible granules in accordance with CIPAC MT 170.

2.8.6.2. The dust content of granular preparations, must be determined and

reported according CIPAC Method MT 171. If relevant for operator

exposure the particle size of dust must be determined and reported

according to OECD Method 110.

2.8.6.3. The friability and attrition characteristics of granules, must be

determined and reported once internationally agreed methods are

available. Where already data are available they must be reported

together with the method used.

2.8.7.

Emulsifiability, Re-emulsifiability, emulsion stability

2.8.7.1. The emulsifiability, emulsion stability and re-emul-sifiability of

preparations which form emulsions, must be determined and reported

according to CIPAC Methods MT 36 or MT 173 as appropriate.

2.8.7.2. The stability of dilute emulsions and of preparations which are

emulsions, must be determined and reported according to CIPAC

Method MT 20 or MT 173.

2.8.8.

Flowability, pourability (rinsability) and dustability

2.8.8.1. The flowability of granular preparations must be determined and

reported according to CIPAC Mehtod MT 172.

2.8.8.2. The pourability (including rinsed residue) of suspensions (e.g.

suspension concentrates, suspo-emulsions), must be determined and

reported according to CIPAC Method MT 148.

2.8.8.3. The dustability of dustable powders following accelerated storage

according 2.7.1 must be determined and reported according to CIPAC

Method MT 34 or another suitable method.

2.9.

Physical and chemical compatibility with other products including

plant protection products with which its use is to be authorized

2.9.1.

The physical compatibility of tank mixes must be reported based on

in-house test methods. A practical test would be an acceptable alter-

native.

2.9.2.

The chemical compatibility of tank mixes must be determined and

reported except where examination of the individual properties of the

preparations would establish beyond reasonable doubt that there is no

possibility of reaction taking place. In such cases it is sufficient to

provide that information as justification for not practically deter-

mining the chemical compatibility.

2.10.

Adherence and distribution to seeds In the case of preparations for

seed treatment, both distribution and adhesion must be investigated

and reported; in the case of distribution according to CIPAC Method

MT 175.

2.11.

Summary and evaluation of data presented under points 2.1. to 2.10

3. Data on application

3.1.

Field of use envisaged, e.g. field, protected crops, storage of plant

products, home gardening

The field(s) of use, existing and proposed, for preparations containing

the active substance must be specified from among the following

—field use, such as agriculture, horticulture, forestry and viticulture,

—protected crops,

—amenity,

—weed control on non-cultivated areas,

—home gardening,

—house plants,

—plant products storage practice,

—other (specify).

3.2.

Effects on harmful organisms, e.g. contact, inhalation or stomach

poison, fungitoxic or fungistatic, etc., systemic or not in plants

The nature of the effects on harmful organisms must be stated

—contact action,

—stomach action,

—inhalation action,

—fungitoxic action,

—fungistatic action,

—desiccant,

—reproduction inhibitor,

—other (must be specified).

It must be stated whether or not the product is translocated in plants.

3.3.

Details of intended use e.g. types of harmful organisms controlled

and/or plants or plant products to be protected

Details of the intended use must be provided.

Where relevant, effects achieved e.g. sprout suppression, retardation

of ripening, reduction in stem length, enhanced fertilization etc. must

be reported.

3.4.

Application rate

For each method of application and each use, the rate of application

per unit (ha, m 2 ,m 3 ) treated, in terms of g or kg of both preparation

and active substance, must be provided.

Application rates shall normally be expressed in g or kg/ha or in

kg/m 3 and where appropriate in g or kg/tonne; for protected crops and

home gardening use rates shall be expressed in g or kg/100 m 2 or g or

kg/m 3 .

3.5.

Concentration of active substance in material used (e.g. in the diluted

spray, baits or treated seed)

The content of active substance shall be reported, as appropriate, in

g/l, g/kg, mg/kg or in g/tonne.

3.6.

Method of application

The method of application proposed must be described fully, indi-

cating the type of equipment to be used, if any, as well as the type and

volume of diluent to be used per unit of area or volume.

3.7.

Number and timing of applications and duration of protection

The maximum number of applications to be used and their timing,

must be reported. Where relevant the growth stages of the crop or

plants to be protected and the development stages of the harmful

organisms, must be indicated. Where possible the interval between

applications, in days, must be stated.

The duration of protection afforded both by each application and by

the maximum number of applications to be used, must be indicated.

3.8.

Necessary waiting periods or other precautions to avoid phytotoxic

effects on succeeding crops

Where relevant, minimum waiting periods between last application

and sowing or planting of succeeding crops, which are necessary to

avoid phytotoxic effects on succeeding crops, must be stated, and

follow from the data provided under paragraph 6.6.

Limitations on choice of succeeding crops, if any, must be stated.

3.9.

Proposed instructions for use

The proposed instructions for use of the preparation, to be printed on

labels and leaflets, must be provided.

4. Further information on the plant protection product

4.1.

Packaging (type, materials, size etc.), compatibility of the preparation

with proposed packaging materials

4.1.1.

Packaging to be used must be fully described and specified in terms of

the materials used, manner of construction (e.g. extruded, welded

etc.), size and capacity, size of opening, type of closure and seals. It

must be designed in accordance with the criteria and guidelines

specified in the FAO‘Guidelines for the Packaging of Pesticides’.

4.1.2.

The suitability of the packaging, including closures, in terms of its

strength, leakproofness and resistance to normal transport and

handling, must be determined and reported according to ADR

Methods 3552, 3553, 3560, 3554, 3555, 3556 3558, or appropriate

ADR Methods for intermediate bulk containers, and, where for the

preparation child-resistant closures are required, according to ISO

standards 8317.

4.1.3.

The resistance of the packaging material to its contents must be

reported according to GIFAP Monograph No 17.

4.2.

Procedures for cleaning application equipment Cleaning procedures

for both application equipment and protective clothing must be

described in detail. The effectiveness of the cleaning procedure, must

be fully investigated and reported.

4.3.

Re-entry periods, necessary waiting periods or other precautions to

protect man, livestock and the environment

The information provided must follow from and be supported by the

data provided for the active substance(s) and that provided under

sections 7 and 8.

4.3.1.

Where relevant pre-harvest intervals, re-entry periods or withholding

periods necessary to minimize the presence of residues in or on crops,

plants and plant products, or in treated areas or spaces, with a view to

protecting man or livestock, must be specified e.g.

—pre-harvest interval (in days) for each relevant crop,

—re-entry period (in days) for livestock, to areas to be grazed,

—re-entry period (in hours or days) for man to crops, buildings or

spaces treated,

—withholding period (in days) for animal feedingstuffs,

—waiting period (in days), between application and handling treated

products, or

—waiting period (in days), between last application and sowing or

planting succeeding crops.

4.3.2.

Where necessary, in the light of the test results, information on any

specific agricultural, plant health or environmental conditions under

which the preparation shall or shall not be used must be provided.

4.4.

Recommended methods and precautions concerning: handling,

storage, transport or fire

The recommended methods and precautions concerning handling

procedures (detailed) for the storage, at both warehouse and user level

of plant protection products, for their transport and in the event of fire

must be provided. Where available information on combustion

products must be provided. The risks likely to arise and the methods

and procedures to minimize the hazards arising, must be specified.

Procedures to preclude or minimize the generation of waste or

leftovers must be provided.

Where relevant assessment has to be done according to ISO—TR

9122. Where appropriate the nature and characteristics of protective clothing

and equipment proposed must be provided. The data provided must be

sufficient to evaluate the suitability and effectiveness under realistic

conditions of use (e.g. field or glasshouse circumstances).

4.5.

Emergency measures in the case of an accident

Whether arising during transport, storage or use, detailed procedures

to be followed in the event of an emergency, must be provided; and

include

—containment of spillages,

—decontamination of areas, vehicles and buildings,

—disposal of damaged packaging, adsorbents and other materials,

—protection of emergency workers and bystanders,

—first aid measures.

4.6.

Procedures for destruction or decontamination of the plant protection

product and its packaging

Procedures for destruction and decontamination must be developed

for both small quantities (user level) and large quantities (warehouse

level). The procedures must be consistent with provisions in place

relating to the disposal of waste and of toxic waste. The means of

disposal proposed should be without unacceptable influence on the

environment and be the most cost effective and practical means of

disposal feasible.

4.6.1.

Possibility of neutralization

Neutralization procedures (e.g by reaction with alkali to form less

toxic compounds) for use in the event of accidental spillages, must

where they are feasible, be described. The products produced after

neutralization should be practically or theoretically evaluated and

reported.

4.6.2.

Controlled incineration

In many cases the preferred or sole means to safely dispose of active

substances as well as plant protection products containing it,

contaminated materials, or contaminated packaging, is through

controlled incineration in a licensed incinerator.

Where the content of halogens of the active substance(s) in the

preparation is greater than 60 %, the pyrolytic behaviour of the active

substance under controlled conditions (including where relevant

supply of oxygen and defined residence time) at 800 o C and the

content of polyhalogenated dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzo-furans in

the products of pyrolysis must be reported. The applicant must

provide detailed instructions for safe disposal.

4.6.3.

Others

Other methods to dispose of plant protection products, packaging and

contaminated materials, where proposed, must be fully described.

Data must be provided for such methods, to establish their

effectiveness and safety.

5. Analytical methods

Introduction

The provisions of this section only cover analytical methods required

for post-registration control and monitoring purposes.

For analytical methods used for generation of data as required in this

Directive or for other purposes the applicant has to provide a justifi-

cation for the method used; where necessary separate guidance will be

developed for such methods on the basis of the same requirements as

defined for methods for post-registration control and monitoring

purposes.

Descriptions of methods must be provided and include details of

equipment, materials and conditions used.

As far as practicable these methods must employ the simplest

approach, involve the minimum cost, and require commonly available

equipment.

For this section the following applies

Impurities

Any component other than the pure active

substance which is present in the active

substance as manufactured (including non-

active isomers) originating from the manufac-

turing process or from degradation during

storage

Relevant impurities

Impurities of toxicological and/or ecotoxico-

logical or environmental concern

Metabolites

Metabolites include products resulting from

degradation or reaction of the active

substance

Relevant metabolites

Metabolites of toxicological and/or ecotoxi-

cological or environmental concern

On request the following samples must be provided

(i) samples of the preparation;

(ii) analytical standards of the pure active substance;

(iii) samples of the active substance as manufactured;

(iv) analytical standards of relevant metabolites and all other

components included in the residue definition;

(v) if available, samples of reference substances for the relevant impu-

rities.

For definitions see Schedule II, Section 4, points 4.1 and 4.2.

5.1.

Methods for the analysis of the preparation

5.1.1.

Methods, which must be described in full, must be provided for the

determination of the active substance in the preparation. In the case of

a preparation containing more than one active substance a method

capable of determining each, in the presence of the other, should be

provided. If a combined method is not submitted, the technical

reasons must be stated. The applicability of existing Cipac methods

must be reported.

5.1.2.

Methods must also be provided for the determination in the

preparation of relevant impurities, if the composition of the

preparation is such that—on the basis of theoretical consideration—

such impurities may be formed by its manufacturing process or from

degradation during storage.

If required, methods for the determination of formulants or

constituents of formulants in the preparation must be submitted.

5.1.3.

Specificity, linearity, accuracy and repeatability

5.1.3.1. Specificity of methods submitted, must be demonstrated and reported.

In addition the extent of interference by other substances present in

the preparation must be determined.

While interferences due to other components may be identified as

systematic errors in the assessment of the accuracy of methods

proposed, an explanation must be provided for any interference

occurring which contribute more than ± 3 % to the total quantity

determined.

5.1.3.2. The linearity of proposed methods over an appropriate range, must be

determined and reported. The calibration range must extend (by at

least 20 %) the highest and lowest nominal content of the analyte in

relevant analytical solutions of the preparation. Duplicate calibration

determinations must be made at three or more concentrations. Alter-

natively, five concentrations, each as single measurements, are

acceptable. Reports submitted must include the equation of the cali-

bration line and the correlation coefficient and representative and

properly labelled documentation from the analysis, e.g. chroma-

tograms.

5.1.3.3.

Accuracy will normally only be required for methods for the determi-

nation of pure active substance and relevant impurities in the preparation.

5.1.3.4. For the repeatability in principle a minimum of five determinations must

be made. The relative standard deviation (% RSD) must be reported.

Outliers identified through an appropriate method (e.g. Dixons or

Grubbs test), may be discarded. Where outliers have been discarded,

that fact must be clearly indicated. An explanation as to the reason for

the occurrence of individual outliers, must be attempted.

5.2.

Analytical methods for the determination of residues

Analytical methods for the determination of residues must be

submitted unless it is justified that the methods already submitted

according to the requirements of Schedule II, Section 4, point 4.2 can

be applied.

The same provisions as provided in Schedule II, Section 4, point 4.2

apply.

6. Efficacy data

General

The data supplied must be sufficient to permit an evaluation of the

plant protection product to be made. In particular it must be possible

to evaluate the nature and extent of benefits that accrue following use

of the preparation, where they exist in comparison to suitable

reference products and damage thresholds, and to define its conditions

of use.

The number of trials to be conducted and reported depends mainly on

factors such as the extent to which the properties of the actieve

substance(s) it contains are known and on the range of conditions that

arise, including variability in plant health conditions, climatic

differences, the range of agricultural practices, the uniformity of the

crops, the mode of application the type of harmful organism and the

type of plant protection product.

Sufficient data must be generated and submitted to confirm that

patterns determined hold for the regions and the range of conditions,

likely to be encountered in the regions concerned, for which its use is

to be recommended. Where an applicant claims that tests in one or

more of the proposed regions of use are unnecessary because

conditions are comparable with those in other regions where tests

have been carried out, the applicant must substantiate the claim for

comparability with documentary evidence.

In order to assess seasonal differences, if any, sufficient data must be

generated and submitted to confirm the performance of the plant

protection product in each agronomically and climatically different

region for each particular crop (or commodity)/harmful organism

combination. Normally trials on effectiveness or phytotoxicity, where

relevant, in at least two growing seasons must be reported.

If to the opinion of the applicant the trials from the first season

adequately confirm the validity of claims made on the basis of extra-

polation of results from other crops, commodities or situations or

from tests with closely similar preparations, a justification, which is

acceptable to the director for not carrying out a second seaons's work

must be provided. Conversely, where, because of climatic or plant

health conditions or other reasons the data obtained in any particular

season are of limited value for the assessment of performance, trials in

one or more further seasons must be conducted and reported.

6.1.

P r e l i m i n a r y t e s t s

Reports in summary form of preliminary tests, including glasshouse

and field studies, used to assess the biological activity and dose range

finding of the plant protection product and of the active substance(s) it

contains, must be submitted when requested by the director. These

reports will provide additional information for the director when it

evaluates the plant production product. Where this information is not

submitted a justification which is acceptable to the director must be

provided.

6.2.

T e s t i n g e f f e c t i v e n e s s

Aim of the tests

The tests shall provide sufficient data to permit an evaluation of the

level, duration and consistency of control or protection or other

intended effects of the plant protection product in comparison to

suitable reference products, where they exist.

Test conditions

Normally a trial consists of three components: test product, reference

product and untreated control.

The performance of the plant protection product must be investigated

in relation to suitable reference products, where they exist. A suitable

reference product is defined as an authorized plant protection product

which has proved a sufficient performance in practice under the agri-

cultural, plant health and environmental (including climatic)

conditions in the area of proposed use. In general, formulation type,

effects on the harmful organisms, working spectrum and method of

application should be close to those of the tested plant protection

product.

Plant protection products must be tested in circumstances where the

target harmful organism has been shown to have been present at a

level causing or known to cause adverse effects (yield, quality, oper-

ational benefit) on an unprotected crop or area or on plants or plant

products which have not been treated or where the harmful organism

is present at such a level that an evaluation of the plant protection

product can be made.

Trials to provide data on plant protection products for control of

harmful organisms must show the level of control of the species of

harmful organisms concerned or of species representative of groups

for which claims are made. Trials must include the different stages of

growth of life cycle of the harmful species, where this is relevant and

the different strains or races, where these are likely to show different

degrees of susceptibility.

Similarly, trials to provide data on plant protection products which are

plant growth regulators, must how the level of effects on the species

to be treated, and include investigation of differences in the response

of a representative sample of the range of cultivars on which its use is

proposed.

In order to clarify the dose response, dose rates lower than the recom-

mended one must be included in some trials in order to enable to

assess whether the recommended rate is the minimum necessary to

achieve the desired effect.

The duration of the effects of treatment must be investigated in

relation to the control of the target organism or effect on the treated

plants or plant products, as appropriate. When more than one

application is recommended, trials must be reported which establish

the duration of the effects of an application, the number of

applications necessary and the desired intervals between them.

Evidence must be submitted to show that the dose, timing and method

of application recommended give adequate control, protection or have

the intended effect in the range of circumstances likely to be

encountered in practical use.

Unless there are clear indications that the performance of the plant

protection production is unlikely to be affected to a significant degree

by environmental factors, such as temperature or rain, an investi-

gation of the effects of such factors on performance must be carried

out and reported, particularly where it is known that the performance

of chemically related products as so affected.

Where proposed label claims include recommendations for the use of

the plant protection product with other plant protection product(s) or

adjuvant(s) information on the performance of the mixture must be

provided.

Test guideline

Trials must be designed to investigate specified issues, to minimize

the effects of random variation between different parts of each site

and to enable statistical analysis to be applied to results amenable to

such analysis. The design, analysis and reporting of trials must be in

accordance with European and Mediterranean Plant Protection Orga-

nization (EPPO) guidelines 152 and 181. The report shall include a

detailed and critical assessment of the data.

The trials must be carried out in accordance to specific EPPO

guidelines, where available, or when a requires so and when the test is

carried out on the territory of this, with guidelines satisfying at least

the requirements of the corresponding EPPO guideline.

A statistical analysis of results amenable to such analysis must be

carried out; where necessary the test guideline used must be adapted

to enable such analysis.

6.3.

I n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e o c c u r r e n c e o r p o s s i b l e

occurrence of the development of resistance

Laboratory data and where it exists, field information relating to the

occurrence and development of resistance or cross-resistance in popu-

lations of harmful organisms to the active substance(s), or to related

actived substances, must be provided. Where such information is not

directly relevant to the uses for which authorization is ought or to be

renewed (different species of harmful organism or different crops), it

must, if available, nevertheless be provided, as it may provide and

indication of the likelihood of resistance developing in the target

population.

Where there is evidence or information to suggest that, in commercial

use, the development of resistance is likely, evidence must be

generated and submitted as to the sensitivity of the population of the

harmful organism concerned to the plant protection product. In such

cases a management strategy designed to minimize the likelihood of

resistance or cross-resistance developing in target species must be

provided.

6.4.

E f f e c t s o n t h e y i e l d o f t r e a t e d p l a n t s o r p l a n t

products in terms of quantity and/or quality

6.4.1.

Effects on the quality of plants or plant product

Aim of the tests

The tests shall provide sufficient data to permit an evaluation of the

possible occurrence of taint or odour or other quality aspects of plants

or plant products after treatment with the plant protection product.

Circumstances in which required

The possibility of the occurrence of taint or odour in food crops must

be investigated and be reported where

—the nature of the products or its use is such that a risk of occurrence

of taint or odour might be expected,

or

—other products based on the same or a closely similar active

ingredient have been shown to present a risk of occurrence of taint

or odour.

The effects of plant protection products on other quality aspects of

treated plants or plant products must be investigated and reported

where

—the nature of the plant protection product or it use could have an

adverse influence on other quality aspects (for example in the case

of use of plant growth regulators close or harvest), or

—other products based on the same or a closely similar active

ingredient have been shown to have an adverse influence on the

quality.

Testing should be conducted initially on the main crops on which the

plant protection product is to be used, at twice the normal rates of

application and using, where relevant, the main methods of

processing. Where effects are observed it is necessary to perform

testing at the normal rate of application.

The extent of investigation necessary on other crops will depend on

their degree of similarity of the main crops already tested, the quantity

and quality of data available on those main crops and how far the

manner of use of the plant protection product and methods of

processing the crops, are similar. It is generally sufficient to perform

the test with the main formulation type to be authorized.

6.4.2.

Effects on transformation processes

Aim of the tests

The tests shall provide sufficient data to permit an evaluation of the

possible occurrence of adverse effects after treatment with the plant

protection product on transformation processes or on the quality of

their products.

Circumstances in which required

When the treated plants or plant products are normally intended for

use in transformation process such as wine making, brewing or bread

making and when at harvest significant residues are present, the possi-

bility of the occurrence of adverse effects must be investigated and

reported where

—there are indications that the use of the plant protection product

could have an influence on the processes involved (for example in

the case of use of plant growth regulators or fungicides close to

harvest),

or

—other products based on the same or a closely similar active

ingredient have been shown to have an adverse influence on these

processes or its products.

It is generally sufficient to perform the test with the main formulation

type to be authorized.

6.4.3.

Effects on the yield of treated plants or plant products

Aim of the tests

The test shall provide sufficient data to permit an evaluation of the

performance of the plant protection product and of possible

occurrence of yield reduction or loss in storage of treated plants or

plant products.

Circumstances in which required

The effects of plant protection products on the yield or yield

components of treated plant products must be determined where

relevant. When treated plants or plant products are likely to be stored

the effect on the yield after storage, including data on starage life

must be determined where relevant.

This information will normally be available from the tests required

under the provisions of point 6.2.

6.5.

P h y t o t o x i c i t y t o t a r g e t p l a n t s ( i n c l u d i n g d i f f e r e n t

cultivars), or to target plant products

Aim of the tests

The test shall provide sufficient data to permit an evaluation of the

performance of the plant protection product and of the possible

occurrence of phytotoxicity after treatment with the plant protection

product.

Circumstances in which required

For herbicides and for other plant protection products for which

adverse effects, however transitory, are seen during the trials,

performed in accordance to point 6.2, the margins of selectivity on

target crops must be established, using twice the recommended rate of

application. Where serious phytotoxic effects are seen, an

intermediate application rate must also be investigated.

Where adverse effects occur, but are claimed to be unimportant in

comparison with the benefits of use or transient, evidence to support

this claim is required. If necessary yield measurement must be

submitted.

The safety of a plant protection product to the main cultivars of the

main crops for which it is recommended must be demonstrated,

including effects of crop growh stage, vigour, and other factors which

may influence suspectibility to damage or injury.

The extent of investigation necessary on other crops will depend on

their degree of similarity to the main crops already tested, the quantity

and quality of data available on those main crops and how far the

manner of use of the plant protection product, if relevant, is similar. It

is generally sufficient to perform the test with the main formulation

type to be authorized.

Where proposed label claims include recommendations for the use of

the plant protection product with other plant protection product(s), the

provisions of the previous paragraphs apply for the mixture.

Test guideline

Observations concerning phytotoxicity must be performed in the tests

provided for under point 6.2.

Where phytotoxic effects are seen, they must be accurately assessed

and recorded in accordance with EPPO guideline 135 or when a

Member State requires so and when the test is carried out on the

territory of this Member State, with guidelines satisfying at least the

requirements of this EPPO guideline.

A statistical analysis of results amenable to such analysis must be

carried out, where necessary the test guideline used must be adapted

to enable such analysis.

6.6.

O b s e r v a t i o n s o n u n d e s i r a b l e o r u n i n t e n d e d s i d e -

effects, e. g. on beneficial and other non-target organisms, on succeeding

crops, other plants or parts of treated plants used for propagating

purposes (e. g. seeds, cuttings, runners)

6.6.1.

Impact on succeeding crops

Aim of the information required

Sufficient data must be reported to permit an evaluation of possible

adverse effects of a treatment with the plant protection product on

succeeding crops.

Circumstances in which required

Where data, generated in accordance with Section 9, point 9.1, shows

that signification residues of the active substance, its metabolites or

degradation products, which have or may have biological activity on

succeeding crops, remain in soil or in plant materials, such as straw or

organic material up to sowing or planting time of possible succeeding

crops, observations must be submitted on effects on the normal range

of succeedings crops.

6.6.2.

Impact on other plants, including adjacent crops

Aim of the information required

Sufficient data must be reported to permit an evaluation of possible

adverse effects of a treatment with the plant protection product on

other plants, including adjacent crops.

Circumstances in which required

Observations must be submitted on adverse effects on other plants,

including the normal range of adjacent crops, when there are indi-

cations that the plant protection product could affect these plants via

vapour drift.

6.6.3.

Impact on treated plants or plant products to be used for propagation

Aim of the information required

Sufficient data must be reported to permit an evaluation of possible

adverse effects of a treatment with the plant protection product on

plants or plant products to be used for propagation.

Circumstances in which required

Observations must be submitted on the impact of plant protection

products on plant parts used for propagation except where the

proposed uses preclude use on crops intended for production of seeds,

cuttings, runners or tubers for planting, as appropriate.

(i) for seeds—viability, germination and vigour;

(ii) cuttings—rooting and growth rates;

(iii) runners—establishment and growth rates;

(iv) tubers—sprouting and normal growth.

Test guideline

Seeds testing shall be done according to ISTA Methods ( 1 ).

( 1 ) International rules for seed testing, 1985. Proceedings of the International Seed Testing Association,Seed Science and Technology, Volume 13, No

2, 1985

6.6.4.

Effects on beneficial and other non-target organisms Any effects,

positive or negative, on the incidence of other harmful organisms,

observed in the tests performed in accordance with the requirements

of this section, shall be reported. Any observed environ-mental effects

must also be reported, especially effects on wildlife and/or beneficial

organisms.

6.7.

S u m m a r y a n d e v a l u a t i o n o f d a t a p r e s e n t e d u n d e r

6.1 to 6.6

A summary of all data and in formations provided under points 6.1 to

6.6 must be provided, together with a detailed and a critical

assessment of the data, with particular reference to the benefits that

the plant protection product offers, adverse effects that do or may

arise and measures necessary to avoid or minimize adverse effects.

7. Toxicological studies

For proper evaluation of the toxicity of preparations sufficient infor-

mation should be available on acute toxicity, irritation and sensiti-

zation of the active substance. If possible, additional information on

mode of toxic action, toxicological profile and all other known toxi-

cological aspects of the active substance should be submitted.

In the context of the influence that impurities and other components

can have on toxicological behaviour, it is essential that for each study

submitted, a detailed description (specification) of the material used,

be provided. Tests must be conducted using the plant protection

product to be authorized.

7.1.

Acute toxicity

The studies, data and information to be provided and evaluated, must

be sufficient to permit the identification of effects following a single

exposure to the plant protection product, to be assessed, and in

particular to establish, or indicate

—the toxicity of the plant protection products,

—toxicity of the plant protection product relative to the active

substance,

—the time course and characteristics of the effect with full details of

behavioural changes and possible gross pathological findings at

post-mortem,

—where possible the mode of toxic action, and

—the relative hazard associated with the different routes of exposure.

While the emphasis must be on estimating the toxicity ranges

involved, the information generated must also permit the plant

protection product to be classified in accordance with Council

Directive 99/45/EEC. The information generated through acute

toxicity testing is of particular value in assessing hazards likely to

arise in accident situations.

7.1.1.

Oral

Circumstances in which required

An acute oral test should always be carried out unless the applicant

can justify to the satisfaction of the director that Article 3.2 of Council

Directive 99/45/EEC can be invoked.

Test guidelines

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC

Method B1 or B1 bis.

7.1.2.

Percutaneous

Circumstances in which required

An acute percutaneous test should always be carried out unless the

applicant can justify to the satisfaction of the director that Article 3.2

of Council Directive 1999/45/EEC can be invoked.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC

Method B3.

7.1.3.

Inhalation

Aim of the test

The test will provide the inhalation toxicity to rats of the plant

protection product or of the smoke it generates.

Circumstances in which required

The test must be carried out where the plant protection product

—is a gas or liquified gas,

—is a smoke generating formulation or fumigant,

—is used with fogging equipment,

—is a vapour releasing preparation,

—is an aerosol,

—is a powder containing a significant proportion of particles of

diameter <50µm (> 1 % on a weight basis),

—is to be applied from aircraft in cases where inhalation exposure is

relevant,

—contains an active substance with a vapour pressure > 1 10 -2 Pa

and is to be used in enclosed spaces such as warehouses or glass-

houses,

—is to be applied in a manner which generates a significant

proportion of particles or droplets of diameter <50µm(>1% on a

weight basis).

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC

Method B2.

7.1.4.

Skin irritation

Aim of the test

The test will provide the potential of skin irritancy of the plant

protection product including the potential reversibility of the effects

observed.

Circumstances in which required

The skin irritancy of the plant protection product must be determined

except where it is likely, as indicated in the test guideline, that severe

skin effects may be produced or that effects can be excluded.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Directive 92/69/EEC

Method B4.

7.1.5.

Eye irritation

Aim of the test

The test will provide the potential for eye irritation of the plant

protection product, including the potential reversibility of the effects

observed.

Circumstances in which required

Eye irritation tests must be conducted except where it is likely, as

indicated in the test guideline, that severe effects on the eyes may be

produced.

Test guideline

The eye irritation must be determined in accordance with Directive

92/69/EEC Method B5.

7.1.6.

Skin sensitization

Aim of the test

The test will provide sufficient information to assess the potential of

the plant protection product to provoke skin sensitization reactions.

Circumstances in which required

The tests must always be carried out except where the active

substance(s) or co-formulants are known to have sensitizing

properties.

Test guideline

The tests have to be carried out in accordance with Directive

92/69/EEC Method B6.

7.1.7.

Supplementary studies for combinations of plant protection products

Aim of the test

In certain cases it may be necessary to carry out the studies as referred

to under points 7.1.1 to 7.1.6 for a combination of plant protection

products where the product label includes requirements for use of the

plant protection product with other plant protection products and/or

with adjuvants as a tank mix. Decisions as to the need for supple-

mentary studies must be made on a case by case basis, taking into

account the results of the acute toxicity studies of the individual plant

protection products, the possibility for exposure to the combination of

the products concerned and available information or practical

experience with the products concerned or similar products.

7.2.

Data on exposure

When measuring exposure to a plant protection product in the air

within the breathing area of operators, bystanders or workers the

requirements for measuring procedures described in Annex II A to

Council Directive 98/24/EC of 7 April 1998 on the protection of the

health and safety of workers from the risks related to chemical agents

at workhave to be taken into account.

7.2.1.

Operator exposure

The risks for those using plant protection products depend on the

physical, chemical and toxicological properties of the plant protection

product as well as the type of the product (undiluted/diluted), and on

the route, the degree and duration of exposure. Sufficient information

and data must be generated and reported to permit an assessment of

the extent of exposure to the active substance(s) and/or

toxicologically relevant compounds in the plant protection product

likely to occur under the proposed conditions of use. It must also

provide a basis for the selection of the appropriate protective

measures including personal protective equipment to be used by

operators and to be specified on the label.

7.2.1.1.Estimation of operator exposure

Aim of the estimation

An estimation shall be made, using where available a suitable calcu-

lation model, in order to permit an evaluation of the operator exposure

likely to arise under the proposed conditions of use.

Circumstances in which required

An estimation of operator exposure must always be completed.

Estimation conditions

An estimation shall be made for each type of application method and

application equipment proposed for use of the plant protection

product taking account of the requirements resulting from the

implementation of the classification and labelling provisions of

Directive 99/45/EEC for handling the undiluted or diluted product as

well as the different types and sizes of containers to be used, mixing,

loading operations, application of the plant protection product, the

climatic conditions and cleaning and routine maintenance of

application equipment.

At first an estimation shall be made with the assumption that the

operator is not using any personal protective equipment.

Where appropriate, a second estimation shall be made with the

assumption that the operator is using effective and readily obtainable

protective equipment which is feasible to be used by the operator.

Where protective measures are specified on the label, the estimation

will take these into account.

7.2.1.2. Measurement of operator exposure

Aim of the test

The test shall provide sufficient data to permit an evaluation of the

operator exposure likely to arise under the proposed conditions of use.

Circumstances in which required

Actual exposure data for the relevant exposure route(s) must be

reported where the risk assessment indicates that a health-based limit

value is exceeded. This will, for example, be the case when the results

of the estimation of operator exposure provided for under point

7.2.1.1 indicate that

—the Acceptable Operator Exposure Level(s) (AOEL) established in

the context of inclusion of the active substance(s) in Schedule I,

and/or

—the Limit Values established for the active substance and/or toxi-

cologically relevant compound(s) of the plant protection product in

accordance with Council Directive 98/24/EEC and Council Directive

2004/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29

April 2004 on the protection of workers from the risks related to

exposure to carcinogens or mutagens at work, may be exceeded.

Actual exposure data must also be reported when no appropriate

calculation model or no appropriate data are available to do the

estimation provided for under point 7.2.1.1.

In cases where dermal exposure is the most important exposure route,

a dermal absorption test or the results of a sub-acute dermal study, if

not already available, may be a useful alternative test to provide data

in order to refine the estimate provided for under point 7.2.1.1.

Test conditions

The test must be done under realistic exposure conditions taking into

account the proposed conditions of use.

7.2.2.

Bystander exposure

Bystanders can be exposed during the application of plant protection

products. Sufficient information and data must be reported to provide

a basis for the selection of appropriate conditions of use, including

the exclusion of bystanders from treatment areas and separation

distances.

Aim of the estimation

An estimation shall be made, using where available a suitable calcu-

lation model in order to permit an evaluation of the bystander

exposure likely to arise under the proposed conditions of use.

Circumstances in which required

An estimation of bystander exposure must always be completed.

Estimation conditions

An estimation of bystander exposure must be made for each type of

application method. The estimation shall be made with the assumption

that bystanders do not use any personal protective equipment.

Measurement of bystander exposure may be required when estimates

indicate a cause for concern.

7.2.3.

Worker exposure

Workers can be exposed following application of plant protection

products, when entering treated fields or premises or handling treated

plants or plant products on which residues remain. Sufficient

information and data must be reported to provide a basis for the

selection of appropriate protective measures, including waiting and

re-entry periods.

7.2.3.1. Estimation of worker exposure

and/or

Aim of the estimation

An estimation shall be made using where available a suitable calcu-

lation model, in order to permit an evaluation of the worker exposure

likely to arise under the proposed conditions of use.

Circumstances in which required

The estimation of worker exposure must always be completed.

Estimation conditions

An estimation of worker exposure must be made for each crop and

task to be carried out.

At first the estimation shall be made using available data on the

exposure to be expected with the assumption that the worker is not

using any personal protective equipment.

Where appropriate, a second estimation shall be made with the

assumption that the worker is using effective and readily obtainable

protective equipment which is feasible to be used.

Where appropriate, a further estimation shall be made using data

generated on the amount of dislodgeable residues under the proposed

conditions of use.

7.2.3.2. Measurement of worker exposure

Aim of the test

The test shall provide sufficient data to permit an evaluation of the

worker exposure likely to arise under the proposed conditions of use.

Circumstances in which required

Actual exposure data for the relevant exposure route(s) must be

reported where the risk assessment indicates that a health-based limit

value is exceeded. This will, for example, be the case where the

results of the estimation of worker exposure provided for under point

7.2.3.1 indicate that

—the AOEL(s) established in the context of inclusion of the active

substance(s) in Schedule I,

—the Limit Values established for the active substance and/or toxi-

cologically relevant compound(s) of the plant protection product in

accordance with Council Directives 98/24/EEC and 2004/37/EEC,

may be exceeded.

Actual exposure data must also be reported when no appropriate

calculation model or no appropriate data are available to do the

estimation provided for under point 7.2.3.1.

Where dermal exposure is the most important exposure route, a

dermal absorption test, if not already available, may be a useful

alternative test to provide data in order to refine the estimate provided

for under point 7.1.3.1.

Test conditions

The test must be done under realistic exposure conditions taking into

account the proposed conditions of use.

7.3.

Dermal absorption

Aim of the test

The test shall provide a measurement of the absorption of the active

substance and toxicologically relevant compounds through the skin.

Circumstances in which required

The study must be conducted when dermal exposure is a significant

exposure route and where the risk assessment indicates that a health-

based limit value is exceeded. This will, for example, be the case

where the results of the estimation or measurement of operator

exposure provided for under points 7.2.1.1 or 7.2.1.2 indicate that

—the AOEL(s) established in the context of inclusion of the active

substance(s) in Schedule I,

and/or

—the limit values established for the active substance and/or toxico-

logically relevant compound(s) of the plant protection product in

accordance with Council Directives 98/24/EEC and 2004/37/EEC

may be exceeded.

Test conditions

In principle data of an in vivo rat skin absorption study must be

reported. If, when the results of the estimation using these in vivo skin

absorption data are incorporated in the risk assessment, there remains

an indication of excessive exposure, it may be necessary to perform

an in vivo comparative absorption study on rat and human skin.

Test guideline

Appropriate elements of OECD guideline 417 are to be used. For the

design of the studies it may be necessary to take into account the

results of the skin absorption studies with the active substance(s).

7.4.

Available toxicological data relating to non-active substances

Where available, a copy of the notification and the safety data sheet

submitted in the context of Directive 67/548/EEC and Commission

Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the

Council of 18 December 2006 concerning the Registration,

Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH),

establishing a European Chemicals Agency, amending Directive

1999/45/EC and repealing Council Regulation (EEC) No 793/93 and

Commission Regulation (EC) No 1488/94 as well as Council

Directive 76/769/EEC and Commission Directives 91/155/EEC,

93/67/EEC, 93/105/EC and 2000/21/EC must be submitted for each

formulant. All other available information should be submitted.

8. Residues in or on treated products, food and feed

Introduction

The provisions of Schedule II, Section 6, Introduction apply.

8.1.

Metabolism, distribution and expression of residue in plants or

livestock

Aim of the tests

The objectives of these studies are

—to provide an estimate of total terminal residues in the relevant

portion of crops at harvest following treatment as proposed,

—to quantify the rate of degradation and excretion of the total residue

in certain animal products (milk or eggs) and excreta,

—to identify the major components of the total terminal residue in

crops and in edible animal products respectively,

—to indicate the distribution of residues between relevant crop parts

and between relevant edible animal products respectively,

—to quantify the major components of the residue and to show the

efficiency of extraction procedures for these components,

—to generate data from which a decision on the need for livestock

feeding studies as provided for in point 8.3 can be made,

—to decide on the definition and expression of a residue.

Circumstances in which required

Supplementary metabolism studies only need to be performed where

it is not possible to extrapolate from data obtained on the active

substance in accordance to the requirements of Schedule II, Section 6,

points 6.1 and 6.2. This might be the case for crops or for livestock

for which data were not submitted in the framework of inclusion of

the active substance in Schedule I or were not necessary for amending

the conditions of its inclusion in Schedule I or where it could be

expected that a different metabolism will occur.

Test conditions

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding paragraphs

of Schedule II, Section 6, points 6.1 and 6.2 apply.

8.2.

Residue trials

Aim of the tests

The objectives of these studies are

—to quantify the highest likely residue levels in treated crops at

harvest or outloading from store following the proposed good

agricultural practice (GAP),

and

—to determine, when appropriate, the rate of decline of pesticide

deposits.

Circumstances in which required

Supplementary residue trials only need to be performed where it is not

possible to extrapolate from data obtained on the active substance in

accordance to the requirements of Schedule II, Section 6, point 6.3.

This might be the case for special formulations, for special application

methods or for crops for which data were not submitted in the

framework of inclusion of the active substance in Schedule I or were

not necessary for amending the conditions of its inclusion in Schedule

I.

Test conditions

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding paragraphs

of Schedule II, Section 6, point 6.3 apply.

8.3.

Livestock feeding studies

Aim of the tests

The objective of these studies is to determine the residue in products

of animal origin which will result from residues in feedingstuffs or

fodder crops.

Circumstances in which required

Supplementary feeding studies for the purpose of assessing maximum

residue levels for products of animal origin are only required where it

is not possible to extrapolate from data obtained on the active

substance in accordance to the requirements of Schedule II, Section 6,

point 6.4. This might be the case where additional fodder crops are to

be authorized which leads to an increased intake of residues of

livestock for which data were not submitted in the framework of

inclusion of the active substance in Schedule I or were not necessary

for amending the conditions of its inclusion in Schedule I.

Test conditions

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding paragraphs

of Schedule II, Section 6, point 6.4 apply.

8.4.

Effects of industrial processing and/or household preparations

Aim of the tests

The main objectives of these studies are

—to establish whether or not breakdown or reaction products arise

from residues in the raw products during processing which may

require a separate risk assessment,

—to determine the quantitative distribution of residues in the various

intermediate and end products, and to estimate transfer factors,

—to enable a more realistic estimate to be made of dietary intake of

residues.

Circumstances in which required

Supplementary studies only need to be performed where it is not

possible to extrapolate from data obtained on the active substance in

accordance to the requirements of Schedule II, Section 6, point 6.5.

This might be the case for crops for which data were not submitted in

the framework of inclusion of the active substance in Schedule I or

were not necessary for amending the conditions of its inclusion in

Schedule I.

Test conditions

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding paragraphs

of Schedule II, Section 6, point 6.5 apply.

8.5.

Residues in succeeding crops

Aim of the test

The objective of these studies is to permit an evaluation of possible

residues in succeeding crops.

Circumstances in which required

Supplementary studies are only required where it is not possible to

extrapolate from data obtained on the active substance in accordance

to the requirements of Schedule II, Section 6, point 6.6. This might be

the case for special formulations, for special application methods or

for crops for which data were not submitted in the framework of

inclusion of the active substance in Schedule I or were not necessary

for amending the conditions of its inclusion in Schedule I.

Test conditions

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding paragraphs

of Schedule II, Section 6, point 6.6 apply.

8.6.

Proposed maximum residue levels (MRLs) and residue definition

A full justification for the proposed MRLs must be provided,

including, where relevant, full details of the statistical analysis used.

If the metabolism studies submitted in accordance with the provisions

of point 8.1 indicate that the residue definition should be changed

taking into account the actual residue definition and the necessary

judgement as outlined under the corresponding paragraph of Schedule

II, Section 6, point 6.7, a re-evaluation of the active substance may be

necessary.

8.7.

Proposed pre-harvest intervals for envisaged uses, or withholding

periods or storage periods, in the case of post-harvest uses.

A full justification for the proposals must be provided.

8.8.

Estimation of the potential and actual exposure through diet and

other means

Consideration will be given to the calculation of a realistic prediction

of dietary intake. This may be done in a step-wise fashion leading to

an increasingly realistic prediction of intake. Where relevant, other

sources of exposure such as residues arising from the use of

medicines or veterinary drugs have to be taken into account.

8.9.

Summary and evaluation of residue behaviour

A summary and evaluation of all data presented in this Section should

be carried out according to the guidance given by the competent

authority concerning the format of such summaries and evaluations. It

should include a detailed and critical assessment of those data in the

context of relevant evaluative and decision-making criteria and

guidelines, with particular reference to the risks for man and animals

that may or do arise, and the extent, quality and reliability of the data

base.

Where metabolism data have been submitted the toxicological signif-

icance of any non-mammalian metabolites must be addressed.

A schematic diagram should be prepared of the metabolic pathway in

plants and animals with a brief explanation of the distribution and

chemical changes involved if metabolism data have been submitted.

9. Fate and behaviour in the environment

Introduction

(i) The information provided, taken together with that for the active

substance as provided for in Schedule II, must be sufficient to

permit an assessment of the fate and behaviour of the plant

protection product in the environment, and of the non-target

species likely to be at risk from exposure to it.

(ii) In particular, the information provided for the plant protection

product, together with other relevant information, and that

provided for the active substance, should be sufficient to

—specify the hazard symbols, the indications of danger, and

relevant risk and safety phrases for the protection of the envi-

ronment, which are to be included on packaging (containers),

—predict the distribution, fate, and behaviour in the environment

as well as the time courses involved,

—identify non-target species and populations for which hazards

arise because of potential exposure, and

—identify measures necessary to minimize contamination of the

environment and impact on non-target species.

(iii) Where radio-labelled test material is used, the provisions of Schedule

II, Chapter 7, introduction, point (iv) apply.

(iv) Where relevant tests should be designed and data analysed using

appropriate statistical methods.

Full details of the statistical analysis should be reported (e.g. all

point estimates should be given with confidence intervals, exact p-

values should be given rather than stating significant/non

significant).

(v) Predicted environmental concentrations in soil (PEC S ), water

(PEC SW and PEC GW ) and air (PEC A ).

Justified estimates must be made of the expected concentrations of

the active substance and relevant metabolites, degradation and

reaction products, in soil, groundwater, surface water and air,

following use as proposed or already occurring. In addition a

realistic worst-case estimation must be made.

For the purposes of the estimation of such concentrations the

following definitions apply

—Predicted environmental concentration in soil (PEC S )

The level of residues in the top layer of the soil and to which

non-target soil organisms may be exposed (acute and chronic

exposure).

—Predicted environmental concentration in surface water

(PEC SW )

The level of residues, in surface water to which non-target

aquatic organisms may be exposed (acute and chronic

exposure).

—Predicted

environmental

concentration

in

groundwater

(PEC GW )

The level of residues in groundwater.

—Predicted environmental concentration in air (PEC A )

The level of residues in air, to which man, animals and other

non-target organisms may be exposed (acute and chronic

exposure).

For the estimation of these concentrations all relevant information

on the plant protection product and on the active substance must

be taken into account. A useful approach for these estimations is

provided in the EPPO schemes for environmental risk assessment

( 1 ). Where relevant the parameters provided for in this section

should be used.

When models are used for estimation of predicted environmental

concentrations they must

—make a best-possible estimation of all relevant processes

involved taking into account realistic parameters and

assumptions,

—where possible be reliably validated with measurements carried

out under circumstances relevant for the use of the model,

—be relevant to the conditions in the area of use.

The information provided must, where relevant, include that referred

to in Schedule II, Part A, point 7: and

9.1

Fate and behaviour in soil

Where appropriate, the same provisions relating to the information to

be provided on the soil used and on its selection apply as provided for

under Schedule II, point 7.1.

9.1.1.

Rate of degradation in soil

9.1.1.1. Laboratory studies

Aim of the test

The soil degradation studies should provide best possible estimates of

the time taken for degradation of 50 and 90 % (DT 50lab and DT 90lab ) of

the active substance under laboratory conditions.

Circumstances in which required

The persistence and behaviour of plant protection products in soil

must be investigated unless it is possible to extrapolate from data

obtained on the active substance and relevant metabolites, degradation

and reaction products in accordance to the requirements of Schedule

II, point 7.1.1.2. This extrapolation is, for example, not possible for

slow release formulations.

Test conditions

The rate of aerobic and/or anaerobic degradation in soil must be

reported.

The duration of the study is normally 120 days except if more than 90

% of the active substance is degraded before that period expires.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

9.1.1.2. Field studies

—Soil dissipation studies Aim of the

test

The soil dissipation studies should provide best-possible estimates

of the time taken for dissipation of 50 and 90 % (DT 50f and DT 90f ),

of the active substance under field conditions. Where relevant,

information on relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction

products must be collected.

Circumstances in which required

The dissipation and behaviour of plant protection products in soil

must be investigated unless it is possible to extrapolate from data

obtained on the active substance and relevant metabolites, degra-

dation and reaction products in accordance to the requirements of

Schedule II, point 7.1.1.2. This extrapolation is, for example, not

possible for slow-release formulations.

Test conditions and test guideline

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding

paragraph of Schedule II, point 7.1.1.2.2. apply.

—Soil residue studies Aim of the

test

Soil residue studies should provide estimates of the soil residue

levels at harvest or at time of sowing or planting succeeding crops.

Circumstances in which required

Soil residue studies must be reported unless it is possible to extra-

polate from data obtained on the active substance and relevant

metabolites, degradation and reaction products in accordance with

the requirements of Schedule II, point 7.1.1.2.2. This extrapo-

lation is, for example, not possible for slow-release formulations.

Test conditions

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding

paragraph of Schedule II, point 7.1.1.2.2. apply.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

—Soil accumulation studies Aim of the

tests

The tests should provide sufficient data to evaluate the possibility

of accumulation of residues of the active substance and of relevant

metabolites, degradation and reaction products.

Circumstances in which required

Soil accumulation studies must be reported unless it is possible to

extrapolate from data obtained on the active substance and

relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction products in

accordance with the requirements of Schedule II, point 7.1.1.2.2.

This extrapolation is, for example, not possible for slow-release

formulations.

Test conditions

The same provisions as provided under the corresponding

paragraph of Schedule II, point 7.1.1.2.2. apply.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

9.1.2.

Mobility in the soil

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient data to evaluate the mobility and

leaching potential of the active substance and relevant metabolites,

degradation and reaction products.

9.1.2.1. Laboratory studies

Circumstances in which required

The mobility of plant protection products in soil must be investigated

unless it is possible to extrapolate from data obtained in accordance

with the requirements of Schedule II, points 7.1.2 and 7.1.3.1. This

extrapolation is, for example, not possible for slow-release formu-

lations.

Test guideline

SETAC—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

9.1.2.2. Lysimeter studies or field leaching studies

Aim of the tests

The test should provide data on

—the mobility of the plant protection product in soil,

—the potential for leaching to ground water,

—the potential distribution in soils.

Circumstances in which required

Expert judgement will be necessary to decide whether field leaching

studies or lysimeter studies should be carried out, taking into account

the results of degradation and mobility studies and the calculated

PEC s . The type of study to be conducted should be discussed with the

competent authorities.

These studies must be performed unless it is possible to extrapolate

from data obtained on the active substance and relevant metabolites,

degradation and reaction products in accordance with the

requirements of Schedule II, point 7.1.3. This extrapolation is, for

example, not possible for slow release formulations.

Test conditions

The same provisions as provided for under the corresponding

paragraph of Schedule II, point 7.1.3.3 apply.

9.1.3.

Estimation of expected concentrations in soil

PEC s estimations must relate both to a single application at the highest

rate of application for which authorization is sought, and to the

maximum number and highest rates of application for which author-

ization is sought, for each relevant soil tested, and are expressed in

terms of mg of active substance and of relevant metabolites, degra-

dation and reaction products per kg of soil.

The factors to be considered in making PEC s estimations relate to

direct and indirect application to soil, drift, run off, and leaching and

include processes such as volatilization, adsorption, hydrolysis,

photolysis, aerobic and anaerobic degradation. For the purposes of

PEC s calculations, the bulk density of soils can be assumed to be 1,5

g/cm 3 dry weight, while the depth of the soil layer is assumed to be 5

cm for applications at the soil surface and 20 cm when incorporation

in the soil is involved. Where ground cover is present at time of

application, it is to be assumed that 50 % (minimum) of the applied

dose reaches the soil surface unless actual experimental data give

more specific information.

Initial, short-term and long-term PEC s calculations (time weighted

averages) must be provided

—initial: immediately after application,

—short-term: 24 hours, 2 days and 4 days after last application,

—long-term: 7, 28, 50 and 100 days after last application, where

relevant.

9.2.

Fate and behaviour in water

9.2.1.

Estimation of concentrations in groundwater

The groundwater contamination routes have to be defined taking into

account relevant agricultural, plant health, and environmental

(including climatic) conditions.

Suitable estimations (calculations) of predicted environmental

concen-tration in groundwater PEC GW , of active substance and

relevant meta-bolites, degradation and reaction products, must be

submitted.

PEC estimations must relate to the maximum number and highest

rates of application, for which authorization is sought.

Expert judgment is required to decide if additional field tests could

provide useful information. Before performing these studies the

applicant shall seek the agreement of the competent authorities on the

type of study to be performed.

9.2.2.

Impact on water treatment procedures In cases where this information

is necessary in the framework of a conditional authorization as meant

in Schedule VI, Part C, point 2.5.1.2 (b), the information provided

should permit to establish or to estimate effectiveness of water

treatment procedures (drinking water and sewage treatment), and

impact on such procedures. Before performing any studies the

applicant shall seek the agreement of the competent authorities on the

type of information to be provided.

9.2.3.

Estimation of concentrations in surface water

The surface water contamination routes have to be defined taking into

account relevant agricultural, plant health, and environmental

(including climatic) conditions.

Suitable estimations (calculations) of predicted environmental

concen-tration in surface water PEC sw , of active substance and

relevant meta-bolites, degradation and reaction products, must be

submitted.

PEC estimations must relate to the maximum number and highest

rates of application, for which authorization is sought, and be relevant

to lakes, ponds, rivers, canals, streams, irrigation/drainage canals and

drains.

The factors to be considered in making PEC sw estimations relate to

direct application to water, drift, run-off, discharge via drains and

atmospheric deposition, and include processes such as volatilization,

adsorption, advection, hydrolysis, photolysis, biodegradation,

sedimen-tation and re-suspension.

Initial, short-term and long-term PEC sw calculations relevant to static

and slow moving water bodies (time weighted averages) must be

provided

—initial: immediately after application,

—short-term: 24 hours, 2 days and 4 days after last application,

—long-term: 7, 14, 21, 28, and 42 days after last application, where

relevant.

Expert judgment is required to decide if additional field tests could

provide useful information. Before performing these studies the

applicant shall seek the agreement of the competent authorities on the

type of study to be performed.

9.3.

Fate and behaviour in air

Guidance under development.

10. Ecotoxicological studies

Introduction

(i) The information provided, taken together with that for the active

substance(s), must be sufficient to permit an assessment of the

impact on non-target species (flora and fauna), of the plant

protection product, when used as proposed. Impact can result from

single, prolonged or repeated exposure, and can be reversible, or

irreversible.

(ii) In particular, the information provided for the plant protection

product, together with other relevant information, and that

provided for the active substance, should be sufficient to

—specify the hazard symbols, the indications of danger, and

relevant risk and safety phrases for the protection of the envi-

ronment, to be mentioned on packaging (containers),

—permit an evaluation of the short- and long-term risks for non-

target species—populations, communities, and processes as

appropriate,

—permit an evaluation of whether special precautions are

necessary for the protection of non-target species.

(iii) There is a need to report all potentially adverse effects found

during routine ecotoxicological investigations and to undertake

and report such additional studies which shall be necessary to

investigate the mechanisms involved and assess the significance of

these effects.

(iv) In general, much of the data relating to impact on non-target

species, required for authorization of plant protection products,

will have been submitted and evaluated for the inclusion of the

active substance(s) in Schedule I. The information on fate and

behaviour in the environment, generated and submitted in

accordance with points 9.1 to 9.3, and on residue levels in plants

generated and submitted in accordance with point 8 is central to

the assessment of impact on non-target species, in that it provides

information on the nature and extent of potential or actual

exposure. The final PEC estimations are to be adapted according

to the different groups of organisms taking in particular into

consideration the biology of the most sensitive species.

The toxicological studies and information submitted in accordance

with point 7.1 provide essential information as to toxicity to

vertebrate species.

(v) Where relevant, tests should be designed and data analysed using

appropriate statistical methods. Full details of the statistical

analysis should be reported (e.g. all point estimates should be

given with confidence intervals, exact p-values should be given

rather than stating significant/non significant).

(vi) Whenever a study implies the use of different doses, the rela-

tionship between dose and adverse effect must be reported.

(vii) Where exposure data are necessary to decide whether a study has

to be performed, the data obtained in accordance with the

provisions of Schedule III, point 9 should be used.

For the estimation of exposure of organisms all relevant infor-

mation on the plant protection product and on the active substance

must be taken into account. A useful approach for these

estimations is provided in the EPPO/Council of Europe schemes

for environmental risk assessment ( 1 ). Where relevant the

parameters provided for in this section should be used. Where it

appears from available data that the plant protection product is

more toxic as the active substance, the toxicity data of the plant

protection product have to be used for the calculation of relevant

toxicity/exposure ratios.

(viii) In the context of the influence that impurities can have on ecotox-

icological behaviour, it is essential that for each study submitted, a

detailed description (specification) of the material used as

provided for under point 1.4, be provided.

(ix) In order to facilitate the assessment of the significance of test

results obtained the same strain of each relevant species should

where possible be used in the various toxicity tests specified.

( 1 ) OEPP/EPPO (1993). Decision-making schemes for the environmental risk assessment of plant protection products.Bulletin OEPP/EPPO Bulletin

23,1-154 andBulletin 24,1-87.

10.1.

Effects on birds

Possible effects on birds must be investigated except where the possi-

bility that birds will be exposed, directly or indirectly, can be ruled

out such as for use in enclosed spaces or wound healing treatments.

The acute toxicity/exposure ratio (TER a ), the short term dietary toxi-

city/exposure ratio (TER st ) and the long term dietary toxicity/exposure

ratio (TER lt ) must be reported, where

TER a =LD 50 (mg a.s./kg body weight) / ETE (mg a.s./kg body weight)

TER st =LC 50 (mg a.s./kg food) / ETE (mg a.s./kg food)

TER lt =

NOEC (mg a.s./kg food) / ETE (mg a.s./kg food)

where ETE = estimated theoretical exposure.

In the case of pellets, granules or treated seeds the amount of a.s. in

each pellet, granule or seed must be reported as well as the proportion

of the LD 50 for the a.s. in 100 particles and per gram of particles. The

size and shape of pellets or granules must be reported.

In the case of baits the concentration of a.s. in the bait (mg/kg) must

be reported.

10.1.1. Acute oral toxicity

Aim of the test

The test should provide, where possible, LD 50 values, the lethal

threshold dose, time courses of response and recovery, the NOEL, and

must include relevant gross pathological findings.

Circumstances in which required

The acute oral toxicity of preparations must be reported, where TER a

or TER st for the active substance(s) in birds are between 10 and 100 or

where results from mammal testing give evidence of a significantly

higher toxicity of the prepration compared to the active substance

unless it can be justified that it is not likely that birds are exposed to

the plant protection product itself.

Test conditions

The study must be conducted on the most sensitive species identified

in the studies provided for in Schedule II, point 8.1.1 or 8.1.2.

10.1.2. Supervised cage or field trials

Aim of the test

The test will provide sufficient data to evaluate the nature and the

extent of the risk in practical conditions of use.

Circumstances in which required

Where the TER a and TER st are > 100 and when there is no evidence of

risk from any further study on the active substance (e.g. repro-duction

study) no further testing is required. In the other cases, expert

judgement is necessary to decide whether there is a need to carry out

further studies. This expert judgement will take into account, where

relevant, foraging behaviour, repellency, alternative food, actual

residue content in the food, persistence of the compound in the vege-

tation, degradation of the formulated product or treated produce, the

amount of predation of the food, acceptance of bait, granules or

treated seed and the possibility for bioconcentration.

Where TER a and TER st =10 or TER lt =5, cage or field trials must be

conducted and reported unless a final assessment is possible on the

basis of studies according to point 10.1.3.

Test conditions

Before performing these studies the applicant should seek the

agreement of the competent authorities on the type and conditions of

the study to be performed.

10.1.3. Acceptance of bait, granules or treated seeds by birds

Aim of the test

The test will provide sufficient data to evaluate the possibility of

consumption of the protection product or plant products treated with

it.

Circumstances in which required

In the case of seed dressings, pellets, baits and preparations which are

granules and where TER a =10, acceptability (palatability) tests must be

conducted.

10.1.4. Effects of secondary poisoning

Expert judgment is required to decide whether the effects of

secondary poisoning should be investigated.

10.2.

Effects on aquatic organisms

Possible effects on aquatic species must be investigated except where

the possibility that aquatic species will be exposed can be ruled out.

TER a and TER lt must be reported, where

TER a = acute LC 50 (mg a.s./l)/realistic worst case PEC sw (initial or

short-term, in mg a.s./l)

TER lt = chronic NOEC (mg a.s./l)/long term PEC sw (mg a.s./l)

10.2.1. Acute toxicity to fish, aquatic invertebrates or effects on algal growth

Circumstances in which required

In principle tests should be carried out on one species from each of

the three groups of aquatic organisms as referred to in Schedule II,

point 8.2 (fish, aquatic invertebrates and algae) in case the plant

protection product itself can contaminate water. However where the

available information permits to conclude that one of these groups is

clearly more sensitive, tests on only the most sensitive species of the

relevant group have to be performed.

The test must be performed where

—the acute toxicity of the plant protection product can not be

predicted on the basis of the data for the active substance which is

especially the case if the formulation contains two or more active

substances or formulants such as solvents, emulgators, surfactants,

dispersants, fertilizers which are able to increase the toxicity in

comparison with the active substance, or

—the intended use includes direct application on water unless

suitable studies referred to under point 10.2.4 are available.

Test conditions and test guidelines

The relevant provisions as under the corresponding paragraphs of

Schedule II, points 8.2.1, 8.2.4 and 8.2.6 apply.

10.2.2. Microcosm or mesocom study

Aim of the test

The tests must provide sufficient data to evaluate the essential impact

on aquatic organisms under field conditions.

Circumstances in which required

Where TER a =100 or where TER lt =10, expert judgment must be used

to decide whether a microcosm or mesocom study is appropriate. This

judgment will take into account the results of any additional data over

and above those required by the provisions of Schedule II, point 8.2

and of point 10.2.1.

Test conditions

Before performing these studies the applicant shall seek the

agreement of the competent authorities on the specific aims of the

study to be performed and consequently on the type and conditions of

the study to be performed.

The study should include at least the highest likely exposure rate,

whether from direct applicaiton, drift, drainage or run-off. The

duration of the study must be sufficient to permit evaluation of all

effects.

Test guideline

Appropriate guidelines are included in

Setac—Guidance document on testing procedures for pesticides in

freshwater mesocosms/Workshop Huntingdon, 3 and 4 July 1991

or

Freshwater field tests for hazard assessment of chemicals—European

Workshop on Freshwater Field Tests (EWOFFT).

10.2.3. Residue data in fish

Aim of the test

The test will provide sufficient data to evaluate the potential for

occurrence of residues in fish.

Circumstances in which required

In general data are available from bioconcentration studies in fish.

Where bioconcentration has been observed in the study performed in

accordance with Schedule II, point 8.2.3 expert judgement is required

to decide whether a long-term microcosm or mesocosm study has to

be carried out in order to establish the maximum residues likely to be

encountered.

Test guideline

Setac—Guidance document on testing procedures for pesticides in

freshwater mesocosms/Workshop Huntingdon, 3 and 4 July 1991.

10.2.4. Additional studies

The studies referred to in Schedule II, points 8.2.2 and 8.2.5 shall be

required for particular plant protection products where it is not

possible to extrapolate from data obtained in the corresponding

studies on the active substance.

10.3.

Effects on terrestrial vertebrates other than birds

Possible effects on wild vertebrate species must be investigated

except where it can be justified that it is not likely that terrestrial

vertebrates other than birds are exposed, directly or indirectly. TER a ,

TER st and TER lt must be reported, where

TER a =LD 50 (mg a.s./kg body weight) / ETE (mg a.s./kg body

weight)

TER st = subchronic NOEL (mg a.s./kg food) / ETE (mg a.s./kg food)

TER lt = chronic NOEL (mg a.s./kg food) / ETE (mg a.s./kg food)

where ETE = estimated theoretical exposure.

In principle the evaluation sequence for the assessment of risks to

such species is similar to that for birds. In practice it is not often

necessary to perform further testing as the studies conducted in

accordance with the requirements of Schedule II, point 5 and

Schedule III, point 7 would provide the required information.

Aim of the test

The test will provide sufficient information to evaluate the nature and

the extent of risks for terrestrial vertebrates other than birds in

practical conditions of use.

Circumstances in which required

Where TER a and TER st > 100 and where there is no evidence of risk

from any further study no further testing is required. In the other

cases, expert judgment is necessary to decide whether there is a need

to carry out further studies. This expert judgment will take into

account, where relevant, foraging behaviour, repellency, alternative

food, actual residue content in the food, persistence of the compound

in the vege-tation, degradation of the formulated product or treated

produce, the amount of predation of the food, acceptance of bait,

granules or treated seed and the possibility for bioconcentration.

Where TER a and TER st =10 or TER lt =5 cage or field trials or other

appropriate studies must be reported.

Test conditions

Before performing these studies the applicant shall seek the

agreement of the competent authorities on the type and conditions of

the study to be performed and whether the effects of secondary

poisoning should be investigated.

10.4.

Effects on bees

The possible effects on bees must be investigated except where the

product is for exclusive use in situations where bees are not likely to

be exposed such as

—food storage in enclosed spaces,

—non-systemic seed dressings,

—non-systemic preparations for application to soil,

—non-systemic dipping treatments for transplanted crops and bulbs,

—wound sealing and healing treatments,

—rodenticidal baits,

—use in glasshouses without pollinators.

The hazard quotients for oral and contact exposure (Q HO and Q HC ),

must be reported

Q HO = dose/oral LD 50 (µg a.s. per bee)

Q HC = dose/contact LD 50 (µg a.s. per bee)

where

dose= the maximum application rate, for which authorization is

sought, in g of active substance per hectare.

10.4.1. Acute oral and contact toxicity

Aim of the test

The test should provide the LD 50 values (by oral and contact

exposure).

Circumstances in which required

Testing is required if

—the product contains more than one active substance;

—the toxicity of a new formulation cannot be reliably predicted to be

either the same or lower than a formulation tested according to the

provisions of Schedule II, point 8.3.1.1 or of this point.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out according to EPPO Guideline 170.

10.4.2. Residue test

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient information to evaluate possible

risks to foraging bees from residual traces of plant protection products

remaining on crops.

Circumstances in which required

Where Q HC =50, expert judgment is required to decide whether the

effect of residues must be determined unless there is evidence that

there are no significant residual traces remaining on crops which

could affect foraging bees or unless sufficient information is available

from cage, tunnel or field tests.

Test conditions

The median lethal time (LT 50 ) (in hours) following 24-hour exposure

to residues on leaves aged during eight hours must be determined, and

reported. Where LT 50 is more than eight hours, no further testing is

required.

10.4.3. Cage tests

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient information to evaluate possible

risks from the plant protection product for bee survival and behaviour.

Circumstances in which required

Where Q HO and Q HC are < 50, further testing is not required except if

significant effects are observed in the bee brood feeding test or if

there are indications for indirect effects such as delayed action or

modifi-cation of bee behaviour, in those cases cage and/or field tests

shall be carried out.

Where Q HO and Q HC are > 50, cage and/or field testing is required.

Where field testing is conducted and reported in accordance with

point 10.4.4, it is not necessary to conduct cage tests. However, cage

tests where conducted, must be reported.

Test conditions

The test should be carried out using healthy bees. If bees have been

treated, e.g. with a varroacide, it is necessary to wait for four weeks

before using the colony.

Test guideline

The tests must be conducted in accordance with EPPO Guideline 170.

10.4.4. Field tests

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient information to evaluate possible

risks from the plant protection product on bee behaviour, colony

survival and development.

Circumstances in which required

Field tests must be conducted where on the basis of expert judgement,

taking into account the proposed manner of use and the fate and

behaviour of the active substance, significant effects are observed in

cage testing.

Test conditions

The test should be carried out using healthy honeybee colonies of

similar natural strength. If bees have been treated, e.g. with a

varroacide, it is necessary to wait for four weeks before using the

colony. The tests shall be conducted under conditions reasonably

representative of the proposed use.

Special effects (larval toxicity, long residual effect, disorienting

effects on bees) identified by the field tests may require further

investigation using specific methods.

Test guideline

The tests must be conducted in accordance with EPPO Guideline 170.

10.4.5. Tunnel tests

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient information to evaluate the impact

on bees resulting from feeding on contaminated honey dew or

flowers.

Circumstances in which required

Where it is not possible to investigate certain effects in cage or field

trials, a tunnel test should be carried out, e.g. in the case of plant

protection products intended for control of aphids and other sucking

insects.

Test conditions

The test should be carried out using healthy bees. If bees have been

treated, e.g. with a varroacide, it is necessary to wait for four weeks

before using the colony.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with EPPO Guideline 170.

10.5.

Effects on arthropods other than bees The effects of plant

protection products on non-target terrestrial arthropods (e.g. predators

or parasitoids of harmful organisms) must be investigated. The

information obtained for these species can also be used to indicate the

potential for toxicity to non-target species inha-biting the same

environment.

10.5.1. Laboratory, extended laboratory and semi-field tests

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient information to evaluate the toxicity

of the plant protection product for selected arthropod species that are

relevant to the intended use of the product.

Circumstances in which required

Testing is not required where severe toxicity (> 99 % effect on the

organisms compared to control) can be predicted from relevant

available data or where the plant protection product is for exclusive

use in situations where non-target arthropods are not exposed such as

—food storage in enclosed spaces,

—wound sealing and healing treatments,

—rodenticidal baits.

Testing is required when significant effects on the organisms in

comparison with the control are reported in the laboratory tests at the

maximum recommended dose, conducted in accordance with the

requirements of Schedule II, point 8.3.2. Effects on a particular test

species are considered to be significant when they exceed the

threshold values as defined in the EPPO schemes for the environmen-

tal risk assessment unless species-specific threshold values are

defined in the respective test guidelines.

Testing is also required if

—the product contains more than one active substance,

—the toxicity of a new formulation cannot be reliably predicted to be

either the same or lower than a formulation tested according to the

provisions of Schedule II, point 8.3.2 or of this point,

—on the basis of the proposed manner of use or on the basis of the

fate and behaviour continued or repeated exposure can be

anticipated,

—there is a significant change in the proposed use, e.g. from arable

crops to orchards, and species relevant to the new use have not

previously been tested,

—there is an increase in the recommended application rate, above that

previously tested under Schedule II.

Test conditions

Where significant effects were observed in the studies performed in

accordance with the requirements of Schedule II, point 8.3.2, or in the

case of change of use such as arable crops to orchards, the toxicity of

two additional relevant species must be investigated and reported.

These must be different to the relevant species already tested under

Schedule II, point 8.3.2.

For a new mixture or formulation, the toxicity should initially be

assessed using the two most sensitive species as identified in studies

already performed for which the threshold values were exceeded but

effects still remain below 99 %. This will enable a comparison to be

made; if it significantly more toxic two species relevant to its

proposed use must be tested.

Testing must be conducted at a rate equivalent to the maximum rate of

application for which authorization is sought. A sequential testing

approach should be adopted, i.e. laboratory, and if necessary extended

laboratory and/or semi-field.

Where there will be more than one application per season, the product

should be applied at twice the recommended application rate unless

this information is already available from studies performed in

accordance with Schedule II, point 8.3.2.

Where on the basis of the proposed manner of use or on the basis of

the fate and behaviour continued or repeated exposure can be

anticipated (such as the product is to be applied more than three times

per season with a re-application of 14 days or less), expert judgment

is required to examine whether further testing is required, beyond

initial laboratory testing, which will reflect the proposed use pattern.

These tests shall be performed in the laboratory or under semi-field

conditions. When the test is done in the laboratory a realistic substrate

such as plant material or a natural soil should be used.

However it may be more appropriate to carry out field tests.

Test guideline

Where relevant testing should be done according to appropriate

guidelines which satisfy as least the requirements for testing as

included in Setac - Guidance document on regulatory testing

procedures for pesticides with non-target arthropods.

10.5.2. Field tests

Aim of the test

The tests should provide sufficient information to evaluate the risk of

the plant protection product for arthropods under field conditions.

Circumstances in which required

Where significant effects are seen following laboratory and semi-field

exposure, or where on the basis of the proposed manner of use or on

the basis of the fate and behaviour continued or repeated exposure can

be anticipated expert judgment is required to examine whether more

extensive testing is necessary to permit an accurate risk assessment.

Test conditions

The tests must be conducted under representative agricultural

conditions and in accordance with the proposed recommendations for

use, resulting in a realistic worst case study.

A toxic standard should be included in all tests.

Test guideline

Where relevant testing should be done according to appropriate

guidelines which satisfy at least the requirements for testing as

included in Setac—Guidance document on regulatory testing

procedures for pesticides with non-target arthropods.

10.6.

Effects on earthworms and other soil non-target macro-

organisms, believed to be at risk

10.6.1. Effects on earthworms

The possible impact on earthworms must be reported except where it

can be justified that it is not likely that earthworms are exposed,

directly or indirectly.

TER a and TER lt must be reported where

TER a =LC 50 (mg a.s./kg)/realistic worst case PEC s (initial or short-

term, in mg a.s./kg)

TER lt = NOEC (mg a.s./kg)/long term PECs (mg a.s./kg).

10.6.1.1. Acute toxicity tests

Aim of the test

The test should provide the LC 50 , where possible the highest concen-

tration causing no mortality and the lowest concentration causing 100

% mortality and must include observed morphological and beha-

vioural effects.

Circumstances in which required

These studies are only required where

—the product contains more than one active substance,

—the toxicity of a new formulation cannot be reliably predicted from

the formulation tested according to the provisions of Schedule II,

point 8.4 or of this point.

Test guideline

The tests must be conducted in accordance to OECD Method 207.

10.6.1.2. Tests for sublethal effects

Aim of the test

The test should provide the NOEC and the effects on growth, repro-

duction and behaviour.

Circumstances in which required

These studies are only required where

—the product contains more than one active substance,

—the toxicity of a new formulation cannot be reliably predicted from

the formulation tested according to the provisions of Schedule II,

point 8.4 or of this point,

—there is an increase in the recommended application rate, above that

previously tested.

Test conditions

The same provisions as under the corresponding paragraphs of Schedule

II, point 8.4.2 apply.

10.6.1.3. Field studies

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient data to evaluate the effects on

earthworms in field conditions.

Circumstances in which required

Where TER lt < 5 a field study to determine effects under practical field

conditions must be conducted and reported.

Expert judgment is required to decide whether residue contents of

earthworms should be investigated.

Test conditions

Fields selected shall have a reasonable earthworm population.

The test must be carried out at the maximum proposed application

rate. A toxic reference product must be included in the test.

10.6.2. Effects on other soil non-target macro-organisms

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient data to evaluate the impact of the

plant protection product on macro-organisms that contribute to the

breakdown of dead plant and animal organic matter.

Circumstances in which required

Testing is not required where in accordance with Schedule III, point

9.1, it is evident that DT 90 values are less than 100 days, or the nature

and manner of use of the plant protection product are such that

exposure does not occur or when data from studies on the active

substance performed in accordance with the provisions of Schedule II,

points 8.3.2, 8.4 and 8.5 indicate that there is no risk for soil

macrofauna, earthworms or soil microflora.

Impact on organic matter breakdown must be investigated and

reported, where the DT 90f values determined in field dissipation

studies (point 9.1) are > 365 days.

10.7.

Effects on soil non-target micro-organisms

10.7.1. Laboratory testing

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient data to evaluate the impact of the

plant protection product on soil microbial activity in terms of nitrogen

transformation and carbon mineralization.

Circumstances in which required

Where the DT 90f values determined in field dissipation studies (point

9.1) are > 100 days, impact on soil non-target micro-organisms must

be investigated through laboratory testing. Testing is, however, not

required if in the studies performed in accordance with the provisions

of Schedule II, point 8.5 deviations from control values in terms of

metabolic activity of the microbial biomass after 100 days is < 25 %,

and such data are relevant to the uses, nature, and properties of the

particular preparation to be authorized.

Test guideline

Setac—Procedures for assessing the environmental fate and

ecotoxicity of pesticides.

10.7.2. Additional testing

Aim of the test

The test should provide sufficient data to evaluate the impact of the

plant protection product under field conditions on microbial activitiy.

Circumstances in which required

Where at the end of 100 days, measured activity deviates by more

than 25 % from the control, in the laboratory testing further testing in

the laboratory, under glass and/or in the field may be necessary.

10.8.

Available data from biological primary screening in summary

form

A summary of available data from preliminary tests used to assess the

biological activity and dose range finding whether positive or

negative, which provides information with respect to possible impact

on non/target species, both flora and fauna, must be provided,

together with a critical assessment as to its relevance to potential

impact on non-target species.

11. Summary and evaluation of points 9 and 10

A summary and evaluation of all data presented in points 9 and 10

should be carried out according to the guidance given by the

competent authority concerning the format of such summaries and

evaluations. It should include a detailed and critical assessment of

those data in the context of relevant evaluative and decision making

criteria and guidelines, with particular reference to the risks for the

environment and non-target species that may or do arise, and the

extent, quality and reliability of the data base. In particular the

following issues should be addressed

—predicting distribution and fate in the environment, and the time

courses involved,

—identifying non-target species and populations at risk, and

predicting the extent of potential exposure,

—evaluation as to the short- and long-term risks for non-target

species—populations, communities, and processes—as appro-

priate,

—evaluation as to the risk of fish kills, and fatalities in large verte-

brates, or terrestrial predators, regardless of effects at population

or community level, and

—identification of precautions necessary to avoid or minimize con-

tamination of the environment, and for the protection of non-target

species.

12. Further information

12.1.

Information on authorizations in other countries

12.2.

Information on established maximum residue limits (MRL) in other

countries

12.3.

Proposals including justification for the classification and labelling

proposed in accordance with Directive 67/548/EEC and Directive

99/45/EEC

—Hazard symbol(s)

—Indications of danger

—Risk phrases

—Safety phrases

12.4.

Proposals for risk and safety phrases in accordance with regulation 15

(1), (g) and (h) and proposed label

12.5.

Specimens of proposed packaging

PART B

Introduction

(i) This Part provides data requirements for the authorisation of a plant

protection product based on preparations of micro-organisms including

viruses.

The term‘micro-organism’as defined in the introduction of Schedule II, Part

B, also applies to Schedule III, Part B.

(ii) Where relevant, data should be analysed using appropriate statistical

methods. Full details of the statistical analysis should be reported (e.g. all

point estimates should be given with confidence intervals, exact p-values

should be given rather than stating significant/non significant).

(iii) Pending the acceptance of specific guidelines at international level, the

information required shall be generated using test guidelines accepted by

the director (e.g. USEPA guideline ( 1 )); where appropriate test guidelines as

described in Schedule II, Part A, should be adapted in such a way that they

are appropriate for micro-organisms. Testing should include viable and, if

appropriate, non-viable micro-organisms, and a blank control.

(iv) Whenever a study implies the use of different doses, the relationship

between dose and adverse effect must be reported.

(v) Where testing is done, a detailed description (specification) of the material

used and its impurities, according to the provisions of section 1, point 1.4,

must be provided.

(vi) In cases where a new preparation is to be dealt with, extrapolation from

Schedule II, Part B, could be acceptable, provided that all the possible

effects of the formulants and other components, especially on pathogenicity

and infectiveness, are also evaluated.

( 1 )USEPA

Microbial

Pesticide

Test

Guidelines,

OPPTS

1996(http://www.epa.gov/oppbppd1/biopesticides/guidelines/series885.htm).

1. IDENTITY OF THE PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCT The

information provided, taken together with that provided for the micro-

organism(s), must be sufficient to precisely identify and define

preparations. The information and data referred to, unless otherwise

specified, are required for all plant protection products. This is with

the view to identify if any factor could alter the properties of the

micro-organism as a plant protection product in comparison to the

micro-organism as such, which is treated in Annex II, Part B, to

Directive 91/414/EEC.

1.1.

Applicant

The name and address of the applicant (permanent community

address) must be provided as must the name, position, telephone and

fax number of the appropriate person to contact.

Where, in addition, the applicant has an office, agent or representative

in the Member State in which the authorisation is being sought, the

name and address of the local office, agent or representative should be

provided, as should the name, position, telephone and fax number of

the appropriate person to contact.

1.2.

Manufacturer of the preparation and the micro-organism(s)

The name and address of the manufacturer of the preparation and of

each micro-organism in the preparation must be provided as must the

name and address of each manufacturing plant in which the

preparation and micro-organism are manufactured.

A contact point (preferable a central contact point, to include name,

telephone and fax numbers) must be provided for each manufacturer.

If the micro-organism originates from a producer from which data

according to Schedule II, Part B, had not been submitted previously,

detailed information on the name and species description, as required

in Schedule II, Part B, section 1.3, and on impurities, as required in

Schedule II, Part B, section 1.4, have to be provided.

1.3.

Trade name or proposed trade name, and manufacturer's devel-

opment code number of the preparation if appropriate

All former and current trade names and proposed trade names and

development code numbers of the preparation referred to in the

dossier as well as the current names and numbers must be provided.

Full detail of any differences must be provided. (The proposed trade

name must not give rise to confusion with the trade name of already

authorised plant protection products.)

1.4.

Detailed quantitative and qualitative information on the compo-

sition of the preparation

(i) Each micro-organism that is subject to the application should be

identified and named at the species level. The micro-organism

should be deposited at a recognised culture collection and given

an accession number. The scientific name must be stated, as well

as the group assignment (bacteria, virus, etc.) and any other

denomination relevant to the micro-organism (e.g. strain,

serotype). In addition, the development phase of the micro-

organism (e.g. spores, mycelium) in the marketed product shall

be stated.

(ii) For preparations the following information must be reported

—the content of the micro-organism(s) in the plant protection

product and the content of the micro-organism in the material

used for manufacturing of plant protection products. These

must include the maximum, minimum and nominal content of

the viable and non-viable material,

—the content of formulants,

—the content of other components (such as by-products,

condensates, culture medium, etc.) and contaminating micro-

organisms, derived from production process.

The contents should be expressed in terms as provided for in

Article 6(2) of Directive 99/45/EEC for chemicals and appro-

priate terms for micro-organisms (number of active units per

volume or weight or any other manner that is relevant to the

micro-organism).

(iii) Formulants must where possible, be identified either by their

chemical name as given in Annex I to Directive 67/548/EEC, or,

if not included in this Legal Notice, in accordance with both

IUPAC and CA nomenclature. Their structure or structural

formula must be provided. For each component of the formulants

the relevant EC (Einecs or Elincs) number and CAS number

where they exist, must be provided. Where the information

provided does not fully identify a formulant, an appropriate speci-

fication must be provided. The trade name of formulants, where

they exist, must also be provided.

(iv) For formulants the function must be given

—adhesive (sticker)

—antifoaming agent

—antifreeze

—binder

—buffer

—carrier

—deodorant

—dispersing agent

—dye

—emetic

—emulsifier

—fertiliser

—odorant

—parfume

—preservative

—propellant

—repellent

—safener

—solvent

—stabiliser

—synergist

—thickener

—wetting agent

—miscellaneous (specify).

(v) Identification of contaminating micro-organisms and other

components derived from production process.

Contaminating micro-organisms must be identified as outlined in

Schedule II, Part B, section 1, point 1.3.

Chemicals (inert components, by-products, etc.) must be

identified as outlined in Schedule II, Part A, section 1, point 1.10.

Where the information provided does not fully identify a

component, such as condensate, culture medium, etc., detailed

information on the composition must be provided for each such

component.

1.5.

Physical state and nature of the preparation

The type and code of preparation must be designated according to the

‘Catalogue of pesticide formulation types and international coding

system (GIFAP Technical Monograph No 2, 1989)’.

Where a particular preparation is not defined precisely in this publi-

cation a full description of the physical nature and state of the

preparation must be provided, together with a proposal for a suitable

description of the type of preparation and a proposal for its definition.

1.6.

Function

The biological function must be specified from among the following

—control of bacteria,

—control of fungi,

—control of insects,

—control of mites,

—control of molluscs,

—control of nematodes,

—control of weeds,

—other (must be specified).

2. PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL AND TECHNICAL PROPERTIES OF

THE PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCT

The extent to which plant protection products for which authorisation

is sought comply with relevant FAO specifications, as agreed by the

Group of Experts on Pesticide Specification of the FAO Panel of

Experts on Pesticide Specifications, Registration Requirements and

Application Standards, must be stated. Divergences from FAO speci-

fications must be described in detail, and justified.

2.1.

Appearance (colour and odour) A description of both the colour and

odour, if any, and the physical state of the preparation, must be

provided.

2.2.

Storage stability and shelf-life

2.2.1.

Effects of light, temperature and humidity on technical characteristics

of the plant protection product

(i) The physical and biological stability of the preparation at the

recommended storage temperature including information on the

growth of contaminating micro-organisms must be determined

and reported. The conditions under which the test has been

performed must be justified.

(ii) Additionally in the case of liquid preparations, the effect of low

temperatures on physical stability, must be determined and

reported according to CIPAC ( 1 ) Methods MT 39, MT 48, MT 51

or MT 54 as appropriate.

(iii) The shelf life of the preparation at the recommended storage

temperature must be reported. Where shelf life is less than two

years, the shelf life in months, with appropriate temperature

speci-fications, must be reported. Useful information is given in

GIFAP ( 2 ) Monograph No 17.

2.2.2.

Other factors affecting stability Effect of exposure to air, packaging,

etc., on the product stability must be explored.

2.3.

Explosivity and oxidising properties

Explosivity and oxidising properties will be determined as defined in

Schedule III, Part A, section 2, point 2.2, unless it can be justified that

it is technically or scientifically not necessary to perform such studies.

( 1 ) Collaborative International Pesticides Analytical Council.

( 2 ) International Group of National Pesticide Manufacturers' Associations.

2.4.

Flash point and other indications of flammability or spontaneous

ignition

Flash point and flammability must be determined, as defined in Schedule

III, Part A, section 2, point 2.3, unless it can be justified that it is

technically or scientifically not necessary to perform such studies.

2.5.

Acidity, alkalinity and if necessary pH value Acidity, alkalinity and

pH will be determined as defined in Schedule III,

Part A, section 2, point 2.4, unless it can be justified that it is tech-

nically or scientifically not necessary to perform such studies.

2.6.

Viscosity and surface tension

Viscosity and surface tension will be determined as defined in Schedule

III, Part A, section 2, point 2.5, unless it can be justified that it is

technically or scientifically not necessary to perform such studies.

2.7.

Technical characteristics of the plant protection product The

technical characteristics of the preparation must be determined to

permit a decision to be made as to its acceptability. If tests have to be

performed, they must be done at temperatures compatible with

survival of the micro-organism.

2.7.1.

Wettability

The wettability of solid preparations which are diluted for use (e.g.

wettable powders and water dispersible granules), must be determined

and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 53.3.

2.7.2.

Persistent foaming

The persistence of foaming of preparations to be diluted with water,

must be determined and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 47.

2.7.3.

Suspensibility and suspension stability

—The suspensibility of water dispersible products (e.g. wettable

powders, water dispersible granules, suspension concentrates)

must be determined and reported according to CIPAC Method MT

15, MT 161 or MT 168 as appropriate.

—The spontaneity of dispersion of water dispersible products (e.g.

suspension concentrates and water dispersible granules) must be

determined and reported according to CIPAC Methods MT 160 or

MT 174 as appropriate.

2.7.4.

Dry sieve test and wet sieve test

In order to ensure that dustable powders have a suitable particle size

distribution for ease of application, a dry sieve test must be conducted

and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 59.1.

In the case of water dispersible products, a wet sieve test must be

conducted and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 59.3 or MT

167 as appropriate.

2.7.5.

Particle size distribution (dustable and wettable powders, granules),

content of dust/fines (granules), attrition and friability (granules)

(i) The size distribution of particles in the case of powders, must be

determined and reported according to OECD Method 110.

The nominal size range of granules for direct application must be

determined and reported in accordance with CIPAC MT 58.3, for

water dispersible granules in accordance with CIPAC MT 170.

(ii) The dust content of granular preparations, must be determined

and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 171. If relevant for

operator exposure the particle size of dust must be determined

and reported according to OECD Method 110.

(iii) The friability and attrition characteristics of granules, must be

determined and reported once internationally agreed methods are

available. Where already data are available they must be reported

together with the method used.

2.7.6.

Emulsifiability, re-emulsifiability, emulsion stability

(i) The emulsifiability, emulsion stability and re-emulsifiability of

preparations which form emulsions, must be determined and

reported according to CIPAC Method MT 36 or MT 173 as

appropriate.

(ii) The stability of dilute emulsions and of preparations which are

emulsions, must be determined and reported according to CIPAC

Method MT 20 or MT 173.

2.7.7.

Flowability, pourability (rinsability) and dustability

(i) The flowability of granular preparations must be determined and

reported according to CIPAC Method MT 172.

(ii) The pourability (including rinsed residue) of suspensions (e.g.

suspension concentrates, suspo-emulsions), must be determined

and reported according to CIPAC Method MT 148.

(iii) The dustability of dustable powders must be determined and

reported according to CIPAC Method MT 34 or another suitable

method.

2.8.

Physical, chemical and biological compatibility with other

products including plant protection products with which its use is

to be authorised

2.8.1.

Physical compatibility

The physical compatibility of recommended tank mixes must be

determined and reported.

2.8.2.

Chemical compatibility

The chemical compatibility of recommended tank mixes must be

determined and reported except where examination of the individual

properties of the preparations would establish beyond reasonable

doubt that there is no possibility of reaction taking place. In such

cases it is sufficient to provide that information as justification for not

practically determining the chemical compatibility.

2.8.3.

Biological compatibility

The biological compatibility of tank mixes must be determined and

reported. Effects (e.g. antagonism, fungicidal effects) on the activity

of the micro-organism after mixing with other micro-organisms or

chemicals must be described. The possible interaction of the plant

protection product with other chemical products to be applied on the

crops under the expected condition of use of the preparation should be

investigated, based on the efficacy data. Intervals between application

of the biological pesticide and chemical pesticides should be

specified, if appropriate, in order to avoid loss of efficacy.

2.9.

Adherence and distribution to seeds In the case of preparations for

seed treatment, both distribution and adhesion must be investigated

and reported; in the case of distribution according to CIPAC Method

MT 175.

2.10.

Summary and evaluation of data presented under points 2.1 to 2.9

3. DATA ON APPLICATION

3.1.

Field of use envisaged

The field(s) of use, existing and proposed, for preparations containing

the micro-organism must be specified from among the following

—field use, such as agriculture, horticulture, forestry and viticulture,

—protected crops (e.g. in glasshouses),

—amenity,

—weed control on non-cultivated areas,

—home gardening,

—house plants,

—stored products,

—other (specify).

3.2.

Mode of action

The way by which uptake of the product may occur (e.g. contact,

stomach, inhalation) or the pest controlling action (fungitoxic, fungi-

static action, nutrient competition, etc.) must be stated.

It must also be stated whether or not the product is translocated in

plants and, where relevant, if such translocation is apoplastic,

symplastic or both.

3.3.

Details of intended use

Details of the intended use, e.g. types of harmful organisms controlled

and/or plants or plant products to be protected, must be provided.

Intervals between the application of the plant protection product

containing micro-organisms and chemical pesticides, or a list with

active substances of chemical plant protection products not to be used

together with the plant protection product containing micro-organisms

on the same crop, should also be provided.

3.4.

Application rate

For each method of application and each use, the rate of application

per unit (ha, m 2 ,m 3 ) treated, in terms of g or kg or l for the preparation

and in terms of appropriate units for the micro-organism, must be

provided.

Application rates shall normally be expressed in g or kg/ha or in

kg/m 3 and where appropriate in g or kg/tonne; for protected crops and

home gardening use rates shall be expressed in g or kg/100 m 2 or g or

kg/m 3 .

3.5.

Content of micro-organism in material used (e.g. in the diluted

spray, baits or treated seed)

The content of micro-organism shall be reported, as appropriate, in

number of active unit/ml or g or any other relevant unit.

3.6.

Method of application

The method of application proposed must be described fully, indi-

cating the type of equipment to be used, if any, as well as the type and

volume of diluent to be used per unit of area or volume.

3.7.

Number and timing of applications and duration of protection

The maximum number of applications to be used and their timing,

must be reported. Where relevant the growth stages of the crop or

plants to be protected and the development stages of the harmful

organisms, must be indicated. Where possible and necessary the

interval between applications, in days, must be stated.

The duration of protection afforded both by each application and by

the maximum number of applications to be used, must be indicated.

3.8.

Necessary waiting periods or other precautions to avoid phyto-

pathogenic effects on succeeding crops

Where relevant, minimum waiting periods between last application

and sowing or planting of succeeding crops, which are necessary to

avoid phytopathogenic effects on succeeding crops, must be stated,

and follow from the data provided under section 6, point 6.6.

Limitations on choice of succeeding crops, if any, must be stated.

3.9.

Proposed instructions for use The proposed instructions for use of

the preparation, to be printed on labels and leaflets, must be provided.

4. FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE PLANT PROTECTION

PRODUCT

4.1.

Packaging and compatibility of the preparation with proposed

packaging materials

(i) Packaging to be used must be fully described and specified in

terms of the materials used, manner of construction (e.g. extruded,

welded, etc.), size and capacity, size of opening, type of closure

and seals. It must be designed in accordance with the criteria and

guidelines specified in the FAO‘Guidelines for the Packaging of

Pesticides’.

(ii) The suitability of the packaging, including closures, in terms of its

strength, leakproofness and resistance to normal transport and

handling, must be determined and reported according to ADR

methods 3552, 3553, 3560, 3554, 3555, 3556, 3558, or appro-

priate ADR Methods for intermediate bulk containers, and, where

for the preparation child-resistant closures are required, according

to ISO standard 8317.

(iii) The resistance of the packaging material to its contents must be

reported according to GIFAP Monograph No 17.

4.2.

Procedures for cleaning application equipment Cleaning

procedures for both application equipment and protective clothing

must be described in detail. The effectiveness of the cleaning

procedure must be determined, using e.g. biotests, and reported.

4.3.

Re-entry periods, necessary waiting periods or other precautions

to protect man, livestock and the environment

The information provided must follow from and be supported by the

data provided for the micro-organism(s) and that provided under

sections 7 and 8.

(i) Where relevant pre-harvest intervals, re-entry periods or with-

holding periods necessary to minimise the presence of residues in

or on crops, plants and plant products, or in treated areas or

spaces, with a view to protecting man or livestock, must be

specified e.g.

—pre-harvest interval (in days) for each relevant crop,

—re-entry period (in days) for livestock, to areas to be grazed,

—re-entry period (in hours or days) for man to crops, buildings or

spaces treated,

—withholding period (in days) for animal feedingstuffs,

—waiting period (in days), between application and handling

treated products.

(ii) Where necessary, in the light of the test results, information on

any specific agricultural, plant health or environmental conditions

under which the preparation shall or shall not be used must be

provided.

4.4.

Recommended methods and precautions concerning: handling,

storage, transport or fire

The recommended methods and precautions concerning handling

procedures (detailed) for the storage, at both warehouse and user level

of plant protection products, for their transport and in the event of fire

must be provided. Where relevant, information on combustion

products must be provided. The risks likely to arise and the methods

and procedures to minimise the hazards arising, must be specified.

Procedures to preclude or minimise the generation of waste or

leftovers must be provided.

Where relevant, assessment has to be done according to ISO TR 9122.

The nature and characteristics of protective clothing and equipment

proposed must be provided. The data provided must be sufficient to

evaluate the suitability and effectiveness under realistic conditions of

use (e.g. field or glasshouse circumstances).

4.5.

Measures in the case of an accident

Whether arising during transport, storage or use, detailed procedures

to be followed in the event of an accident, must be provided and

include

—containment of spillages,

—decontamination of areas, vehicles and buildings,

—disposal of damaged packaging, adsorbents and other materials,

—protection of emergency workers and bystanders,

—first aid measures.

4.6.

Procedures for destruction or decontamination of the plant

protection product and its packaging

Procedures for destruction and decontamination must be developed

for both small quantities (user level) and large quantities (warehouse

level). The procedures must be consistent with provisions in place

relating to the disposal of waste and of toxic waste. The means of

disposal proposed should be without unacceptable influence on the

environment and be the most cost effective and practical means of

disposal feasible.

4.6.1.

Controlled incineration

In many cases the preferred or sole means to safely dispose of plant

protection products and in particular the formulants contained in it,

contaminated materials, or contaminated packaging, is through

controlled incineration in a licensed incinerator.

The applicant must provide detailed instructions for safe disposal.

4.6.2.

Others

Other methods to dispose of plant protection products, packaging and

contaminated materials, where proposed, must be fully described.

Data must be provided for such methods, to establish their

effectiveness and safety.

5. ANALYTICAL METHODS

Introduction

The provisions of this section only cover analytical methods required

for post-registration control and monitoring purposes.

It is desirable to have a plant protection product without

contaminants, if possible. The level of acceptable contaminants

should be judged from a risk assessment point of view, by the

director.

Both production and product must be subject to a continuous quality

control by the applicant. The quality criteria for the product should be

submitted.

For analytical methods used for generation of data as required in this

Legal Notice or for other purposes the applicant has to provide a

justifi-cation for the method used; where necessary separate guidance

will be developed for such methods on the basis of the same

requirements as defined for methods for post-registration control and

monitoring purposes.

Descriptions of methods must be provided and include details of

equipment, materials and conditions used. The applicability of

existing CIPAC methods must be reported.

As far as practicable these methods must employ the simplest

approach, involve the minimum cost, and require commonly available

equipment.

For this section the following applies

Impurities

Any component (including contami-

nating

micro-organisms

and/or

chemical substances) other than the

specified micro-organism, originating

from the manufacturing process or from

degradation during storage

Relevant impurities

Impurities, as defined above, that are of

concern for human or animal health

and/or the environment

Metabolites

Metabolites include products resulting

from degradative and biosynthetic

reactions taking place within the micro-

organism or other organisms used to

produce the micro-organism of interest

Relevant metabolites

Metabolites that are of concern for

human or animal health and/or the en-

vironment

Residues

Viable micro-organisms and substances

produced in significant quantities by

these micro-organisms which persist

after the disappearance of the micro-

organisms and are of concern for human

or animal health and/or the en-

vironment.

On request the following samples must be provided

(i) samples of the preparation;

(ii) samples of the micro-organism as manufactured;

(iii) analytical standards of the pure micro-organism;

(iv) analytical standards of relevant metabolites and all other

components included in the residue definition;

(v) if available, samples of reference substances for the relevant impu-

rities.

5.1.

Methods for the analysis of the preparation

—Methods, which must be described in full, must be provided for the

identification and the determination of the content of the micro-

organism in the preparation. In the case of a preparation containing

more than one micro-organism, methods capable of identifying

and determining the content of each one should be provided.

—Methods to establish regular control of the final product

(preparation) in order to show that it does not contain other

organisms than the indicated ones and to establish its uniformity.

—Methods to identify any contaminating micro-organisms of the

preparation.

—Methods used to determine the storage stability and shelf life of the

preparation must be provided.

5.2.

Methods to determine and quantify residues Analytical methods

for the determination of residues, as defined in

Schedule II, Part B, section 4, point 4.2, must be submitted unless it is

justified that the information already submitted according to the

requirements of Schedule II, Part B, section 4, point 4.2, is sufficient.

6. EFFICACY DATA

The provisions for efficacy data have already been adopted under

Commission Directive 93/71/EEC.

7. EFFECTS ON HUMAN HEALTH

For proper evaluation of the toxicity including potential for patho-

genicity and infectiveness of preparations sufficient information

should be available on acute toxicity, irritation and sensitisation of the

micro-organism. If possible, additional information on mode of toxic

action, toxicological profile and all other known toxicological aspects

of the micro-organism should be submitted. Special attention should

be given to co-formulants.

While performing toxicology studies, all signs of infection or patho-

genicity should be noted. Toxicology studies should include clearance

studies.

In the context of the influence that impurities and other components

can have on toxicological behaviour, it is essential that for each study

submitted, a detailed description (specification) of the material used,

be provided. Tests must be conducted using the plant protection

product to be authorised. In particular, it must be clear that the micro-

organism used in the preparation, and the conditions of culturing it,

are the same for which information and data are submitted in the

context of Schedule II, Part B.

A tiered testing system will be applied to the study of the plant

protection product.

7.1.

Basic acute toxicity studies

The studies, data and information to be provided and evaluated, must

be sufficient to permit the identification of effects following a single

exposure to the plant protection product, and in particular to establish,

or indicate

—the toxicity of the plant protection product,

—toxicity of the plant protection product relative to the micro-

organism,

—the time course and characteristics of the effect with full details of

behavioural changes and possible gross pathological findings at

post-mortem,

—where possible the mode of toxic action, and

—the relative hazard associated with the different routes of exposure.

While the emphasis must be on estimating the toxicity ranges

involved, the information generated must also permit the plant

protection product to be classified in accordance with Directive

99/45/EEC. The information generated through acute toxicity testing

is of particular value in assessing hazards likely to arise in accident

situations.

7.1.1.

Acute oral toxicity

Circumstances in which required

An acute oral test should always be carried out unless the applicant

can justify to the satisfaction of the director that Article 3(2) of

Directive 99/45/EEC can be invoked.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Method B.1 or B.1bis

of Commission Directive 92/69/EEC.

7.1.2.

Acute inhalation toxicity

Aim of the test

The test will provide the inhalation toxicity to rats of the plant

protection product.

Circumstances in which required

The test must be carried out where the plant protection product

—is used with fogging equipment,

—is an aerosol,

—is a powder containing a significant proportion of particles of

diameter < 50 micrometre (> 1 % on a weight basis),

—is to be applied from aircraft in cases where inhalation exposure

is relevant,

—is to be applied in a manner which generates a significant

proportion of particles or droplets of diameter < 50 micrometre

(> 1 % on a weight basis),

—contains a volatile component at greater than 10 %.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Method B.2 of

Directive 92/69/EEC.

7.1.3.

Acute percutaneous toxicity

Circumstances in which required

An acute percutaneous test should always be carried out unless the

applicant can justify to the satisfaction of the director that Directive

99/45/EEC can be invoked.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Method B.3 of

Directive 92/69/EEC.

7.2.

Additional acute toxicity studies

7.2.1.

Skin irritation

Aim of the test

The test will provide the potential of skin irritancy of the plant

protection product including the potential reversibility of the effects

observed.

Circumstances in which required

The skin irritancy of the plant protection product must always be

determined, except where the formulants are not expected to be skin

irritant or the micro-organism is shown not to be skin irritant or where

it is likely, as indicated in the test guideline, that severe skin effects

can be excluded.

Test guideline

The test must be carried out in accordance with Method B.4 of

Directive 92/69/EEC.

7.2.2.

Eye irritation

Aim of the test

The test will provide the potential for eye irritation of the plant

protection product, including the potential reversibility of the effects

observed.

Circumstances in which required

The eye irritancy of the plant protection product must be determined,

where the formulants are suspected to be eye irritant, except where the

micro-organism is eye irritant or where it is likely, as indicated in the

test guideline, that severe effects on the eyes may be produced.

Test guideline

The eye irritation must be determined in accordance with Method B.5

of Directive 92/69/EEC.

7.2.3.

Skin sensitisation

Aim of the test

The test will provide sufficient information to assess the potential of

the plant protection product to provoke skin sensitisation reactions.

Circumstances in which required

The test must be carried out where the formulants are suspected to

have skin sensitising properties, except where the micro-organism(s)

or the formulants are known to have skin sensitising properties.

Test guideline

The tests have to be carried out in accordance with Method B.6 of

Directive 92/69/EEC.

7.3.

Data on exposure

The risks for those in contact with plant protection products

(operators, bystanders, workers), depend on the physical, chemical

and toxico-logical properties of the plant protection product as well as

the type of the product (undiluted/diluted), formulation type, and on

the route, the degree and duration of exposure. Sufficient information

and data must be generated and reported to permit an assessment of

the extent of exposure to the plant protection product likely to occur

under the proposed conditions of use.

In the cases where there is particular concern on the possibility of

dermal absorption based on the information for the micro-organism

available in Schedule II, Part B, section 5, or from the information

provided for the preparation in the present section of Schedule III,

Part B, further dermal absorption data can be necessary.

Results from exposure monitoring during production or use of the

product must be submitted.

The abovementioned information and data must provide the basis for

the selection of appropriate protective measures including personal

protective equipment to be used by operators and workers and to be

specified on the label.

7.4.

Available toxicological data relating to non-active substances A

copy of the notification and the safety data sheet submitted in the

context of European Parliament and Council Directive 1999/45/EC

and Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and

of the Council of 18 December 2006 concerning the Registration,

Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH),

establishing a European Chemicals Agency, must be submitted for

each formulant. All other available information should be submitted.

7.5.

Supplementary studies for combinations of plant protection

products

Aim of the test

In certain cases it may be necessary to carry out the studies as referred

to under points 7.1 to 7.2.3 for a combination of plant protection

products where the product label includes requirements for use of the

plant protection product with other plant protection products and/or

with adjuvants as a tank mix. Decisions as to the need for

supplementary studies must be made on a case-by-case basis, taking

into account the results of the acute toxicity studies of the individual

plant protection products, the possibility for exposure to the combi-

nation of the products concerned and available information or

practical experience with the products concerned or similar products.

7.6.

Summary and evaluation of health effects A summary of all data

and information provided under paragraphs 7.1 through 7.5, must be

submitted, and include a detailed and critical assessment of those data

in the context of relevant evaluative and decision-making criteria and

guidelines, with particular reference to the risks for man and animals

that may or do arise, and the extent, quality and reliability of the

database.

8. RESIDUES IN OR ON TREATED PRODUCTS, FOOD AND FEED

The same provisions as detailed in Schedule II, Part B, section 6,

apply; the information required according to this section has to be

provided unless it is possible to extrapolate the residue behaviour of

the plant protection product on the basis of the data available for the

micro-organism. Special attention should be paid towards the

influence of formulation substances on the residue behaviour of the

micro-organism and its metabolites.

9. FATE AND BEHAVIOUR IN THE ENVIRONMENT The same

provisions as detailed in Schedule II, Part B, section 7, apply; the

information required according to this section has to be provided

unless it is possible to extrapolate the fate and behaviour of the plant

protection product in the environment on the basis of the data

available in Schedule II, Part B, section 7.

10. EFFECTS ON NON-TARGET ORGANISMS

Introduction

(i) The information provided, taken together with that for the

micro-organism(s), must be sufficient to permit an assessment

of the impact on non-target species (flora and fauna), of the

plant protection product, when used as proposed. Impact can

result from single, prolonged or repeated exposure, and can be

reversible, or irreversible.

(ii) The choice of the appropriate non-target organisms for testing

of environmental effects should be based on the information on

the micro-organism, as required in Schedule II, Part B, and on

the information on the formulants and other components, as

required by sections 1 to 9 of the present Schedule. From such

knowledge it would be possible to choose the appropriate test

organisms, such as organisms closely related to the target

organism.

(iii) In particular, the information provided for the plant protection

product, together with other relevant information, and that

provided for the micro-organism, should be sufficient to

—specify the hazard symbols, the indications of danger, and

relevant risk and safety phrases for the protection of the

environment, to be mentioned on packaging (containers),

—permit an evaluation of the short- and long-term risks for

non-target species.

—populations, communities, and processes as appropriate,

—permit an evaluation whether special precautions are

necessary for the protection of non-target species.

(iv) There is a need to report all potentially adverse effects found

during routine investigations of environmental effects and to

undertake and report such additional studies which may be

necessary to investigate the mechanisms involved and assess

the significance of these effects.

(v) In general, much of the data relating to impact on non-target

species, required for authorisation of plant protection products,

will have been submitted and evaluated for the inclusion of the

micro-organism(s) in Schedule I.

(vi) Where exposure data are necessary to decide whether a study

has to be performed, the data obtained in accordance with the

provisions of Schedule III, Part B, section 9, should be used.

For the estimation of exposure of organisms all relevant infor-

mation on the plant protection product and on the micro-

organism must be taken into account. Where relevant the para-

meters provided for in this section should be used. Where it

appears from available data that the plant protection product

has a stronger effect than the micro-organism, the data on

effects on non target organisms of the plant protection product

have to be used for the calculation of relevant effec-t/exposure

ratios.

(vii) In order to facilitate the assessment of the significance of test

results obtained, the same strain of each relevant species

should where possible be used in the various specified tests for

effects on non target organisms.

10.1.

Effects on birds

The same information as provided in Schedule II, Part B, section 8,

point 8.1, has to be reported where it is not possible to predict the

effects of the plant protection product on the basis of the data

available for the micro-organism, unless it can be justified that

exposure of birds is unlikely to occur.

10.2.

Effects on aquatic organisms

The same information as provided in Schedule II, Part B, section 8,

point 8.2, has to be reported where it is not possible to predict the

effects of the plant protection product on the basis of the data

available for the micro-organism, unless it can be justified that

exposure of aquatic organisms is unlikely to occur.

10.3.

Effects on bees

The same information as provided in Schedule II, Part B, section 8,

point 8.3, has to be reported where it is not possible to predict the

effects of the plant protection product on the basis of the data

available for the micro-organism, unless it can be justified that

exposure of bees is unlikely to occur.

10.4.

Effects on arthropods other than bees

The same information as provided in Schedule II, Part B, section 8,

point 8.4, has to be reported where it is not possible to predict the

effects of the plant protection product on the basis of the data

available for the micro-organism, unless it can be justified that

exposure of arthropods other than bees is unlikely to occur.

10.5.

Effects on earthworms

The same information as provided in Schedule II, Part B, section 8,

point 8.5, has to be reported where it is not possible to predict the

effects of the plant protection product on the basis of the data

available for the micro-organism, unless it can be justified that

exposure of earthworms is unlikely to occur.

10.6.

Effects on soil micro-organisms

The same information as provided in Schedule II, Part B, section 8,

point 8.6, has to be reported where it is not possible to predict the

effects of the plant protection product on the basis of the data

available for the micro-organism, unless it can be justified that

exposure of non target soil micro-organisms is unlikely to occur.

10.7.

Additional studies

Expert judgement is required to decide whether additional studies are

necessary. Such decision will take into consideration the available

information in this and other sections, in particular data on the speci-

ficity of the micro-organism, and the expected exposure. Useful

information may also be available from the observations carried out

in efficacy testing.

Special attention should be given to possible effects on naturally

occurring and deliberately released organisms of importance in IPM.

In particular the compatibility of the product with IPM should be

taken into consideration.

Additional studies might include further studies on additional species

or higher tier studies such as studies on selected non-target

organisms.

Before performing such studies, the applicant shall seek agreement

of the competent authorities on the type of study to be performed.

11. SUMMARY AND EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACT

A summary and evaluation of all data relevant to the environmental

impact should be carried out according to the guidance given by the

competent authority concerning the format of such summaries and

evaluations. It should include a detailed and critical assessment of

those data in the context of relevant evaluative and decision making

criteria and guidelines, with particular reference to the risks for the

environment and non-target species that may or do arise, and the

extent, quality and reliability of the database. In particular the

following issues should be addressed

—prediction of distribution and fate in the environment, and the time

courses involved,

—identification of non-target species and populations at risk, and

prediction of the extent of potential exposure,

—identification of precautions necessary to avoid or minimise con-

tamination of the environment, and for the protection of non-

target species.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) Prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti m’għandux jiġi

awtorizzat kemm-il darba

(a) is-sustanzi attivi tiegħu ma jkunux elenkati fl-

Iskeda I u kull kundizzjoni stabbilita hemm ma tkunx ġiet

sodisfatta, u, fir-rigward tal-punti li ġejjin (b), (ċ), (d) u (e),

skond il-prinċipji uniformi previsti fl-Iskeda VI;

(b) għaldaqstant għar-rigward ta’ paragrafu (a) ta’ dan

ir-regolament ma jiġix stabbilit, fid-dawl tat-tagħrif xjentifiku

u tekniku preżenti, u ma jkunx jidher minn evalwazzjoni tar-

rapport li jipprovdi għalih l-Iskeda III, illi meta jintuża skond

ir-regolament 3 (3), u wara li jiġu kunsidrati l-kundizzjonijiet

kollha normali li taħthom jista’ jintuża, u l-konsegwenzi tal-

użu tiegħu

(i) ikun effettiv biżżejjed;

(ii) ma jkollu ebda effett inaċċettabbli fuq il-

prodotti tal-pjanti;

(iii) ma jkunx jikkawża tbatija u wġigħ bla bżonn

lil vertebrati li jridu jiġi kontrollati;

(iv) ma jkollux effetti dannużi għas-saħħa tal-

bnedmin jew tal-annimali, sew jekk direttament sew

jekk indirettament (eż. permezz ta’ l-ilma tax-xorb, ikel

jew għalf) jew fuq ilma ta’ taħt l-art;

(v) ma jkollu ebda effett inaċċettabbli fuq

l-ambjent, speċjalment fir-rigward ta’ dak li jista’ jseħħ

minnu u d-distribuzzjoni tiegħu fl-ambjent, b’mod

partikolari il-kontaminazzjoni ta’ l-ilma, inkluż l-ilma

tax-xorb u l-ilma ta’ taħt l-art, u l-impatt tiegħu fuq speċi

li l-prodott ma jkunx immirat kontrihom;

(ċ) in-natura u l-kwantità tas-sustanzi attivi u,

fejn xieraq, kull impuritajiet u ko-formulanti ta’ natura

tossikoloġikament jew ekotossikoloġikament sinifikanti

jistgħu jiġu stabbiliti permezz ta’ mezzi addatti;

(d) il-fdalijiet tagħha, li jirriżultaw mill-użu awtorizzat,

u li jkunu ta’ importanza mil-lat tossikoloġiku jew ambjentali,

jistgħu jiġu stabbiliti permezz ta’ metodi addatti li jintużaw

b’mod ġenerali;

(e) il-proprjetajiet fiżiċi u kimiċi tiegħu jkunu ġew

stabbiliti u meqjusa bħala aċċettabbli għall-iskop ta’ l-użu

xieraq u l-ħażna tal-prodott;

(f) meta addatt, l-MRLs għall-prodotti agrikoli

milqutin mill-użu msemmi fl-awtorizzazzjoni ikunu ffissati

jew modifikati skond ir-Regolament (KE) Numru 396/2005.

(2) L-awtorizzazzjoni għandha tistipula r-rekwiżiti li

għandhom x’jaqsmu ma’ l-introduzzjoni fis-suq u l-użu tal-prodott

jew għall-inqas dawk immirati għall-assigurar ta’ konformità mad-

dispożizzjonijiet tar-regolament 4 (1) (b).

(3) Id-direttur għandu jiżgura li l-konformità mar-

rekwiżiti esposti fir-regolament 4 (1) (b) sa (f) tiġi stabbilita minn

testijiet u analiżi uffiċjali jew rikonoxxuti uffiċjalment magħmulin

taħt kondizzjonijiet agrikoli, tas-saħħa tal-pjanti u ambjentali

rilevanti għall-użu tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti konċernat u li

jirrappreżentaw il-kundizzjonijiet li jeżistu fl-inħawi fejn il-prodott

huwa ntiż li se jintuża.

(4) Bla preġudizzju għar-regolament 4 (5) u

r-regolament 4 (6), l-awtorizzazzjonijiet għandhom jingħataw

biss għal perjodu fiss li jestendi biss sa 10 snin, stabbilit mid-

Direttur; dawn jistgħu jiġġeddu wara verifika li l-kundizzjonijiet

imposti fir-regolament 4 (1) għadhom qed jiġu mwettqa. Meta ssir

applikazzjoni għal tiġdid, dan jista’ jingħata għall-perjodu meħtieġ

mid-direttur biex jagħmel l-verifika meħtieġa.

(5) L-awtorizzazzjonijiet jistgħu jiġu riveduti f’kull

żmien jekk ikun hemm indikazzjonijiet li xi wieħed jew aktar

mir-rekwiżiti msemmija fir-regolament 4 (1) ma jkunux għadhom

sodisfatti. F’każijiet bħal dawn, id-Direttur jista’ jitlob lill-

applikant għall-awtorizzazzjoni jew lill-parti li lilha tkun ingħatat

estensjoni tal-qasam ta’ applikazzjoni skond ir-regolament 9

biex tissottometti informazzjoni ulterjuri li tkun meħtieġa għar-

reviżjoni. L-awtorizzazzjoni tista’, fejn ikun meħtieġ, tiġi estiża

għall-perjodu meħtieġ biex titlesta reviżjoni u tingħata l-imsemmija

informazzjoni ulterjuri.

(6) (a) Bla preġudizzju għad-Deċiżjonijiet li jkunu

diġà ttieħdu skond ir-regolament 10, awtorizzazzjoni għandha

tiġi kanċellata jekk jiġi stabbilit li r-rekwiżiti għall-akkwist ta’

awtorizzazzjoni mhumiex sodisfatti jew m’għadhomx sodisfatti,

jew li dettalji foloz jew qarrieqa kienu ngħataw dwar il-fatti li

abbażi tagħhom tkun ingħatat l-awtorizzazzjoni, jew għandha tiġi

modifikata jekk jiġi stabbilit li, fuq il-bażi ta’ żviluppi fit-tagħrif

xjentifiku u tekniku, il-mod ta’ l-użu u l-ammonti użati jistgħu jiġu

modifikati.

(b) Awtorizzazjoni tista’ wkoll tiġi kanċellata jew

modifikata fuq talba tad-detentur ta’ l-awtorizzazzjoni, li għandu

jagħti r-raġunijiet għala. L-emendi jitsgħu jingħataw biss jekk jiġi

stabbilit li r-rekwiżiti tar-regolament 4 (1) ikunu għadhom qegħdin

jiġu mwettqa.

(ċ) Meta awtorizzazzjoni tiġi rtirata mid-Direttur,

id-detentur ta’ l-awtorizzazzjoni għandu minnufih jiġi infurmat

bil-miktub bir-raġunijiet dettaljati li fuqhom id-deċiżjoni kienet

ibbażata u d-Direttur għandu jippubblika dan l-irtirar b’avviż fil-

Gazzetta. Barra dan, id-Direttur jista’ jagħti perjodu ta’ grazzja

għar-rimi, ħżin, introduzzjoni fis-suq u l-użu ta’ ħażniet eżistenti,

li jdum skond ir-raġuni tal-irtirar, mingħajr preġudizzju għal kull

perjodu mogħti fid-deċiżjoni meħudha taħt ir-regolamenti 22

and 24 ta’ dawn ir-regolamenti, jew ir-regolament 6 (1) jew ir-

regolament 8 (1) jew (2) ta’ dawn ir-regolamenti.

(7) Bla preġudizzju għal kull dispożizzjoni oħra

magħmula minn jew taħt dan l-Att, għandu jkun id-dmir ta’ kull

persuna li jkollha fil-pussess tagħha awtorizzazzjoni mogħtija lilha

skond dawn ir-regolamenti li

(a) tinforma lid-Direttur bil-miktub, kemm jista’ jkun

malajr, b’kull bidla f’xi informazzjoni mogħtija lid-Direttur

għall-għoti ta’ awtorizzazzjoni;

(b) tinforma lid-Direttur, kemm jista’ jkun malajr,

b’kull effett ħażin mhux mistenni fuq l-ambjent jew fuq

l-ekosistema b’riżultat ta’ l-użu, tixrid, skartar, rimi jew mod

ieħor tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti;

(ċ) tinforma lid-Direttur, kemm jista’ jkun malajr,

b’kull effett ħażin mhux mistenni fuq xi persuna umana jew

annimal li jikkunsmaw xi pjanta jew prodott minn pjanta li

għandu fdalijiet li għandhom x’jaqsmu mal-prodott għall-

ħarsien tal-pjanti;

(d) tippermetti lid-Direttur jew lir-rappreżentant

awtorizzat tiegħu aċċess għall-art jew bini f ’kull ħin

raġjonevoli;

(e) tikkonforma ma’ kull dispożizzjoni magħmula

minn jew taħt l-Att.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

STANDARD PHRASES FOR SPECIAL RISKS FOR HUMANS OR THE

ENVIRONMENT AS REFERRED TO IN REGULATION 16

INTRODUCTION

The following additional standard phrases are defined to supplement the phrases

provided for by Directive 1999/45/EC, which applies to plant-protection

products. The provisions of that Directive shall also be used for plant-protection

products containing micro-organisms or viruses as active substances. The

labelling of products containing these active substances shall also reflect the

provisions concerning dermal and respiratory sensitisation testing, which are

laid down in Annex IIb and Annex IIIb to Directive 91/414/EEC.

The harmonised phrases provide the basis for complementary and specific

instructions for use and are, therefore, without prejudice to other elements of

regulation 16, in particular regulation 16(1)(k) to (n) and 16(4).

1. Standard phrases for special risks

1.1.Special risks related to humans (RSh)

RSh 1

BG

Токсичен при контакт с очите.

ES

Tóxico en contacto con los ojos.

CS

Toxický při styku s očima.

DA

Giftig ved kontakt med øjnene.

DE

Giftig bei Kontakt mit den Augen.

ET

Mürgine silma sattumisel.

EL

Τοξικό όταν έρθει σε επαφή µε τα µάτια.

EN

Toxic by eye contact.

FR

Toxique par contact oculaire.

IT

Tossico per contatto oculare.

LV

Toksisks nonākot saskarē ar acīm.

LT

Toksiška patekus į akis.

HU

Szemmel érintkezve mérgezo.

MT

Tossiku meta jmiss ma' l-għajnejn.

NL

Giftig bij oogcontact.

PL

Dziala toksycznie w kontakcie z oczami.

PT

Tóxico por contacto com os olhos.

RO

Toxic în contact cu ochii!

SK

Jedovatý pri kontakte s očami.

SL

Strupeno v stiku z ocmi.

FI

Myrkyllistä joutuessaan silmään.

SV

Giftigt vid kontakt med ögonen.

RSh 2

BG

Може да причини фотосенсибилизация.

ES

Puede causar fotosensibilización.

CS

Může vyvolat fotosenzibilizaci

DA

Kan give overfølsomhed over for sollys/UV-stråling.

DE

Sensibilisierung durch Licht möglich.

ET

Võib põhjustada valgussensibiliseerimist.

EL

Μπορεί να προκαλέσει φωτοευαισθητοποίηση.

EN

May cause photosensitisation.

FR

Peut entraîner une photosensibilisation.

IT

Può causare fotosensibilizzazione.

LV

Var izraisit fotosensibilizaciju.

LT

Gali sukelti fotosensibilizaciją.

HU

Fényérzékenységet okozhat .

MT

Jista' jikkawża fotosensitizzazzjoni.

NL

Kan fotosensibilisatie veroorzaken.

PL

Może powodować nadwrażliwość na światło.

PT

Pode causar fotossensibilização.

RO

Poate cauza fotosensibilitate!

SK

Môže spôsobiť fotosenzibilizáciu .

SL

Lahko povzroči preobčutljivost na svetlobo.

FI

Voi aiheuttaa herkistymistä valolle.

SV

Kan orsaka överkänslighet för solljus/UV-strålning.

RSh 3

BG

Контактът с парите причинява изгаряния на кожата и

очите, контактът с течността причинява измръзвания.

ES

El contacto con los vapores provoca quemaduras de la piel y

de los ojos; el contacto con el producto líquido provoca

conge-lación.

CS

Při styku s parami způsobuje poleptání kůže a očí a při styku

s kapalinou způsobuje omrzliny

DA

Kontakt med dampe giver ætsninger på hud og øjne, og

kontakt med væske giver forfrysninger.

DE

Kontakt mit Dämpfen verursacht Verätzungen an Haut und

Augen und Kontakt mit der Flüssigkeit verursacht

Erfrierungen.

ET

Kokkupuude auruga põhjustab põletushaavu nahale ja

silmadele ning kokkupuude vedelikuga põhjustab külmumist.

EL

Οι ατµοί µπορεί να προκαλέσουν εγκαύµατα στο δέρµα και

στα µάτια·η επαφή µε το υγρό µπορεί να προκαλέσει κρυο-

παγήµατα.

EN

Contact with vapour causes burns to skin and eyes and

contact with liquid causes freezing.

FR

Le contact avec les vapeurs peut provoquer des brûlures de la

peau et des yeux; le contact avec le gaz liquide peut causer

des engelures.

IT

Il contatto con il vapore può causare ustioni della pelle e

bruciori agli occhi; il contatto con il liquido può causare

congelamento.

LV

Saskare ar tvaikiem izraisa ādas un acu apdegumus un

saskare ar šķidrumu izraisa apsaldējumus

LT

Garai sukelia odos ir akių nudegimą, skystis- nušalimą.

HU

Az anyag gőzével való érintkezés a bőr és a szem égési

sérülését okozhatja, illetve a folyadékkal való érintkezés

fagyást okozhat.

MT

Kuntatt mal-fwar jikkawza ħruq fil-ġilda u fl-għajnejn filwaqt

li kuntatt mal-likwidu jikkawża iffrizar.

NL

Contact met de damp veroorzaakt brandwonden aan huid en

ogen; contact met de vloeistof veroorzaakt bevriezing.

PL

Kontakt z oparami powoduje poparzenia skóry i oczu,

kontakt z cieczą powoduje zamarzanie.

PT

O contacto com vapores do produto provoca queimaduras na

pele e nos olhos; o contacto com o produto líquido provoca

congelação.

RO

Contactul cu vaporii cauzează arsuri ale pielii

i ochilor, iar

contactul cu lichidul cauzează degerături!

SK

Pri kontakte s parou spôsobuje popáleniny pokožky a očí a

kontakt s kvapalinou spôsobuje omrzliny.

SL

Stik s hlapi povzroča opekline kože in oči, stik s tekočino

povzroča ozebline.

FI

Kosketus höyryyn voi aiheuttaa palovammoja iholle ja silmiin

ja kosketus nesteeseen paleltumavammoja.

SV

Kontakt med ångor orsakar frätskador på hud och ögon,

kontakt med vätska orsakar förfrysningsskador.

1.2.

Special risks related to the environment (RSe)

None.

2. Attribution criteria for standard phrases for special risks

2.1.

Attribution criteria for standard phrases related to humans

RSh 1

Toxic by eye contact.

The phrase shall be assigned where an eye irritation test according to

Schedule IIIA point 7.1.5 has resulted in overt signs of systemic toxicity

(e.g. related to cholinesterase inhibition) or mortality among the animals

tested, which is likely to be attributable to absorption of the active

substance through the mucous membranes of the eye. The risk phrase

shall also be applied if there is evidence in humans for systemic toxicity

after eye contact.

Eye protection should be specified in these cases, as outlined in the

general provisions of Schedule V.

RSh 2

May cause photosensitisation.

The phrase shall be assigned where there is clear evidence from experi-

mental systems or documented human exposure that products show

photosensitising effects. The phrase shall also be applied to products

containing a given active substance or formulation ingredient, which

shows photosensitising effects in humans if the product contains this

photosensitising component at a concentration of 1 % (w/w) or higher.

Personal protective measures should be specified in these cases, as

outlined in the general provisions of Schedule V.

RSh 3

Contact with vapour causes burns to skin and eyes and contact with liquid

causes freezing.

The phrase shall be assigned to plant-protection products being

formulated as liquefied gas, where appropriate (e.g. preparations of

methyl bromide).

Personal protective measures should be specified in these cases, as

outlined in the general provisions of Schedule V.

In cases where R34 or 35 are applied according to Directive 1999/45/EC,

the phrase shall not be used.

2.2.

Attribution criteria for standard phrases related to the environment

None.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) (a) Bis-saħħa tat-tagħrif xjentifiku u tekniku

preżenti, sustanza attiva għandha tiġi inkluża fl-Iskeda I ta’ dawn

ir-regolamenti jekk dawn ikunu ġew inklużi fi Skeda I tad-Direttiva

tal-Kunsill tal-15 ta’ Lulju 1991 li tikkonċerna t-tqegħid fis-suq ta’

prodotti għall-protezzjoni tal-pjanti (91/414/KEE).

(b)

Il-Kundizzjonijiet li ġejjin għandhom jiġu

sodisfatti

(i) il-fdalijiet tagħhom, wara applikazzjoni konsistenti

mal-prattika fl-użu ta’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti, ma

jkollhomx effetti ta’ ħsara għas-saħħa tal-bnedmin u ta’

l-annimali jew għall-ilma ta’ taħt l-art jew xi influwenza

inaċċettabbli fuq l-ambjent, u l-imsemmija fdalijiet, jekk

ikunu sinifikanti mil-lat tossikoloġiku jew ambjentali, ikunu

jistgħu jitkejlu b’metodi li jkunu użati b’mod mifrux;

(ii) l-użu tagħhom, li jrid ikun konsistenti mal-prattika

fl-użu ta’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti, ma jkollux effetti ta’

ħsara għas-saħħa tal-bnedmin u l-annimali jew xi influwenza

inaċċettabbli fuq l-ambjent skond ma hemm fir-regolament 4

(1) (b) (iv) u (v).

(2) Għall-inklużjoni ta’ sustanza attiva fl-Iskeda I, dan

li ġej għandu jiġi kkunsidrat b’mod partikolari

(a) fejn ikun japplika, ammont aċċettabbli ta’ kuljum

ikkunsmat mill-bniedem (ADI);

(b) livell aċċettabbli ta’ espożizzjoni tal-ħaddiema,

jekk meħtieġ;

(c) fejn ikun rilevanti, kalkolu ta’ dak li jista’ jseħħ

minnha u d-distribuzzjoni tagħha fl-ambjent kif ukoll l-impatt

tagħha fuq speċi li ma jkunux il-mira tagħha.

(3) Għall-inklużjoni inizjali ta’ sustanza attiva li

kienet għadha ma kinitx fis-suq fis-26 ta’ Ġunju 1993, ir-rekwiżiti

għandhom jitqiesu illi ġew sodisfatti fejn dan ikun ġie stabbilit għal

mill-anqas preparazzjoni waħda li jkun fiha l-imsemmija sustanza

attiva.

(4) Inklużjoni ta’ sustanza attiva fl-Iskeda I tista’ tkun

soġġetta għal rekwiżiti bħalma huma

(a) il-grad minimu ta’ purità tas-sustanza attiva,

(b) ix-xorta u l-kontenut massimu ta’ ċerti impuritajiet,

(ċ) restrizzjonijiet li ġejjin mill-evalwazzjoni ta’

l-informazzjoni msemmija fir-regolament 6, meta jitqiesu

l-kondizzjonijiet involuti ta’ natura agrikola, ta’ saħħa tal-

pjanti u ambjentali (inkluż dawk klimatiċi),

(d) it-tip ta’ preparazzjoni,

(e) il-mod ta’ użu.

(5) L-inklużjoni ta’ sustanza fl-Iskeda I tista’ fuq talba

tiġi mġedda darba jew aktar għal perjodi li ma jaqbżux l-10 snin;

inklużjoni bħal dik tista’ tiġi riveduta f’kull ħin jekk ikun hemm

indikazzjonijiet li l-kriterji msemmija fir-regolament 5 (1) u (2)

m’għadhomx sodisfatti. It-tiġdid għandu jingħata għall-perjodu

meħtieġ sabiex titlesta reviżjoni, fejn tkun saret applikazzjoni għal

tiġdid bħal dak fi żmien sodisfaċenti, u f’kull każ mhux anqas minn

sentejn qabel ma tkun sejra tagħlaq ir-reġistrazzjoni, u għandha

tingħata għall-perjodu meħtieġ sabiex tiġi provduta l-informazzjoni

mitluba skond ir-regolament 6 (2).

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

STANDARD PHRASES FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR THE

PROTECTION OF HUMANS OR THE ENVIRONMENT AS

REFERRED TO IN REGULATION 16

INTRODUCTION

The following additional standard phrases are defined to supplement the phrases

provided for by Directive 1999/45/EC, which applies to plant-protection

products. The provisions of that Directive shall also be used for plant-protection

products containing micro-organisms or viruses as active substances. The

labelling of products containing these active substances shall also reflect the

provisions concerning dermal and respiratory sensitisation testing, which are

laid down in Annex IIb and Annex IIIb to Directive 91/414/EEC.

The harmonised phrases provide the basis for complementary and specific

instructions for use and are, therefore, without prejudice to other elements of

regulation 16, in particular regulation 16(1)(k) to (n) and 16(4).

1. General provisions

All plant-protection products should be labelled with the following

phrase, which should be supplemented by the text in parentheses, as

appropriate

SP 1

BG

Да не се замърсяват водите с този продукт или с неговата

опаковка. (Да не се почиства използваната техника в

близост до повърхностни води/Да се избягва замърсяване

чрез отточни канали на ферми или пътища.).

ES

No contaminar el agua con el producto ni con su envase. [No

limpiar el equipo de aplicación del producto cerca de aguas

superficiales/Evítese la contaminación a través de los sistemas

de evacuación de aguas de las explotaciones o de los caminos.]

CS

Neznečišťujte vody přípravkem nebo jeho obalem. (Nečistěte

aplikační zařízení v blízkosti povrchových vod/Zabraňte

kontaminaci vod splachem z farem a z cest).

DA

Undgå forurening af vandmiljøet med produktet eller med

beholdere, der har indeholdt produktet. [Rens ikke

sprøjteudstyr nær overfladevand/Undgå forurening via dræn

fra gårdspladser og veje].

DE

Mittel und/oder dessen Behälter nicht in Gewässer gelangen

lassen. (Ausbringungsgeräte nicht in unmittelbarer Nähe von

Oberflächengewässern reinigen/Indirekte Einträge über Hofund

Straßenabläufe verhindern.)

ET

Vältida vahendi või selle pakendi vette sattumist (Seadmeid

pinnavee lähedal mitte puhastada/Vältida saastamist läbi

lauda ja teede drenaazhide).

EL

Μην µολύνετε το νερό µε το προϊόν ή τη συσκευασία του. [Να

µην πλένετε τον εξοπλισµό εφαρµογής κοντά σε επιφανειακά

ύδατα/Να αποφευχθεί η µόλυνση µέσω των συστηµάτων

αποχέτευσης από τις λιθόστρωτες επιφάνειες και τους

δρόµους.]

EN

Do not contaminate water with the product or its container

(Do not clean application equipment near surface

water/Avoid contamination via drains from farmyards and

roads).

FR

Ne pas polluer l'eau avec le produit ou son emballage. [Ne pas

nettoyer le matériel d'application près des eaux de surface./

Éviter la contamination via les systèmes d'évacuation des

eaux à partir des cours de ferme ou des routes.]

IT

Non contaminare l'acqua con il prodotto o il suo contenitore.

[Non pulire il materiale d'applicazione in prossimità delle

acque di superficie./Evitare la contaminazione attraverso i

sistemi di scolo delle acque dalle aziende agricole e dalle

strade.]

LV

Nepiesārņot ūdeni ar augu aizsardzības līdzekli un tā iepakojumu/

netīrīt smidzināšanas tehniku ūdenstilpju un ūdensteču

tuvumā/izsargāties no piesārņošanas caur drenāžu no

pagalmiem un ceļiem.

LT

Neužteršti vandens augalų apsaugos produktu ar jo pakuote

(Neplauti purškimo įrenginių šalia paviršinio vandens telkinių/

vengti taršos per drenažą iš sodybų ar nuo kelių).

HU

A termékkel vagy annak tartályával ne szennyezze a vizeket.

(A berendezést vagy annak részeit ne tisztítsa felszíni vizek

közelében/kerülje a gazdaságban vagy az utakon lévő vízelvezetőkön

keresztül való szennyeződést).

MT

Tikkontaminax ilma bil-prodott jew il-kontenitur tiegħu

(Tnaddafx apparat li jintuża għall-applikazzjoni qrib ilma

tax-xita/Ara li ma jkunx hemm kontaminazzjoni minn

btieħi u toroq).

NL

Zorg ervoor dat u met het product of zijn verpakking geen

water verontreinigt. [Reinig de apparatuur niet in de buurt

van oppervlaktewater/Zorg ervoor dat het water niet via de

afvoer van erven of wegen kan worden verontreinigd.]

PL

Nie zanieczyszczać wód produktem lub jego opakowaniem

(Nie myć aparatury w pobliżu wód powierzchniowych/Unikać

zanieczyszczania wód poprzez rowy odwadniające z gospodarstw

i dróg)

PT

Não poluir a água com este produto ou com a sua embalagem.

[Não limpar o equipamento de aplicação perto de águas de

superfície./Evitar contaminações pelos sistemas de evacuação

de águas das explorações agrícolas e estradas.]

RO

A nu se contamina apa cu produsul sau cu ambalajul său (a nu se

cură ț a echipamentele de aplicare în apropierea apelor de

suprafa ț ă/a se evita contaminarea prin sistemele de evacuare a

apelor din ferme sau drumuri)!

SK

Neznečisťujte vodu prípravkom alebo jeho obalom (Nečistite

aplikačné zariadenie v blízkosti povrchových vôd/Zabráňte

kontaminácii prostredníctvom odtokových kanálov z poľnohospodárskych

dvorov a vozoviek).

SL

S sredstvom ali njegovo embalažo ne onesnaževati vode.

(Naprav za nanašanje ne čistiti ali izplakovati v bližini površinskih

voda./Preprečiti onesnaženje preko drenažnih in

odtočnih jarkov na kmetijskih zemljiščih in cestah.)

FI

Älä saastuta vettä tuotteella tai sen pakkauksella. (Älä

puhdista levityslaitteita pintaveden lähettyvillä./Vältä saastumista

piha- ja maantieojien kautta.)

SV

Förorena inte vatten med produkten eller dess behållare.

(Rengör inte sprututrustning i närheten av vattendrag/Undvik

förorening via avrinning från gårdsplaner och vägar.)

2. Specific safety precautions

2.1.

Safety precautions for operators (SPo)

General provisions

1. The Director may identify suitable personal protective equipment

for operators and prescribe specific elements of this equipment

(e.g. coveralls, apron, gloves, sturdy shoes, rubber boots, face

protection, face shield, tightly fitting glasses, hat, hood or

respirator of a specified type). Such supplementary safety

precautions are without prejudice to the standard phrases

applicable according to Directive 1999/45/EC.

2. The Director may further identify the specific tasks which

require particular protective equipment, such as mixing, loading

or handling the undiluted product, applying or spraying the

diluted product, handling recently treated materials like plants or

soil or entering recently treated areas.

3. The Director may add specifications of engineering controls,

such as

—a closed transfer system must be used when transferring the

pesticide from the product container to the spray tank,

—the operator must work within a closed cabin (with an air

conditioning/air filtration system) during spraying,

—engineering controls may replace personal protective

equipment if they provide an equal or higher standard of

protection.

Specific provisions

SPo 1

BG

При контакт с кожата, първо да се отстрани продукта със

суха кърпа и след това кожата да се измие обилно с вода.

ES

En caso de contacto con la piel, elimínese primero el producto

con un paño seco y después lávese la piel con agua abundante.

CS

Po zasažení kůže přípravek nejdříve odstraňte pomocí suché

látky a poté kůži opláchněte velkým množstvím vody.

DA

Efter kontakt med huden, fjern først produktet med en tør

klud og vask derefter med rigeligt vand.

DE

Nach Kontakt mit der Haut zuerst das Mittel mit einem

trockenen Tuch entfernen und dann die Haut mit reichlich

Wasser abspülen.

ET

Nahaga kokkupuutel kõigepealt eemaldada vahend kuiva

lapiga ning seejärel pesta nahka rohke veega.

EL

Ύστερα από επαφή µε το δέρµα, αφαιρέστε πρώτα το προϊόν

µε ένα στεγνό πανί και στη συνέχεια ξεπλύνετε το δέρµα µε

άφθονο νερό.

EN

After contact with skin, first remove product with a dry cloth

and then wash the skin with plenty of water.

FR

Après contact avec la peau, éliminer d'abord le produit avec

un chiffon sec, puis laver la peau abondamment à l'eau.

IT

Dopo il contatto con la pelle, rimuovere il prodotto con un

panno asciutto e quindi lavare abbondantemente con acqua.

LV

Pēc saskares ar ādu, vispirms notīrīt augu aizsardzības

līdzekli no ādas ar sausu drānu un pēc tam mazgāt ādu ar

lielu ūdens daudzumu.

LT

Patekus ant odos, pirmiausia nuvalyti sausu audiniu, po to

gerai nuplauti vandeniu.

HU

Bőrrel való érintkezés esetén először száraz ruhával távolítsa

el a terméket, majd a szennyeződött bőrt bő vízzel mossa le.

MT

Wara kuntatt mal-ġilda, l-ewwel neħħi l-prodott b'xoqqa

niexfa u mbgħad aħsel il-ġilda b'ħafna ilma.

NL

Na contact met de huid moet u eerst het gewasbeschermingsmiddel

met een droge doek verwijderen en daarna de huid

met veel water wassen.

PL

Po kontakcie ze skórą najpierw usunąć produkt suchą

szmatką, a następnie przemyć skórę dużą ilością wody.

PT

Em caso de contacto com a pele, remover primeiro o produto

com um pano seco e, em seguida, lavar a pele com muita

água.

RO

Dacă produsul vine în contact cu pielea, îndepărtați produsul

cu un material uscat și apoi spălați cu multă apă!

SK

Po kontakte s pokožkou najskôr odstráňte prípravok suchou

tkaninou a potom opláchnite veľkým množstvom vody.

SL

Ob stiku s kožo odstraniti sredstvo s suho krpo in sprati kožo

z obilo vode.

FI

Ihokosketuksen jälkeen tuote pyyhitään aluksi pois kuivalla

kankaalla ja sitten iho pestään runsaalla vedellä.

SV

Efter kontakt med huden, avlägsna först produkten med en

torr trasa och tvätta sedan med mycket vatten.

SPo 2

BG

Цялото защитно облекло да се изпере след употреба.

ES

Lávese toda la ropa de protección después de usarla.

CS

Veškerý ochranný oděv po použití vyperte.

DA

Vask alle personlige værnemidler efter brug.

DE

Die gesamte Schutzkleidung muss nach Gebrauch gewaschen

werden.

ET

Peale kasutamist kogu kaitseriietus pesta.

EL

Ξεπλύνετε όλες τις προστατευτικές ενδυµασίες µετά τη

χρήση.

EN

Wash all protective clothing after use.

FR

Laver tous les équipements de protection après utilisation.

IT

Lavare tutto l'equipaggiamento di protezione dopo l'impiego.

LV

Pēc lietošanas izmazgāt visu aizsargtērpu.

LT

Po darbo išskalbti visus apsauginius drabužius.

HU

Használat után minden védőruházatot ki kell mosni.

MT

Aħsel l-ilbies protettiv wara li-tuża.

NL

Was alle beschermende kleding na gebruik.

PL

Uprać odzież ochronną po użyciu..

PT

Depois da utilização do produto, lavar todo o vestuário de

protecção.

RO

A se spăla toate echipamentele de protecție după utilizare!

SK

Ochranný odev po aplikácii očistite.

SL

Po uporabi oprati vso zaščitno obleko.

FI

Kaikki suojavaatteet pestävä käytön jälkeen.

SV

Tvätta alla skyddskläder efter användning.

SPo 3

BG

След запалване на продукта да не се вдишва дима и

третираната зона да се напусне незабавно.

ES

Tras el inicio de la combustión del producto, abandónese

inmediatamente la zona tratada sin inhalar el humo.

CS

Po vznícení přípravku nevdechujte kouř a ihned opusťte

ošetřovaný prostor.

DA

Efter antænding af produktet, undgå at indånde røgen og

forlad det behandlede område øjeblikkeligt.

DE

Nach Anzünden des Mittels Rauch nicht einatmen und die

behandelte Fläche sofort verlassen.

ET

Peale vahendi süttimist suitsu mitte sisse hingata ning

käideldud alalt otsekohe lahkuda.

EL

Μετά την ανάφλεξη του προϊόντος µην εισπνεύσετε τον καπνό

και αποµακρυνθείτε αµέσως από την περιοχή χρήσης.

EN

After igniting the product, do not inhale smoke and leave the

treated area immediately.

FR

Après déclenchement de la fumigation, ne pas inhaler la

fumée et quitter la zone traitée immédiatement.

IT

Una volta iniziata la combustione, non inalare il fumo e

abbandonare immediatamente la zona trattata.

LV

Pēc augu aizsardzības līdzekļa aizdedzināšanas, neieelpot

dūmus un nekavējoties atstāt apstrādāto platību.

LT

Užsidegus neįkvėpti dūmų ir nedelsiant palikti apdorotą plotą.

HU

A termék meggyújtása után óvakodjon a keletkező füst belélegzésétől,

és azonnal hagyja el a kezelt területet.

MT

Wara li tqabbad il-prodott, tiblax id-duħħan u warrab

minnufih mill-post li jkun ġie ittrattat.

NL

Nadat u het product hebt aangestoken, mag u de rook niet

inademen en moet u de behandelde ruimte onmiddellijk

verlaten.

PL

Po zapaleniu produktu nie wdychać dymu i niezwłocznie

opuścić obszar poddany zabiegowi.

PT

Depois de iniciada a fumigação do produto, não inalar os

fumos e sair imediatamente da zona em tratamento.

După fumigarea produsului, nu inhalați fumul și părăsiți

RO

imediat zona tratată!

SK

Po zapálení prípravku, nevdychujte dym a okamžite opustite

ošetrovaný priestor.

SL

Po zažigu sredstva ne vdihavati dima in takoj zapustiti

tretirano območje.

FI

Tuotteen syttyessä vältettävä savun hengittämistä ja poistuttava

käsitellyltä alueelta viipymättä.

SV

När produkten antänts, andas inte in röken och lämna det

behandlade området genast.

SPo 4

BG

Опаковката да се отвори на открито и при сухо време.

ES

El recipiente debe abrirse al aire libre y en tiempo seco.

CS

Obal s přípravkem musí být otevřen ve venkovním prostředí

a za sucha. .

DA

Beholderen skal åbnes udendørs og under tørre forhold. .

DE

Der Behälters muss im Freien und Trockenen geöffnet

werden.

ET

Pakend tuleb avada õues ning kuivades tingimustes.

EL

Το δοχείο πρέπει να ανοιχθεί στο ύπαιθρο και σε συνθήκες

ξηρασίας.

EN

The container must be opened outdoors and in dry conditions.

FR

L'emballage doit être ouvert à l'extérieur par temps sec.

IT

L'imballaggio deve essere aperto all'esterno e in condizioni di

tempo secco.

LV

Iepakojumu atvērt ārpus telpām un sausos apstākļos.

LT

Pakuotę atidaryti lauke, esant sausoms oro sąlygoms.

HU

A tartályt csak a szabad levegőn, száraz időben lehet kinyitni.

MT

Il-kontenitur għandu jinfetaħ f'ambjent miftuħ u xott.

NL

De verpakking moet buiten, in droge omstandigheden, worden

geopend.

PL

Opakowanie otwierać na zewnątrz i w suchych warunkach.

PT

Abrir a embalagem ao ar livre e com tempo seco.

Ambalajul trebuie deschis în aer liber și pe vreme uscată !

RO

SK

Nádobu otvárajte vonku a za suchého pocasia.

SL

Embala ž o odpreti na prostem in v suhih razmerah.

FI

Pakkaus avattava ulkona kuivissa olosuhteissa.

SV

Behållaren måste öppnas utomhus och under torra förhål-

landen.

SPo 5

BG

Да се проветрят основно/да се посочи време/третираните

Площи/оранжериите до изсъхване на разтвора, преди

отново да се влезе в тях.

ES

Ventilar las zonas/los invernaderos tratados [bien/durante un

tiempo especificado/hasta que se haya secado la

pulverización] antes de volver a entrar.

CS

Před opětovným vstupem ošetřené prostory/skleníky

[důkladně /uveďte dobu/ do zaschnutí postřikového nánosu]

vyvětrejte.

DA

De behandlede områder/drivhuse ventileres [grundigt/eller

angivelse af tid/indtil sprøjtemidlet er tørret], før man igen

går ind i dem.

DE

Vor dem Wiederbetreten ist die behandelte Fläche/das

Gewächshaus (gründlich/oder Zeit angeben/bis zur

Abtrocknung des Spritzbelages) zu lüften.

ET

Õhutada käideldud alad/põhjalikult kasvuhooned/määratletud

aja jooksul/enne uuesti sisenemist kuni pihustatud vahendi

kuivamiseni.

EL

Να αερίσετε τους χώρους/τα θερµοκήπια όπου

χρησιµοποιήθηκαν φυτοφάρµακα [πλήρως/ή να προσδιοριστεί

η χρονική περίοδος/µέχρι να στεγνώσει το προϊόν] πριν

ξαναµπείτε.

EN

Ventilate treated areas/greenhouses thoroughly/time to be

specified/until spray has dried before re-entry.

FR

Ventiler [à fond/ou durée à préciser/jusqu'au séchage de la

pulvérisation] les zones/serres traitées avant d'y accéder.

IT

Ventilare [a fondo/per una durata da specificare/fino all'essic-

cazione dello spray] le zone serre trattate prima di accedervi.

LV

Pirms atgriešanās rūpīgi vēdināt apstrādātās platības/siltumnīcas

(norāda laiku) kamēr izsmidzinātais šķidrums nožuvis.

LT

Gerai išvėdinti apdorotus plotus/šiltnamius (vėdinimo laikas

turi būti nurodytas). Įeiti į apdorotus plotus leidžiama tik

visiškai jiems išdžiūvus.

HU

A kezelt területet/üvegházakat [alaposan/ az előírt időn át/ a

permet felszáradásáig] szell ő ztesse az oda való visszatérés

elott.

MT

Ħalli l-arja tgħaddi minn dawk il-postijiet/serer li ġew

ittrattati sew/specifika t-tul ta'ħin/sakemm jinxef il-bexx

qabel ma terga' tidħol.

NL

Voordat u opnieuw in behandelde ruimten/kassen binnengaat,

moet u die [grondig ventileren/gedurende (geef de periode aan)

ventileren/ventileren tot de sproeistof is opgedroogd].

PL

Dokładnie wietrzyć obszar poddany zabiegowi/szklarnie/przez

określony czas/Przed ponownym wejściem poczekać do wyschnięcia

cieczy.

PT

Arejar [bem] os locais/estufas tratados [durante (neste caso,

precisar o período)/até à secagem do pulverizado] antes de

neles voltar a entrar.

RO

A se ventila zonele/serele tratate, în întregime/(să se specifice

timpul necesar)/până la uscarea produsului pulverizat, înainte

de a reintra!

SK

Pred ďalším vstupom dôkladne vyvetrajte ošetrovaný priestor/

skleník tak, aby rozprášený roztok prípravku zaschol/

uveďte potrebný čas/.

SL

Pred ponovnim vstopom temeljito zračiti tretirane površine/rastlinjake/

določi se čas/dokler se nanešeno sredstvo ne posuši.

FI

Käsitellyt alueet/kasvihuoneet/käsiteltyjä alueita/kasvihuoneita

tuuletettava (perusteellisesti/tai täsmennetään tuuletusaika/-

kunnes tuote on kuivunut) ennen sinne palaamista.

SV

Vädra (omsorgsfullt/eller ange tidsperiod/tills produkten

torkat) före vistelse i behandlade utrymmen/växthus.

2.2.

Safety precautions related to the environment (SPe)

SPe 1

BG

С цел опазване на подпочвените води/почвообитаващите

организми, да не се прилага този или друг продукт,

съдържащ (да се посочи активното вещество или

групата активни вещества според случая) повече от (да

се посочи срока или честотата).

ES

Para proteger [las aguas subterráneas/los organismos del

suelo], no aplicar este producto ni ningún otro que contenga

(precísese la sustancia o la familia de sustancias, según corresponda)

más de (indíquese el tiempo o la frecuencia).

CS

Za účelem ochrany podzemních vod/půdních organismů

neaplikujte tento ani žádný jiný přípravek obsahující

(uveďte účinnou látku nebo popřípadě skupinu účinných látek)

déle/více než (uveďte určitou lhůtu nebo četnost aplikací).

DA

For at beskytte [grundvandet/jordorganismer] må dette

produkt eller andre produkter, der indeholder (angiv navnet

på aktivstoffet eller gruppe af aktivstoffer), kun anvendes/ikke

anvendes mere end (angiv tidsperiode eller antal behandlinger).

DE

Zum Schutz von (Grundwasser/Bodenorganismen) das Mittel

‘…’ oder andere … haltige Mittel (Identifizierung des Wirkstoffes

oder einer Wirkstoffgruppe) nicht mehr als … (Angabe

der Anwendungshäufigkeit in einem bestimmten Zeitraum)

anwenden.

ET

Põhjavee/mullaorganismide kaitsmiseks mitte kasutada seda

või ükskõik millist muud vahendit, mis sisaldab (määratleda

vastavalt toimeaine või aine klass) rohkem kui (periood või

määratletav sagedus).

EL

Για να προστατέψετε [τα υπόγεια νερά/τους οργανισµούς στο

έδαφος] µην χρησιµοποιείτε αυτό ή οποιοδήποτε άλλο προϊόν

που περιέχει (προσδιορίστε τη δραστική ουσία ή την κατηγορία

των ουσιών αναλόγως) περισσότερο από (να προσδιοριστεί η

χρονική περίοδος ή η συχνότητα).

EN

To protect groundwater/soil organisms do not apply this or

any other product containing(identify active substance or

class of substances, as appropriate)more than(time period or

frequency to be specified).

FR

Pour protéger [les eaux souterraines/les organismes du sol], ne

pas appliquer ce produit ou tout autre produit contenant

(préciser la substance ou la famille de substances selon le cas)

plus de(fréquence à préciser).

IT

Per proteggere [le acque sotterranee/gli organismi del suolo]

non applicare questo o altri prodotti contenenti(specificare

la sostanza attiva o la classe di sostanze, secondo il caso)più

di (indicare la durata o la frequenza).

LV

Lai aizsargātu gruntsūdeni/augsnes organismus, nelietot augu

aizsardzības līdzekli ‘…’ vai citu augu aizsardzības līdzekli,

kurš satur ‘…’(norāda darbīgo vielu vai darbīgo vielu grupu)

vairāk nekā … (norāda apstrāžu skaitu noteiktā laika periodā).

LT

Siekiant apsaugoti požeminį vandenį/dirvos organizmus

nenaudoti šio ar bet kurio kito produkto, kurio sudėtyje yra

(nurodyti veikliąją medžiagą ar medžiagų grupę, kaip tinka)

dažniau kaip (laikas ar dažnumas turi būti nurodytas).

HU

A talajvíz/a talaj élő szervezeteinek védelme érdekében ezt

vagy (a megfelelő hatóanyag vagy anyagcsoport)-ot tartalmazó

bármilyen más készítményt ne használja (az előírt időtartam/-

gyakoriság)-nál hosszabb ideig/többször.

MT

Sabiex tipproteġi l-ilma tal-pjan/organiżmi fil-ħamrija

tapplikax dan il-prodott jew xi prodott ieħor li jkun fih

(identifika s-sustanza jew klassi ta' sustanzi attivi kif imiss)

iżjed minn (speċifika ż-żmien jew il-frekwenza).

NL

Om [het grondwater/de bodemorganismen] te beschermen

mag u dit product of andere producten die (geef naar

gelang van het geval de naam van de werkzame stof of van de

categorie werkzame stoffen) bevatten, niet langer dan

gedurende (geef de tijdsduur aan) gebruiken/ten hoogste (geef

de frequentie) gebruiken.

PL

W celu ochrony wód gruntowych/organizmów glebowych nie

stosować tego lub żadnego innego produktu zawierającego

(określić substancję aktywną lub klasę substancji, kiedy dotyczy)

nie dłużej niż (określony czas)/nie częściej niż (określona

częstotliwość).

PT

Para protecção [das águas subterrâneas/dos organismos do

solo], não aplicar este produto ou qualquer outro que

contenha (indicar, consoante o caso, a substância activa ou a

família de substâncias activas) durante mais de (período a

precisar) ou mais do que (frequência a precisar).

RO

Pentru protecția apei freatice/organismelor din sol, nu aplicați

acest produs sau alt produs care conține (identificați

substanța activă sau clasa corespunzătoare, după caz) mai

mult de (să se specifice perioada de timp sau frecvența

tratamentelor)!

SK

Z dôvodu ochrany podzemnej vody nepoužívajte tento alebo

iný prípravok obsahujúci (uveďte účinnú látku alebo skupinu

účinných látok) dlhšie ako (upresnite obdobie alebo frekvenciu).

SL

Zaradi zaščite podtalnice/talnih organizmov ne uporabljati

tega ali drugih sredstev, ki vsebujejo (navede se aktivno snov

ali skupino aktivnih snovi) več kot (navede se časovno obdobje

ali število tretiranj).

FI

(Pohjaveden/maaperän eliöiden) suojelemiseksi vältettävä

tämän tai minkä tahansa muun tuotteen, joka sisältää

(tapauksen mukaan tehoaine tai aineluokka), käyttöä

useammin (ajanjakso tai käyttötiheys).

SV

För att skydda (grundvatten/marklevande organismer),

använd inte denna produkt eller andra produkter innehållande

(ange verksamt ämne eller grupp av ämnen) mer än

(ange tidsperiod eller antal behandlingar).

SPe 2

BG

Да не са прилага при (да се посочи типа почва или

ситуацията) почви, с цел опазване на подпочвените

води/водните организми.

ES

Para proteger [las aguas subterráneas/los organismos

acuáticos], no aplicar en suelos(precísese la situación o el

tipo de suelos).

CS

Za účelem ochrany podzemních vod/vodních organismů

neaplikujte přípravek na půdách (uveďte druh půdy nebo

situaci).

DA

For at beskytte [grundvandet/organismer, der lever i vand]

må dette produkt ikke anvendes (på beskrevet jordtype eller

under beskrevne forhold).

DE

Zum Schutz von (Grundwasser/Gewässerorganismen) nicht

auf (genaue Angabe der Bodenart oder Situation) Böden

ausbringen.

ET

Põhjavee/veeorganismide kaitsmiseks mitte kasutada (määratleda

pinnasetüüp või olukord).

EL

Για να προστατέψετε [τα υπόγεια νερά/τους υδρόβιους οργα-

νισµούς] µην χρησιµοποιείτε το προϊόν αυτό σε εδάφη (προσ-

διορίστε τον τύπο του εδάφους ή τις ιδιαίτερες συνθήκες).

EN

To protect groundwater/aquatic organisms do not apply to

(soil type or situation to be specified)soils.

FR

Pour protéger [les eaux souterraines/les organismes aqua-

tiques], ne pas appliquer ce produit sur(type de sol ou

situation à préciser).

IT

Per proteggere [le acque sotterranee/gli organismi acquatici]

non applicare sul suolo(indicare il tipo di suolo o la

situazione).

LV

Lai aizsargātu gruntsūdeņus/ūdens organismus, nelietot

(norāda augsnes tipu vai apstākļus) augsnēs.

LT

Siekiant apsaugoti požeminį vandenį/vandens organizmus

nenaudoti (nurodyti dirvožemio tipą ar situaciją) dirvožemiuose.

HU

A talajvíz/a vízi szervezetek védelme érdekében (az előírt

talajtípus vagy helyzet) talajokra ne használja.

MT

Biex tipprotġgi l-ilma tal-pjan/organiżmi ta' l-ilma tapplikax

f'ħamrija (speċifika t-tip ta' ħamrija jew is-sitwazzjoni).

NL

Om [het grondwater/in het water levende organismen] te

beschermen mag dit product niet worden gebruikt op

(benoem het soort bodem of geef een beschrijving ervan)

bodems.

PL

W celu ochrony wód gruntowych/organizmów wodnych nie

stosować na glebach (określić typ gleby lub warunki glebowe).

PT

Para protecção [das águas subterrâneas/dos organismos

aquáticos], não aplicar este produto em solos (precisar a

situação ou o tipo de solo).

RO

Pentru protecția apei freatice/organismelor acvatice, nu

aplicați pe sol (să se specifice tipul de sol sau situația în

cauză)!

SK

Z dôvodu ochrany podzemnej vody/vodných organizmov

neaplikujte na (upresnite typ pôdy alebo situáciu) pôdu.

SL

Zaradi zaščite podtalnice/vodnih organizmov ne uporabljati

na (navede se tip tal ali druge posebne razmere) tleh.

FI

(Pohjaveden/vesieliöiden) suojelemiseksi ei saa käyttää

(täsmennetään maaperätyyppi tai tilanne)maaperään.

SV

För att skydda (grundvatten/vattenlevande organismer),

använd inte denna produkt på(ange jordtyp eller markför-

hållande).

SPe 3

BG

Да се осигури нетретирана буферна зона от (да се посочи

разстоянието) до неземеделски земи/повърхностни води,

с цел опазване на водните организми/растенията, които

не са обект на третиране/членестоногите, които не са

обект на третиране/насекомите.

ES

Para proteger [los organismos acuáticos/las plantas no obje-

tivo/los artrópodos no objetivo/los insectos], respétese sin

tratar una banda de seguridad de(indíquese la distancia)

hasta [la zona no cultivada/las masas de agua superficial].

CS

Za účelem ochrany vodních organismů/necílových rostlin/necílových

členovců/hmyzu dodržujte neošetřené ochranné

pásmo (uveďte vzdálenost) vzhledem k nezemědělské půdě/-

povrchové vodě.

DA

Må ikke anvendes nærmere end (angiv afstand) fra [vandmiljøet,

vandløb, søer m.v./ikke dyrket område] for at

beskytte [organismer, der lever i vand/landlevende ikkemålorganismer,

vilde planter, insekter og leddyr].

DE

Zum Schutz von (Gewässerorganismen/Nichtzielpflanzen/-

Nichtzielarthropoden/Insekten) eine unbehandelte Pufferzone

von (genaue Angabe des Abstandes) zu (Nichtkulturland/Oberflächengewässer)

einhalten.

ET

Veeorganismide/mittetaimsete sihtliikide/mittesihtlülijalgsete/-

putukate kaitsmiseks pidada kinni mittepritsitavast

puhver-vööndist(määratleda

kaugus)põllumajanduses

mittekasuta-tavast maast/pinnaseveekogudest.

EL

Για να προστατέψετε [τους υδρόβιους οργανισµούς/µη

στοχευόµενα φυτά/µη στοχευόµενα αρθρόποδα/έντοµα] να

αφήσετε µιαν αψέκαστη ζώνη προστασίας (προσδιορίστε την

απόσταση) µέχρι [µη γεωργική γη/σώµατα επιφανειακών

υδάτων].

EN

To protect aquatic organisms/non-target plants/non-target

arthropods/insects respect an unsprayed buffer zone of

(distance to be specified)to non-agricultural land/surface

water bodies.

FR

Pour protéger [les organismes aquatiques/les plantes non

cibles/les arthropodes non cibles/les insectes], respecter

une zone non traitée de(distance à préciser)par rapport à

[la zone non cultivée adjacente/aux points d'eau].

IT

Per proteggere [gli organismi acquatici/gli insetti/le piante non

bersaglio/gli artropodi non bersaglio] rispettare una fascia

di sicurezza non trattata di(precisare la distanza)da [zona

non coltivata/corpi idrici superficiali].

LV

Lai aizsargātu ūdens organismus/ar lietojumu nesaistītos

augus/ar lietojumu nesaistītos posmkājus/kukaiņus, ievērot

aizsargjoslu (norāda attālumu) līdz lauksaimniecībā neizmantojamai

zemei/ūdenstilpēm un ūdenstecēm.

LT

Siekiant apsaugoti vandens organizmus/netikslinius augalus/-

netikslinius nariuotakojus/vabzdžius būtina išlaikyti apsaugos

zoną (nurodyti atstumą) iki ne žemės ūkio paskirties žemės/paviršinio

vandens telkinių.

HU

A vízi szervezetek/nem célzott növények/nem célzott ízeltlá-

búak/rovarok védelme érdekében a nem mezogazdasági

föld-területtol/felszíni

vizektol(az

eloírt

távolság)távolságban tartson meg egy nem permetezett

biztonsági övezetet.

MT

Sabiex tipproteġi organiżmi ta' l-ilma/pjanti mhux immira-

ti/artropodi/insetti mhux immirati, irrispetta zona konfini

ħielsa mill-bexx ta'(specifika d-distanza)minn art mhix

agrikola/għadajjar ta' l-ilma fil-wiċċ.

NL

Om [in het water levende organismen/niet tot de doelsoorten

behorende planten/niet tot de doelsoorten behorende geleedpotigen/

de insecten] te beschermen mag u in een bufferzone

van (geef de afstand aan) rond [niet-landbouwgrond/oppervlaktewater]

niet sproeien.

PL

W celu ochrony organizmów wodnych/roślin nie będących

obiektem zwalczania/stawonogów/owadów nie będących

obiektem zwalczania konieczne jest określenie strefy

buforowej w odległości (określona odległość) od terenów nieużytkowanych

rolniczo/zbiorników i cieków wodnych.

PT

Para protecção [dos organismos aquáticos/das plantas nãovisadas/

dos insectos/artrópodes não-visados], respeitar uma

zona não-pulverizada de (distância a precisar) em relação [às

zonas não-cultivadas/às águas de superfície].

RO

Pentru protecția organismelor acvatice/plantelor ne-țintă/artropodelor/

insectelor ne-țintă respectați o zonă tampon

netratată de (să se specifice distanța) până la terenul necultivat/

apa de suprafață!

SK

Z dôvodu ochrany vodných organizmov/necielených rastlín/-

necielených článkonožcov/hmyzu udržiavajte medzi

ošetrovanou plochou a neobhospodarovanou zónou/-

povrchovými vodnými plochami ochranný pás zeme v dĺžke

(upresnite dĺžku).

SL

Zaradi zaščite vodnih organizmov/neciljnih rastlin/neciljnih

členonožcev/žuželk upoštevati netretiran varnostni pas

(navede se razdaljo) do nekmetijske površine/vodne površine.

FI

(Vesieliöiden/muiden kuin torjuttavien kasvien/muiden kuin

torjuttavien niveljalkaisten/hyönteisten) suojelemiseksi (muun

kuin maatalousmaan/pintavesialueiden) väliin on jätettävä

(täsmennetään etäisyys) ruiskuttamaton suojavyöhyke.

SV

För att skydda (vattenlevande organismer/andra växter än de

man avser att bekämpa/andra leddjur än de man avser att

bekämpa/insekter), lämna en sprutfri zon på (ange avstånd)

till (icke-jordbruksmark/vattendrag).

SPe 4

BG

Да не се прилага върху непропускливи повърхности като

асфалт, бетон, паваж, железопътни линии и други такива

с висок риск за оттичане, с цел опазване на водните орга-

низми/растенията, които не са обект на третиране.

ES

Para proteger [los organismos acuáticos/las plantas no

objetivo], no aplicar sobre superficies impermeables como el

asfalto, el cemento, los adoquines, [las vías del ferrocarril] ni

en otras situaciones con elevado riesgo de escorrentía.

CS

Za účelem ochrany vodních organismů/necílových rostlin

neaplikujte přípravek na nepropustný povrch, jako je asfalt,

beton, dlážděný povrch, železniční trať nebo v jiných

případech, kdy hrozí vysoké riziko odplavení. .

DA

Må ikke anvendes på befæstede arealer såsom asfalterede,

beton-, sten- eller grusbelagte områder og veje [jernbanespor]

eller på andre områder, hvorfra der er en stor risiko for runoff

til omgivelserne. [For at beskytte organismer, der lever i

vand/planter, man ikke ønsker at bekæmpe].

DE

Zum Schutz von (Gewässerorganismen/Nichtzielpflanzen)

nicht auf versiegelten Oberflächen wie Asphalt, Beton, Kopfsteinpflaster

(Gleisanlagen) bzw. in anderen Fällen, die ein

hohes Abschwemmungsrisiko bergen, ausbringen.

ET

Veeorganismide/mittesihtliikide kaitsmiseks mitte kasutada

läbilaskmatutel pindadel nagu näiteks asfalt, betoon,

munakivi, raudteerööpad ning muudes oludes, kus on kõrge

lekkimisoht.

EL

Για να προστατέψετε [υδρόβιους οργανισµούς/µη στοχευόµενα

φυτά] να µην χρησιµοποιείται σε αδιαπέραστες επιφάνειες

όπως άσφαλτο, σκυρόδεµα, λιθόστρωτα [σιδηροτροχιές] και

άλλες επιφάνειες µε υψηλό κίνδυνο απορροής.

EN

To protect aquatic organisms/non-target plants do not apply

on impermeable surfaces such as asphalt, concrete, cobble-

stones, railway tracks and other situations with a high risk

of run-off.

FR

Pour protéger [les organismes aquatiques/les plantes non

cibles], ne pas appliquer sur des surfaces imperméables

telles que le bitume, le béton, les pavés, [les voies ferrées] et

dans toute autre situation où le risque de ruissellement est

important.

IT

Per proteggere [gli organismi acquatici/le piante non

bersaglio] non applicare su superfici impermeabili quali

bitume, cemento, acciottolato, [binari ferroviari] e negli

altri casi ad alto rischio di deflusso superficiale.

LV

Lai aizsargātu ūdens organismus/ar lietojumu nesaistītos

augus, nelietot augu aizsardzības līdzekli uz necaurlaidīgas

virsmas, piemēram, asfalta, betona, bruģa, sliežu ceļiem, un

citās vietās ar augstu noteces risku.

LT

Siekiant apsaugoti vandens organizmus/netikslinius augalus

nenaudoti ant nepralaidžių paviršių tokių kaip asfaltas,

betonas, grindinio akmenys, geležinkelio bėgių ar kitose situacijose,

kuriuose didelė nuotėkio tikimybė.

HU

A vízi szervezetek/nem célzott növények védelme érdekében a

vizet nem áteresztő felületeken (pl. aszfalt, beton, utcakövezet,

vasúti pályák és az elfolyás egyéb veszélye esetén) ne

alkalmazza.

MT

Biex tipproteġi organiżmi ta' l-ilma/pjanti mhux immirati

tapplikax fuq ucuħ impermeabbli bħal l-asfalt, konkrit,

ċangaturi, linji tal-ferrovija u sitwazzjonijiet oħra b'riskju

kbir ta' skul.

NL

Om [in het water levende organismen/niet tot de doelsoorten

behorende planten] te beschermen mag u dit product niet

gebruiken op ondoordringbare oppervlakken, zoals asfalt,

beton [,/en] kasseien [en spoorlijnen,] of op andere

plaatsen waar het product gemakkelijk kan wegstromen.

PL

W celu ochrony organizmów wodnych/roślin nie będących

obiektem zwalczania nie stosować na nieprzepuszczalnych

powierzchniach, takich jak: asfalt, beton, bruk, torowiska i

innych przypadkach, gdy istnieje wysokie ryzyko spływania

cieczy.

PT

Para protecção [dos organismos aquáticos/das plantas não-

visadas], não aplicar este produto em superfícies imper-

meáveis, como asfalto, betão, empedrados [ou linhas de

caminho de ferro], nem em qualquer outra situação em

que o risco de escorrimentos seja elevado.

RO

Pentru protecția organismelor acvatice/plantelor ne-țintă nu

aplicați pe suprafețe impermeabile precum asfalt, ciment,

pavaj, cale ferată sau în alte situații în care există risc mare

de scurgere!

SK

Z dôvodu ochrany vodn ch organizmov/necielen ch rastlín

neaplikujte na nepriepustné povrchy, ako je asfalt, betón,

dlažobné kocky, koľajnice a iné povrchy, pri ktorých je zvýšené

riziko stekania vody.

SL

Zaradi zaščite vodnih organizmov/neciljnih rastlin ne uporabljati

na neprepustnih površinah kot so asfalt, beton, tlak,

železniški tiri in drugih površinah, kjer je velika nevarnost

odtekanja.

FI

(Vesieliöiden/muiden kuin torjuttavien kasvien) suojelemiseksi

ei saa käyttää läpäisemättömillä pinnoilla, kuten asvaltilla,

betonilla, katukivillä, (rautatiekiskoilla) ja muissa

tilanteissa, joissa on suuri huuhtoutumisen vaara.

SV

För att skydda (vattenlevande organismer/andra växter än de

man avser att bekämpa), använd inte denna produkt på hårdgjorda

ytor såsom asfalt, betong, kullersten, (järnvägsspår)

och andra ytor med hög risk för avrinning.

SPe 5

BG

Продуктът трябва да е напълно инкорпориран в почвата,

с цел опазване на птиците/дивите бозайници. Уверете се,

че продуктът е напълно инкорпориран и в края на

редовете.

ES

Para proteger [las aves/los mamíferos silvestres], el producto

debe incorporarse completamente al suelo; asegurarse de

que se incorpora al suelo totalmente al final de los surcos.

CS

Za účelem ochrany ptáků/volně žijících savců musí být

přípravek zcela zapraven do půdy; zajistěte, aby byl

přípravek zcela zapraven do půdy také na konci výsevních

nebo výsadbových řádků.

DA

For at beskytte [fugle/vilde pattedyr] skal produktet omhyggeligt

graves ned i jorden. Sørg for, at produktet også er helt

tildækket for enden af rækkerne.

DE

Zum Schutz von (Vögeln/wild lebenden Säugetieren) muss das

Mittel vollständig in den Boden eingearbeitet werden; es ist

sicherzustellen, dass das Mittel auch am Ende der Pflanzbzw.

Saatreihen vollständig in den Boden eingearbeitet wird.

ET

Lindude/metsloomade kaitsmiseks peab vahend täielikult

mullaga ühinema; tagada vahendi täielik ühinemine ka

ridade lõpus.

EL

Για να προστατέψετε [πουλιά/άγρια θηλαστικά] το προϊόν

πρέπει να καλυφθεί πλήρως από το έδαφος. Βεβαιωθείτε

πως το προϊόν έχει καλυφθεί πλήρως στις άκρες των

αυλακιών.

EN

To protect birds/wild mammals the product must be entirely

incorporated in the soil; ensure that the product is also

fully incorporated at the end of rows.

FR

Pour protéger [les oiseaux/mammifères sauvages], le produit

doit être entièrement incorporé dans le sol; s'assurer que le

produit est également incorporé en bout de sillons.

IT

Per proteggere [gli uccelli/i mammiferi selvatici] il prodotto

deve essere interamente incorporato nel terreno;

assicurarsi che il prodotto sia completamente incorporato

in fondo al solco.

LV

Lai aizsargātu putnus/savvaļas zīdītājus, augu aizsardzības

līdzekli pilnībā iestrādāt augsnē; nodrošināt līdzekļa pilnīgu

iestrādi augsnē arī kultūraugu rindu galos.

LT

Siekiant apsaugoti paukščius/laukinius gyvūnus būtina

produktą visiškai įterpti į dirvą, užtikrinti, kad produktas

būtų visiškai įterptas vagų gale.

HU

A madarak/vadon élő emlősök védelme érdekében a terméket

teljes egészében be kell dolgozni a talajba; ügyeljen arra, hogy

az anyag a sorok végén is teljes egészében be legyen dolgozva.

MT

Sabiex tipproteġi għasafar/mammiferi selvaġġi l-prodott

għandu jkun inkorporat għal kollox fil-ħamrija; żgura li l-

prodott ikun ukoll inkorporat għal kollox f'tarf ir-raddi.

NL

Om [de vogels/de wilde zoogdieren] te beschermen moet het

product volledig in de bodem worden ondergewerkt; zorg

ervoor dat het product ook aan het voorend is

ondergewerkt.

PL

W celu ochrony ptaków/dzikich ssaków produkt musi byc

calkowicie przykryty gleba; zapewnicze produkt jest

równiez calkowicie przykryty na koncach rzedów.

PT

Para protecção [das aves/dos mamíferos selvagens],

incorporar totalmente o produto no solo, incluindo no final

dos sulcos.

RO

Pentru protecția păsărilor/mamiferelor sălbatice, produsul

trebuie încorporat în totalitate în sol! A se asigura că

produsul este încorporat în totalitate la sfârșitul rândurilor!

SK

Z dôvodu ochrany vtákov/divo žijúcich cicavcov sa musí

všetok prípravok zakryť pôdou. Presvedčte sa, či je

prípravok dobre zakrytý pôdou aj na konci brázdy.

SL

Zaradi zaščite ptic/divjih vrst sesalcev je treba sredstvo

popolnoma vdelati v tla; zagotoviti, da je sredstvo v celoti

vdelano v tla tudi na koncih vrst.

FI

(Lintujen/luonnonvaraisten nisäkkäiden) suojelemiseksi tuote

on sekoitettava maaperään; varmistettava, että tuote sekoittuu

maaperään täysin myös vakojen päässä.

SV

För att skydda (fåglar/vilda däggdjur) måste produkten

nedmyllas helt och hållet i jorden; se till att produkten även

nedmyllas helt i slutet av raderna.

SPe 6

BG

Да се отстранят разлетите/разпилените количества, с цел

опазване на птиците/дивите бозайници.

ES

Para proteger [las aves/los mamíferos silvestres], recójase todo

derrame accidental.

CS

Za účelem ochrany ptáků/volně žijících savců odstraňte

rozsypaný nebo rozlitý přípravek.

DA

For at beskytte [fugle/vilde pattedyr] skal alt spildt produkt

fjernes.

DE

Zum Schutz von (Vögeln/wild lebenden Säugetieren) muss das

verschüttete Mittel beseitigt werden.

ET

Lindude/metsloomade kaitsmiseks kõrvaldada mahavalgunud

vahend.

EL

Για να προστατέψετε [πουλιά/άγρια ζώα] µαζέψτε όσο προϊόν

έχει χυθεί κατά λάθος.

EN

To protect birds/wild mammals remove spillages.

FR

Pour protéger [les oiseaux/les mammifères sauvages],

récupérer tout produit accidentellement répandu.

IT

Per proteggere [gli uccelli/i mammiferi selvatici] recuperare il

prodotto fuoriuscito accidentalmente.

LV

Lai aizsargātu putnus/savvaļas zīdītājus, novērst izšļakstīšanos.

LT

Siekiant apsaugoti paukščius/laukinius gyvūnus pašalinti

pabiras ar išsiliejusį produktą.

HU

A madarak/vadon élő emlősök védelme érdekében távolítsa el

a véletlenül kiömlött anyagot.

MT

Neħħi kull tixrid biex tipproteġi l-għasafar/mammiferi

selvaggi.

NL

Om [de vogels/de wilde zoogdieren] te beschermen moet u

gemorst product verwijderen.

PL

W celu ochrony ptaków/dzikich ssaków usuwacrozlany/roz-

sypany produkt.

PT

Para protecção [das aves/dos mamíferos selvagens], recolher

todo o produto derramado.

RO

Pentru protecția păsărilor/mamiferelor sălbatice îndepărtați

urmele de produs!

SK

Z dôvodu ochrany vtákov/divo žijúcich cicavcov odstráňte

náhodne rozsypaný prípravok.

SL

Zaradi zaščite ptic/divjih vrst sesalcev odstraniti razsuto

sredstvo.

FI

Lintujen/luonnonvaraisten nisäkkäiden) suojelemiseksi

ympäristöön vahingossa levinnyt tuote poistettava.

SV

För att skydda (fåglar/vilda däggdjur), avlägsna spill.

SPe 7

BG

Да не се прилага по време на размножителния период на

птиците.

ES

No aplicar durante el período de reproducción de las aves.

CS

Neaplikujte v době hnízdění ptáků.

DA

Må ikke anvendes i fuglenes yngletid.

DE

Nicht während der Vogelbrutzeit anwenden.

ET

Mitte kasutada lindude pesitsusperioodil.

EL

Να µην χρησιµοποιείται κατά την περίοδο αναπαραγωγής των

πουλιών.

EN

Do not apply during the bird breeding period.

FR

Ne pas appliquer durant la période de reproduction des

oiseaux.

IT

Non applicare durante il periodo di riproduzione degli uccelli.

LV

Nelietot putnu vairošanās periodā.

LT

Nenaudoti paukščių veisimosi laikotarpiu.

HU

A madarak költési időszaka alatt nem alkalmazható

MT

Tapplikax matul it-tberrik ta' l-għasafar.

NL

Niet gebruiken tijdens de vogelbroedperiode.

PL

Nie stosować w okresie rozrodczym ptaków.

PT

Não aplicar este produto durante o período de reprodução

das aves.

RO

A nu se aplica produsul în perioada de împerechere a

păsărilor!

SK

Neaplikujte v čase rozmnožovania vtákov.

SL

Ne tretirati v času valjenja ptic.

FI

Ei saa käyttää lintujen lisääntymisaikaan.

SV

Använd inte denna produkt under fåglarnas häckningsperiod

SPe 8

BG

Опасен за пчелите/Да не се прилага при култури по време

на цъфтеж, с цел опазване на пчелите и други насекоми-

опрашители/Да не се използва на места, където има

активна паша на пчели/Преместете или покрийте

пчелните кошери по време на третирането и за (да се

посочи срок) след третиране/Да не се прилага при

наличие на цъфтяща плевелна растителност/Плевелите

да се унищожат преди цъфтежа им/Да не се прилага

преди (да се посочи срок).

ES

Peligroso para las abejas./Para proteger las abejas y otros

insectos polinizadores, no aplicar durante la floración de los

cultivos./No utilizar donde haya abejas en pecoreo activo./Retírense

o cúbranse las colmenas durante el tratamiento y

durante (indíquese el tiempo) después del mismo./No aplicar

cuando las malas hierbas estén en floración./Elimínense las

malas hierbas antes de su floración./No aplicar antes de

(indíquese el tiempo).

CS

Nebezpečný pro včely./Za účelem ochrany včel a jiných

hmyzích opylovačů neaplikujte na kvetoucí plodiny./Neaplikujte

na místech, na nichž jsou včely aktivní při vyhledávání

potravy./Úly musí být během aplikace a po aplikaci

(uveďte dobu) přemístěny nebo zakryty./Neaplikujte, jestliže se

na pozemku vyskytují kvetoucí plevele./Plevele odstraňte před

jejich kvetením./Neaplikujte před (uveďte dobu).

DA

Farligt for bier./For at beskytte bier og andre bestøvende

insekter må dette produkt ikke anvendes i blomstrende

afgrøder./Må ikke anvendes i biernes flyvetid./Tildæk eller

flyt bikuber i behandlingsperioden og i (nævn antal

timer/dage) efter behandlingen./Må ikke anvendes i

nærheden af blomstrende ukrudt./Fjern ukrudt inden blomstring./

Må ikke anvendes inden (tidspunkt).

DE

Bienengefährlich./Zum Schutz von Bienen und anderen

bestäubenden Insekten nicht auf blühende Kulturen aufbringen./

Nicht an Stellen anwenden, an denen Bienen aktiv auf

Futtersuche sind./Bienenstöcke müssen während der

Anwendung und für (Angabe der Zeit) nach der Behandlung

entfernt oder abgedeckt werden./Nicht in Anwesenheit von

blühenden Unkräutern anwenden./Unkräuter müssen vor

dem Blühen entfernt werden./Nicht vor (Angabe der Zeit)

anwenden.

ET

Mesilastele ohtlik/Mesilaste ning muude tolmlevate putukate

kaitsmiseks mitte kasutada põllumajanduskultuuride

õitsemise ajal/Mitte kasutada aktiivsel korjealal/Kasutamise

ajaks ning (määratleda aeg) peale töötlemist tarud

eemaldada või katta kinn/Õitseva umbrohu olemasolu korral

mitre kasutada/Umbrohi enne õitsemist eemaldada/Mitte

kasutada enne (määratleda aeg).

EL

Επικίνδυνο για τις µέλισσες. Για να προστατέψετε τις

µέλισσες και άλλα έντοµα επικονίασης µην χρησιµοποιείτε

το προϊόν σε καλλιέργειες κατά την ανθοφορία./Μην

χρησιµοποιείτε το προϊόν κατά την περίοδο που οι µέλισσες

συλλέγουν γύρη./Αποµακρύνετε ή καλύψτε τις κυψέλες κατά

τη χρήση του προϊόντος και επί (αναφέρατε το χρόνο) µετά τη

χρήση./Μην χρησιµοποιείτε το προϊόν κατά την περίοδο

ανθοφορίας ζιζανίων./Αποµακρύνετε τα ζιζάνια πριν από την

ανθοφορία./Μην το χρησιµοποιείτε πριν (αναφέρατε το χρόνο).

EN

Dangerous to bees./To protect bees and other pollinating

insects do not apply to crop plants when in flower./Do not

use where bees are actively foraging./Remove or cover

beehives during application and for(state time)after

treatment./Do not apply when flowering weeds are

present./Remove weeds before flowering./Do not apply

before(state time)

FR

Dangereux pour les abeilles./Pour protéger les abeilles et

autres insectes pollinisateurs, ne pas appliquer durant la floraison./

Ne pas utiliser en présence d'abeilles./Retirer ou couvrir

les ruches pendant l'application et (indiquer la période) après

traitement./Ne pas appliquer lorsque des adventices en fleur

sont présentes./Enlever les adventices avant leur floraison./Ne

pas appliquer avant (indiquer la date).

IT

Pericoloso per le api./Per proteggere le api e altri insetti

impollinatori non applicare alle colture al momento della

fior-itura./Non utilizzare quando le api sono in

attività./Rimuovere o coprire gli alveari durante

l'applicazione e per(indicare il periodo)dopo il

trattamento./Non applicare in presenza di piante infestanti

in fiore./Eliminare le piante infestanti prima della

fioritura./Non applicare prima di(indicare il periodo).

LV

Bīstams bitēm. Lai aizsargātu bites un citus apputeksnētājus,

nelietot kultūraugu ziedēšanas laikā. Nelietot vietās, kur bites

aktīvi meklē barību. Bišu stropus pārvietot vai pārsegt augu

aizsardzības līdzekļa smidzināšanas laikā un … (norāda uz cik

ilgu laiku) pēc smidzināšanas darba beigām. Nelietot platībās,

kurās ir ziedošas nezāles. Apkarot nezāles pirms ziedēšanas.

Nelietot pirms … (norāda laiku).

LT

Pavojingas bitėms/Siekiant apsaugoti bites ir kitus apdulkinančius

vabzdžius nenaudoti augalų žydėjimo metu/Nenaudoti

bičių aktyvaus maitinimosi metu/Pašalinti ar uždengti bičių

avilius purškimo metu ar (nurodyti laiką) po purškimo./Nenaudoti

kai yra žydinčių piktžolių/Sunaikinti piktžoles iki jų

žydėjimo/Nenaudoti iki (nurodyti laiką).

HU

Méhekre veszélyes/A méhek és egyéb beporzást végző rovarok

védelme érdekében virágzási időszakban nem alkalmazható/

Méhek aktív táplálékszerzési időszaka idején nem alkalmazható/

Az alkalmazás idejére és a kezelés után (megadott

időszak) ideig távolítsa el vagy fedje be a méhkaptárakat/-

Virágzó gyomnövények jelenléte esetén nem alkalmazható/-

Virágzás előtt távolítsa el a gyomnövényeket/(megadott

időpont) előtt nem alkalmazható.

MT

Perikoluż għan-naħal/Sabiex tħares in-naħal u insetti oħra

tad-dakra tapplikax fuq uċuħ tar-raba' meta jkunu bil-

fjur/Tużax fejn in-naħal ikun qed jirgħa sew/Neħħi jew

agħtti l-ġarar tan-naħal waqt l-applikazzjoni u għal

(specifika l-hin)wara t-trattament/Tapplikax meta jkun

hemm ħaxix ħazin bil-fjur/Neħħi l-ħaxix ħazin qabel ma

jwarrad/Tapplikax qabel(specifika l-ħin).

NL

Gevaarlijk voor bijen./Om de bijen en andere bestuivende

insecten te beschermen mag u dit product niet gebruiken op

in bloei staande gewassen./Gebruik dit product niet op

plaatsen waar bijen actief naar voedsel zoeken./Verwijder of

bedek bijenkorven tijdens het gebruik van het product en

gedurende (geef de tijdsduur aan) na de behandeling./Gebruik

dit product niet in de buurt van in bloei staand onkruid./Verwijder

onkruid voordat het bloeit./Gebruik dit product niet

vóór (geef de datum of de periode aan).

PL

[Niebezpieczne dla pszczól/W celu ochrony pszczóli innych

owadów zapylajacych nie stosowacna rosliny uprawne w

czasie kwitnienia/Nie uzywacw miejscach gdzie pszczoly

majapozytek/Usuwaclub przykrywacule podczas zabiegu i

przez(okreslicczas)po zabiegu/Nie stosowackiedy wystepuja

kwitnace chwasty/Usuwacchwasty przed kwitnieniem/Nie

stosowacprzed(okreslicczas).

PT

Perigoso para as abelhas./Para protecção das abelhas e de

outros insectos polinizadores, não aplicar este produto

durante a floração das culturas./Não utilizar este produto

durante o período de presença das abelhas nos campos./-

Remover ou cobrir as colmeias durante a aplicação do

produto

e

durante(indicar

o

período)após

o

tratamento./Não aplicar este produto na presença de

infestantes em flora-ção./Remover as infestantes antes da

floração./Não aplicar antes de(critério temporal a precisar).

Periculos pentru albine!/Pentru a proteja albinele și alte

RO

insecte polenizatoare nu aplicați pe plante în timpul înfloritului!/

Nu utilizați produsul în timpul sezonului activ al albinelor!/

Îndepărtați sau acoperiți stupii în timpul aplicării și (să

se specifice perioada de timp) după tratament!/Nu aplicați

produsul în perioada de înflorire a buruienilor!/Distrugeți

buruienile înainte de înflorire!/Nu aplicați înainte de (să se

specifice perioada de timp)!

SK

Nebezpečný pre včely/Z dôvodu ochrany včiel a iného opeľujúceho

hmyzu neaplikujte na plodiny v čase kvetu/Nepoužívajte,

keď sa v okolí nachádzajú včely/Počas aplikácie a

(uveďte čas) po aplikácii úle prikryte alebo presuňte na iné

miesto/Neaplikujte, keď sa v okolí nachádzajú kvitnúce buriny/

Odstráňte buriny pred kvitnutím/Neaplikujte pred (uveďte

čas).

SL

Nevarno za čebele./Zaradi zaščite čebel in drugih žuželk opraševalcev

ne tretirati rastlin med cvetenjem./Ne tretirati v času

paše čebel./Med tretiranjem in (navede se časovno obdobje) po

tretiranju odstraniti ali pokriti čebelje panje./Ne tretirati v

prisotnosti cvetočega plevela./Odstraniti plevel pred

cvetenjem./Ne tretirati pred (navede se časovno obdobje).

FI

Vaarallista mehiläisille./Mehiläisten ja muiden pölyttävien

hyönteisten suojelemiseksi ei saa käyttää viljelykasvien

kukinta-aikaan./Ei saa käyttää aikana, jolloin mehiläiset

lentävät aktiivisesti./Mehiläispesät poistettava tai suojattava

levittämisen ajaksi ja (aika) ajaksi käsittelyn jälkeen./Ei saa

käyttää, jos alueella on kukkivia rikkakasveja./Poista rikkakasvit

ennen kukinnan alkua./Ei saa käyttää ennen (aika).

SV

Farligt för bin./För att skydda bin och andra pollinerande

insekter, använd inte denna produkt på blommande

gröda./Får inte användas där bin aktivt söker efter föda./Avlägsna

eller täck över bikupor under behandling och under

(ange tidsperiod) efter behandling./Använd inte denna produkt

då det finns blommande ogräs./Avlägsna ogräs före blomning./

Använd inte denna produkt före (ange tidsperiod).

2.3.

Safety precautions related to good agricultural practice

SPa 1

BG

Да не се прилага този или друг продукт, съдържащ (да се

посочи активното вещество или групата активни

вещества според случая) повече от (да се посочи броя на

приложенията или срока), за да се избегне развитието на

резистентност.

ES

Para evitar la aparición de resistencias, no aplicar este

producto ni ningún otro que contenga (indíquese la sustancia

activa o la clase de sustancias, según corresponda) más de

(indíquese el número de aplicaciones o el plazo).

CS

K zabránení vzniku rezistence neaplikujte tento ani _ádn

jin prípravek, kter obsahuje(uvedte úcinnou látku nebo

poprípadeskupinu úcinn ch látek)více/déle ne_(uvedtecetnost

aplikací nebo lhutu).

DA

For at undgå udviklingen af resistens må dette produkt eller

andre produkter, der indeholder (angiv aktivstof eller gruppe af

aktivstoffer), kun anvendes/ikke anvendes mere end (i

tidsperioden eller antal gange).

DE

Zur Vermeidung einer Resistenzbildung darf dieses oder

irgendein anderes Mittel, welches (entsprechende Benennung

des Wirkstoffes oder der Wirkstoffgruppe) enthält, nicht mehr

als (Angabe der Häufigkeit oder der Zeitspanne) ausgebracht

werden.

ET

Resistentsuse tekkimise vältimiseks seda või ükskõik millist

muud vahendit mitte kasutada rohkem kui(kasutamiskordade

arv või määratletav periood), mis sisaldab(määratleda vastavalt

toimeaine või ainete liik).

EL

Προκειµένου να µην αναπτυχθεί αντίσταση µην

χρησιµοποιείτε αυτό ή οποιοδήποτε άλλο προϊόν που

περιέχει (προσδιορίστε τη δραστική ουσία ή την κατηγορία των

ουσιών αναλόγως) περισσότερο από (να προσδιοριστεί η

συχνότητα) φορές.

EN

To avoid the build-up of resistance do not apply this or any

other product containing(identify active substance or class

of substances, as appropriate) more than (number of

applications or time period to be specified).

FR

Pour éviter le développement de résistances, ne pas appliquer

ce produit ou tout autre contenant (préciser la substance ou

la famille de substances selon le cas) plus de (nombre d'appli-

cations ou durée à préciser).

IT

Per evitare l'insorgenza di resistenza non applicare questo o

altri prodotti contenenti(indicare la sostanza attiva o la

classe di sostanze, a seconda del caso)più di(numero di

applicazioni o durata da precisare).

LV

Lai izvairītos no rezistences veidošanās, nelietot šo vai

jebkuru citu augu aizsardzības līdzekli, kurš satur …

(norāda darbīgās vielas vai darbīgo vielu grupas nosaukumu)

vairāk nekā … (norāda apstrāžu skaitu vai laiku).

LT

Siekiant išvengti atsparumo išsivystymo, nenaudoti šio

produkto ar kito produkto, kurio sudėtyje yra (nurodyti

veikliają medžiagą ar medžiagų grupę) dažniau kaip (nurodyti

apdorojimų skaičių arba laikotarpį).

HU

Rezisztancia kialakulásának elkerülése érdekében ezt vagy (a

megfelelő hatóanyag vagy anyagcsoport)-ot tartalmazó

bármilyen más készítményt ne használja (az előírt kezelésszám

vagy időszakok)-nál többször/hosszabb ideig. .

MT

Sabiex tevita li tinbena reżistenza tapplikax dan jew xi

prodott iehor li jkun fih (identifika s-sustanza jew klassi ta'

sustanzi attivi kif imiss) aktar minn (l-għadd ta'

applikazzjonijiet jew il-ħin li ghandu jkun speċifikat)

NL

Om resistentieopbouw te voorkomen mag u dit product of

andere producten die (geef naar gelang van het geval de

naam van de werkzame stof of van de categorie werkzame

stoffen) bevatten, niet vaker gebruiken dan (geef het aantal

toepassingen aan)/niet langer gebruiken dan (geef de tijdsduur

aan).

PL

W celu uniknięcia powstawania odporności nie stosować tego

lub żadnego innego produktu zawierającego (określić

substancję aktywną lub klasę substancji, kiedy dotyczy) nie

dłużej niż (określony czas)/nie częściej niż (określona

częstotliwość).

PT

Para evitar o desenvolvimento de resistências, não aplicar este

produto ou qualquer outro que contenha (indicar, consoante o

caso, a substância activa ou a família de substâncias activas)

mais de (número ou período de aplicações a precisar).

RO

Pentru a evita apariția rezistenței nu aplicați acest produs sau

orice alt produs conținând (să se specifice substan ț a activă sau

clasa de substan ț e, după caz) mai mult de (să se specifice

numărul de tratamente sau perioada de timp)!

SK

Na zabránenie vzniku rezistencie neaplikujte tento alebo iný

prípravok obsahujúci (uveďte účinnú látku alebo skupinu látok)

dlhšie ako (upresnite počet aplikácií alebo časový úsek).

SL

Zaradi preprečevanja nastanka odpornosti ne uporabljati

tega ali drugih sredstev, ki vsebujejo (navede se aktivno snov

ali skupino aktivnih snovi) več kot (navede se časovno obdobje

ali število tretiranj).

FI

Resistenssin kehittymisen estämiseksi ei saa käyttää tätä tai

mitä tahansa muuta tuotetta, joka sisältää (tapauksen mukaan

tehoaine tai aineluokka), käyttöä useammin (käyttötiheys).

SV

För att undvika utveckling av resistens använd inte denna

produkt eller andra produkter innehållande (ange verksamt

ämne eller grupp av ämnen) mer än (ange antal behandlingar

eller tidsperiod).

2.4.

Specific safety precautions for rodenticides (SPr)

SPr 1

BG

Примамките да се поставят така, че да бъде сведен до

минимум риска от консумация от други животни.

Блоковите примамки да се поставят така, че да не

могат да бъдат разнесени от гризачи.

ES

Los cebos deben colocarse de forma que se evite el riesgo de

ingestión por otros animales. Asegurar los cebos de

manera que los roedores no puedan llevárselos.

CS

Nástrahy musí být kladeny tak, aby se minimalizovalo riziko

požití jinými zvířaty. Zabezpečte nástrahy, aby nemohly být

hlodavci rozvlékány.

DA

Produktet skal anbringes på en sådan måde, at risikoen for,

at andre dyr kan indtage produktet, formindskes mest muligt.

F.eks. ved at produktet anbringes inde i en kasse med små

indgangshuller til gnaverne eller inde i gnavernes eget gangsystem.

Pas på, at produkt i blokform ikke kan flyttes væk af

de gnavere, der skal bekæmpes.

DE

Die Köder verdeckt und unzugänglich für andere Tiere

ausbringen. Köder sichern, so dass ein Verschleppen durch

Nagetiere nicht möglich ist.

ET

Peibutussööt tuleb ohutult ladustada selliselt, et minimeerida

teiste loomade poolt tarbimise ohtu. Peibutussöödabriketid

kindlustada selliselt, et närilised neid ära vedada ei saaks.

EL

Τα δολώµατα θα πρέπει να τοποθετηθούν µε τρόπο τέτοιο που

να ελαχιστοποιηθεί η πιθανότητα να καταναλωθούν από άλλα

ζώα. Ασφαλίστε τα δολώµατα έτσι ώστε να µην µπορούν να

τα παρασύρουν τα τρωκτικά.

EN

The baits must be securely deposited in a way so as to

minimise the risk of consumption by other animals. Secure

bait blocks so that they cannot be dragged away by

rodents.

FR

Les appâts doivent être disposés de manière à minimiser le

risque d'ingestion par d'autres animaux. Sécuriser les

appâts afin qu'ils ne puissent pas être emmenés par les

rongeurs.

IT

Le esche devono essere disposte in modo da minimizzare il

rischio di ingerimento da parte di altri animali. Fissare le

esche in modo che non possano essere trascinate via dai

roditori.

LV

Ēsmu ejā ievietot tā, lai, tā nebūtu pieejama citiem dzīvniekiem.

Ēsmu nostiprināt, lai grauzēji to nevarētu aizvilkt.

LT

Jaukas turi būti saugiai išdėstytas taip, kad sumažėtų rizika

kitiems gyvūnams jį vartoti. Jauko blokai turi būti taip

saugomi, kad graužikai negalėtų jų ištampyti.

HU

A csalétket úgy kell biztonságosan kihelyezni, hogy a lehető

legkisebb legyen annak a veszélye, hogy abból más állatok is

fogyasztanak. A csalétket úgy kell rögzíteni, hogy azt a

rágcsálók ne hurcolhassák el.

MT

Il-lixki għandhom jitqegħdu hekk li jitnaqqas ir-riskju li

jkunu mittiekla minn annimali oħrajn. Orbot il-blokki tal-

lixka sew fejn ikunu biex ma' jiġux mkaxkra minn fuq il-

post minn rodenti.

NL

De lokmiddelen moeten zo worden geplaatst dat het risico dat

andere dieren ervan eten zoveel mogelijk wordt beperkt.

Maak de blokjes stevig vast, zodat ze niet door de knaag-

dieren kunnen worden weggesleept.

PL

Przynęty muszą być rozłożone w taki sposób, aby zminimalizować

ryzyko zjedzenia przez inne zwierzęta. Zabezpieczyć

przynętę w ten sposób, aby nie mogła zostać wywleczona

przez gryzonie.

PT

Colocar os iscos de modo a minimizar o risco de ingestão por

outros animais. Fixar os iscos, para que não possam ser

arrastados pelos roedores.

RO

Momeala trebuie depozitată în condiții de securitate astfel

încât să se micșoreze riscul de a fi consumată de către alte

animale! A se asigura momeala astfel încât să nu poată fi

mutată de către rozătoare!

SK

Návnady sa musia umiestnit’ tak, aby sa k nim nedostali iné

zvieratá. Zabezpecte návnady tak, aby ich hlodavce

nemohli odtiahnut.

SL

Vabe je treba nastaviti varno, tako da je tveganje zaužitja za

druge živali minimalno. Zavarovati vabe tako, da jih glodalci

ne morejo raznesti.

FI

Syötit on sijoitettava siten, että ne eivät eiheuta riskiä muille

eläimille. Syötit on kiinnitettävä siten, että jyrsijät eivät saa

vietyä niitä mukanaan.

SV

Betena måste placeras så att andra djur inte kan förtära dem.

Förankra betena så att de inte kan släpas iväg av gnagare.

SPr 2

BG

Третираните площи трябва да бъдат обозначени в

периода на третиране. Да се посочи опасността от

отравяне (първично или вторично) с антикоагуланта и

да се укаже неговата противоотрова.

ES

La zona tratada debe señalizarse durante el tratamiento. Debe

advertirse del riesgo de intoxicación (primaria o

secundaria) por el anticoagulante así como del antídoto

correspondiente.

CS

Plocha určená k ošetření musí být během ošetřování

označena. Je třeba upozornit na nebezpečí otravy (primární

nebo sekundární) antikoagulantem a uvést protijed.

DA

Det behandlede område skal afmærkes i behandlingsperioden.

Faren for forgiftning (primær eller sekundær) ved indtagelse

af antikoaguleringsmidler, samt modgiften herfor, skal

nævnes på opslag.

DE

Det behandlede område skal afmærkes i behandlingsperioden.

Faren for forgiftning (primær eller sekundær) ved indtagelse

af antikoaguleringsmidler, samt modgiften herfor, skal

nævnes på opslag.

ET

Käideldud ala tuleb käitlemisperioodiks märgistada. Antikoa-

gulandi mürgituse (esmane või teisene) oht ning selle

vastane antidoot peab olema ära mainitud.

EL

Η περιοχή στην οποία έχει χρησιµοποιηθεί το προϊόν πρέπει

να έχει σηµαδευτεί κατά την περίοδο χρήσης. Θα πρέπει να

αναφέρεται ο κίνδυνος (πρωτογενούς ή δευτερογενούς) δηλη-

τηρίασης από το αντιπηκτικό καθώς και το αντίδοτο σε

περίπτωση δηλητηρίασης.

EN

Treatment area must be marked during the treatment period.

The danger from being poisoned (primary or secondary)

by the anticoagulant and the antidote against it should be

mentioned.

FR

La zone de traitement doit faire l'objet d'un marquage

pendant la période de traitement. Le risque d'empoison-

nement (primaire ou secondaire) par l'anticoagulant, ainsi

que son antidote doivent être mentionnés.

IT

Durante il trattamento la zona interessata deve essere chiar-

amente segnalata. Il pericolo di avvelenamento (primario o

secondario) dovuto all'anticoagulante deve essere

evidenziato assieme al relativo antidoto.

LV

Apstrādes laikā apstrādājamo platību marķēt. Norādīt saindēšanās

(primārās vai sekundārās) apdraudējumu ar antikoagulantu

un tā antidotu.

LT

Apdorojami plotai turi būti pažymėti visą apdorojimo

laikotarpį. Turi būti paminėtas apsinuodijimo antikoaguliantu

pavojus (tiesioginis ar netiesioginis) ir nurodytas priešnuodis.

HU

A kezelt területet a kezelés ideje alatt külön jelöléssel kell

megjelölni. A jelölésben fel kell hívni a figyelmet a véralvadásgátló

szertől való mérgeződés veszélyére és annak ellenszerére.

MT

Il-post ittrattat għandu jkun immarkat filwaqt li jkun qiegħed

jiġi itrattat. Għandu jissemma l-periklu ta' avvelenament

(primarju jew sekondarju) bl-antikoagulant u l-antitodu

tiegħu.

NL

De behandelde zone moet tijdens de verdelgingsperiode

worden gemarkeerd. Het risico van een (primaire of

secundaire) vergiftiging door het antistollingsmiddel moet

worden vermeld, alsmede het tegengif.

PL

Obszar poddany zabiegowi musi być oznakowany podczas

zabiegu. Niebezpieczeństwo zatrucia (pierwotnego lub

wtórnego) antykoagulantem i antidotum powinno być

wyszczególnione.

PT

Zona de tratament trebuie marcată în timpul perioadei de

aplicare! A se menționa riscul de otrăvire (principal și

secundar) cu anticoagulant și antitodul specific!

RO

Durante o período de tratamento, marcar a zona, com

menção ao perigo de envenenamento (primário ou

secundário) pelo anticoagulante e indicação do antídoto

deste último.

SK

Ošetrovaná plocha sa počas ošetrenia musí označiť. Musí sa

uviesť nebezpečenstvo možnej otravy (primárnej alebo sekundárnej)

antikoagulantami a protilátky.

SL

Tretirano območje je treba v času tretiranja označiti. Navesti

je treba nevarnost zastrupitve (neposredne ali posredne) z

antikoagulanti in ustrezne antidote.

FI

Käsiteltävä alue on merkittävä käsittelyaikana. Antikoagu-

lantin aiheuttama myrkytysvaara (primaarinen tai sekun-

daarinen) ja vasta-aine mainittava.

SV

Det behandlade området skall markeras under behandling-

sperioden. Faran för förgiftning (primär eller sekundär)

av antikoagulanten samt motgift skall anges.

SPr 3

BG

Мъртвите гризачи да се отстраняват от третираната

площ всеки ден през целия период на третиране. Да не

се изхвърлят в кофи за боклук или на сметища.

ES

Durante el tratamiento, los roedores muertos deben retirarse

diariamente de la zona tratada. No tirarlos en cubos de

basura ni en vertederos.

CS

Mrtvé hlodavce během doby použití přípravku denně

odstraňujte. Neodkládejte je do nádob na odpadky ani na

smetiště.

DA

Døde gnavere skal fjernes fra behandlingsområdet hver dag.

Anbring ikke de døde gnavere i åbne affaldsbeholdere.

DE

Tote Nager während der Einsatzperiode täglich entfernen.

Nicht in Müllbehältern oder auf Müllkippen entsorgen.

ET

Surnud närilised tuleb eemaldada käitlemisalalt käitlemise

ajal iga päev. Mitte panna prügikastidesse või prügi maha-

paneku kohtadesse.

EL

Τα νεκρά τρωκτικά πρέπει να αποµακρύνονται καθηµερινά

από την περιοχή χρήσης σε όλη τη διάρκεια χρησιµοποίησης

του προϊόντος. Να µην τοποθετούνται σε κάδους απορ-

ριµµάτων ούτε σε σακούλες σκουπιδιών.

EN

Dead rodents must be removed from the treatment area each

day during treatment. Do not place in refuse bins or on

rubbish tips.

FR

Les rongeurs morts doivent être retirés quotidiennement de la

zone de traitement pendant toute la période du traitement.

Ne pas les jeter dans les poubelles ni les décharges.

IT

I roditori morti devono essere rimossi quotidianamente dalla

zona del trattamento per tutta la durata dello stesso e non

devono essere gettati nei rifiuti o nelle discariche.

LV

Apstrādes laikā beigtos grauzējus no apstrādātās platības

aizvākt katru dienu. Neizmest tos atkritumu tvertnēs vai

kaudzēs.

LT

Žuvę graužikai turi būti surenkami iš apdoroto ploto

kiekvieną dieną viso naikinimo metu. Nemesti i šiukšlių

dėžes arba sąvartynus.

HU

Az elhullott rágcsálókat a kezelés alatt naponta el kell távolítani

a kezelt területről. A tetemeket tilos hulladéktartályban

vagy hulladéklerakóban elhelyezni.

MT

Għandhom jitneħħew kuljum ir-rodenti mejta mill-post

ittrattat. Tarmihomx f'kontenituri taż-żibel jew fuq il-

miżbliet.

NL

Tijdens de verdelgingsperiode moeten de knaagdieren elke

dag uit de behandelde zone worden verwijderd. Gooi ze

niet in vuilnisbakken of op storten.

PL

Martwe gryzonie usuwać z obszaru poddanego zabiegowi

każdego dnia. Nie wyrzucać do pojemników na śmieci i nie

wywozić na wysypiska śmieci.

PT

Durante o período de tratamento, remover diariamente os

roedores mortos da zona de tratamento, mas sem os deitar

ao lixo ou depositar em lixeiras.

RO

Rozătoarele moarte trebuie să fie îndepărtate din zona tratată

în fiecare zi în timpul tratamentului! A nu se arunca în recipientele

pentru gunoi sau la gropile de gunoi!

SK

Mŕtve hlodavce treba z ošetrovanej plochy každý deň

odstrániť. Nehádžte ich do odpadových nádob alebo na

smetisko.

SL

Poginule glodalce je treba odstraniti s tretiranega območja

sproti, vsak dan v času tretiranja, vendar ne v zabojnike za

odpadke ali odlagališča smeti.

FI

Kuolleet jyrsijät on kerättävä käsittelyaikana alueelta

päivittäin. Niitä ei saa heittää jätesäiliöihin tai kaatopaikoille.

SV

Döda gnagare skall tas bort från behandlingsområdet varje

dag under behandlingen. Får inte läggas i soptunnor eller på

soptipp.

3. Attribution criteria for standard phrases for specific safety

precautions

3.1.

INTRODUCTION

In general, plant-protection products are only authorised for those

specified uses, which are acceptable on the basis of an assessment

according to the uniform principles laid down in Schedule VI of this

Legal Notice.

As far as applicable, the specific safety precautions should reflect the

results of such assessments according to the uniform principles and

should be applied in particular in those cases where risk-mitigation

measures are necessary to prevent unacceptable effects.

3.2.

Attribution criteria for standard phrases for safety precautions for

operators

SPo 1

After contact with skin, first remove product with a dry cloth and

then wash the skin with plenty of water.

The phrase shall be assigned for plant-protection products containing

ingredients which may react violently with water, such as cyanide salts

or aluminium phosphide.

SPo 2

Wash all protective clothing after use.

The phrase is recommended when protective clothing is required to

protect operators. It is obligatory for all plant-protection products clas-

sified as T or T+.

SPo 3

After igniting the product, do not inhale smoke and leave the treated

area immediately.

The phrase shall be assigned to plant-protection products used for fumi-

gation in cases where the use of a respiratory mask is not warranted.

SPo 4

The container must be opened outdoors and in dry conditions.

The phrase should be assigned to plant-protection products containing

active substances which may react violently with water or damp air, such

as aluminium phosphide, or which may cause spontaneous combustion,

such as (alkylenebis-) dithiocarbamates. This phrase shall also be

assigned to volatile products classified with R20, 23 or 26. Expert

judgement must be applied in individual cases, to assess whether the

properties of the preparation and the packaging are such as to cause harm

to the operator.

SPo 5

Ventilate treated areas/greenhouses thoroughly/time to be specifie-

d/until spray has dried before re-entry.

The phrase shall be assigned to plant-protection products used in green-

houses or other confined spaces, such as stores.

3.3.

Attribution criteria for standard phrases for safety precautions for the

environment

SPe 1

To protect groundwater/soil organisms do not apply this or any

other product containing(identify active substance or class of

substances, as

appropriate)more than(time period or frequency to be specified).

The phrase shall be assigned to plant-protection products for which an

evaluation according to the uniform principles shows for one or more of

the labelled uses that risk-mitigation measures are necessary to avoid

accumulation in soil, effects on earthworms or other soil-dwelling

organisms or soil microflora and/or contamination of groundwater.

SPe 2

To protect groundwater/effects on aquatic organisms do not apply to

(soil type or situation to be specified)soils.

The phrase shall be assigned as a risk-mitigation measure to avoid any

potential contamination of groundwater or surface water under

vulnerable conditions (e.g. associated to soil type, topography or for

drained soils), if an evaluation according to the uniform principles shows

for one or more of the labelled uses that risk-mitigation measures are

necessary to avoid unacceptable effects.

SPe 3

To protect aquatic organisms/non-target plants/non-target

arthropod-s/insects respect an unsprayed buffer zone of(distance to

be specified) to non-agricultural land/surface water bodies.

The phrase shall be assigned to protect non-target plants, non-target

arthropods and/or aquatic organisms, if an evaluation according to the

uniform principles shows for one or more of the labelled uses that risk-

mitigation measures are necessary to avoid unacceptable effects.

SPe 4

To protect aquatic organisms/non-target plants do not apply on

impermeable surfaces such as asphalt, concrete, cobblestones,

railway tracks and other situations with a high risk of run-off.

This phrase shall be used to mitigate the risk of run-off in order to

protect aquatic organisms or non-target plants.

SPe 5

To protect birds/wild mammals the product must be entirely incor-

porated in the soil; ensure that the product is also fully incorporated

at the end of rows.

The phrase shall be assigned to plant-protection products, such as

granules or pellets, which must be incorporated to protect birds or wild

mammals.

SPe 6

To protect birds/wild mammals remove spillages.

The phrase shall be assigned to plant-protection products, such as

granules or pellets, to avoid uptake by birds or wild mammals. It is

recommended for all solid formulations, which are used undiluted.

SPe 7

Do not apply during bird breeding period.

The phrase shall be assigned when an evaluation according to the

uniform principles shows that for one or more of the labelled uses such a

mitigation measure is necessary.

SPe 8

Dangerous to bees/To protect bees and pollinating insects do not

apply to crop plants when in flower/Do not use where bees are

actively foraging/Remove or cover beehives during application and

for(state time)after treatment/Do not apply when flowering weeds

are present/Remove weeds before flowering/Do not apply before

(state time)

The phrase shall be assigned to plant-protection products for which an

evaluation according to the uniform principles shows for one or more of

the labelled uses that risk-mitigation measures must be applied to protect

bees or other pollinating insects. Depending on the use pattern of the

plant-protection product, and other relevant national regulatory

provisions, the Director may select the appropriate phrasing to mitigate

the risk to bees and other pollinating insects and their brood.

3.4.

Attribution criteria for standard phrases for safety precautions for good

agricultural practice

SPa 1

To avoid the build-up of resistance do not apply this or any other

product containing(identify active substance or class of substances, as

appropriate)more than(number of applications or time period to be

specified).

The phrase shall be assigned when such a restriction appears necessary

to limit the risk of development of resistance.

3.5.

Attribution criteria for standard phrases for specific safety precautions

for rodenticides

SPr 1

The baits must be securely deposited in a way so as to minimise the

risk of consumption by other animals. Secure bait blocks so that

they cannot be dragged away by rodents.

To ensure compliance of operators the phrase should appear prominently

on the label, so that misuse is excluded as far as possible.

SPr 2

Treatment area must be marked during the treatment period. The

danger from being poisoned (primary or secondary) by the antic-

oagulant and the antidote against it should be mentioned.

The phrase should appear prominently on the label, so that accidental

poisoning is excluded as far as possible.

SPr 3

Dead rodents must be removed from the treatment area each day

during treatment. Do not place in refuse bins or on rubbish tips.

To avoid secondary poisoning of animals the phrase shall be assigned to

all rodenticides containing anticoagulants as active substances.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) Meta jirċievi applikazzjoni f’dik il-forma u f’dik

il-manjiera u f’dak il-qafas ta’ żmien d-Direttur jista’ minn żmien

għal żmien jitlob, b’avviż fil-Gazzetta għall-inklużjoni ta’ sustanza

attiva fl-Iskeda I, id-Direttur għandu bla dewmien żejjed jiżgura li

dokument li jitqies li jissodisfa r-rekwiżiti ta’ l-Iskeda II jingħadda

mill-applikant lill-Istati Membri l-oħrajn u lill-Kummissjoni,

flimkien ma’ dokument li jikkonforma ma’ l-Iskeda III dwar mill-

anqas preparazzjoni waħda li jkun fiha dik is-sustanza attiva.

(2) Jekk l-analiżi tad-dokument li jagħmel referenza

għalih is-sub regolament (1) ta’ dan ir-regolament juri li hija

meħtieġa aktar informazzjoni l-applikant jista’ jiġi mistoqsi biex

jissottometti informazzjoni bħal dik.

(3) Id-dispożizzjonijiet ta’ dan ir-regolament għandhom

ikunu japplikaw ukoll jekk, wara l-inklużjoni ta’ sustanza attiva fl-

Iskeda I, joħorġu xi fatti li jixħtu dubju fuq il-konformità tagħha

mar-rekwiżiti indikati fir-regolament 5 (1) u (2), jew jekk tiġdid

skont ir-regolament 5 (5) ikunx qed jiġi kunsidrat.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

PART I

UNIFORM PRINCIPLES FOR EVALUATION AND AUTHORISATION

OF CHEMICAL PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCTS

CONTENTS

A.

INTRODUCTION

B.

EVALUATION

1. General principles

2. Specific principles

2.1.

Efficacy

2.2.

Absence of unacceptable effects on plants or plant products

2.3.

Impact on vertebrates to be controlled

2.4.

Impact on human or animal health

2.4.1. arising from the plant protection product

2.4.2. arising from residues

2.5.

Influence on the environment

2.5.1. Fate and distribution in the environment

2.5.2. Impact on non-target species

2.6.

Analytical methods

2.7.

Physical and chemical properties

C.

DECISION-MAKING

1. General principles

2. Specific principles

2.1.

Efficacy

2.2.

Absence of unacceptable effects on plants or plant products

2.3.

Impact on vertebrates to be controlled

2.4.

Impact on human or animal health

2.4.1. arising from the plant protection product

2.4.2. arising from residues

2.5.

Influence on the environment

2.5.1. Fate and distribution in the environment

2.5.2. Impact on non-target species

2.6.

Analytical methods

2.7.

Physical and chemical properties

A.

INTRODUCTION

1. The principles developed in this Schedule aim to ensure that

evaluations and decisions with regard to authorization of plant

protection products, provided they are chemical preparations,

results in the implementation of the requirements of regulation 4

(1) (b), (c), (d) and (e) of these at the high level of protection of

human and animal health and the environment.

2. In evaluating applications and granting authorizations Member

States shall

(a)— ensure that the dossier supplied is in accordance with the

requirements of Schedule III, at the latest at the time of

finalization of the evaluation for the purpose of decision-

making, without prejudice, where relevant, to the provisions

of regulation 13 (1) (a), (2)(b) and (4) of these regulations,

—ensure that the data submitted are acceptable in terms of

quantity, quality, consistency and reliability and sufficient

to permit a proper evaluation of the dossier,

—evaluate, where relevant, justifications submitted by the

applicant for not supplying certain data;

(b) take into account the Schedule II data concerning the active

substance in the plant protection product, submitted for the

purpose of inclusion of the active substance concerned in

Schedule I, and the results of the evaluation of those data,

without prejudice, where relevant, to the provisions of

regulation 13 (1) (b), (2)(a) and (4) of these regulations;

(c) take into consideration other relevant technical or scientific

information they can reasonably possess with regard to the

performance of the plant protection product or to the poten-

tially adverse effects of the plant protection product, its

components or its residues.

3. Where in the specific principles on evaluation reference is made

to Schedule II data, this shall be understood as being the data

referred to in point 2 (b).

4. Where the data and information provided are sufficient to permit

completion of the evaluation for one of the proposed uses, appli-

cations must be evaluated and a decision made for the proposed

use.

Taking account of justifications provided and with the benefit of

any subsequent clarifications, the Director shall reject appli-

cations for which the data gaps are such that it is not possible to

finalize the evaluation and to make a reliable decision for at least

one of the proposed uses.

5. During the process of evaluation and decision-making, Member

States shall cooperate with the applicants in order to resolve any

questions on the dossier quickly or to identify at an early stage

any additional studies necessary for a proper evaluation of the

dossier, or to amend any proposed conditions for the use of the

plant protection product or to modify its nature or its composition

in order to ensure full satisfaction of the requirements of this

Schedule or of these Regulations.

The Director shall ITALICly come to a reasoned decision within

12 months of receiving a technically complete dossier. A

technically complete dossier is one that satisfies all the

requirements of Schedule III.

6. The judgements made by the competent authorities of the Member

States during the evaluation and decision-making process must be

based on scientific principles, preferably recognized at interna-

tional level (for example, by the EPPO), and be made with the

benefit of expert advice.

B.

EVALUATION

1. General principles

1. Having regard to current scientific and technical knowledge,

The Director shall evaluate the information referred to in

Part A, point 2, and in particular

(a) assess the performance in terms of efficacy and phyto-

toxicity of the plant protection product for each use for which

authorization is sought; and

(b) identify the harzards arising, assess their significance and

make a judgment as to the likely risks to humans, animals or

the environment.

2. The director shall have regard to all normal conditions under

which the plant protection product shall be used, and to the

consequences of its use, the director shall ensure that

evaluations carried out have regard to the proposed practical

conditions of use and in particular to the purpose of use, the

dose, the manner, frequency and timing of applications, and

the nature and composition of the preparation. Whenever

possible the Director shall also take into account the

principles of integrated control.

3. In the evaluation of applications submitted, the Director shall

have regard to the agricultural, plant health or environ-mental

(including climatic) conditions in the areas of use.

4. In interpreting the results of evaluations, the Director shall

take into consideration possible elements of uncertainty in the

information obtained during the evaluation, in order to ensure

that the chances of failing to detect adverse effects or of

under-estimating their importance are reduced to a minimum.

The decision-making process shall be examined to identify

critical decision points or items of data for which

uncertainties could lead to a false classification of risk.

The first evaluation made shall be based on the best available

data or estimates reflecting the realistic conditions of use of

the plant protection product.

This should be followed by a repeat evaluation, taking

account of potential uncertainties in the critical data and of a

range of use conditions that are likely to occur and resulting

in a realistic worst-case approach, to determine whether it is

possible that the initial evaluation could have been signifi-

cantly different.

5. Where specific principles of Section 2 provide for the use of

calculation models in the evaluation of a plant protection

product, those models shall

—make a best possible estimation of all relevant processes

involved taking into account realistic parameters and

assumptions,

—be submitted to an analysis as referred to in B, point 1.4,

—be reliably validated with measurements carried out under

circumstances relevant for the use of the model,

—be relevant to the conditions in the area of use.

6. Where metabolites, degradation or reaction products are

referred to in the specific principles, only those that are

relevant for the proposed criterion shall be taken into consid-

eration.

2. Specific priciples

The director shall, for the evaluation of the data and information

submitted in support of applications, and without prejudice to the

general principles of Section 1, implement the following

principles.

2.1.

Efficacy

2.1.1. Where the proposed use concerns the control of or protection

against an organism, the Director shall evaluate the possibility

that this organism could be harmful under the agricultural, plant

health and environmental (including climatic) conditions in the

area of the proposed use.

2.1.2. Where the proposed use concerns an effect other than the control

of or protection against an organism, the director shall evaluate

whether significant damage, loss or inconvenience could occur

under the agricultural, plant health and environmental (including

climatic) conditions in the area of proposed use if the plant

protection product were not used.

2.1.3. The Director shall evaluate the efficacy data on the plant

protection product as provided for in Schedule III having regard

to the degree of control or the extent of the effect desired and

having regard to the relevant experimental conditions such as

—the choice of the crop or cultivar,

—the agricultural and environmental (including climatic)

conditions,

—the presence and density of the harmful organism,

—the development stage of crop and organism,

—the amount of the plant protection product used,

—if required on the label, the amount of adjuvant added,

—the frequency and timing of the applications,

—the type of application equipment.

2.1.4. The Director shall evaluate the performance of the plant

protection product in a range of agricultural, plant health and

environmental (including climatic) conditions likely to be

encountered in practice in the area of proposed use and in

particular

(i) the level, consistency and duration of the effect sought in

relation to the dose in comparison with a suitable reference

product or products and an untreated control;

(ii) where relevant, effect on yield or reduction of loss in storage,

in terms of quantity and/or quality, in comparison with a

suitable reference product or products and an untreated

control.

Where no suitable reference product exists, the Director shall

evaluate the performance of the plant protection product to

determine whether there is a consistent and defined benefit under

the agricultural, plant health and environmental (including

climatic) conditions in the area of proposed use.

2.1.5. Where the product label includes requirements for use of the plant

protection product with other plant protection products and/or

with adjuvants as a tank mix, the Director shall make the

evaluations referred to in points 2.1.1 to 2.1.4 in relation to the

information supplied for the tank mix.

Where the product label includes recommendations for use of the

plant protection product with other plant protection products

and/or with adjuvants as a tank mix, the Director shall evaluate

the appropriateness of the mix and of its conditions of use.

2.2.

Absence of unacceptable effects on plants or plant products

2.2.1. The Director shall evaluate the degree of adverse effects on the

treated crop after use of the plant protection product according to

the proposed conditions of use in comparison, where relevant,

with a suitable reference product or products, where they exist,

and/or an untreated control.

(a) This evaluation will take into consideration the following

information

(i) the efficacy data provided for in Schedule III;

(ii) other relevant information on the plant protection product

such as nature of the preparation, dose, method of application,

number and timing of applications;

(iii) all relevant information on the active substance as

provided for in Schedule II, including mode of action, vapour pressure,

volatility and water solubility;

(b) This evaluation will include

(i)

the nature, frequency, level and duration of observed

phytotoxic effects and the agricultural, plant health and

environmental (including climatic) conditions that affect them;

(ii) the differences between main cultivars with regard to

their sensitivity to phytotoxic effects;

(iii) the part of the treated crop or plant products where

phytotoxic effects are observed;

(iv) the adverse impact on the yield of the treated crop or

plant products in terms of quantity and/or quality;

(v) the adverse impact on treated plants or plant products to

be used for propagation, in terms of viability, germi-nation,

sprouting, rooting and establishment;

(vi) where volatile products are concerned, the adverse

impact on adjacent crops.

2.2.2. Where the available data indicate that the active substance or

significant metabolites, degradation and reaction products persist

in soils and/or in or on plant substances in significant quantities

after use of the plant protection product according to the proposed

conditions of use, the Director shall evaluate the degree of

adverse effects on subsequent crops. This evaluation will be

carried out as specified in point 2.2.1.

2.2.3. Where the product label includes requirements for use of the plant

protection product with other plant protection products or with

adjuvants as a tank mix, the evaluation as specified in point 2.1.1

will be carried out in relation to the information supplied for the

tank mix.

2.3.

Impact on vertebrates to be controlled

Where the proposed use of the plant protection product aims to

have an effect on vertebrates, the Director shall evaluate the

mechanism by which this effect is obtained and the observed

effects on the behaviour and health of the target animals; when

the intended effect is to kill the target animal they shall evaluate

the time necessary to obtain the death of the animal and the

conditions under which death occurs.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) all relevant information as provided for in Schedule II and the

results of the evaluation thereof, including the toxicological

and metabolism studies;

(ii) all relevant information on the plant protection product as

provided for in Schedule III, including toxicological studies

and efficacy data.

2.4.

Impact on human or animal health

2.4.1. a r i s i n g f r o m t h e p l a n t p r o t e c t i o n p r o d u c t

2.4.1.1. The Director shall evaluate operator exposure to the active

substance and/or to toxicologically relevant compounds in the

plant protection product likely to occur under the proposed

conditions of use (including in particular dose, application

method and climatic conditions) using by preference realistic

data on exposure and, if such data are not available, a suitable,

validated calculation model.

(a) This evaluation will take into consideration the following

information

(i) the toxicological and metabolism studies as provided for

in Schedule II and the results of the evaluation thereof including

the acceptable operator exposure level (AOEL). The acceptable

operator exposure level is the maximum amount of active substance

to which the operator may be exposed without any adverse health

effects. The AOEL is expressed as milligrams of the chemical per

kilogram body weight of the operator. The AOEL is based on the highest

level at which no adverse effect is observed in tests in the most sensitive

relevant animal species or, if appropriate data are available, in humans;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substances such

as physical and chemical properties;

(iii) the toxicological studies provided for in Schedule III,

including where appropriate dermal absorption studies;

(iv) other relevant information as provided for in Schedule III

such as

-

composition of the preparation,

-

nature of the preparation,

-

size, design and type of packaging,

-

field of use and nature of crop or target,

-

method of application including handling, loading and mixing of product,

-

exposure reduction measures recommended,

-

protective clothing recommendations,

-

maximum application rate,

-

minimum spray application volume stated on the label,

-

number and timing of applications;

(b) This evaluation shall be made for each type of application

method and application equipment proposed for use of the

plant protection product as well as for the different types and

sizes of containers to be used, taking account of mixing,

loading operations, application of the plant protection

product and cleaning and routine maintenance of application

equipment.

2.4.1.2. The director shall examine information relating to the nature

and characteristics of the packaging proposed with particular

reference to the following aspects

—the type of packaging,

—its dimensions and capacity,

—the size of the opening,

—the type of closure,

—its strength, leakproofness and resistance to normal transport

and handling,

—its resistance to and compatibility with the contents.

2.4.1.3. The director shall examine the nature and characteristics of the

protective clothing and equipment proposed with particular

reference to the following aspects

—obtainability and suitability,

—ease of wearing taking into account physical stress and

climatic conditions.

2.4.1.4. The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of other

humans (bystanders or workers exposed after the application of

the plant protection product) or animals to the active substance

and/or to other toxicologically relevant compounds in the plant

protection product under the proposed conditions of use.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) the toxicological and metabolism studies on the active

substance as provided for in Schedule II and the results

of the evaluation thereof, including the acceptable operator exposure level;

(ii) the toxicological studies provided for in Schedule III, including

where appropriate dermal absorption studies;

(iii) other relevant information on the plant protection product as

provided for in Schedule III such as

—re-entry periods, necessary waiting periods or other precautions to protect humans and animals,

—method of application, in particular spraying,

—maximum application rate,

—maximum spray application volume,

—composition of the preparation,

—excess remaining on plants and plant products after treatment,

—further activities whereby workers are exposed.

2.4.2. A r i s i n g f r o m r e s i d u e s

2.4.2.1. The director shall evaluate the specific information on toxi-

cology as provided for in Schedule II and in particular

—the determination of an acceptable daily intake (ADI),

—the identification of metabolites, degradation and reaction

products in treated plants or plant products,

—behaviour of residues of the active substance and its meta-

bolites from the time of application until harvest, or in the

case of post-harvest uses, until outloading of stored plant

products.

2.4.2.2. Prior to evaluating the residue levels in the reported trials or in

products of animal origin The director shall examine the

following information

—data on the proposed good agricultural practice, including data

on application as provided for in Schedule III and proposed

pre-harvest intervals for envisaged uses, or with-holding

periods or storage periods, in the case of post-harvest uses,

—nature of the preparation,

—analytical methods and the residue definition.

2.4.2.3. On the basis of suitable statistical models The director shall

evaluate the residue levels observed in the reported trials. This

evaluation shall be made for each proposed use and shall take

into consideration

(i) the proposed conditions of use of the plant protection

product;

(ii) the specific information on residues in or on treated plants,

plant products, food and feed as provided for in Schedule III and

the distribution of residues between edible and non-edible parts;

(iii) the specific information on residues in or on treated plants,

plant products, food and feed as provided for in Schedule II

and the results of the evaluation thereof;

(iv) the realistic possibilities of extrapolating data from one crop

to another.

2.4.2.4. The director shall evaluate the residue levels observed in

products of animal origin, taking into consideration the infor-

mation provided for in Schedule III, Part A, point 8.4 and

residues resulting from other uses.

2.4.2.5. The director shall estimate the potential exposure of consumers

through diet and, where relevant, other ways of exposure, using a

suitable calculation model. This evaluation will take account,

where relevant, of other sources of information such as other

authorized uses of plant protection products containing the same

active substance or which give rise to the same residues.

2.4.2.6. The director shall, where relevant, estimate the exposure of

animals, taking into account the residue levels observed in

treated plants or plant products intended to be fed to animals.

2.5.

Influence on the environment

2.5.1. F a t e a n d d i s t r i b u t i o n i n t h e e n v i r o n m e n t In the

evaluation of the fate and distribution of the plant protection

product in the environment, The director shall have regard to all

aspects of the environment, including biota, and in particular to

the following

2.5.1.1. The director shall evaluate the possibility of the plant

protection product reaching the soil under the proposed

conditions of use; if this possibility exists they shall estimate the

rate and the route of degradation in the soil, the mobility in the

soil and the change in the total concentration (extractable and

non-extractable (*)) of the active substance and of relevant

metabolites, degradation and reaction products that could be

expected in the soil in the area of envisaged use after use of the

plant protection product according to the proposed conditions of

use.

(*) Non-extractable residues (sometimes referred to as‘bound’or‘non-extracted’residues)

in plants and soils are defined as chemical species originating from pesticides used according to

good agricultural practice that cannot be extracted by methods which do not significantly change

the chemical nature of these residues. These non-extractable residues are not considered to include

fragments through metabolic pathways leading to natural products.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) the specific information on fate and behaviour in soil as

provided for in Schedule II and the results of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substance such as

—molecular weight,

—solubility in water,

—octanol/water partition coefficient,

—vapour pressure,

—volatilization rate,

—dissociation constant,

—photodegradation rate and identity of breakdown products,

—hydrolysis rate in relation to pH and identity of breakdown products;

(iii) all information on the plant protection product as provided

for in Schedule III, including the information on distribution and

dissipation in soil;

(iv) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of proposed use containing the same active

substance or which give rise to the same residues.

2.5.1.2. The director shall evaluate the possibility of the plant

protection product reaching the groundwater under the proposed

conditions of use; if this possibility exists, they shall estimate,

using a suitable calculation model validated at Community level,

the concentration of the active substance and of relevant meta-

bolites, degradation and reaction products that could be expected

in the groundwater in the area of envisaged use after use of the

plant protection product according to the proposed conditions of

use.

As long as there is no validated Community calculation model,

The director shall base their evaluation especially on the results

of mobility and persistance in soil studies as provided for in

Schedules II and III.

This evaluation will also take into consideration the following

information

(i) the specific information on fate and behaviour in soil and

water as provided for in Schedule II and the results of the evaluation

thereof;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substance such as

—molecular weight,

—solubility in water,

—octanol/water partition coefficient,

—vapour pressure,

—volatilization rate,

—hydrolysis rate in relation to pH and identity of breakdown products,

—dissociation constant;

(iii) all information on the plant protection product as provided

for in Schedule III, including the information on distribution

and dissipation in soil and water;

(iv) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use containing the same

active substance or which give rise to the same residues;

(v) where relevant, data on dissipation including transformation

and sorption in the saturated zone;

(vi) where relevant, data on the procedures for drinking water

abstraction and treatment in the area of envisaged use;

(vii) where relevant, monitoring data on the presence or absence

of the active substance and relevant metabolites, degradation

or reaction products in groundwater as a result of previous use of

plant protection products containing the same active substance or

which give rise to the same residues; such monitoring data

shall be interpreted in a consistent scientific way.

2.5.1.3. The director shall evaluate the possibility of the plant

protection product reaching surface water under the proposed

conditions of use; if this possibility exists they shall estimate,

using a suitable calculation model validated at Community level,

the short-term and long-term predicted concentration of the

active substance and of metabolites, degradation and reaction

products that could be expected in the surface water in the area

of envisaged use after use of the plant protection product

according to the proposed conditions of use.

If there is no validated Community calculation model, Member

States shall base their evaluation especially on the results of

mobility and persistence in soil studies and the information on

run-off and drift as provided for in Schedules II and III.

This evaluation will also take into consideration the following

information

(i) the specific information on fate and behaviour in soil and

water as provided for in Schedule II and the results of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substance such as

—molecular weight,

—solubility in water,

—octanol/water partition coefficient,

—vapour pressure,

—volatilization rate,

—hydrolysis rate in relation to pH and identity of breakdown products,

—dissociation constant;

(iii) all relevant information on the plant protection product as

provided for in Schedule III, including the information on distribution

and dissipation in soil and water;

(iv) possible routes of exposure

—drift,

—run-off,

—overspray,

—discharge via drains,

—leaching,

—deposit in the atmosphere;

(v) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use containing the same

active substance or which give rise to the same residues;

(vi) where relevant, data on the procedures for drinking water

abstraction and treatment in the area of envisaged use.

2.5.1.4. The director shall evaluate the possibility of the plant

protection product being dissipated in the air under the proposed

conditions of use; if this possibility exists they shall make the

best possible estimation, using where appropriate a suitable,

validated calculation model, of the concentration of the active

substance and of relevant metabolites, degradation and reaction

products that could be expected in the air after use of the plant

protection product according to the proposed conditions of use.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) the specific information on fate and behaviour in soil, water

and air as provided for in Schedule II and the results of the evaluation

thereof;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substance such as

— vapour pressure,

— solubility in water,

— hydrolysis rate in relation to pH and identity of breakdown products,

— photochemical degradation in water and air and identity of breakdown products,

—octanol/water partition coefficient; (iii) all relevant

information on the plant protection product as provided for in

Schedule III, including the information on distribution and

dissipation in air.

2.5.1.5. The director shall evaluate the procedures for destruction or

decontamination of the plant protection product and its

packaging.

2.5.2. I m p a c t o nnon-target species When calculating

toxicity/exposure ratios The director shall take into consideration

toxicity to the most sensitive relevant organism used in the tests.

2.5.2.1. The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of birds

and other terrestrial vertebrates to the plant protection product

under the proposed conditions of use; if this possibility exists

they shall evaluate the extent of the short-term and long-term risk

to be expected for these organisms, including their reproduction,

after use of the plant protection product according to the

proposed conditions of use.

(a) This evaluation will take into consideration the following

information

(i) the specific information relating to toxicological studies

on mammals and to the effects on birds and other non-target terrestrial

vertebrates, including effects on reproduction, and other relevant information

concerning the active substance as provided for in Schedule II and the

results of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) all relevant information on the plant protection product as provided

for in Schedule III, including the information on effects on birds and other

non-target terrestrial verte-brates;

(iii) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use containing the same active

substance or which give rise to the same residues;

(b) This evaluation will include

(i)

the fate and distribution, including persistence and bioconcentration,

of the active substance and of relevant metabolites, breakdown and reaction

products in the various parts of the environment after application of the plant

protection product;

(ii)

the estimated exposure of the species likely to be exposed at the time of

application or during the period that residues are present, taking into account

all relevant routes of exposure such as ingestion of the formulated product or

treated food, predation on invertebrates, feeding on vertebrate prey, contact

by overspraying or with treated vegetation;

(iii)

a calculation of the acute, short-term and, where necessary,

long-term toxicity/exposure ratio. The toxici-ty/exposure ratios are defined

as respectively the quotient of LD 50 ,LC 50 or non-observable effects of concentration

(NOEC) expressed on an active substance basis and the estimated exposure

expressed in mg/kg body weight.

2.5.2.2. Member States shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of

aquatic organisms to the plant protection product under the

proposed conditions of use; if this possibility exists they shall

evaluate the degree of short-term and long-term risk to be

expected for aquatic organisms after use of the plant protection

product according to the proposed conditions of use.

(a) This evaluation will take into consideration the following

information

(i) the specific information relating to the effects on aquatic

organisms as provided for in Schedule II and the results of the

evaluation thereof;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substance such

as

— solubility in water,

— octanol/water partition coefficient,

— vapour pressure,

— volatilization rate,

— KOC,

— biodegradation in aquatic systems and

in particular the ready biodegradability,

— photodegradation rate and identity of breakdown

products,

— hydrolysis rate in relation to pH and identity of

breakdown products;

(iii) all relevant information on the plant protection product

as provided for in Schedule III and in particular the effects on

aquatic organisms;

(iv) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use, containing the same

active substance or which give rise to the same residues;

(b) This evaluation will include

(i) the fate and distribution of residues of the active substance and

of relevant metabolites, breakdown and reaction products in water,

sediment or fish;

(ii) a calculation of the acute toxicity/exposure ratio for fish and Daphnia.

This ratio is defined as the quotient of respectively acute LC 50 or EC 50 and the

predicted short-term environmental concentration;

(iii) a calculation of the algal growth inhibition/exposure ratio for algae.

This ratio is defined as the quotient of the EC 50 and the predicted short-term

environmental concentration;

(iv) a calculation of the long-term toxicity/exposure ratio for fish and Daphnia.

The long-term toxicity/exposure ratio is defined as the quotient of the NOEC and the

predicted long-term environmental concentration;

(v) where relevant, the bioconcentration in fish and possible exposure of predators of fish,

including humans;

(vi) if the plant protection product is to be applied directly to surface water,

the effect on the change of surface water quality, such as pH or dissolved

oxygen content.

2.5.2.3. The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of

honeybees to the plant protection product under the proposed

conditions of use; if this possibility exists they shall evaluate the

short-term and long-term risk to be exptected for honeybees after

use of the plant protection product according to the proposed

conditions of use.

(a) This evaluation will take into consideration the following

information

(i) the specific information on toxicity to honeybees as

provided for in Schedule II and the results of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substance such

as

— solubility in water,

— octanol/water partition coefficient,

— vapour pressure,

— photodegradation rate and identity of breakdown products,

— mode of action (e. g. insect growth regulating activity);

(iii) all relevant information on the plant protection product

as provided for in Schedule III, including the toxicity to honeybees;

(iv) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use, containing the same active

substance or which give rise to the same residues;

(b) This evaluation will include

(i)

the ratio between the maximum application rate expressed in

grammes of active substance per hectare and the contact and oral LD 50

expressed in µg of active substance per bee (hazard quotients) and

where necessary the persistence of residues on or, where relevant,

in the treated plants;

(ii) where relevant, the effects on honeybee larvae, honeybee behaviour,

colony survival and development after use of the plant protection product

according to the proposed conditions of use.

2.5.2.4. The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of bene-

ficial arthropods other than honeybees to the plant protection

product under the proposed conditions of use; if this possibility

exists they will assess the lethal and sublethal effects on these

organisms to be expected and the reduction in their activity after

use of the plant protection product according to the proposed

conditions of use.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) the specific information on toxicity to honeybees and other

beneficial arthropods as provided for in Schedule II and the results

of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substance such as

— solubility in water,

— octanol/water partition coefficient,

— vapour pressure,

— photodegradation rate and identity of breakdown products,

— mode of action (e. g. insect growth regulating activity);

(iii) all relevant information on the plant protection product as

provided for in Schedule III such as

— effects on beneficial arthropods other than bees,

— toxicity to honeybees,

— available data from biological primary screening,

— maximum application rate,

— maximum number and timetable of applications;

(iv) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use, containing the same active

substance or which give rise to the same residues.

2.5.2.5. Member States shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of

earthworms and other non-target soil macro-organisms to the

plant protection product under the proposed conditions of use; if

this possibility exists they shall evaluate the degree of short-term

and long-term risk to be expected to these organisms after use of

the plant protection product according to the proposed conditions

of use.

(a) This evaluation will take into consideration the following

information

(i) the specific information relating to the toxicity of the

active substance to earthworms and to other non-target soil

macro-organisms as provided for in Schedule II and the results

of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) other relevant information on the active substance such

as

— solubility in water,

— octanol/water partition coefficient,

— Kd for adsorption,

— vapour pressure,

— hydrolysis rate in relation to pH and identity of breakdown products,

— photodegradation rate and identity of breakdown products,

— DT 50 and DT 90 for degradation in the soil; (iii) all

relevant information on the plant protection product as

provided for in Schedule III, including the effects on

earthworms and other non-target soil macro-organisms;

(iv) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use, containing the same

active substance or which give rise to the same residues;

(b) This evaluation will include

(i) the lethal and sublethal effects,

(ii) the predicted initial and long-term environmental concentration,

(iii) a calculation of the actue toxicity/exposure ratio (defined

as the quotient of LC 50 and predicted initial environmen-tal

concentration) and of the long-term toxicity/exposure ratio

(defined as the quotient of the NOEC and predicted long-term

environmental concentration),

(iv) where relevant, the bioconcentration and persistence of

residues in earthworms.

2.5.2.6. The director shall, where the evaluation carried out under Part

B, point 2.5.1.1, does not exclude the possibility of the plant

protection product reaching the soil under the proposed

conditions of use, evaluate the impact on microbial activity such

as the impact on nitrogen and carbon mineralization processes in

the soil after use of the plant protection product according to the

proposed conditions of use.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) all relevant information on the active substance, including

the specific information relating to the effects of non-target

soil micro-organisms as provided for in Schedule II and the results

of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) all relevant information on the plant protection product as

provided for in Schedule III, including the effects on non-target

soil micro-organisms;

(iii) where relevant, other authorized uses of plant protection

products in the area of proposed use, containing the same

active substance or which give rise to the same residues;

(iv) all available information from biological primary screening.

2.6.

Analytical methods

The director shall evaluate the analytical methods proposed for

post-registration control and monitoring purposes, to determine

2.6.1. f o r f o r m u l a t i o n a n a l y s i s

the nature and quantity of the active substance(s) in the plant

protection product and, where appropriate, any toxicologically,

ecotoxicologically or environmentally significant impurities and

co-formulants.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) the data on analytical methods as provided for in Schedule II

and the results of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) the data on analytical methods as provided for in Schedule III

and in particular

— the specificity and linearity of the proposed methods,

— the importance of interferences,

— the precision of the proposed methods (intra-laboratory

repeatability and inter-laboratory reproducibility);

(iii) the limit of detection and determination of the proposed

methods for impurities.

2.6.2. f o r r e s i d u e a n a l y s i s

the residues of the active substance, metabolites, breakdown or

reaction products resulting from authorized uses of the plant

protection product and which are of toxicological, ecotoxico-

logical or environmental significance.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) the data on analytical methods as provided for in Schedule II

and the results of the evaluation thereof;

(ii) the data on analytical methods as provided for in Schedule III

and in particular

— the specificity of the proposed methods,

— the precision of the proposed methods (intra-laboratory

repeatability and inter-laboratory reproducibility),

— the recovery rate of the proposed methods at appropriate

concentrations;

(iii) the limit of detection of the proposed methods;

(iv) the limit of determination of the proposed methods.

2.7.

Physical and chemical properties

2.7.1. The director shall evaluate the actual active substance content of

the plant protection product and its stability during storage.

2.7.2. The director shall evaluate the physical and chemical prop-

erties of the plant protection product and in particular

—where a suitable FAO specification exists, the physical and

chemical properties addressed in that specification,

—where no suitable FAO specification exists, all the relevant

physical and chemical properties for the formulation as

referred to in the‘Manual on the development and use of

FAO specifications for plant protection products’.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(i) the data on the physical and chemical properties of the active

substance as provided for in Schedule II and the results of the

evaluation thereof;

(ii) the data on the physical and chemical properties of the plant

protection product as provided for in Schedule III.

2.7.3. Where proposed label claims include requirements or recommen-

dations for use of the plant protection product with other plant

protection products or adjuvants as a tank mix, the physical and

chemical compatibility of the products in the mixture must be

evaluated.

C.

DECISION-MAKING

1. General principles

1. Where appropriate, The director shall impose conditions or

restrictions with the authorizations they grant. The nature and

severity of these measures must be selected on the basis of,

and be appropriate to, the nature and extent of the expected

advantages and the risks likely to arise.

2. The director shall ensure that, where necessary, decisions

taken with respect to the granting of authorizations take

account of the agricultural, plant health or environmental

(including climatic) conditions in the areas of envisaged use.

Such considerations may result in specific conditions and

restrictions of use, and, where necessary, in authorization

being granted for some but not other areas within the

Member State in question.

3. The director shall ensure that the authorized amounts, in terms

of rates and number of applications, are the minimum

necessary to achieve the desired effect even where higher

amounts would not result in unacceptable risks to human or

animal health or to the environment. The authorized amounts

must be differentiated according to, and be appro-priate to,

the agricultural, plant health or environmental (including

climatic) conditions in the various areas for which an

authorization is granted. However, the rates and the number

of applications may not give rise to undesirable effects such

as the development of resistance.

4. The director shall ensure that decisions respect the prin-ciples

of integrated control if the product is intended to be used in

conditions where these principles are relied on.

5. Since the evaluation is to be based on data concerning a

limited number of representative species, The director shall

ensure that use of plant protection products does not have

any long-term repercussions for the abundance and diversity

of non-target species.

6. Before issuing an authorization, The director shall ensure

that the label of the product

—fulfils the requirements of regulation 16 of these regulations,

—also contains the information on protection of users

required by Community legislation on worker protection,

—specifies in particular the conditions or restrictions under

which the plant protection product shall or shall not be used as

referred to in points 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 above.

The authorization shall mention the particulars indicated in

Article 6 (2) (g) and (h), (3) and (4) of Council Directive

1999/45/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council

of 31 May 1999 concerning the approximation of the laws,

regulations and administrative provisions of the Member

States relating to the classification, packaging and labelling

of dangerous preparations (pesticides) and in Article 16 (g)

and (h) of Directive 91/414/EEC.

7. Before issuing authorizations, The director shall

(a) ensure that the proposed packaging is in accordance with

the provisions of Directive 99/45/EEC;

(b) ensure that

— the procedures for destruction of the plant protection product,

— the procedures for neutralization of the adverse effects

of the product if it is accidentally dispersed, and

— the procedures for the decontamination and destruction of

the packagings, are in accordance with the relevant regulatory provisions.

8. No authorization shall be granted unless all the requirements

referred to in Section 2 are satisfied. However

(a) when one or more of the specific decision-making requirements

referred to in Part C, points 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 or 2.7, are not fully satisfied,

authorizations shall be granted only where the advantages of the use

of the plant protection product under the proposed conditions of use

outweight the possible adverse effects of its use. Any restrictions on

use of the product relating to non-compliance with some of the afore-

mentioned requirements must be mentioned on the label, and non-

compliance with the requirements referred to in point 2.7 must not

compromise proper use of the product. These advantages can be in

terms of

— advantages for and compatibility with integrated control measures or

organic farming,

— facilitating strategies to minimize the risk of devel-opment of

resistance,

— the need for a greater diversity of types of active substances or

Biochemical modes of action, e.g. for use in strategies to avoid

accelerated breakdown in the soil,

— reduced risk for operators and consumers,

— reduced contamination of the environment and reduced impact on

non-target species;

(b) where the criteria referred to in Part C, point 2.6, are not fully

satisfied because of limitations in current analytical science and

technology, authorization shall be granted for a limited period if the

methods submitted prove adequate for the purposes intended. In this

case the applicant shall be given a time limit in which to develop

and submit analytical methods that are in accordance with the

criteria referred to above. The authorization will be reviewed on

expiry of the time limit accorded to the applicant;

(c) where the reproducibility of the submitted analytical methods

referred to in Part C, point 2.6, has only been verified in two

laboratories, an authorization shall be granted for one year to permit

the applicant to demon-strate the reproducibility of those methods in

accordance with agreed criteria.

9. Where an authorization has been granted according to the

requirements provided for in this Schedule, the Director may, by

virtue of regulation 4 (6)

(a) define, where possible, preferably in close co-operation

with the applicant, measures to improve the performance of

the plant protection product, and/or

(b) define, where possible, in close co-operation with the

applicant, measures to reduce further the exposure that could

occur during and after use of the plant protection product.

The director shall inform applicants of any measures

identified under (a) or (b) and shall invite applicants to

provide any supplementary data and information necessary to

demonstrate peformance or potential risks arising under the

changed conditions.

2. Specific principles

The specific principles shall apply without prejudice to the

general principles referred to in Section 1.

2.1.

Efficacy

2.1.1. Where the proposed uses include recommendations for the

control of or protection against organisms which are not

considered to be harmful on the basis of experience acquired or

scientific evidence under normal agricultural, plant health and

environmental (including climatic) conditions in the areas of

proposed use or where the other intended effects are not

considered to be beneficial under those conditions, no authori-

zation shall be granted for those uses.

2.1.2. The level, consistency and duration of control or protection or

other intended effects must be similar to those resulting from the

use of suitable reference products. If no suitable reference

product exists, the plant protection product must be shown to

give a defined benefit in terms of the level, consistency and

duration of control or protection or other intended effects under

the agricultural, plant health and environmental (including

climatic) conditions in the area of proposed use.

2.1.3. Where relevant, yield response when the product is used and

reduction of loss in storage must be quantitatively and/or quali-

tatively similar to those resulting from the use of suitable

reference products. If no suitable reference product exists, the

plant protection product must be shown to give a consistent and

defined quantitative and/or qualitative benefit in terms of yield

response and reduction of loss in storage under the agri-cultural,

plant health and environmental (including climatic) conditions in

the area of proposed use.

2.1.4. Conclusions as to the performance of the preparation must be valid

for all areas of the Member State in which it is to be authorized,

and must hold for all conditions under which its use is proposed,

except where the proposed label specifies that the preparation is

intended for use in certain specified circum-stances (e.g. light

infestations, particular soil types or particular growing

conditions).

2.1.5. Where proposed label claims include requirements for use of the

preparation with other specified plant protection products or

adjuvants as a tank mix, the mixture must achieve the desired

effect and comply with the principles referred to in points 2.1.1

to 2.1.4.

Where proposed label claims include recommendations for use

of the preparation with specified plant protection products or

adjuvants as a tank mix, The director shall not accept the

recommendations unless they are justified.

2.2.

Absence of unacceptable effects on plants or plant products

2.2.1. There must be no relevant phytotoxic effects on treated plants or

plant products except where the proposed label indicates appro-

priate limitations of use.

2.2.2. There must be no reduction of yield at harvest due to phytotoxic

effects below that which could be obtained without the use of the

plant protection product, unless this reduction is compensated for

by other advantages such as an enhancement of the quality of the

treated plants or plant products.

2.2.3. There must be no unacceptable adverse effects on the quality of

treated plants or plant products, except in the case of adverse

effects on processing where proposed label claims specify that

the preparation should not be applied to crops to be used for

processing purposes.

2.2.4. There must be no unacceptable adverse effects on treated plants or

plant products used for propagation or reproduction, such as

effects on viability, germination, sprouting, rooting and estab-

lishment, except where proposed label claims specify that the

preparation should not be applied to plants or plant products to

be used for propagation or reproduction.

2.2.5. There must be no unacceptable impact on succeeding crops, except

where proposed label claims specify that particular crops, which

would be affected, should not be grown following the treated

crop.

2.2.6. There must be no unacceptable impact on adjacent crops, except

where proposed label claims specify that the preparation should

not be applied when particular sensitive adjacent crops are

present.

2.2.7. Where proposed label claims include requirements for use of the

preparation with other plant protection products or adjuvants, as

a tank mix, the mixture must comply with the principles referred

to in points 2.2.1 to 2.2.6.

2.2.8. The proposed instructions for cleaning the application equipment

must be both practical and effective so that they can be applied

with ease so as to ensure the removal of residual traces of the

plant protection product which could subsequently cause

damage.

2.3.

Impact on vertebrates to be controlled

An authorization for a plant protection product intended to

eliminate vertebrates shall be granted only when

—death is synchronous with the extinction of consciousness, or

—death occurs immediately, or

—vital functions are reduced gradually without signs of obvious

suffering.

For repellant products, the intended effect shall be obtained

without unnecessary suffering and pain for the target animals.

2.4.

Impact on human or animal health

2.4.1. a r i s i n g f r o m t h e p l a n t p r o t e c t i o n p r o d u c t

2.4.1.1. No authorization shall be granted if the extent of operator

exposure in handling and using the plant protection product

under the proposed conditions of use, including dose and appli-

cation method, exceeds the AOEL.

Moreover, the conditions of the authorization shall be in

compliance with the limit value established for the active

substance and/or toxicologically relevant compound(s) of the

product in accordance with Council Directive 98/24/EC of 7

April 1998 on the protection of the health and safety of workers

from the risks related to chemical agents at work and in

accordance with Directive 2004/37/EC of the European

Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on the protection

of workers from the risks related to exposure to carcinogens or

mutagens at work (sixth special directive within the meaning of

Article 16 (2) of Directive 89/39/EEC).

2.4.1.2. Where the proposed conditions of use require use of items of

protective clothing and equipment, no authorization shall be

granted unless those items are effective and in accordance with

the relevant Community provisions and are readily obtainable by

the user and unless it is feasible to use them under the circum-

stances of use of the plant protection product, taking into account

climatic conditions in particular.

2.4.1.3. Plant protection products which because of particular properties

or if mishandled or misused could lead to a high degree of risk

must be subject to particular restrictions such as restrictions on

the size of packaging, formulation type, distribution, use or

manner of use. Moreover, plant protection products which are

classified as very toxic shall not be authorized for use by non-

professional users.

2.4.1.4. Waiting and re-entry safety periods or other precautions must be

such that the exposure of bystanders or workers exposed after the

application of the plant protection product does not exceed the

AOEL levels established for the active substance or toxicolo-

gically relevant compound(s) in the plant protection product nor

any limit values established for those compounds in accordance

with the Community provisions referred to in point 2.4.1.1.

2.4.1.5. Waiting and re-entry safety periods or other precautions must be

established in such a way that no adverse impact on animals

occurs.

2.4.1.6. Waiting and re-entry periods or other precautions to ensure that

the AOEL levels and limit values are respected must be realistic;

if necessary special precautionary measures must be prescribed.

2.4.2. a r i s i n g f r o m r e s i d u e s

2.4.2.1. Authorizations must ensure that residues occurring reflect the

minimum quantities of the plant protection product necessary to

achieve adequate control corresponding to good agricultural

practice, applied in such a manner (including pre-harvest

intervals or withholding periods or storage periods) that the

residues at harvest, slaughter or after storage, as appropriate, are

reduced to a minimum.

2.4.2.2. Where no Community maximum residue limit (MRL) or

provisional MRL (at national or at Community level) exists, The

director shall establish a provisional MRL in accordance with

regulation 4 (1) (f) of these regulations; conclusions as to the

levels fixed must be valid for all circumstances which could

influence the residue levels in the crop such as timing of appli-

cation, application rate and frequency or manner of use.

(*) A Community MRL will mean an MRL established pursuant to Regulation 396/2005.

2.4.2.3. Where the new circumstances under which the plant protection

product is to be used do not correspond to those under which a

provisional MRL (at national or at Community level) was estab-

lished previously, The director shall not grant an authorization

for the plant protection product unless the applicant can provide

evidence that its recommended use will not exceed that MRL or

unless a new provisional MRL has been in accordance with

regulation 4 (1) (f) of these regulations.

2.4.2.4. Where a Community MRL exists The director shall not grant an

authorization for the plant protection product unless the applicant

can provide evidence that its recommended use will not exceed

that MRL, or unless a new Community MRL has been

established in accordance with the procedure provided for in the

relevant Community legislation.

2.4.2.5. In the cases referred to in points 2.4.2.2 and 2.4.2.3, each appli-

cation for an authorization must be accompanied by a risk

assessment taking into account worst-case potential exposure of

consumers in the Member State concerned on the basis of good

agricultural practice.

Taking into account all registered uses, the proposed use cannot

be authorized if the best possible estimate of dietary exposure

exceeds the ADI.

2.4.2.6. Where the nature of residues is affected during processing, a

separate risk assessment shall need to be carried out under the

conditions provided for in point 2.4.2.5.

2.4.2.7. Where the treated plants or plant products are intended to be fed

to animals, residues occurring shall not have an adverse effect on

animal health.

2.5.

Influence on the environment

2.5.1. F a t e a n d d i s t r i b u t i o n i n t h e e n v i r o n m e n t

2.5.1.1. No authorization shall be granted if the active substance and,

where they are of significance from the toxicological, ecotoxico-

logical or environmental point of view, metabolites and

breakdown or reaction products, after use of the plant protection

product under the proposed conditions of use

—during tests in the field, persist in soil for more than one year

(i.e. DT 90 > 1 year and DT 50 > 3 months), or

—during laboratory tests, form non-extractable residues in

amounts exceeding 70 % of the initial dose after 100 days

with a mineralization rate of less than 5 % in 100 days,

unless it is scientifically demonstrated that under field conditions

there is no accumulation in soil at such levels that unacceptable

residues in succeeding crops occur and/or that unacceptable

phytotoxic effects on succeeding crops occur and/or that there is

an unacceptable impact on the environment, according to the

relevant requirements provided for in points 2.5.1.2, 2.5.1.3,

2.5.1.4 and 2.5.2.

2.5.1.2. No authorization shall be granted if the concentration of the

active substance or of relevant metabolites, degradation or

reaction products in groundwater, may be expected to exceed, as

a result of use of the plant protection product under the proposed

conditions of use, the lower of the following limit values

(i) the maximum permissible concentration laid down by

Council Directive 98/83/EC of 3 November 1998 on the

quality of water intended for human consumption, or

(ii) the maximum concentration laid down by the Commission

when including the active substance in Schedule I, on the

basis of appropriate data, in particular toxicological data, or,

where that concentration has not been laid down, the

concentration corresponding to one tenth of the ADI laid

down when the active substance was included in Schedule I

unless it is scientifically demonstrated that under relevant field

conditions the lower concentration is not exceeded.

2.5.1.3. No authorization shall be granted if the concentration of the

active substance or of relevant metabolites, breakdown or

reaction products to be expected after use of the plant protection

product under the proposed conditions of use in surface water

—exceeds, where the surface water in or from the area of

envisaged use is intended for the abstraction of drinking

water, the values fixed by Directive 2000/60/EC of the

European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000

establishing a framework for Community action in the field

of water policy, or

—has an impact deemed unacceptable on non-target species,

including animals, according to the relevant requirements

provided for in point 2.5.2.

The proposed instructions for use of the plant protection product,

including procedures for cleaning application equipment, must

be such that the likelihood of accidental contamination of surface

water is reduced to a minimum.

2.5.1.4. No authorization shall be granted if the airborne concentration of

the active substance under the proposed conditions of use is such

that either the AOEL or the limit values for operators, bystanders

or workers as referred to in Part C, point 2.4.1, are exceeded.

2.5.2. I m p a c t o nnon-target species

2.5.2.1. Where there is a possibility of birds and other non-target

terrestrial vertebrates being exposed, no authorization shall be

granted if

—the acute and short-term toxicity/exposure ratio for birds and

other non-target terrestrial vertebrates is less than 10 on the

basis of LD 50 or the long-term toxicity/exposure ratio is less

than 5, unless it is clearly established through an appropriate

risk assessment that under field conditions no unacceptable

impact occurs after use of the plant protection product

according to the proposed conditions of use;

—the bioconcentration factor (BCF, related to fat tissue) is

greater than 1, unless it is clearly established through an

appropriate risk assessment that under field conditions no

unacceptable effects occur—directly or indirectly—after use

of the plant protection product according to the proposed

conditions of use.

2.5.2.2. Where there is a possibility of aquatic organisms being exposed,

no authorization shall be granted if

—the toxicity/exposure ratio for fish and Daphnia is less than

100 for acute exposure and less than 10 for long-term

exposure, or

—the algal growth inhibition/exposure ratio is less than 10, or

—the maximum bioconcentration factor (BCF) is greater than

1 000 for plant protection products containing active

substances which are readily biodegradable or greater than

100 for those which are not readily biodegradable, unless it is

clearly established through an appropriate risk assessment

that under field conditions no unacceptable impact on the

viability of exposed species (predators) occurs— directly or

indirectly—after use of the plant protection product

according to the proposed conditions of use.

2.5.2.3. Where there is a possibility of honeybees being exposed, no

authorization shall be granted if the hazard quotients for oral or

contact exposure of honeybees are greater than 50, unless it is

clearly established through an appropriate risk assessment that

under field conditions there are no unacceptable effects on

honeybee larvae, honeybee behaviour, or colony survival and

development after use of the plant protection product according

to the proposed conditions of use.

2.5.2.4. Where there is a possibility of beneficial arthropods other than

honeybees being exposed, no authorization shall be granted if

more than 30 % of the test organisms are affected in lethal or

sublethal laboratory tests conducted at the maximum proposed

application rate, unless it is clearly established through an appro-

priate risk assessment that under field conditions there is no

unacceptable impact on those organisms after use of the plant

protection product according to the proposed conditions of use.

Any claims for selectivity and proposals for use in integrated

pest management systems shall be substantiated by appropriate

data.

2.5.2.5. Where there is a possibility of earthworms being exposed, no

authorization shall be granted if the acute toxicity/exposure ratio

for earthworms is less than 10 or the long-term toxicity/ex-

posure ratio is less than 5, unless it is clearly established through

an appropriate risk assessment that under field conditions

earthworm populations are not at risk after use of the plant

protection product according to the proposed conditions of use.

2.5.2.6. Where there is a possibility of non-target soil micro-organisms

being exposed, no authorization shall be granted if the nitrogen

or carbon mineralization processes in laboratory studies are

affected by more than 25 % after 100 days, unless it is clearly

established through an appropriate risk assessment that under

field conditions there is no unacceptable impact on microbial

activity after use of the plant protection product according to the

proposed conditions of use, taking account of the ability of

micro-organisms to multiply.

2.6.

Analytical methods

The methods proposed must reflect the state of the art. The

following criteria must be met in order to permit validation of the

analytical methods proposed for post-registration control and

monitoring purposes

2.6.1. f o r f o r m u l a t i o n a n a l y s i s : the method must be able to

determine and to identify the active substance(s) and where

appropriate any toxicologically, ecotoxi-cologically or

environmentally significant impurities and co-formulants;

2.6.2. f o r r e s i d u e a n a l y s i s

(i) the method must be able to determine and confirm residues

of toxicological, ecotoxicological or environmental signif-

icance;

(ii) the mean recovery rates should be between 70 % and 110 %

with a relative standard deviation of=20 %;

(iii) the repeatability must be less than the following values for

residues in foodstuffs

Residue level

Difference

Difference

mg/kg

mg/kg

in %

0,01

0,005

0,1

0,025

12,5

0,125

> 1

12,5

Intermediate values are determined by interpolation from a

log-log graph;

(iv) the reproducibility must be less than the following values for

residues in foodstuffs

Residue level

Difference

Difference

mg/kg

mg/kg

in %

0,01

0,01

0,1

0,05

0,25

>1

Intermediate values are determined by interpolation from a

log-log graph;

(v) in the case of residue analysis in treated plants, plant

products, foodstuffs, feedingstuffs or products of animal

origin, except where the MRL or the proposed MRL is at the

limit of determination, the sensitivity of the methods

proposed must satisfy the following criteria

Limit of determination in relation to the proposed

provisional or Community MRL

MRL (mg/kg)

limit of determination

>0,5

0,1

0,5 - 0,05

0,1 - 0,02

<0,05

LMR 0,5

2.7.

Physical and chemical properties

2.7.1. Where an appropriate FAO specification exists, that specification

must be met.

2.7.2. Where no appropriate FAO specification exists, the physical and

chemical properties of the product must meet the following

requirements

(a) Chemical properties

Throughout the shelf-life period, the difference between the

stated and the actual content of the active substance in the

plant protection product must not exceed the following

values

Declared content in g/kg or g/l at

Tolerance

20 o C

± 15 % homogeneous

up to 25

formulation

± 25 % non-homogeneous

formulation

more than 25 up to 100

± 10 %

more than 100 up to 250

± 6 %

more than 250 up to 500

± 5 %

more than 500

± 25 g/kg or ± 25 g/l

(b) Physical properties

The plant protection product must fulfil the physical criteria

(including storage stability) specified for the relevant formu-

lation type in the‘Manual on the development and use of

FAO specifications for plant protection products’.

2.7.3. Where the proposed label claims include requirements or recom-

mendations for use of the preparation with other plant protection

products or adjuvants as a tank mix and/or where the proposed

label includes indications on the compatibility of the preparation

with other plant protection products as a tank mix, those

products or adjuvants must be physically and chemically

compatible in the tank mix.

PART II

UNIFORM PRINCIPLES FOR EVALUATION AND AUTHORISATION

OF PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCTS CONTAINING MICRO-

ORGANISMS

CONTENTS

A.

INTRODUCTION

B.

EVALUATION

1. General principles

2. Specific principles

2.1.

Identity

2.1.1.Identity of the micro-organism in the plant protection product

2.1.2.Identity of the plant protection product

2.2.

Biological, physical, chemical and technical properties

2.2.1.Biological properties of the micro-organism in the plant protection

product

2.2.2.Physical, chemical and technical properties of the plant protection

product

2.3.

Further information

2.3.1.Quality control of the production of the micro-organism in the plant

protection product

2.3.2.Quality control of the plant protection product

2.4.

Efficacy

2.5.

Identification/detection and quantification methods

2.5.1.Analytical methods for the plant protection product

2.5.2.Analytical methods for the determination of residues

2.6.

Impact on human and animal health

2.6.1.Effects on human or animal health arising from the plant protection

product

2.6.2.Effects on human or animal health arising from residues

2.7.

Fate and behaviour in the environment

2.8.

Effects on and exposure of non-target organisms

2.9.

Conclusions and proposals

C.

DECISION-MAKING

1. General principles

2. Specific principles

2.1.

Identity

2.2.

Biological and technical properties

2.3.

Further information

2.4.

Efficacy

2.5.

Identification/detection and quantification methods

2.6.

Impact on human and animal health

2.6.1.

Effects on human or animal health arising from the plant

protection product

2.6.2.

Effects on human or animal health arising from residues

2.7.

Fate and behaviour in the environment

2.8.

Effects on non-target organisms

A.

INTRODUCTION

1. The principles developed in Part II of this Schedule aim to

ensure that evaluations and decisions with regard to

authorisation of plant protection products, provided they are

microbial plant protection products, result in the implementation

of the requirements of regulation 4(1)(b), (c), (d) and (e) of these

regulations at a high level of protection of human and animal

health and the environment.

2. In evaluating applications for granting authorisations Member

States shall

(a)

— ensure that dossiers on microbial plant protection

products supplied are in accordance with the

requirements of Schedule IIIB, at the latest at the time

of finalisation of the evaluation for the purpose of

decision-making, without prejudice, where relevant, to

the provisions of regulation 13(1)(a), (4) and (6) of

these regulations,

—

ensure that the data submitted are acceptable in terms

of quantity, quality, consistency and reliability and

sufficient to permit a proper evaluation of the dossier,

—

evaluate, where relevant, justifications submitted by

the applicant for not supplying certain data;

(b) take into account the Schedule IIB data concerning the active

substance consisting of micro-organisms (including viruses)

in the plant protection product, submitted for the purpose of

inclusion of the micro-organism concerned in Schedule I,

and the results of the evaluation of those data, without

prejudice, where relevant, to the provisions of regulation

13(1)(b), (2), (3) and (6) of these regulations;

(c) take into consideration other relevant technical or scientific

information they can reasonably possess with regard to the

performance of the plant protection product or to the poten-

tially adverse effects of the plant protection product, its

components or its metabolites/toxins.

3. Where, in the specific principles on evaluation, reference is

made to Schedule IIB data, this shall be understood as being the

data referred to in point 2(b).

4. Where the data and information provided are sufficient to permit

completion of the evaluation for one of the proposed uses, appli-

cations must be evaluated and a decision made for the proposed

use.

Taking account of justifications provided and with the benefit of

any subsequent clarifications, The director shall reject appli-

cations for granting authorisations for which the data gaps are

such that it is not possible to finalise the evaluation and to make

a reliable decision for at least one of the proposed uses.

5. During the process of evaluation and decision-making, the

Member State shall cooperate with the applicants in order to

resolve any questions on the dossier quickly or to identify at an

early stage any additional studies necessary for a proper

evaluation of the dossier, or to amend any proposed conditions

for the use of the plant protection product or to modify its nature

or its composition in order to ensure full satisfaction of the

requirements of this Schedule or of this Legal Notice.

The director shall normally come to a reasoned decision within

12 months of receiving a technically complete dossier. A

technically complete dossier is one that satisfies all the

requirements of Schedule IIIB.

6. The judgements made by the competent authority during the

evaluation and decision-making process must be based on scientific

principles, preferably recognised at international level, and be made

with the benefit of expert advice.

7. A microbial plant protection product may contain viable and

non-viable micro-organisms (including viruses) and formulation

substances. It may also contain relevant metabolites/toxins

produced during growth, residues from the growth medium, and

microbial contaminants. The micro-organism, relevant meta-

bolites/toxins and the plant protection product with residual

growth medium and microbial contaminants present must all be

evaluated.

8. The director must take into account those guidance documents

taken note of in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

Animal Health (SCFCAH).

9. For genetically modified

micro-organisms, Directive

2001/18/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12

March 2001 on the deliberate release into the environment of

genetically modified organisms, must be taken into account. The

evaluation completed in the framework of that Directive must be

provided and taken into account.

10. Definitions and explanations of microbiological terms

Antibiosis: A relationship between two or more species in which

one species is actively harmed (as by the production of toxins by

the harming species).

Antigenic: Any substance that, as a result of coming in contact

with appropriate cells, induces a state of sensitivity and/or

immune responsiveness after a latent period (days to weeks) and

which reacts in a demonstrable way with antibodies and/or

immune cells of the sensitised subject in vivo or in vitro.

Antimicrobial: Antimicrobial agents or antimicrobial(s) refer to

naturally occurring, semi-synthetic or synthetic substances that

exhibit antimicrobial activity (kill or inhibit the growth of micro-

organisms).

The term Antimicrobial(s) includes

—antibiotics, which refer to substances produced by or derived

from micro-organisms, and

—anticoccidials, which refer to substances that are active against

coccidia, single cell protozoan parasites.

CFU: Colony-forming unit; one or more cells that grow to form

a single visible colony.

Colonisation: Proliferation and persistence of a micro-organism

in an environment, such as on external (skin) or internal body

surfaces (intestine, lungs). For colonisation, the micro-organism

should at least persist for a longer period than expected in a

specific organ. The population of micro-organisms may decline

but at a slower rate than normal clearance; it may be a steady

population or it may be a growing population. Colonisation can

be related to harmless and functional micro-organisms as well as

to pathogenic micro-organisms. The possible occurrence of

effects is not indicated.

Ecological niche: Unique environmental position occupied by a

particular species, perceived in terms of actual physical space

occupied and function performed within the community or

ecosystem.

Host: An animal (including humans) or plant that harbours or

nourishes another organism (parasite).

Host specificity: The range of different host-species that can be

colonised by a microbial species or strain. A host-specific micro-

organism colonises or has adverse effects on one or only a small

number of different host-species. A non-host-specific micro-

organism might colonise or might have adverse effects on a

broad range of different host-species.

Infection: The introduction or entry of a pathogenic micro-

organism into a susceptible host, whether or not it causes patho-

logical effects or disease. The organism must enter the body of

the host, usually the cells, and be able to reproduce to form new

infective units. Simply ingesting a pathogen does not imply

infection.

Infective: Capable of transmitting an infection.

Infectivity: The characteristics of a micro-organism that allow it

to infect a susceptible host.

Invasion: The entry of a micro-organism into the host body (e.g.

actual penetration of the integument, gut epithelial cells, etc.).

‘Primary invasiveness’is a property of pathogenic micro-

organisms.

Multiplication: Ability of a micro-organism to reproduce and

increase in numbers during an infection.

Mycotoxin: A fungal toxin.

Non-viable micro-organism: A micro-organism that is not

capable of replication or of transferring genetic material.

Non-viable residue: A residue that is not capable of replication

or of transferring genetic material.

Pathogenicity: The ability of a micro-organism to cause disease

and/or inflict damage on the host. Many pathogens cause disease

by a combination of (i) toxicity and invasiveness or (ii) toxicity

and colonising ability. However, some invasive pathogens cause

disease that results from an abnormal reaction of the host's

defence system.

Symbiosis: A type of interaction between organisms where one

organism lives in intimate association with another, which is

favourable for both organisms.

Viable micro-organism: A micro-organism that is capable of

replication or of transferring genetic material.

Viable residue: A residue that is capable of replication or of

transferring genetic material.

Viroid: Any of a class of infectious agents consisting of a small

strand of RNA not associated with any protein. The RNA does

not code for proteins and is not translated; it is replicated by host

cell enzymes. Viroids are known to cause several plant diseases.

Virulence: Measurement of the degree of disease producing

ability of a micro-organism as indicated by the severity of the

disease produced. Measure of the dosage (inoculum size) required

to cause a specific degree of pathogenicity. It is measured

experimentally by the median lethal dose (LD 50 )or median

infective dose (ID 50 ).

B.

EVALUATION

The objective of an evaluation is to identify and assess, on a scientific

basis and until further experience is reached on a case-by-case basis,

potential adverse effects on human and animal health and the

environment of the use of a microbial plant protection product. The

evaluation shall also be carried out in order to identify the need for risk

management measures and to identify and recommend suitable measures.

Due to the ability of micro-organisms to replicate, there is a clear

difference between chemicals and micro-organisms used as plant

protection products. Hazards arising are not necessarily of the same

nature as those presented by chemicals, especially in relation to the

capacity of micro-organisms to persist and multiply in different envir-

onments. Moreover, micro-organisms consist of a wide range of different

organisms, all with their own unique characteristics. These differences

between micro-organisms should be taken into account in the evaluation.

The micro-organism in the plant protection product should ideally

function as a cell factory working directly on the spot where the target

organism is harmful. Thus understanding the mode of action is a crucial

step in the evaluation process.

Micro-organisms may produce a range of different metabolites (e.g.

bacterial toxins or mycotoxins) many of which may have toxicological

significance, and one or more of which may be involved in the mode of

action of the plant protection product. The characterisation and identifi-

cation of relevant metabolites should be assessed and the toxicity of

these metabolites should be addressed. Information on production and/or

relevance of metabolites may be deduced from

(a) toxicity studies,

(b) biological properties of the micro-organism,

(c) relationship to known plant, animal or human pathogens,

(d) mode of action,

(e) analytical methods.

On the basis of this information, metabolites may be considered as

possibly being relevant. Therefore potential exposure to these metabolites

should be assessed, in order to decide on their relevance.

1. General principles

1.1.

Having regard to current scientific and technical knowledge,

The director shall evaluate the information provided in

accordance with the requirements of Schedule IIB and IIIB and

in particular

(a) identify the hazards arising, assess their significance and

make a judgement as to the likely risks to humans, animals or

the environment; and

(b) assess the performance in terms of efficacy and phytotoxici-

ty/pathogenicity of the plant protection product for each use

for which authorisation is sought.

1.2.

The quality/methodology of tests, where there are no standardised

test methods, must be evaluated and the following

characteristics, when available, of the methods described must be

assessed

relevance; representativeness; sensitivity; specificity; reproduci-

bility; interlaboratory validations; predictiveness.

1.3.

In interpreting the results of evaluations, The director shall

take into consideration possible elements of uncertainty in the

information obtained during the evaluation, in order to ensure

that the chances of failing to detect adverse effects or of under-

estimating their importance are reduced to a minimum. The

decision-making process shall be examined to identify critical

decision points or items of data for which uncertainties could

lead to a false classification of risk.

The first evaluation made shall be based on the best available

data or estimates reflecting the realistic conditions of use of the

plant protection product. This must be followed by a repeat

evaluation, taking account of potential uncertainties in the

critical data and of a range of use conditions that are likely to

occur and resulting in a realistic worst-case approach, to

determine whether it is possible that the initial evaluation could

have been significantly different.

1.4.

The director shall evaluate each microbial plant protection

product for which an application for authorisation is made in that

Member State—the information evaluated for the micro-

organism can be taken into account. The director must take into

account the fact that any co-formulants might have an impact on

the characteristics of the plant protection product compared to

the micro-organism.

1.5.

In evaluating applications and granting authorisations Member

States shall consider the proposed practical conditions of use and

in particular the purpose of use, the dose, the manner, frequency

and timing of applications, and the nature and compo-sition of

the plant protection product. Whenever possible The director

shall also take into account the principles of integrated pest

control.

1.6.

In the evaluation, The director shall consider the agricultural,

plant health or environmental (including climatic) conditions in

the areas of use.

1.7.

Where specific principles in Section 2 provide for the use of

calculation models in the evaluation of a plant protection

product, those models shall

(a) make a best possible estimation of all relevant processes

involved taking into account realistic parameters and

assumptions,

(b) be submitted to an evaluation as referred to in point 1.3.,

(c) be reliably validated with measurements carried out under

circumstances relevant for the use of the model,

(d) be relevant to the conditions in the area of use,

(e) be supported with details indicating how the model calculates

estimates provided, and explanations of all the inputs to the

model and details of how they have been derived.

1.8.

The data requirements, specified in Schedule IIB and IIIB,

contain guidance as to when and how certain information must

be submitted and as to procedures that must be followed when

preparing and evaluating a dossier. That guidance must be

respected.

2. Specific principles

The director shall implement the following principles in the

evaluation of the data and information submitted in support of

applications, without prejudice to the general principles

prescribed in Section 1

2.1.

Identity

2.1.1. I d e n t i t y o f t h e m i c r o - o r g a n i s m i n t h e p l a n t

protection product

The identity of the micro-organism should be clearly established.

It must be ensured that the appropriate data are provided to allow

for checking the identity of the micro-organism at strain level in

the plant protection product.

The identity of the micro-organism shall be evaluated on the

strain level. Where the micro-organism is either a mutant or a

genetically modified organism ( 1 ), the specific differences from

other strains within the same species must be recorded.

Occurrence of resting stages must be recorded.

The deposition of the strain at an internationally recognised

culture collection must be checked.

( 1 ) See definition of‘genetically modified’in Directive 2001/18/EC.

2.1.2. I d e n t i t y o f t h e p l a n t p r o t e c t i o n p r o d u c t The

director shall evaluate the detailed quantitative and quali-tative

information provided on the composition of the plant protection

product, such as that concerning the micro-organism (see above),

relevant metabolites/toxins, residual growth medium, co-

formulants and microbial contaminants present.

2.2.

Biological, physical, chemical, and technical properties

2.2.1. B i o l o g i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f t h e m i c r o - o r g a n i s m

in the plant protection product

2.2.1.1. The origin of the strain, where relevant, its natural habitat

including indications on the natural background level, life cycle

and the possibilities for survival, colonisation, reproduction and

dispersal must be evaluated. Proliferation of indigenous micro-

organisms should after a short growth period level off and

continue as for the background micro-organisms.

2.2.1.2. The ability of micro-organisms to adapt to the environment must

be evaluated. In particular, The director must take account of the

following principles

(a) depending on the conditions (e.g. availability of substrates

for growth and metabolism) micro-organisms can switch on

or off the expression of given phenotypic traits;

(b) the microbial strains most adapted to the environment can

survive and multiply better than the non-adapted strains.

Adapted strains have a selective advantage and can form the

majority within a population after a number of generations;

(c) the relatively rapid multiplication of micro-organisms leads to

a higher frequency of mutations. If a mutation is promoting

survival in the environment, the mutant strain can become

dominant;

(d) the properties of viruses, in particular, can change rapidly,

including their virulence.

Therefore, where appropriate, information on the genetic

stability of the micro-organism under the environmental

conditions of proposed use must be evaluated, as well as

information on the micro-organism's capacity to transfer

genetic material to other organisms and information on the

stability of encoded traits.

2.2.1.3. The mode of action of the micro-organism should be evaluated in

as much detail as appropriate. The possible role of metabolites/-

toxins for the mode of action should be evaluated and when

identified, the minimal effective concentration for each active

metabolite/toxin should be established. Information on mode of

action can be a very valuable tool in identifying potential risks.

Aspects to be considered in the evaluation, are

(a) antibiosis,

(b) induction of plant resistance,

(c) interference with the virulence of a pathogenic target

organism,

(d) endophytic growth,

(e) root colonisation,

(f) competition of ecological niche (e.g. nutrients, habitats),

(g) parasitisation,

(h) invertebrate pathogenicity.

2.2.1.4. In order to evaluate possible effects on non-target organisms,

information on the micro-organism's host specificity must be

evaluated, taking into account the characteristics and properties

described in (a) and (b).

(a) The ability of a micro-organism to be pathogenic for non-

target organisms (humans, animals, and other non-target

organisms) must be assessed. Any relationship to known

plant, animal or human pathogens that are species of the

genus of the active and/or contaminating micro-organisms

must be assessed.

(b) Pathogenicity as well as virulence is strongly related to the

host-species (e.g. determined by body temperature, physio-

logical environment) and to the host conditions (e.g. health

condition, immune status). For example, multiplication in

humans depends upon the ability of the micro-organism to

grow at the body temperature of the host. Some micro-

organisms can only grow and be metabolically active at

temperatures far below or above human body temperature,

and therefore can not be pathogenic for humans. However,

the route of entry of the micro-organism into the host (oral,

inhalation, skin/wound) can also be the critical factor. For

example, a microbial species may cause a disease following

entry via skin damage, but not via the oral route.

2.2.1.5. Many micro-organisms produce antibiosis substances that cause

normal interferences in the microbial community. Resistance to

antimicrobial agents of importance for human and veterinary

medicine must be assessed. The possibility for transfer of genes

that code for resistance to antimicrobial agents must be

evaluated.

2.2.2. P h y s i c a l , c h e m i c a l a n d t e c h n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o

f the plant protection product

2.2.2.1. Depending on the nature of the micro-organism and the formu-

lation type, the technical properties of the plant protection

product must be evaluated.

2.2.2.2. Shelf-life and storage stability of the preparation must be

evaluated, taking into account possible changes in composition

such as growth of the micro-organism or of contaminating

micro-organisms, production of metabolites/toxins, etc.

2.2.2.3. The director shall evaluate the physical and chemical prop-

erties of the plant protection product and the retention of these

characteristics after storage and take into consideration

(a) where a suitable Food and Agriculture Organisation of the

United Nations (FAO) specification exists, the physical and

chemical properties addressed in that specification,

(b) where no suitable FAO specification exists, all relevant

physical and chemical properties for the formulation referred

to in the Manual on the development and use of FAO and

World Health Organisation (WHO) specifications for

pesticides.

2.2.2.4. Where the proposed label claims include requirements or recom-

mendations for use of the preparation with other plant protection

products or adjuvants as a tank mix, and/or where the proposed

label includes indications concerning the compatibility of the

preparation with other plant protection products as a tank mix,

those plant protection products or adjuvants must be physically

and chemically compatible in the tank mix. Biological compati-

bility must also be demonstrated for tank-mixtures, i.e. it must be

shown that each plant protection product in the mixture performs

as expected and that no antagonism occurs.

2.3.

Further information

2.3.1. Quality control of the production of the micro-organism in the plant

protection product

The quality assurance criteria proposed for production of the

micro-organism must be evaluated. In the evaluation criteria

relating to process control, good manufacturing practice, opera-

tional practices, process flows, cleaning practices, microbial

monitoring and hygiene conditions should be taken into account

to ensure good quality of the micro-organism. The quality,

stability, purity etc., of the micro-organism must be addressed in

the quality control system.

2.3.2. Quality control of the plant protection

product

The quality assurance criteria proposed must be evaluated. If the

plant protection product contains metabolites/toxins produced

during growth and residues from the growth medium this should

be evaluated. The possibility of the occurrence of contam-inating

micro-organisms must be evaluated.

2.4.

Efficacy

2.4.1. Where the proposed use concerns the control of or protection

against an organism, The director shall evaluate the possibility

that this organism could be harmful under the agricultural, plant

health and environmental (including climatic) conditions in the

area of the proposed use.

2.4.2. The director shall evaluate whether significant damage, loss or

inconvenience could occur under the agricultural, plant health

and environmental (including climatic) conditions in the area of

proposed use if the plant protection product were not used.

2.4.3. The director shall evaluate the efficacy data provided for in

Schedule IIIB on the plant protection product having regard to

the degree of control or the extent of the effect desired and

having regard to relevant experimental conditions such as

(a) the choice of the crop or cultivar,

(b) the agricultural and environmental (including climatic)

conditions (if necessary for acceptable efficacy such data/in-

formation should also be given for the time before and after

application),

(c) the presence and density of the harmful organism,

(d) the development stage of crop and organism,

(e) the amount of the microbial plant protection product used,

(f) if required on the label, the amount of adjuvant added,

(g) the frequency and timing of the applications,

(h) the type of application equipment,

(i) the need for any special cleaning measures for the application

equipment.

2.4.4. The director shall evaluate the performance of the plant

protection product under the range of agricultural, plant health

and environmental (including climatic) conditions likely to be

encountered in practice in the area of proposed use. The effect on

integrated control must be included in the evaluation. In

particular, consideration should be paid to

(a) the level, consistency and duration of the effect sought in

relation to the dose in comparison with a suitable reference

product or products, where they exist, and an untreated

control;

(b) where relevant, the effect on yield or reduction of loss in

storage, in terms of quantity and/or quality, in comparison

with a suitable reference product or products, where they

exist, and an untreated control.

Where no suitable reference product exists, The director shall

evaluate the performance of the plant protection product to

determine whether there is a consistent and defined benefit

under the agricultural, plant health and environmental

(including climatic) conditions likely to be encountered in

practice in the area of proposed use.

2.4.5. The director shall evaluate the degree of adverse effects on the

treated crop after use of the plant protection product according to

the proposed conditions of use in comparison, where relevant,

with a suitable reference product or products, where they exist,

and/or an untreated control.

(a) This evaluation will take into consideration the following

information

(i)

efficacy data;

(ii)

other relevant information on the plant protection

product such as nature of the plant protection

product, dose, method of application, number

and timing of applications, incompatibility with

other crop treatments;

(iii)

all relevant information on the micro-organism,

including biological properties e.g. mode of

action, survival, host specificity.

(b) This evaluation will include

(i)

the nature, frequency, level and duration of observed phytotoxic/

phytopathogenic effects and the agricultural, plant health and environmental

(including climatic) conditions that affect them;

(ii) differences between main cultivars with regard to their

sensitivity to phytotoxic/phytopathogenic effects;

(iii) the part of the treated crop or plant products where

phytotoxic/phytopathogenic effects are observed;

(iv) adverse impact on the yield of the treated crop or plant

products in terms of quantity and/or quality;

(v) adverse impact on treated plants or plant products to be

used for propagation, in terms of viability, germination, sprouting,

rooting and establishment;

(vi) where micro-organisms are disseminated, the adverse

impact on adjacent crops.

2.4.6. Where the plant protection product label includes requirements

for use of the plant protection product with other plant protection

products and/or with adjuvants as a tank mix, The director shall

make the evaluations referred to in points 2.4.3 to 2.4.5 in

relation to the information supplied for the tank mix.

Where the plant protection product label includes recommen-

dations for use of the plant protection product with other plant

protection products and/or with adjuvants as a tank mix, the

director shall evaluate the appropriateness of the mix and of its

conditions of use.

2.4.7. Where the available data indicate that the micro-organism or

significant relevant metabolites/toxins, degradation and reaction

products of the formulants persist in soils and/or in or on plant

substances in significant quantities after use of the plant

protection product according to the proposed conditions of use,

the director shall evaluate the degree of adverse effects on

subsequent crops.

2.4.8. Where the proposed use of a plant protection product is intended

to have an effect on vertebrates, The director shall evaluate the

mechanism by which this effect is obtained and the observed

effects on the behaviour and health of the target animals. When

the intended effect is to kill the target animal they shall evaluate

the time necessary to obtain the death of the animal and the

conditions under which death occurs.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(a) all relevant information as provided for in Schedule IIB and the

results of the evaluation thereof, including the toxicological

studies;

(b) all relevant information on the plant protection product as

provided for in Schedule IIIB, including toxicological studies

and efficacy data.

2.5.

Identification/detection and quantification methods the director

shall evaluate the analytical methods proposed for post-

registration control and monitoring purposes of the viable and

non-viable components both in the formulation and as residues in

or on treated crops. Sufficient validation is required for pre-

authorisation methods and post-authorisation monitoring

methods. Methods that are considered suitable for post-authori-

sation monitoring must be clearly identified.

2.5.1. Analytical methods for the plant protection product

2.5.1.1. Non-viable components

The director shall evaluate the analytical methods proposed to

identify and quantify the toxicologically, ecotoxicologically or

environmentally significant non-viable components resulting

from the micro-organism and/or present as impurity or co-

formulant (including eventually resulting breakdown and/or

reaction products thereof).

This evaluation will take into consideration the information on

analytical methods provided for in Schedule IIB and IIIB and the

results of the evaluation thereof. In particular, the following

information must be taken into account

(a) the specificity and linearity of the proposed methods,

(b) the precision (repeatability) of the proposed methods,

(c) the importance of interferences,

(d) the accuracy of the proposed methods at appropriate concen-

trations,

(e) the limit of quantification of the proposed methods.

2.5.1.2. Viable components

The director shall evaluate the methods proposed to quantify and

identify the specific strain concerned and especially methods that

discriminate that strain from closely related strains.

This evaluation will take into consideration the information on

analytical methods provided for in Schedule IIB and IIIB and the

results of the evaluation thereof. In particular, the following

information must be taken into account

(a) the specificity of the proposed methods,

(b) the precision (repeatability) of the proposed methods,

(c) the importance of interferences,

(d) the quantifiability of the proposed methods.

2.5.2. Analytical methods for the determination of residues

2.5.2.1. N o n - v i a b l e r e s i d u e s

The director shall evaluate the analytical methods proposed to

identify and quantify the toxicologically, ecotoxicologically or

environmentally significant non-viable residues resulting from

the micro-organism (including eventually resulting breakdown

and/or reaction products thereof).

This evaluation will take into consideration the information on

analytical methods provided for in Schedule IIB and IIIB and the

results of the evaluation thereof. In particular, the following

information must be taken into account

(a) the specificity and linearity of the proposed methods,

(b) the precision (repeatability) of the proposed methods,

(c) the reproducibility (independent laboratory validation) of the

proposed methods,

(d) the importance of interferences,

(e) the accuracy of the proposed methods at appropriate concen-

trations,

(f) the limit of quantification of the proposed methods.

2.5.2.2. Viable residues

The director shall evaluate the methods proposed to identify the

specific strain concerned and especially methods that discri-

minate that strain from closely related strains.

This evaluation will take into consideration the information on

analytical methods provided for in Schedule IIB and IIIB and the

results of the evaluation thereof. In particular, the following

information must be taken into account

(a) the specificity of the proposed methods,

(b) the precision (repeatability) of the proposed methods,

(c) the importance of interferences,

(d) the quantifiability of the proposed methods.

2.6.

Impact on human or animal health

The impact on human or animal health must be evaluated. In

particular, The director must take account of the following

principles

(a) due to the ability of micro-organisms to replicate, there is a

clear difference between chemicals and micro-organisms

used as plant protection products. Hazards arising are not

neces-sarily of the same nature as those presented by

chemicals, especially in relation to the capacity of micro-

organisms to persist and multiply in different environments;

(b) the pathogenicity of the micro-organism to humans and non-

target animals, the infectiveness of the micro-organism, the

ability of the micro-organism to colonise, the toxicity of

metabolites/toxins as well as the toxicity of the residual

growth medium, contaminants and co-formulants, are

important endpoints in assessing adverse effects arising from

the plant protection product;

(c) colonisation, infectiveness and toxicity comprise a complex

set of interactions between micro-organisms and hosts and

these endpoints may not be resolved easily as independent

endpoints;

(d) in combining these endpoints, the most important aspects of

the micro-organism that must be assessed are

—ability to persist and multiply in a host (indicative of

colonisation or infectivity),

—ability to produce non-adverse or adverse effects in a host,

indicative of infectivity, pathogenicity, and/or toxicity;

(e) moreover, the complexity of the biological issues should be

taken into account in evaluating the hazards and risks

presented by use of these plant protection products for

human and animals. An assessment of pathogenicity and

infectiveness is necessary even if the potential of exposure is

deemed low;

(f) for risk assessment purposes the acute toxicity studies used

should, where available, include at least two doses (e.g. one

very high dose and one corresponding to the expected

exposure under practical conditions).

2.6.1. E f f e c t s o n h u m a n o r a n i m a l h e a l t h a r i s i n g from

the plant protection product

2.6.1.1. The director shall evaluate operator exposure to the micro-

organism, and/or to toxicologically relevant compounds in the

plant protection product (e.g. their metabolites/toxins, residual

growth medium, contaminants and co-formulants), likely to

occur under the proposed conditions of use (including in

particular dose, application method and climatic conditions).

Realistic data on exposure levels must be used and, if such data

are not available, a suitable, validated calculation model. When

available, a European harmonised generic exposure database for

plant protection products should be used.

(a) This evaluation will take into consideration the following

information

(i) the medical data and the toxicity, infectivity and

pathogenicity studies as provided for in Schedule IIB, and the

results of the evaluation thereof. Tier 1 tests should permit an

evaluation to be made of a micro-organism with respect to its

ability to persist or grow in the host and its ability to cause

effects/reactions in the host. Parameters that indicate the

absence of ability to persist and multiply in the host, and the

absence of ability to produce non-adverse or adverse effects

in a host, include fast and complete clearance from the body,

no activation of the immune system, no histo-pathological

changes, and for replication temperatures far below or far

above mammalian body temperatures.

These parameters can in some cases be assessed using acute

studies and existing human data, and sometimes can only be

assessed using repeated dose studies.

Evaluation based on relevant parameters of Tier 1 tests should

lead to an assessment of the possible effects of occupational

exposure, taking into account the intensity and duration of

exposure including exposure due to repeated use during

practical use.

The toxicity of certain metabolites/toxins can only be

assessed, if it has been demonstrated that the test animals are

actually exposed to these metabolites/toxins;

(ii) other relevant information on the micro-organism, the

metabolites/toxins, residual growth medium,

contaminants and co-formulants in the plant protection

product, such as their biological, physical and chemical

properties (e.g. survival of the micro-organism at the body

temperature of humans and animals, ecological niche,

behaviour of the micro-organism and/or metabo-lites/toxins

during application);

(iii) the toxicological studies provided for in Schedule IIIB;

(iv) other relevant information provided for in Schedule IIIB

such as

— composition of the preparation,

— nature of the preparation,

— size, design and type of packaging,

— field of use and nature of the crop or target,

— method of application including handling, loading and

mixing of the plant protection product,

— exposure reduction measures recommended,

— protective clothing recommendations,

— maximum application rate,

— minimum spray application volume stated on the label,

— number and timing of applications.

(b) On the basis of the information mentioned in (a) the

following overall end-points should be established for single

or repeated operator exposure following the intended use

— persistence or growth of the micro-organism in the host,

— adverse effects observed,

— observed or expected effects of contaminants (including

contaminating micro-organisms),

— observed or expected effects of relevant metabolites/-

toxins.

If there are indications of colonisation in the host and/or if

any adverse effects, indicative of toxicity/infectivity are

observed, taking into account the exposure scenario (i.e.

acute or repeated exposure), further testing is indicated.

(c) This evaluation shall be made for each type of application

method and application equipment proposed for use of the

plant protection product as well as for the different types and

sizes of containers to be used, taking into account mixing,

loading operations, application of the plant protection

product and cleaning and routine maintenance of application

equipment. Where relevant, other authorised uses of the plant

protection product in the area of envisaged use containing the

same active substance or which give rise to the same residues

may also be taken into account. It should be taken into

account that if replication of the micro-organism is expected,

exposure assessment could be highly speculative.

(d) The absence or presence of the potential for colonisation or

the possibility of effects in operators at the tested dose levels

as provided for in Schedule IIB and IIIB should be assessed

with regard to measured or estimated levels of human

exposure. This risk assessment, preferably quantitative,

should include consideration of e.g. mode of action,

biological, physical and chemical properties of the micro-

organism and other substances in the formulation.

2.6.1.2. The director shall examine information relating to the nature

and characteristics of the packaging proposed with particular

reference to the following aspects

(a) the type of packaging,

(b) its dimensions and capacity,

(c) the size of the opening,

(d) the type of closure,

(e) its strength, leakproofness and resistance to normal transport

and handling,

(f) its resistance to and compatibility with the contents.

2.6.1.3. The director shall examine the nature and characteristics of the

protective clothing and equipment proposed with particular

reference to the following aspects

(a) obtainability and suitability,

(b) effectiveness,

(c) ease of wearing taking into account physical stress and

climatic conditions,

(d) resistance to and compatibility with the plant protection

product.

2.6.1.4. The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of other

humans (workers exposed after the application of the plant

protection product, such as re-entering workers, or bystanders) or

animals to the micro-organism and/or to other toxicologically

relevant compounds in the plant protection product under the

proposed conditions of use. This evaluation will take into consid-

eration the following information

(a) the medical data and the toxicity, infectivity and patho-

genicity studies provided for in Schedule IIB, and the results

of the evaluation thereof. Tier 1 tests should permit an

evaluation to be made of a micro-organism with respect to its

ability to persist or grow in the host and its ability to cause

effects/reactions in the host. Parameters that indicate the

absence of ability to persist and multiply in the host, and the

absence of ability to produce non-adverse or adverse effects

in a host, include rapid and complete clearance from the

body, no activation of the immune system, no

histopathological changes, and inability to replicate at

mammalian body temperatures. These parameters can in

some cases be assessed using acute studies and existing

human data, and sometimes can only be assessed using

repeated dose studies.

Evaluation based on relevant parameters of Tier 1 tests

should lead to an assessment of the possible effects of occu-

pational exposure, taking into account the intensity and

duration of exposure, including exposure due to repeated use

during practical use.

The toxicity of certain metabolites/toxins can only be

assessed, if it has been demonstrated that the test animals are

actually exposed to these metabolites/toxins;

(b) other relevant information on the micro-organism, the meta-

bolites/toxins, residual growth medium, contaminants and co-

formulants in the plant protection product, such as their

biological, physical and chemical properties (e.g. survival of

the micro-organism at the body temperature of humans and

animals, ecological niche, behaviour of the micro-organism

and/or metabolites/toxins during application);

(c) the toxicological studies provided for in Schedule IIIB;

(d) other relevant information on the plant protection product as

provided for in Schedule IIIB such as

—re-entry periods, necessary waiting periods or other

precautions to protect humans and animals,

—method of application, in particular spraying,

—maximum application rate,

—minimum spray application volume,

—composition of the preparation,

—excess remaining on plants and plant products after

treatment, taking into account the influence of factors

such as temperature, UV light, pH and the presence of

certain substances,

—further activities whereby workers are exposed.

2.6.2. E f f e c t s o n h u m a n o r a n i m a l h e a l t h a r i s i n g

from residues

In the evaluation, non-viable and viable residues must be

addressed separately. Viruses and viroids should be considered

as viable residues since they are capable of transferring genetic

material, although strictly speaking they are not living.

2.6.2.1. N o n - v i a b l e r e s i d u e s

(a) The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of

humans or animals to non-viable residues and their degra-

dation products via the food chain due to the possible

occurrence of such residues in or on edible parts of treated

crops. In particular, the following information should be

taken into account

—the stage of development of the micro-organism at which

non-viable residues are produced,

—the development stages/life cycle of the micro-organism

under typical environmental conditions; in particular,

attention shall be paid to the assessment of the like-

lihood of survival and multiplication of the micro-

organism in or on crops, food or feed, and, as a conse-

quence, the likelihood of the production of non-viable

residues,

—the stability of relevant non-viable residues (including the

effects of factors such as temperature, UV light, pH and the

presence of certain substances),

—any experimental study showing whether or not relevant

non-viable residues are translocated in plants,

—data concerning the proposed good agricultural practice

(including number and timing of applications, maximum

application rate and minimum spray application volume,

proposed pre-harvest intervals for envisaged uses, or with-

holding periods or storage periods, in the case of post-harvest

uses) and additional data on application as provided for in

Schedule IIIB,

— where relevant, other authorised uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use, i.e. containing the

same residues, and

— the natural occurrence of non-viable residues on edible

plant parts as a consequence of naturally occurring

micro-organisms.

(b) The director shall evaluate the toxicity of non-viable

residues and their degradation products having regard in

particular to the specific information provided in accordance

with Schedule IIB and IIIB.

(c) Where non-viable residues or their degradation products

are considered toxicologically relevant for humans and/or

animals and when exposure is not considered negligible, the

actual levels in or on the edible parts of treated crops should

be determined, taking into consideration

— analytical methods for the non-viable residues,

— the growth curves of the micro-organism under optimal

conditions,

— the production/formation of non-viable residues at relevant

moments (e.g. at the anticipated harvest time).

2.6.2.2. Viable residues

(a) The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of

humans or animals to viable residues via the food chain due to

the possible occurrence of such residues in or on edible parts

of treated crops. In particular, the following infor-mation

should be taken into account

—the likelihood of survival, the persistence and

multiplication of the micro-organism in or on crops, food or

feed. The various development stages/life cycle of the micro-

organism should be addressed,

—information concerning its ecological niche,

—information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of

the environment,

—the natural occurrence of the micro-organism (and/or a

related micro-organism),

—data concerning the proposed good agricultural practice

(including number and timing of applications, maximum

application rate and minimum spray application volume,

proposed pre-harvest intervals for envisaged uses, or

withholding periods or storage periods in the case of post-

harvest uses) and additional data on application as provided

for in Schedule IIIB,

—where relevant, other authorised uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use, i.e. containing the same

micro-organism or which result in the same residues.

(b) The director shall evaluate the specific information

concerning the ability of viable residues to persist or grow in

the host and the ability of such residues to cause

effects/reactions in the host. In particular, the following

information should be taken into account

—the medical data and toxicity, infectivity and patho-

genicity studies provided for in Schedule IIB, and the results

of the evaluation thereof,

—the development stages/life cycle of the micro-organism

under typical environmental conditions (e.g. in or on the

treated crop),

—the mode of action of the micro-organism,

—the biological properties of the micro-organism (e.g.

host specificity).

The various development stages/life cycle of the micro-

organism should be addressed.

(c) In the event that viable residues are considered to be toxi-

cologically relevant for humans and/or animals and if

exposure is not considered negligible, the actual levels in or

on the edible parts of treated crops should be determined,

taking into consideration

— analytical methods for the viable residues,

— the growth curves of the micro-organism under optimal conditions,

— the possibilities of extrapolating data from one crop to another.

2.7.

Fate and behaviour in the environment

The biocomplexity of the ecosystems and interactions in the

microbial communities concerned must be taken into account.

Information on the origin and properties (e.g. specificity) of the

micro-organism/its residual metabolites/toxins and its intended

use forms the basis for an assessment of environmental fate and

behaviour. The mode of action of the micro-organism should be

taken into consideration.

An assessment shall be made of the fate and behaviour of any

known relevant metabolite that is produced by the micro-

organism. The assessment shall be made for each environmental

compartment, and shall be triggered on the basis of the criteria

specified in section 7 (iv) of Schedule IIB.

In the assessment of the environmental fate and behaviour of

plant protection products, The director shall have regard to all

aspects of the environment, including biota. The potential for

persistence and multiplication of micro-organisms has to be

assessed in all environmental compartments unless it can be

justified that particular micro-organisms will not reach a specific

compartment. The mobility of micro-organisms and their

residual metabolites/toxins must be considered.

2.7.1. The director shall evaluate the possibility of contamination of

ground water, surface water and drinking water under the

proposed conditions of use of the plant protection product.

In the overall assessment, The director should pay particular

attention to potential adverse effects on humans through

groundwater contamination, when the active substance is applied

in regions with vulnerable conditions, such as drinking water

abstraction areas.

2.7.2. The director shall evaluate the risk for the aquatic

compartment where the possibility of the exposure of aquatic

organisms has been established. A micro-organism may give rise

to risks because of its potential through multiplication to

establish itself in the environment and can therefore have a long-

lasting or permanent impact on microbial communities or their

predators.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(a) the biological properties of the micro-organism,

(b) the survival of the micro-organism in the environment,

(c) its ecological niche,

(d) the natural background level of the micro-organism, where it

is indigenous,

(e) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment,

(f) where relevant, information on potential interference with

analytical systems used for the control of the quality of

drinking water as provided for in Council Directive 98/83/EC

of 3 November 1998 on the quality of water intended for

human consumption,

(g) where relevant, other authorised uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use, e.g. containing the same

active substance or which gives rise to the same residues.

2.7.3. The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of organisms

in the atmosphere to the plant protection product under the

proposed conditions of use; if this possibility exists they shall

evaluate the risk for the atmosphere. The transport, short-range

and long-range, of the micro-organism in the atmo-sphere should

be taken into account.

2.7.4. The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of

organisms in the terrestrial compartment to the plant protection

product under the proposed conditions of use; if this possibility

exists they shall evaluate the risks arising for the terrestrial

compartment. A micro-organism may give rise to risks because

of its potential through multiplication to establish itself in the

environment and can therefore have a long-lasting or permanent

impact on microbial communities or their predators.

This evaluation will take into consideration the following infor-

mation

(a) the biological properties of the micro-organism,

(b) the survival of the micro-organism in the environment,

(c) its ecological niche,

(d) the natural background level of the micro-organism, where it

is indigenous,

(e) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment,

(f) where relevant, other authorised uses of plant protection

products in the area of envisaged use, e.g. containing the

same active substance or which gives rise to the same

residues.

2.8.

Effects on and exposure of non-target organisms

Information on the ecology of the micro-organism and effects on

the environment should be assessed as well as possible exposure

levels and the effects of its relevant metabolites/toxins. An

overall assessment of the environmental risks that the plant

protection product may cause, taking into account the normal

levels of exposure to micro-organisms both in the environment

as well as in the body of organisms, is necessary.

The director shall evaluate the possibility of exposure of non-

target organisms under the proposed conditions of use and if this

possibility exists they shall evaluate the risks arising for the non-

target organisms concerned.

Where applicable, an assessment of infectivity and pathogenicity

is necessary, unless it can be justified that non-target organisms

will not be exposed.

To assess the possibility of exposure the following information

should also be taken into consideration

(a) the survival of the micro-organism in the respective

compartment,

(b) its ecological niche,

(c) the natural background level of the micro-organism, where it

is indigenous,

(d) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment,

(e) where relevant, other authorised uses of the plant protection

product in the area of envisaged use containing the same

active substance or which give rise to the same residues.

2.8.1. M e m b e r S t a t e s s h a l l e v a l u a t e t h e p o s s i bility of

exposure of and effects on terrestrial wildlife (non-domestic birds,

mammals and other terrestrial vertebrates).

2.8.1.1. A micro-organism may give rise to risks because of its potential

to infect and multiply in avian and mammalian host systems.

Whether or not identified risks could be changed due to the

formulation of the plant protection product shall be assessed,

taking into account the following information on the micro-

organism

(a) its mode of action,

(b) other biological properties,

(c) studies on mammalian toxicity, pathogenicity and infectivity,

(d) studies on avian toxicity, pathogenicity and infectivity.

2.8.1.2. A plant protection product may give rise to toxic effects due to

the action of toxins or co-formulants. For the assessment of such

effects, the following information should be taken into consid-

eration

(a) studies on mammalian toxicity,

(b) studies on avian toxicity,

(c) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment.

If mortality or signs of intoxication are observed in the tests the

evaluation must include a calculation of toxicity/exposure ratios

based on the quotient of the LD 50 value and the estimated

exposure expressed in mg/kg body weight.

2.8.2. M e m b e r S t a t e s s h a l l e v a l u a t e t h e p o s s i bility of

exposure of and effects on aquatic organisms.

2.8.2.1. A micro-organism may give rise to risks because of its potential

to infect and multiply in aquatic organisms. Whether or not

identified risks could be changed due to the formulation of the

plant protection product shall be assessed, taking into account the

following information on the micro-organism

(a) its mode of action,

(b) other biological properties,

(c) studies on toxicity, pathogenicity and infectivity.

2.8.2.2. A plant protection product may give rise to toxic effects due to

the action of toxins or co-formulants. For the assessment of such

effects the following information should be taken into consid-

eration

(a) studies on toxicity to aquatic organisms,

(b) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment.

If mortality or signs of intoxication are observed in the tests the

evaluation must include a calculation of toxicity/exposure ratios

based on the quotient of the EC 50 value and/or the NOEC value

and the estimated exposure.

2.8.3. M e m b e r S t a t e s s h a l l e v a l u a t e t h e p o s s i bility of

exposure of and effects on bees.

2.8.3.1. A micro-organism may give rise to risks because of its potential

to infect and multiply in bees. Whether or not identified risks

could be changed due to the formulation of the plant protection

product shall be assessed, taking into account the following

infor-mation on the micro-organism

(a) its mode of action,

(b) other biological properties,

(c) studies on toxicity, pathogenicity and infectivity.

2.8.3.2. A plant protection product may give rise to toxic effects due to

the action of toxins or co-formulants. For the assessment of such

effects the following information should be taken into consid-

eration

(a) studies on toxicity to bees,

(b) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment.

If mortality or signs of intoxication are observed in the tests the

evaluation must include a calculation of the hazard quotient,

based on the quotient of the dose in g/ha and the LD 50 value

inµg/bee.

2.8.4. M e m b e r S t a t e s s h a l l e v a l u a t e t h e p o s s i bility of

exposure of and effects on arthropods other than bees.

2.8.4.1. A micro-organism may give rise to risks because of its potential

to infect and multiply in arthropods other than bees. Whether or

not identified risks could be changed due to the formulation of

the plant protection product shall be assessed, taking into account

the following information on the micro-organism

(a) its mode of action,

(b) other biological properties,

(c) studies on toxicity, pathogenicity and infectivity to

honeybees and other arthropods.

2.8.4.2. A plant protection product may give rise to toxic effects due to

the action of toxins or co-formulants. For the assessment of such

effects the following information should be taken into consid-

eration

(a) studies on toxicity to arthropods,

(b) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment,

(c) available data from biological primary screening.

If mortality or signs of intoxication are observed in the tests the

evaluation must include a calculation of toxicity/exposure ratios

based on the quotient of the ER 50 value (effective rate) and the

estimated exposure.

2.8.5. M e m b e r S t a t e s s h a l l e v a l u a t e t h e p o s s i bility of

exposure of and effects on earthworms.

2.8.5.1. A micro-organism may give rise to risks because of its potential

to infect and multiply in earthworms. Whether or not identified

risks could be changed due to the formulation of the plant

protection product shall be assessed, taking into account the

following information on the micro-organism

(a) its mode of action,

(b) other biological properties,

(c) studies on earthworm toxicity, pathogenicity and infectivity.

2.8.5.2. A plant protection product may give rise to toxic effects due to

the action of toxins or co-formulants. For the assessment of such

effects the following information should be taken into consid-

eration

(a) studies on earthworm toxicity,

(b) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment.

If mortality or signs of intoxication are observed in the tests the

evaluation must include a calculation of toxicity/exposure ratios

based on the quotient of the LC 50 value and the estimated

exposure expressed in mg/kg dry weight soil.

2.8.6. M e m b e r S t a t e s s h a l l e v a l u a t e t h e p o s s i bility of

exposure of and effects on soil micro-organisms.

2.8.6.1. A micro-organism may give rise to risks because of its potential

to interfere with nitrogen and carbon mineralisation in the soil.

Whether or not identified risks could be changed due to the

formulation of the plant protection product shall be assessed,

taking into account the following information on the micro-

organism

(a) its mode of action,

(b) other biological properties.

Experimental data are not normally required, i.e. where it can be

justified that a proper risk assessment can be performed with the

available information.

2.8.6.2. The director shall evaluate the impact of exotic/non-indigenous

micro-organisms on non-target micro-organisms and on their

predators following use of the plant protection product according

to the proposed conditions of use. Experimental data are not

normally required, i.e. where it can be justified that a proper risk

assessment can be performed with the available infor-mation.

2.8.6.3. A plant protection product may give rise to toxic effects due to

the action of toxins or co-formulants. For the assessment of such

effects the following information should be taken into consid-

eration

(a) information on fate and behaviour in the various parts of the

environment,

(b) all available information from biological primary screening.

2.9.

Conclusions and proposals

The director shall draw conclusions on the need for further

information and/or testing and the need for measures to limit the

risks arising. The director shall justify proposals for the clas-

sification and labelling of plant protection products.

C.

DECISION-MAKING

1. General principles

1.1.

Where appropriate, the director shall impose conditions or

restrictions on the authorisations they grant. The nature and

severity of these conditions or restrictions must be selected on

the basis of, and be appropriate to, the nature and extent of the

expected advantages and the risks likely to arise.

1.2.

The director shall ensure that decisions taken to grant author-

isations, take account of the agricultural, plant health or environ-

mental (including climatic) conditions in the areas of envisaged

use. Such considerations may result in specific conditions and

restrictions on use, and, in authorisation being granted for some

but not other areas within the Member State in question.

1.3.

The director shall ensure that the authorised amounts, in terms of

rates and number of applications, are the minimum necessary to

achieve the desired effect even where higher amounts would not

result in unacceptable risks to human or animal health or to the

environment. The authorised amounts must be differentiated

according to, and be appropriate to, the agricultural, plant health

or environmental (including climatic) conditions in the various

areas for which an authorisation is granted. However, the rates

and the number of applications shall not give rise to undesirable

effects such as the development of resistance.

1.4.

The director shall ensure that decisions respect the principles of

integrated pest control if the plant protection product is intended

for use in conditions where these principles are relied on.

1.5.

Since the evaluation is to be based on data concerning a limited

number of representative species, The director shall ensure that

use of plant protection products does not have any long-term

repercussions for the abundance and diversity of non-target

species.

1.6.

Before issuing an authorisation, the director shall ensure that

the label of the plant protection product

(a) fulfils the requirements of regulation 16 of these regulations,

(b) also contains the information on protection of users required

by Community legislation on worker protection,

(c) specifies in particular the conditions or restrictions under

which the plant protection product shall or shall not be used

as referred to in points 1.1 to 1.5,

(d) The authorisation shall mention the particulars indicated in

regulation 16(1)(g) and (h) of these regulations and Article 10(1.2),

(2.4), (2.5) and (2.6) of Directive 1999/45/EC of the

European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 1999

concerning the approximation of the laws, regulations and

administrative provisions relating to the classification,

packaging and labelling of dangerous preparations.

1.7.

Before issuing authorisations, The director shall

(a) ensure that the proposed packaging is in accordance with the

provisions of Directive 1999/45/EC;

(b) ensure that

—the procedures for destruction of the plant protection

product,

—the procedures for neutralisation of any adverse effects of

the plant protection product if it is accidentally dispersed,

and

—the procedures for the decontamination and destruction of

the packaging,

are in accordance with the relevant regulatory provisions.

1.8.

No authorisation shall be granted unless all the requirements

referred to in point 2 are satisfied. However, when one or more

of the specific decision-making requirements referred to in point

2.4 are not fully satisfied, authorisations shall be granted only

where the advantages of the use of the plant protection product

under the proposed conditions of use outweigh the possible

adverse effects of its use. Any restrictions on use of the plant

protection product relating to non-compliance with some of the

requirements referred to in point 2.4 must be mentioned on the

label. These advantages can be in terms of

(a) advantages for and compatibility with integrated control

measures or organic farming,

(b) facilitating strategies to minimise the risk of development of

resistance,

(c) reduced risk for operators and consumers,

(d) reduced contamination of the environment and reduced

impact on non-target species.

1.9.

Where an authorisation has been granted according to the

requirements provided for in this Schedule, the Director may, by

virtue of regulation 4(6)

(a) define, where possible, preferably in close cooperation with

the applicant, measures to improve the performance of the

plant protection product, and/or

(b) define, where possible, in close cooperation with the

applicant, measures to reduce further the exposure that could

occur during and after use of the plant protection product.

The director shall inform applicants of any measures identified

under (a) or (b) and shall invite applicants to provide any supple-

mentary data and information necessary to demonstrate

performance or potential risks arising under the changed

conditions.

1.10. The director shall ensure, as far as is practically possible, that for all

micro-organisms that are considered for an authorisation, the

applicant has taken into account all available relevant knowledge

and information in literature at the time of submission.

1.11. Where the micro-organism has been genetically modified, as

defined in Directive 2001/18/EC, no authorisation shall be

granted unless the evaluation conducted in accordance with

Directive 2001/18/EC has been submitted, as required under

Article 1(3) of that Directive. The relevant decision taken by the

competent authorities in accordance with Directive 2001/18/EC

must be provided.

1.12. In accordance with Article 1(3) of Directive 414/1991, no

authorisation shall be granted for a plant protection product

containing a genetically modified organism unless authorisation

is granted according to the provisions in Directive 2001/18/EC,

part C, under which that organism can be released into the

environment.

1.13. No authorisation shall be granted if relevant metabolites/toxins (i.e.

those expected to be of concern for human health and/or the

environment) known to be formed by the micro-organism, and/or

by microbial contaminants are present in the plant protection

product, unless it can be shown that the amount present is at an

acceptable level before and after its proposed use.

1.14. The director shall ensure that adequate quality control measures are

applied to ensure the identity of the micro-organism and contents

of the plant protection product. Such measures must include a

Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) system or

equivalent system.

2. Specific principles

The specific principles shall apply without prejudice to the

general principles referred to in Section 1.

2.1.

Identity

For each authorisation granted the director shall ensure that the

micro-organism concerned is deposited at an interna-tionally

recognised culture collection and has an accession number. Each

micro-organism must be identified and named at the species

level and characterised at the strain level. There must also be

information as to whether or not the micro-organism is a wild

type or a spontaneous or induced mutant, or a genetically

modified organism.

2.2.

Biological and technical properties

2.2.1. There must be sufficient information to permit assessment of the

minimum and maximum content of the micro-organism in the

material used for the manufacturing of plant protection products,

as well as in the plant protection product. The content of other

components and formulants in the plant protection product and

contaminating micro-organisms derived from the production

process must to the extent possible be defined. The director shall

ensure that the level of contaminating organisms is controlled to

an acceptable level. In addition: the physical nature and state of

the plant protection product must be specified, preferably

according to the‘Catalogue of pesticide formulation types and

international coding system (CropLife International Technical

Monograph No 2, 5th Edition, 2002)’.

2.2.2. No authorisation shall be granted if, at any stage in the devel-

opment of a microbial plant protection product, it becomes

apparent, on the basis of a build-up of resistance, or transfer of

resistance, or other mechanism, that there may be interference

with the effectiveness of an anti-microbial agent used in human

or animal medicine.

2.3.

Further information

No authorisation shall be granted unless full information is

provided on the continuous quality control of the production

method, production process and plant protection product. In

particular, the occurrence of spontaneous changes in major char-

acteristics of the micro-organism and the absence/presence of

contaminating organisms shall be considered. The quality

assurance criteria for production and the techniques used to

ensure a uniform plant protection product must to the extent

possible be described and specified.

2.4.

Efficacy

2.4.1. P e r f o r m a n c e

2.4.1.1. No authorisation shall be granted where the proposed uses

include recommendations for the control of or protection against

organisms which are not considered to be harmful on the basis of

experience acquired or scientific evidence under normal

agricultural, plant health and environmental (including climatic)

conditions in the areas of proposed use or where the other

intended effects are not considered to be beneficial under those

conditions.

2.4.1.2. The level, consistency and duration of control or protection or

other intended effects must be similar to those resulting from the

use of suitable reference products. If no suitable reference

product exists, the plant protection product must be shown to

give a defined benefit in terms of the level, consistency and

duration of control or protection or other intended effects under

the agricultural, plant health and environmental (including

climatic) conditions in the area of proposed use.

2.4.1.3. Where relevant, yield response when the plant protection product

is used and reduction of loss in storage must be quantitatively

and/or qualitatively similar to those resulting from the use of

suitable reference products. If no suitable reference product

exists, the plant protection product must be shown to give a

consistent and defined quantitative and/or qualitative benefit in

terms of yield response and reduction of loss in storage under the

agricultural, plant health and environmental (including climatic)

conditions in the area of proposed use.

2.4.1.4. Conclusions as to the performance of the preparation must be

valid for all areas of the Member State in which it is to be

authorised, and for all conditions under which its use is

proposed, except where the proposed label specifies that the

preparation is intended for use in certain specified circumstances

(e.g. light infestations, particular soil types or particular growing

conditions).

2.4.1.5. Where proposed label claims include requirements for use of the

preparation with other specified plant protection products or

adjuvants as a tank mix, the mixture must achieve the desired

effect and comply with the principles referred to in points 2.4.1.1

to 2.4.1.4.

Where proposed label claims include recommendations for use

of the preparation with specified plant protection products or

adjuvants as a tank mix, The director shall not accept the

recommendations unless they are justified.

2.4.1.6. If there is evidence of a development of resistance of pathogens

towards the plant protection product, the Member State shall

decide if the submitted resistance management strategy addresses

this adequately and sufficiently.

2.4.1.7. Only plant protection products containing non-viable micro-

organisms shall be authorised for use to control vertebrate

species. The intended effect on vertebrates to be controlled shall

be obtained without unnecessary suffering and unnecessary pain

for these animals.

2.4.2. A b s e n c e o f u n a c c e p t a b l e e f f e c t s o n p l a n t s a n d

plant products

2.4.2.1. There must be no relevant phytotoxic effects on treated plants or

plant products except where the proposed label indicates appro-

priate limitations of use.

2.4.2.2. There must be no reduction of yield at harvest due to phytotoxic

effects below that which could be obtained without the use of the

plant protection product, unless this reduction is compensated for

by other advantages such as an enhancement of the quality of the

treated plants or plant products.

2.4.2.3. There must be no unacceptable adverse effects on the quality of

treated plants or plant products, except in the case of adverse

effects on processing where proposed label claims specify that

the preparation should not be applied to crops to be used for

processing purposes.

2.4.2.4. There must be no unacceptable adverse effects on treated plants

or plant products used for propagation or reproduction, such as

effects on viability, germination, sprouting, rooting and estab-

lishment, except where proposed label claims specify that the

preparation should not be applied to plants or plant products to

be used for propagation or reproduction.

2.4.2.5. There must be no unacceptable impact on succeeding crops,

except where proposed label claims specify that particular crops,

which would be affected, should not be grown following the

treated crop.

2.4.2.6. There must be no unacceptable impact on adjacent crops, except

where proposed label claims specify that the preparation should

not be applied when particular sensitive adjacent crops are

present.

2.4.2.7. Where proposed label claims include requirements for use of the

preparation with other plant protection products or adjuvants, as

a tank mix, the mixture must comply with the principles referred

to in points 2.4.2.1 to 2.4.2.6.

2.4.2.8. The proposed instructions for cleaning the application equipment

must be both practical and effective so that they can be applied

with ease so as to ensure the removal of residual traces of the

plant protection product which could subsequently cause

damage.

2.5.

Identification/detection and quantification methods The methods

proposed must reflect the latest techniques.

Methods for post-authorisation monitoring should involve the

use of commonly available reagents and equipment.

2.5.1. No authorisation shall be granted unless there is an adequate

method of sufficient quality to identify and quantify the micro-

organism and non-viable components (e.g. toxins, impurities and

co-formulants) in the plant protection product. In the case of a

plant protection product containing more than one micro-

organism, the recommended methods should be capable of iden-

tifying and determining the content of each one.

2.5.2. No authorisation shall be granted unless there are adequate

methods for post-registration control and monitoring of viable

and/or non-viable residues. Methods must be available for

analysis of

(a) plants, plant products, foodstuffs of plant and animal origin

and feedingstuffs if toxicologically relevant residues occur.

Residues are considered relevant if a maximum residue level

(MRL) or a waiting or re-entry safety period or other such

precaution is required,

(b) soil, water, air and/or body tissues if toxicologically, ecotox-

icologically or environmentally relevant residues occur.

2.6.

Impact on human and animal health

2.6.1. E f f e c t s o n h u m a n a n d a n i m a l h e a l t h a r i s i n g from

the plant protection product

2.6.1.1. No authorisation shall be granted if on the basis of the infor-

mation provided in the dossier it appears that the micro-organism

is pathogenic to humans or non-target animals under the

proposed conditions of use.

2.6.1.2. No authorisation shall be granted if the micro-organism and/or

the plant protection product containing the micro-organism

might, under the recommended conditions of use, including a

realistic worst case scenario, colonise or cause adverse effects in

humans or animals.

When making a decision on the authorisation of the microbial

plant protection product, The director shall consider possible

effects on all human populations, namely professional users,

non-professional users and humans exposed directly or indirectly

though the environment and at work, and animals.

2.6.1.3. All micro-organisms should be regarded as potential sensitisers,

unless it is established by means of relevant information that

there is no risk of sensitisation, taking into account immuno-

compromised and other sensitive individuals. Authorisations

granted shall therefore specify that protective clothing and

suitable gloves be worn and that the plant protection product

containing the micro-organism should not be inhaled. Moreover,

the proposed conditions of use may require use of additional

items of protective clothing and equipment.

Where the proposed conditions of use require use of items of

protective clothing, no authorisation shall be granted unless those

items are effective and in accordance with relevant Community

provisions, and are readily obtainable by the user and unless it is

feasible to use them under the conditions of use of the plant

protection product, taking into account climatic conditions in

particular.

2.6.1.4. No authorisation shall be granted if it is known that transfer of

genetic material from the micro-organism to other organisms

may lead to adverse effects on human and animal health,

including resistance to known therapeutic substances.

2.6.1.5. Plant protection products which, because of particular properties,

or which, if mishandled or misused, could lead to a high degree

of risk must be subject to particular restrictions such as

restrictions on the size of packaging, formulation type, distri-

bution, use or manner of use. Moreover, plant protection

products which are classified as very toxic shall not be

authorised for use by non-professional users.

2.6.1.6. Waiting and re-entry safety periods or other precautions must be

established in such a way that no colonisation of or adverse

effects on bystanders or workers exposed after application of the

plant protection product are expected.

2.6.1.7. Waiting and re-entry safety periods or other precautions must be

established in such a way that no colonisation of or adverse

effects on animals are expected.

2.6.1.8. Waiting and re-entry periods or other precautions to ensure that

no colonisation or adverse effects are expected must be realistic;

if necessary, special precautionary measures must be prescribed.

2.6.1.9. The conditions of authorisation shall be in compliance with

Council Directive 98/24/EC of 7 April 1998 on the protection of

the health and safety of workers from the risks related to

chemical agents at work, and Directive 2000/54/EC of the

European Parliament and of the Council of 18 September 2000

on the protection of workers from risks related to exposure to

biological agents at work. The experimental data and infor-

mation relevant to the recognition of the symptoms of infection

or pathogenicity and on the effectiveness of first aid and thera-

peutic measures provided shall be considered. The conditions of

authorisation shall also be in compliance with Directive

2004/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29

April 2004 on the protection of workers from the risks related to

exposure to carcinogens or mutagens at work. The conditions of

authorisation shall also be in compliance with Council Directive

89/656/EEC of 30 November 1989 on the minimum health and

safety requirements for the use by workers of personal protective

equipment at the workplace.

2.6.2. E f f e c t s o n h u m a n a n d a n i m a l h e a l t h a r i s i n g from

residues

2.6.2.1. No authorisation shall be granted unless there is sufficient infor-

mation for plant protection products containing the micro-

organism, to decide that there is no harmful effect on human or

animal health arising from exposure to the micro-organism, its

residual traces and metabolites/toxins remaining in or on plants

or plant products.

2.6.2.2. No authorisation shall be granted unless viable residues and/or

non-viable residues occurring reflect the minimum quantities of

the plant protection product necessary to achieve adequate

control corresponding to good agricultural practice, applied in

such a manner (including pre-harvest intervals or withholding

periods or storage periods) that the viable residues and/or toxins

at harvest, slaughter or after storage are reduced to a minimum.

2.7.

Fate and behaviour in the environment

2.7.1. No authorisation shall be granted if the available information

indicates that there may be unacceptable adverse environmental

effects due to the fate and behaviour of the plant protection

product in the environment.

2.7.2. No authorisation shall be granted if contamination of ground water,

surface water or drinking water expected as a result of the use of

a plant protection product under the proposed conditions of use,

may cause interference with the analytical systems for the

control of the quality of drinking water provided for in Directive

98/83/EC.

2.7.3. No authorisation shall be granted if the contamination of

groundwater expected as a result of the use of a plant protection

product under the proposed conditions of use contravenes or

exceeds whichever of the following is the lower

(a) the parameters or maximum permissible concentrations laid

down by Directive 98/83/EC, or

(b) the parameters or maximum permissible concentrations laid

down for components in the plant protection product such as

relevant metabolites/toxins in accordance with Directive

2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council

of 23 October 2000 establishing a framework for Community

action in the field of water policy, or

(c) the parameters for the micro-organism or the maximum

concentration laid down by the Commission for components

in the plant protection product such as relevant metabolites/-

toxins when including the micro-organism in Schedule I, on

the basis of appropriate data, in particular, toxicological data,

or, where that concentration has not been laid down, the

concen-tration corresponding to 1/10 of the acceptable daily

intake (ADI) laid down when the micro-organism was

included in

Schedule I, unless it is scientifically demonstrated that under

relevant field conditions the lower of the parameters or

concentrations is not contravened or exceeded.

2.7.4. No authorisation shall be granted if the contamination of surface

water expected as a result of the use of a plant protection product

under the proposed conditions of use

(a) exceeds, where the surface water in or from the area of

envisaged use is intended for the extraction of drinking

water, the parameters or values established in accordance

with Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and

of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a framework

for Community action in the field of water policy, or

(b) exceeds the parameters or values for components in the plant

protection product, such as relevant metabolites/toxins,

established in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC or

(c) has an impact deemed unacceptable on non-target species,

including animals, according to the relevant requirements

provided for in point 2.8.

The proposed instruction for use of the plant protection product,

including procedures for cleaning application equipment, must

be such that the likelihood of accidental contamination of surface

water is reduced to a minimum.

2.7.5. No authorisation shall be granted if it is known that transfer of

genetic material from the micro-organism to other organisms,

may lead to unacceptable effects on the environment.

2.7.6. No authorisation shall be granted unless there is sufficient infor-

mation on the possible persistence/competitiveness of the micro-

organism and relevant secondary metabolites/toxins in or on the

crop under the environmental conditions prevailing at and

following the intended use.

2.7.7. No authorisation shall be granted if it can be expected that the

micro-organism and/or its possible relevant metabolites/toxins

will persist in the environment in concentrations considerably

higher than the natural background levels, taking into account

repeated applications over the years, unless a robust risk

assessment indicates that the risks from accumulated plateau

concentrations are acceptable.

2.8.

Effects on non-target organisms

The director shall ensure that the available information is

sufficient to permit a decision to be taken as to whether or not

there may be unacceptable effects on non-target species (flora

and fauna), due to exposure to the plant protection product

containing the micro-organism following its intended use.

The director shall pay special attention to possible effects on

beneficial organisms used for biological control and organisms

playing an important role in integrated control.

2.8.1. Where there is a possibility of birds and other non-target

terrestrial vertebrates being exposed, no authorisation shall be

granted if

(a) the micro-organism is pathogenic to birds and other non-

target terrestrial vertebrates,

(b) in case of toxic effects due to components in the plant

protection product, such as relevant metabolites/toxins, the

toxicity/exposure ratio is less than 10 on the basis of the

acute LD 50 value or the long-term toxicity/exposure ratio is

less than 5, unless it is clearly established through an appro-

priate risk assessment that under field conditions no unac-

ceptable effects occur—directly or indirectly—after use of

the plant protection product according to the proposed

conditions of use.

2.8.2. Where there is a possibility of aquatic organisms being exposed,

no authorisation shall be granted if

(a) the micro-organism is pathogenic to aquatic organisms,

(b) in case of toxic effects due to components in the plant

protection product such as relevant metabolites/toxins, the

toxicity/exposure ratio is less than 100 in case of acute

toxicity (EC 50 ) to daphnia and fish and 10 for long-term/-

chronic toxicity to algae (EC 50 ), daphnia (NOEC) and fish

(NOEC), unless it is clearly established through an appro-

priate risk assessment that under field conditions no unac-

ceptable impact on the viability of exposed species occurs—

directly or indirectly—after use of the plant protection

product according to the proposed conditions of use.

2.8.3. Where there is a possibility of bees being exposed, no author-

isation shall be granted

(a) if the micro-organism is pathogenic to bees,

(b) in case of toxic effects due to components in the plant

protection product such as relevant metabolites/toxins, the

hazard quotients for oral or contact exposure of honeybees

are greater than 50, unless it is clearly established through an

appropriate risk assessment that under field conditions there

are no unacceptable effects on honeybee larvae, honeybee

behaviour, or colony survival and development after use of

the plant protection product according to the proposed

conditions of use.

2.8.4. Where there is a possibility of arthropods other than bees being

exposed, no authorisation shall be granted if

(a) the micro-organism is pathogenic to arthropods other than

bees,

(b) in case of toxic effects due to components in the plant

protection product such as relevant metabolites/toxins, unless

it is clearly established through an appropriate risk

assessment that under field conditions there is no unac-

ceptable impact on those organisms after use of the plant

protection product according to the proposed conditions of

use. Any claims for selectivity and proposals for use in inte-

grated pest management systems shall be substantiated by

appropriate data.

2.8.5. Where there is a possibility of earthworms being exposed, no

authorisation shall be granted if the micro-organism is

pathogenic to earthworms or in the case of toxic effects due to

components in the plant protection product such as relevant

metabolites/-toxins, the acute toxicity/exposure ratio is less

than 10, or the long-term toxicity/exposure ratio is less than 5,

unless it is clearly established through an appropriate risk

assessment that under field conditions earthworm populations

are not at risk after use of the plant protection product

according to the proposed conditions of use.

2.8.6. Where there is a possibility of non-target soil micro-

organisms being exposed, no authorisation shall be granted if

the nitrogen or carbon mineralisation processes in laboratory

studies are affected by more than 25 % after 100 days, unless

it is clearly established through an appropriate risk assessment

that under field conditions there is no unacceptable impact on

the microbial community after use of the plant protection

product according to the proposed conditions of use, taking

account of the ability of micro-organisms to multiply.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

Min ikollu awtorizzazzjoni jew min ikun ingħata

estensjoni fil-qasam ta’ applikazzjoni skond ir-regolament 9 (1)

għandu minnufih jinnotifika lid-Direttur b’kull informazzjoni ġdida

dwar l-effetti li jistgħu jagħmlu ħsara ta’ kull prodott għall-ħarsien

tal-pjanti, jew ta’ fdalijiet ta’ sustanza attiva fuq is-saħħa tal-

bnedmin u ta’ l-annimali jew fuq l-ilma ta’ taħt l-art, jew l-effetti

tagħhom li jistgħu jagħmlu ħsara fuq l-ambjent. Id-Direttur għandu

jiżgura li l-partijiet interessati għandhom minnufih jinnotifikaw din

l-informazzjoni lill-Istati Membri l-oħrajn u lill-Kummissjoni.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

Names of active substances or groups of active

Cases in which placing on the market or use are

substances referred to in Regulation 24.

permitted in accordance with Regulation 25.

A.

Mercury Compounds

Mercuric oxide

Mercurous chloride (calomel)

Other inorganic mercury compounds

Alkyl mercury compounds

Alkoxyalkyl and aryl mercury compounds

B.

Persistent organo-chlorine compounds

Camphechlor

C.

Other compounds

Ethylene oxide

Nitrofen

1,2-Dibromoethane

1,2-Dichloroethane

Dinoseb, its acetate and salts

Binapacryl

Captafol

Dicofol containing less than 78% of p.p. (1) – dicofol or

more than 1g/kg DDT and DDT related compounds

- Maleic hydrazide and its salts, other than its

choline, potassium and sodium salts;

- Choline, potassium and sodium salts of maleic

hydrazide containing more than 1 mg/kg of free

hydrazine expressed on the basis of the acid

equivalent.

Quintozene containing more than 1 g/kg of HCB or

more than 10 g/kg pentachlorobenzene.

(1)

(plants and plant products rich in essential oils and aromic principles mainly used as condiments because of their

characteristic taste)

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) B’deroga mir-regolament 4, sabiex tkun possibbli

stima gradwali tal-proprjetajiet ta’ sustanzi attivi ġodda u sabiex

tkun aktar faċli għal preparazzjonijiet ġodda li jkunu disponibbli

għall-użu fl-agrikoltura, id-Direttur jista’ jawtorizza, għal perjodu

proviżorju li ma jaqbiżx it-tliet snin, it-tqegħid fis-suq ta’ prodotti

għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti li jkun fihom sustanza attiva li ma tkunx

imniżżla fl-Iskeda I u li ma tkunx għadha saret disponibbli fis-suq

fis-26 ta’ Lulju 1993, kemm-il darba

(a) wara l-applikazzjoni tar-regolament 6 (1) u (2)

jinstab illi d-dokument fuq is-sustanza attiva jissodisfa

r-rekwiżiti ta’ l-Iskedi II u III fir-rigward tal-modi ta’ użu

kontemplati;

(b) jkun stabbilit illi s-sustanza attiva tista’ tissodisfa

r-rekwiżiti tar-regolament 5 (1) u li l-prodott għall-ħarsien

tal-pjanti jista’ jkun mistenni li jissodisfa r-rekwiżiti tar-

regolament 4 (1) (b) sa (f).

(2) Wara l-evalwazzjoni tad-dokument, jista’ jiġi deċiż,

illi s-sustanza attiva ma tkunx tissodisfa ir-rekwiżiti speċifikati

fir-regolament 5 (1). F’każijiet bħal dawn, l-awtorizzazzjonijiet

għandhom jiġu irtirati.

( 3 ) B ’ d e r o g a m i r- r e g o l a m e n t 6 , j e k k , w a r a

l-iskadenza tal-perjodu ta’ tliet snin, ma tkunx ittieħdet deċiżjoni

dwar l-inklużjoni ta’ sustanza attiva fl-Iskeda I, jista’ jiġi ordnat

perjodu ulterjuri sabiex ikun jista’ jsir eżami sħiħ tad-dokument

u, fejn adatt, ta’ kull informazzjoni addizzjonali mitluba skond ir-

regolament 6 (2)

Iżda d-dispożizzjonijiet tar-regolament 4 (2), (3), (5) u

(6) għandhom japplikaw għal awtorizzazzjonijiet mogħtija skond

il-kondizzjonijiet li jinsabu f’dan il-paragrafu bla preġudizzju

għad-dispożizzjonijiet preċedenti.

(4) B’deroga ulterjuri mir-regolament 4, d-Direttur

jista’ f’ċirkustanzi speċjali jawtorizza għal perjodu li ma jaqbiżx

il-120 ġurnata t-tqegħid fis-suq ta’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-

pjanti li ma jikkonformawx mar-regolament 4 għal użu limitat u

kontrollat jekk miżura bħal dik tidher meħtieġa minħabba periklu

imprevedibbli li ma jistax ikun kontrollat b’mezzi oħrajn. F’dan

il-każ id-Direttur għandu minnufih jinforma bl-azzjoni tiegħu lill-

Istati Membri l-oħra u lill-Kummissjoni bl-azzjoni tiegħu.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) (a) Applikazzjoni għall-awtorizzazzjoni ta’ prodott Applikazzjoni għal

għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti għandha ssir lid-Direttur minn jew f’isem awtorizzazzjoni.

il-persuna responsabbli sabiex iqiegħda għall-ewwel darba fis-suq

(b) Korpi uffiċjali jew xjentifiċi involuti

f’attivitajiet agrikoli jew għaqdiet professjonali agrikoli u utenti

professjonali jistgħu jitolbu li l-qasam ta’ applikazzjoni ta’ prodott

għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti diġà awtorizzat lokalment tkun estiża

sabiex tkopri skopijiet oħrajn apparti dawk li huma diġà koperti

b’din l-awtorizzazzjoni.

(ċ) Id-Direttur għandu jagħti estensjoni tal-qasam

ta’ applikazzjoni ta’ prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti awtorizzat meta

dan ikun fl-interess pubbliku jekk

(i) id-dokumentazzjoni u l-informazzjoni li jappoġġjaw

estensjoni tal-qasam ta’ applikazzjoni jkunu ngħataw mill-

applikant,

(ii) ikunu konformi li l-kondizzjonijiet imsemmija fir-

regolament 4 (1) (b) (iii), (iv) u (v) ikunu ġew sodisfatti,

(iii) l-użu intenzjonat huwa ta’ natura minuri, u

(iv) l-utenti jkunu infurmati b’mod sħiħ u speċifiku

dwar l-istruzzjonijiet għall-użu, permezz ta’ żjieda fit-

tikkettjar jew, jekk dan ma jkunx sar, permezz ta’

pubblikazzjoni uffiċjali.

(2)

Kull applikant għandu jkollu uffiċċju permanenti

fil-Komunità.

(3) Applikazzjonijiet għal awtorizzazzjonijiet

għandhom ikunu sottomessi fl-ilsien Malti jew Ingliż. Kampjuni

tal-preparazzjonijiet u tal-ingredjenti tagħhom jistgħu wkoll

jintalbu.

(4) Kull applikazzjoni għall-awtorizzazzjoni

magħmula lid-Direttur għandha tkun aċċettata u deċiżjoni dwarha

għandha tittieħed fi żmien raġonevoli, li ma jaqbiżx id-90 ġurnata

tax-xogħol, sakemm id-Direttur ikollu l-istrutturi xjentifiċi u tekniċi

meħtieġa għad-dispożizzjoni tiegħu. Dan iż-żmien għandu jiġi

sospiż sakemm tasal l-informazzjoni rilevanti kollha.

(5) Għandu jinfetaħ fajl dwar kull applikazzjoni. Kull

fajl għandu jkollu fih mill-anqas kopja tal-applikazzjoni, rekord

tad-deċiżjonijiet amministrattivi meħuda dwar l-applikazzjoni u

dwar id-dettalji u d-dokumentazzjoni kif stabbiliti fir-regolament

13 (1) flimkien ma’ sommarju ta’ dan ta’ l-aħħar.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) (a) Fuq talba għal awtorizzazzjoni għat-

tqegħid fis-suq ta’ prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti li jkun diġà

awtorizzat fi Stat Membru ieħor, b’referenza speċifika għal

elementi komparabbli, l-applikant għandu jissostanzja l-klejm

għal komparabilità b’evidenza dokumentarja. F’dan il-każ,

ħlief f’każijiet li fihom ir-riżultati mhumiex komparabbli ma’

kondizzjonijiet agrikoli, fitosanitarji jew ambjentali, inklużi

l-kondizzjonijiet klimatiċi li huma rilevanti għall-applikazzjoni tal-

prodott, id-Direttur għandu

(i) jżomm lura milli jitlob ir-ripetizzjoni ta’ testijiet u

analiżi li jkunu diġà saru f’konnessjoni ma’ l-awtorizzazzjoni

tal-prodott f’dak l-Istat Membru, u

(ii) safejn il-prinċipji uniformi jkunu ġew adottati,

meta l-prodott ikun fih biss sustanzi attivi mniżżlin fl-Iskeda I,

irid ukoll jawtorizza t-tqegħid ta’ dak il-prodott fis-suq lokali.

(b) L-awtorizzazzjoni tista’ tkun soġġetta għal

kundizzjonjijiet li jkunu jirriżultaw mill-implimentazzjoni ta’

miżuri oħrajn skond il-liġi tal-Komunità, li jkunu jirrigwardaw il-

kondizzjonijiet imposti in konnessjoni mad-distribuzzjoni u l-użu

ta’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti maħsuba sabiex iħarsu s-saħħa

tad-distributuri, l-utenti u l-ħaddiema interessati.

(ċ) Soġġett għall-konformità mat-Trattat,

l-awtorizzazzjoni tista’ tkun ukoll akkumpanjata minn

restrizzjonijiet dwar użu li joriġinaw minn differenzi fil-mudelli

tad-dieta u li jkunu meħtieġa sabiex jevitaw l-espożizzjoni tal-

konsumaturi ta’ prodotti trattati għar-riskji ta’ kontaminazzjoni

fid-dieta li teċċedi l-konsum ta’ kuljum aċċettabbli tal-fdalijiet

ikkonċernati.

(d) L-awtorizzazzjoni tista’ tkun soġġetta, bi

ftehim ma’ l-applikant, għal bidliet fil-kondizzjonijiet ta’ l-użu

sabiex tirrendi kull kondizzjoni agrikola, tas-saħħa tal-pjanti

u ambjentali, inkluż dawk klimatiċi irrelevanti għal skopijiet ta’

komparabilità.

(2) Id-Direttur għandu jinforma lill-Kummissjoni

b’każijiet fejn ikunu talbu r-ripetizzjoni ta’ test u b’każijiet fejn

ikunu rrifjutaw li jawtorizzaw prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti li

jkun diġà ġie awtorizzat fi Stat membru ieħor, li fir-rigward tiegħu

l-applikant kien issottometta illi l-kondizzjonijiet agrikoli, tas-saħħa

tal-pjanti u ambjentali, inklużi dawk klimatiċi, li jirrigwardaw

l-użu tal-prodott fir-reġjuni interessati fl-Istat Membru fejn ikun sar

it-test jew fejn l-awtorizzazzjoni kienet ingħatat ikunu komparabbli

ma’ dawk f’Malta. Barra dan, id-Direttur għandu jinnotifika lill-

Kummissjoni bir-raġunijiet li għalihom ir-ripetizzjoni tat-test

kienet meħtieġa jew l-awtorizzazzjoni kienet ġiet irrifjutata.

(3) F’każijiet fejn id-Direttur jirrifjuta li jirrikonoxxi

l-komparabilità u jaċċetta testijiet u janalizza jew jawtorizza

t-tqegħid fis-suq ta’ prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti f’Malta, id-

deċiżjoni dwar jekk il-komparabilità teżistix jew le għandha

tittieħed, jekk id-deċiżjoni tkun fin-negattiv, trid ukoll tispeċifika

l-kondizzjonijiet ta’ l-użu li taħthom n-nuqqas ta’ komparabilità

jista’ jitqies bħala rilevanti. F’din il-proċedura għandhom jitqiesu,

fost ħwejjeġ oħra, il-problemi serji ta’ vulnerabilità ekoloġika li

jistgħu jinqalgħu f’ċerti reġjuni jew żoni li, jekk kemm-il darba

jinqalgħu, ikunu jeħtieġu miżuri speċifiċi ta’ protezzjoni.

(4) Id-Direttur jista’ jawtorizza l-użu ta’ proċess ta’

awtorizzazzjoni mqassra fir-rigward ta’ prodott għall-ħarsien tal-

pjanti li hu identiku ma’ prodott ieħor li hu diġà awtorizzat biex

jitqiegħed fis-suq f’Malta u jekk prodott bħal dak ikun qiegħed fis-

suq f’pajjiż rikonoxxut.

(5) Għall-finijiet ta’ dan ir-regolament, “identiku”

tfisser li l-prodott hu manifatturat mill-istess kumpanija jew

kumpanija assoċjata jew taħt liċenza ta’ kumpanija bħal dik u li

formulazzjoni tal-prodott u kull waħda mis-sustanzi attivi tiegħu

ikunu l-istess.

(6) Applikazzjoni għal awtorizzazzjoni għat-tqegħid

fis-suq ta’ prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti skond id-dispożizzjonijiet

ta’ dan ir-regolament għandu jkollha, ta’ l-inqas, l-informazzjoni li

(a) isem kummerċjali tal-prodott li se jkun importat,

(b)

in-numru ta’ l-awtorizzazzjoni tal-prodott importat,

(ċ) it-tikketta oriġinali tal-prodott importat u

traduzzjoni uffiċjali tagħha bil-Malti u bl-Ingliż,

(d)

isem il-prodott ta’ referenza,

(e) in-numru tal-awtorizzazzjoni tal-prodott ta’

referenza

(f) l-isem kummerċjali li bih il-prodott se jkun promoss

f’Malta,

(g) l-abbozz tat-tikketta proposta tal-prodott li se jkun

promoss f’Malta,

(h)

kampjun tal-prodott kif se jkun promoss f’Malta,

(i) kampjun tal-pakkett kif se jkun promoss f’Malta, u

(j) kull informazzjoni addizzjonali oħra skond kif

id-Direttur jista’ jqis li tkun meħtieġa biex jistabbilixxi

li l-kondizzjonijiet speċifikati f’dan ir-regolament huma

sodisfatti.

(7) Meta jiġi biex jistabbilixxi jekk il-kondizzjonijiet

tar-regolament 10 (4) ta’ dawn ir-regolamenti humiex sodisfatti,

id-Direttur jista’ jikkonsulta ma’ l-awtorità kompetenti tal-pajjiż

rikonoxxut li fih il-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti kien awtorizzat

biex jitqiegħed fis-suq.

(8) Jekk id-Direttur ma’ jkunx sodisfatt għal kollox li

l-prodott hu identiku, hu jista’ jagħmel dik l-analiżi kimika jew ta’

xorta oħra tal-prodott bil-għan li jistabbilixxi li hu identiku.

(9) Kull awtorizzazzjoni maħruġa skond ir-regolament

10 għandha tkun valida għal perjodu massimu ta’ tliet snin mid-

data tal-ħruġ u għandha, sakemm ma tkunx ġiet revokata qabel,

tkun tista’ tiġġedded fuq applikazzjoni tad-detentur li tkun saret

minn ta’ l-inqas tliet xhur qabel l-iskadenza tal-perjodu ta’ validità.

(10) Id-Direttur għandu jiddetermina l-applikazzjoni fi

żmien raġonevoli li ma jaqbiżx il-45 ġurnata tax-xogħol mid-data

ta’ meta jirċievi applikazzjoni. Iżda żmien bħal dan ikun jista’ jiġi

sospiż sakemm tasal l-informazzjoni rilevanti kollha.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) Meta d-Direttur ikollu raġunijiet validi biex Prodotti li jikkaġunaw

jikkunsidra li prodott li hu jkun awtorizza jew li hu marbut riskju

jawtorizza taħt ir-regolament 10 ikun jikkostitwixxi riskju għas-

saħħa tal-bnedmin jew ta’ l-annimali jew għall-ambjent, tista’

tintalab restrizzjoni jew projbizzjoni provviżorja ta’ l-użu u/jew

bejgħ ta’ dak il-prodott f’Malta. Id-Direttur għandu minnufih

jinforma lill-Kummissjoni u lill-Istati Membri l-oħra b’azzjoni bħal

dik u jagħti raġunijiet għad-deċiżjoni.

(2)

Deċiżjoni fuq il-materja għandha tittieħed fi żmien

tliet xhur.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) Mill-inqas fi żmien perjodu ta’ xahar wara Bidla ta’

kull kwart ta’ sena, id-Direttur għandu jinforma bil-miktub lil

Istati Membri oħra u lill-Kummissjoni dwar kull prodott għall-

ħarsien tal-pjanti li jkun ġie awtorizzat jew irtirat, skond id-

dispożizzjonijiet ta’ dawn ir-regolamenti, u jindika ta’ l-anqas

(a) l-isem jew l-isem kummerċjali tad-detentur ta’

l-awtorizzazzjoni,

(b) l-isem tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti kif użat

fin-negozju,

(ċ) it-tip ta’ preparazzjoni,

(d)

l-isem u l-ammont ta’ kull sustanza attiva li jkun

fih,

(e) l-użu jew l-użijiet li għalihom ikun maħsub,

(f) il-livelli massimi ta’ fdalijiet stabbiliti b’mod

proviżorju fejn ma jkunux diġà ġew stabbiliti mir-regoli tal-

Komunità,

(g) fejn ikun relevanti, ir-raġunijiet għall-irtirar tal-

awtorizzazzjoni,

(h) id-dokument meħtieġ għall-evalwazzzjoni tal-

livelli massimi ta’ fdalijiet stabbiliti proviżorjament.

(2) Id-Direttur għandu jagħmel lista annwali tal-

prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti awtorizzati f’Malta u għandu

jgħaddi dik il-lista lill-Istati Membri l-oħrajn u lill-Kummissjoni.

( 3 ) ( a ) I d - D i r e t t u r g ħ a n d u j i p p u b b l i k a fi l -

Gazzetta lista tas-sustanzi attivi kollha reġistrati f’Malta u din il-

pubblikazzjoni

(i) għandha tinħareġ mill-inqas darba fis-sena qabel

l-ewwel jum ta’ Frar ta’ kull sena,

(ii) għandu jkun fiha, bħala minimu, l-informazzjoni

li għandha x’taqsam ma’ l-isem komuni u n-numru tar-

reġistru tas-Servizz ta’ Astratti Kimiċi tas-sustanza attiva,

u l-klassifikazzjoni tas-sustanza attiva jew indikazzjoni li l-

klassifikazzjoni tas-sustanza attiva għadha pendenti.

(b) Kull meta tkun reġistrata sustanza attiva ġdida

jew tkun inbidlet il- klassifikazzjoni tas-sustanza attiva, id-Direttur

għandu, b’avviż fil-Gazzetta, jippubblika, f’relazzjoni ma’ sustanza

attiva bħal din, l-informazzjoni speċifikata fil-paragrafu (a) (ii) ta’

dan is-sub regolament u pubblikazzjoni bħal din għandha titqies li

temenda l-lista ta’ sustanzi attivi ta’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

maħruġa taħt is-sub regolament (3) (a) ta’ dan ir-regolament.

(4) (a) Id-Direttur għandu jippubblika fil-Gazzetta

lista tal-prodotti kollha għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti awtorizzati biex

jitqiegħdu fis-suq jew biex jintużaw f’Malta u pubblikazzjoni bħal

din

(i) għandha tinħareġ mill-inqas darba fis-sena qabel

l-ewwel jum ta’ Frar ta’ kull sena,

(ii)

għandu jkun fiha, bħala minimu, l-informazzjoni li

ġejja

(1) l-isem li bih il-prodott ikunu se jitqiegħed fis-

suq f’Malta,

(2)

is-sustanza attiva u l-konċentrazzjoni,

(3) l-isem u l-indirizz postali tad-detentur ta’

l-awtorizzazzjoni,

(4) jekk il-prodott hux prodott għall-ħarsien tal-

pjanti li għandu riskju għoli jew xort’ oħra,

(5)

in-numru ta’ awtorizzazzjoni tal-prodott.

(b) Kull meta tkun inħarġet awtorizzazzjoni

f’relazzjoni ma’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti d-Direttur għandu,

b’avviż fil-Gazzetta, jippubblika f’relazzjoni ma’ prodotti għall-

ħarsien tal-pjanti bħal donnu, l-informazzjoni speċifikata fil-

paragrafu (a) (ii) ta’ dan is-sub regolament u pubblikazzjoni bħal

din għandha titqies li temenda l-lista ta’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-

pjanti maħruġa taħt il-paragrafu (a) ta’ dan is-sub regolament.

(c) Id-Direttur għandu, b’avviż fil-Gazzetta,

kemm jista’ jkun malajr u prattiku, jispeċifika l-prodott għall-

ħarsien tal-pjanti li fil-każ tiegħu l-awtorizzazzjoni ġiet sospiża

jew revokata u pubblikazzjoni bħal din għandha titqies li temenda

l-lista ta’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti maħruġa taħt il-paragrafu

(a) ta’ dan is-sub regolament.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) (a) Bla preġudizzju għal regolament 10,

applikanti għal awtorizzazzjoni ta’ prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

għandhom jissottomettu mal-applikazzjoni tagħhom

(i) dokument li jissodisfa, fid-dawl tat-tagħrif xjentifiku

u tekniku preżenti, ir-rekwiżiti stabbiliti fl-Iskeda III; u

(ii) għal kull sustanza attiva fil-prodott għall-ħarsien

tal-pjanti, dokument li jissodisfa, fid-dawl tat-tagħrif xjentifiku

u tekniku preżenti, ir-rekwiżiti stabbiliti fl-Iskeda II.

(b) B’deroga mill-paragrafu (a) ta’ dan is-sub

regolament u bla preġudizzju għas-sub regolament (2), l-applikanti

għandhom jiġu eżentati milli jfornu l-informazzjoni meħtieġa taħt

il-paragrafu (a) (ii) għal dik l-informazzjoni li tkun tidentifika

s-sustanza attiva jekk is-sustanza attiva tkun diġà mniżżla fl-

Iskeda I, meta jitqiesu l-kondizzjonijiet għall-inklużjoni fl-Iskeda

I, u ma tkunx differenti b’mod sinifikanti bħala grad ta’ purità u

tip ta’ impuritajiet, mill-kompożizzjoni reġistrata fid-dokument li

jakkumpanja l-applikazzjoni oriġinali.

(2) Meta toħroġ awtorizzazzjoni għal prodotti għall-

ħarsien tal-pjanti, ħlief fil-każ ta’ ftehim legali bejn il-partijiet

konċernati, id-Direttur m’għandux jagħmel użu mill-informazzjoni

għall-benefiċċju ta’ applikanti oħrajn ta’

(a) rekwiżiti mniżżla fl-Iskeda II

(i) għal perjodu ta’ 10 snin mid-data ta’ l-ewwel

inklużjoni fl-Iskeda I ta’ sustanza attiva li ma tkunx fis-

suq fis-26 ta’ Lulju 1993;

(ii) għal perjodi li ma jaqbżux l-10 snin mid-data

tad-deċiżjoni dwar sustanza attiva li kienet diġà fis-suq

fis-26 ta’ Lulju 1993;

(iii) għal perjodu ta’ ħames snin mid-data tad-

deċiżjoni, wara li jkunu rċevew informazzjoni ulterjuri

meħtieġa għall-inklużjoni inizjali fl-iSkeda 1, li tkun

ittieħdet jew sabiex jiġu varjati l-kondizzjonijiet għal,

jew sabiex tibqa’ teżisti, l-inklużjoni ta’ sustanza attiva

fl-Iskeda I, kemm-il darba l-perjodu ta’ ħames snin ma

jkunx jiskadi qabel il-perjodu speċifikat fil-punti i u ii,

f’liema każ il-perjodu ta’ ħames snin għandu jiġi estiż

sabiex jiskadi fl-istess data ta’ dawk il-perjodi.

(b)

rekwiżiti mniżżlin fl-Iskeda III

(i)

għal perjodu ta’ 10 snin mill-ewwel

awtorizzazzjoni tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti meta

l-awtorizzazzjoni tiġi wara l-inklużjoni fl-Iskeda I ta’ xi

sustanza attiva li tkun fil-prodott;

(ii) għal perjodi li ma jaqbżux l-10 snin mill-

ewwel awtorizzazzjoni tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-

pjanti meta dik l-awtorizzazzjoni tiġi qabel l-inklużjoni

fl-Iskeda I ta’ xi sustanza attiva li tkun fil-prodott.

(3) Wara li jkun eżamina applikazzjoni għall-

awtorizzazzjoni, id-Direttur għandu jinforma lill-Kummissjoni

dwar każijiet fejn jikkunsidraw sustanza attiva kif imniżżla fl-

Iskeda I, li tkun ġiet prodotta minn persuna jew proċess ta’

manifattura differenti minn dawk speċifikati fid-dokument li abbażi

tiegħu s-sustanza attiva kienet oriġinarjament ġiet inkluża fl-Iskeda

I. L-informazzjoni kollha dwar l-identità u l-impuritajiet tas-

sustanza attiva għandha tingħadda lid-Direttur.

(4) B’deroga mis-sub regolament (1) ta’ dan ir-

regolament, fil-każ ta’ sustanzi attivi diġà fis-suq fis-26 ta’ Lulju

1993, u sad-data meta jkunu inklużi fl-Iskeda I, ikomplu japplikaw

ir-regoli nazzjonali preċedenti dwar rekwiżiti ta’ informazzjoni

sakemm sustanzi bħal dawn ma jkunux inklużi fl-Iskeda I.

(5) Minkejja r-regolament 13 (1), u mingħajr

preġudizzju għar-regolament 10, meta s-sustanza attiva tkun

imniżżla fl-Iskeda 1

(a) applikanti għall-awtorizzazzjoni ta’ prodotti għall-

ħarsien tal-pjanti għandhom, qabel ma jagħmlu esperimenti li

jinvolvu annimali vertebrati, isaqsu lid-Direttur

(i) jekk il-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti li

għalih tkun se ssir applikazzjoni jkunx l-istess bħal

prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti li għalih tkun ingħatat

awtorizzazzjoni, u

(ii) l-isem u l-indirizz tad-detentur jew detenturi

ta’ l-awtorizzazzjoni jew awtorizzazzjonijiet.

Stħarriġ bħal dan għandu jkun sostnut minn evidenza

li l-applikant prospettiv ikun bi ħsiebu japplika għall-

awtorizzazzjoni f’ismu u li l-informazzjoni l-oħra speċifikata

fis-sub regolament (1) ta’ dan ir-regolament ikun disponibbli;

(b) id-Direttur, jekk ikun sodisfatt li l-applikant bi

ħsiebu japplika, għandu jipprovdi l-isem u l-indirizz tad-

detentur jew detenturi ta’ awtorizzazzjonijiet relevanti

preċedenti u għandu fl-istess żmien jinforma lid-detenturi ta’

l-awtorizzazzjonijiet bl-isem u l-indirizz ta’ l-applikant.

(6) Id-detentur jew detenturi ta’

awtorizzazzjonijiet preċedenti u l-applikant għandhom

jieħdu kull miżura raġonevoli sabiex jilħqu ftehim

dwar l-iskambju ta’ informazzzjoni sabiex jevitaw id-

duplikazzjoni ta’ testijiet fuq annimali vertebrati.

(7) Meta tintalab xi informazzjoni dwar sustanza

attiva li tkun tqieg]det fis-suq fis-26 ta’ Lulju 1993

bil-ħsieb li tiġi inkluża fl-Iskeda I, id-detenturi ta’

l-informazzjoni għandhom jiġu nkoraġġuti sabiex

jikkooperaw fl-għoti ta’ l-informazzjoni mitluba, bl-

iskop li tiġi limitata d-duplikazzjoni ta’ testijiet fuq

annimali vertebrati.

(8) Jekk, minkejja kollox, l-applikant u d-detenturi

ta’ awtorizzazzjonijiet preċedenti xorta ma jkunux

jistgħu jilħqu ftehim fuq l-iskambju ta’ informazzjoni,

jistgħu jiddaħħlu miżuri nazzjonali li jkunu jobbligaw

lill-applikant u lid-detenturi ta’ awtorizzazzjonijiet

preċedenti sabiex jaqsmu l-informazzjoni bl-iskop li

jiġi evitat ittestjar duplikat fuq annimali vertebrati u

jiġu stabbiliti kemm il-proċedura għall-utilizzazzjoni

ta’ l-informazzjoni u kemm il-bilanċ raġonevoli ta’

l-interessi tal-partijiet interessati.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) Mingħajr preġudizzju għar Regolamenti ta’ l-2008

dwar il-Liberta’ ta’ Aċċess għal Informazzjoni dwar l-Ambjent,

jekk l-applikant jixtieq li informazzjoni sottomessa għall-inklużjoni

ta’ sustanza attiva fl-iSkeda I jew fuq awtorizzazzjoni ta’ prodott

għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti, li tkun tinvolvi sigrieti industrijali u

kummerċjali titqies bħala konfidenzjali, l-applikant għandu jagħmel

talba bil-miktub llid-Direttur. It-Talba ta’ l-applikant tiġi aċċettata

jekk din tkun iġġustifikata mid-Direttur jew mill-Kummisjoni.

(2)

Il-konfidenzjalità m’għandhiex tapplika għal

(a) l-ismijiet u l-kontenut tas-sustanza jew sustanzi

attivi u l-isem tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti,

(b) l-isem ta’ sustanzi oħrajn li huma meqjusa bħala

ta’ periklu taħt ir - Regolamenti (Notifikazzjoni) rigward

il-klassifikazzjoni, l-imballaġġ u l-ittikkettjar ta’ sustanzi

perikolużi, 2001 (A.L. 318 ta’ l-2001) u r- Regolamenti ta’

l-2007 dwar il-klassifikazzjoni, l-imballaġġ u l-ittikettja tal-

preparazjonijiet perikolużi (A.L. 10 ta’ l-2007),

(ċ) informazzjoni fiżiko-kimika li tirrigwarda

s-sustanzi attivi u l-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti,

(d) kull mod ta’ kif is-sustanza attiva jew il-prodott

għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti jista’ jiġi ttrattat sabiex ma jibqax

perikoluż,

(e) sommarju tar-riżultati tat-testijiet sabiex tiġi

stabbilita l-effikaċità tas-sustanza jew prodott u n-nuqqas ta’

periklu għall-bnedmin, l-annimali, il-pjanti u l-ambjent,

(f) metodi rakkomandati u prekawzjonijiet sabiex

titnaqqas l-okkorrenza ta’ perikli fil-ġarr, ħżin, trasport, nar u

perikli oħra,

( g ) m et o d i ta ’ a n a li ż i l i g ħ a l ih o m j ir r e f e r r u

r-regolamenti 4 (1) (ċ) u (d) u 5 (1),

(h)

metodi ta’ kif jintrema l-prodott u l-ippakkjar

tiegħu,

(i) proċeduri ta’ dekontaminazzjoni li għandhom jiġu

segwiti fil-każ ta’ tixrid jew tqattir aċċidentali,

(j) kura ta’ l-ewwel għajnuna u medika li għandha

tingħata f’każ li tweġġa’ xi persuna.

(3) Jekk l-applikant sussegwentement jiżvela

informazzjoni preċedentement meqjusa bħala konfidenzjali, huwa

għandu jkollu l-obbligu li jinforma b’dan lid-Direttur.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

Ir-regolament 5 (1) tar Regolamenti ta’ l-2007 dwar L-ippakkjar u

il-klassifikazzjoni, l-imballaġġ u l-ittikettja tal-preparazjonijiet t-tikkettjar

perikolużi (A.L. 10 ta’ l-2007) għandu jkun japplika għall-prodotti pjanti.

għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti li ma jkunux koperti mir Regolamenti

ta’ l-2007 dwar il-klassifikazzjoni, l-imballaġġ u l-ittikettja tal-

preparazjonijiet perikolużi (A.L. 10 ta’ l-2007).

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) Kull pakkett tal-prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

għandu juri b’mod ċar u li ma jitħassarx dan li ġej

(a) l-isem kummerċjali jew id-deskrizzjoni tal-prodott

għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti;

(b) l-isem u l-indirizz tad-detentur tal-awtorizzazzjoni

u n-numru tal-awtorizzazzjoni tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-

pjanti u, jekk ikun differenti, l-isem u l-indirizz tal-persuna

responsabbli għall-ippakkjar finali jew għat-tikkettjar finali

tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti fis-suq;

(ċ) l-isem u l-ammont ta’ kull sustanza attiva miktuba

skont ir-Regolamenti dwar il-klassifikazzjoni, l-imballaġġ

u l-ittikettja tal-preparazjonijiet perikolużi (A.L. 10 ta’

l-2007). L-isem irid ikun kif imniżżel fil-lista li tinsab fl-

Iskeda I tar Regolamenti ta’ l-2001 (Notifikazzjoni) rigward

il-klassifikazzjoni, l-imballaġġ u l-ittikkettjar ta’ sustanzi

perikolużi (A.L. 318 ta’ l-2001) jew, jekk ma jkunx inkluż

hemmhekk, l-isem komuni tiegħu skond l-ISO. Jekk dan ta’

l-aħħar ma jkunx disponibbli, is-sustanza attiva għandha tiġi

deskritta skond id-deskrizzjoni kimika tagħha skond ir-regoli

tal-IUPAC;

(d) il-kwantità netta ta’ prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

mogħtija f’unitajiet ta’ kejl legali;

(e) in-numru tal-grupp ta’ formulazzjoni jew xi mezz

ieħor biex tiġi identifikata;

(f) id-dettalji meħtieġa taħt ir- Regolamenti ta’

l-2007 dwar il-klassifikazzjoni, l-imballaġġ u l-ittikettja

tal-preparazjonijiet perikolużi (A.L. 10 ta’ l-2007). u

l-informazzjoni dwar l-ewwel għajnuna;

(g) in-natura ta’ xi riskji speċjali għall-bnedmin,

l-annimali jew l-ambjent, permezz ta’ frażijiet standard

magħżula kif xieraq minn dawk mogħtija fl-Iskeda IV;

(h) prekawzjonijiet ta’ saħħa għall-protezzjoni tal-

bnedmin, l-annimali jew l-ambjent, fil-forma ta’ frażijiet

standard magħżula kif xieraq minn dawk mogħtija fl-Iskeda

V;

(i) it-tip ta’ azzjoni tal-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(eż. insettiċida, regolatur tat-tkabbir, erbiċida, eċċ.);

(j) it-tip ta’ preparazzjoni (eż. trab li jixxarrab,

konċentrat emulsifikabbli, eċċ.);

(k) l-użijiet li għalihom il-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-

pjanti ġie awtorizzat u kull kondizzjoni agrikola tas-saħħa tal-

pjanti u ambjentali li taħtha l-prodott għandu jew m’għandux

jiġi użat;

(l) direzzjonijiet dwar l-użu u r-rata tad-doża, dożi

oħrajn fuq it-tikketjar jistgħu jiġu permessi;

(m) fejn ikun meħtieġ, l-intervall ta’ sigurtà għal kull

użu bejn applikazzjoni u

(i) iż-żrigħ jew it-tħawwil tal-wiċċ tar-raba’ li

qed jiġi protett,

(ii) iż-żrigħ jew it-tħawwil ta’ uċuħ tar-raba’

sussegwenti,

(iii) aċċess minn nies jew annimali,

(iv) ħsad,

(v)

użu jew konsum;

(n) dettalji ta’ fitotossiċità possibbli, suxxettibilità

ta’ varjetajiet u xi effetti sekondarji ħżiena oħrajn diretti

jew indiretti fuq pjanti jew prodotti li joriġinaw mill-

pjanti flimkien ma’ l-intervalli li jridu jiġu osservati bejn

l-applikazzjoni u ż-żriegħ jew it-tħawwil ta’

(i) il-wiċċ tar-raba’ inkwistjoni, jew

(ii) uċuħ tar-raba’ sussegwenti;

(o) jekk miegħu ikun hemm fuljett, kif stabbilit fis-

sub regolament (2) ta’ dan ir-regolament, is-sentenza “Aqra

l-istruzzjonijiet li hemm miegħu qabel l-użu” u “Aqra

t-tagħrif mal prodott qabel tużah”;

(p) direzzjonijiet għar-rimi bla periklu tal-prodott

għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti u ta’ l-ippakkjar; u

(q) id-data ta’ l-iskadenza relevanti għall-

kondizzjonijiet normali tal-ħżin meta l-ħajja tal-prodott fuq

l-ixkaffa tkun limitata għal inqas minn sentejn.

(2) Ir-rekwiżiti tas-sub regolament (l), (m) u (n) jistgħu

jiġu indikati fuq fuljett separat li jkun qiegħed mal-pakkett jekk

l-ispazju disponibbli fuq il-pakkett ikun żgħir wisq. Dan il-fuljett

għandu jitqies bħala parti mit-tikketta għall-iskopijiet ta’ dawn ir-

regolamenti.

(3) Filwaqt li jikkunsidraw ir-regoli fis-seħħ fit-

territorji tagħhom dwar il-provvista ta’ ċerti prodotti għall-

ħarsien tal-pjanti lil ċerti kategoriji ta’ utenti, sakemm isseħħ

l-armonizzazzjoni fil- Komunità, id-Direttur għandu jkun jeħtieġ

li tiġi indikata fuq it-tikketta jekk prodott ikunx ristrett għal ċerti

kategoriji ta’ utenti.

(4) Fl-ebda ċirkustanza ma tista’ t-tikketta ta’

l-ippakkjar ta’ prodott għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti ġġib l-indikazzjonijiet

“mhux tossiku”, “bla ħsara” jew indikazzjonijiet simili.

Madanakollu, informazzjoni fis-sens li l-prodott għall-ħarsien tal-

pjanti jista’ jintuża meta naħal jew speċi oħrajn li l-prodott ma

jkunx immirat kontrihom ikunu attivi, jew meta l-uċuħ jew il-

ħaxix ħażin ikunu qed iwarrdu jew frażijiet oħrajn simili sabiex

jiġu protetti n-naħal jew speċi oħrajn li l-prodott ma jkunx immirat

kontrihom jistgħu jinġiebu fuq it-tikketta, jekk l-awtorizzazzjoni

tkun tirreferi b’mod espliċitu għall-użu matul l-istaġun tan-naħal

jew organiżmi oħrajn speċifikati u jippreżenta periklu minimu

għalihom.

(5) It-tikketta għandha tkun reżistenti għall-

espożizzjoni f’kondizzjonijiet normali ta’ ħżin, tqandil jew użu u

għandha tiżgura li l-kontenut tiegħu jibqa’ jidher ċar u jkun jista’

jinqara tul iż-żmien kollu li l-prodott ikun mistenni li jibqa’ għall-

bejgħ fuq l-ixkaffa.

(6) It-tikketti għandhom ikunu stampati bil-lingwa

Maltija u Ingliża.

(7) (a) B’deroga mis-sub regolament (1) (g) u (h),

frażijiet addizzjonali għandhom ikunu mmarkati b’mod ċar u li

ma jitħassarx fuq l-ippakkjar meta jitqiesu bħala li jkunu meħtieġa

neċessarji għall-protezzjoni tal-bnedmin, l-annimali u l-ambjent.

(b) F’dak il-każ, id-Direttur għandu jinnotifika

lill-Istati Membri l-oħrajn u lill-Kummissjoni minnufih b’kull

deroga li tingħata u għandu jgħaddilhom il-frażi jew frażijiet

addizzjonali u r-raġunijiet għal dawn ir-rekwiżiti.

(ċ) Deċiżjoni għandha tittieħed li frażi jew

frażijiet addizjonali tkun jew ikunu ġustifikati u għalhekk li l-Iskedi

IV u V għandhom jiġu hekk emendati, jew li kull frażi bħal dik

tista’ tibqa sakemm tittieħed deċiżjoni.

Gazzetta tal-Gvern ta' Malta — Avviż Legali 2009 358 — Regolamenti tal-2009 dwar Prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti

(1) Id-Direttur għandu jagħmel l-arranġamenti

meħtieġa għall-prodotti għall-ħarsien tal-pjanti li jkunu tqiegħdu

fuq is-suq u sabiex l-użu tagħhom ikun kontrollat uffiċjalment

sabiex jara jekk ikunux konformi mar-rekwiżiti ta’ dawn ir-

regolamenti u b’mod partikolari mar-rekwiżiti ta’ l-awtorizzazzjoni

u l-informazzjoni li għandhom jidhru fuq it-tikketta.

(2) Id-Direttur għandu jirrapporta kull sena qabel l-1

ta’ Awwissu lill-Istati Membri l-oħrajn u lill-Kummissjoni dwar ir-

riżultati tal-miżuri ta’ spezzjoni meħudin fis-sena ta’ qabel.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

4. (1) A plant protection product shall not be authorized

unless

(a) its active substances are listed in Schedule I and

any conditions laid down therein are fulfilled, and, with

regard to the following points (b), (c), (d) and (e), pursuant to

the uniform principles provided for in Schedule VI;

(b) sohowever that, with regard to paragraph (a)

hereof, it is established, in the light of current scientific

and technical knowledge and shown from appraisal of the

dossier provided for in Schedule III, that when used in

accordance with regulation 3 (3), and having regard to all

normal conditions under which it shall be used, and to the

consequences of its use

(i)

it is sufficiently effective;

(ii) it has no unacceptable effect on plants or

plant products;

(iii) it does not cause unnecessary suffering and

pain to vertebrates to be controlled;

(iv) it has no harmful effect on human or animal

health, directly or indirectly (e.g. through drinking

water, food or feed) or on groundwater;

(v) it has no unacceptable influence on the

environment, having particular regard to its fate

and distribution in the environment, particularly the

contamination of water, including drinking water and

groundwater, and its impact on non-target species;

(c) the nature and quantity of its active substances and,

where appropriate, any toxicologically or ecotoxicologically

significant impurities and co-formulants can be determined

by appropriate methods;

(d) its residues, resulting from authorized uses, and

which are of toxicological or environmental significance, can

be determined by appropriate methods in general use;

(e) its physical and chemical properties have been

determined and deemed acceptable for the purposes of the

appropriate use and storage of the product;

(f) where appropriate, the MRLs for the agricultural

products affected by the use referred to in the authorisation

have been set or modified in accordance with Regulation (EC)

No 396/2005.

(2) The authorization must stipulate the requirements

relating to the placing on the market and use of the product or at

least those aimed at ensuring compliance with the provisions of

regulation 4 (1) (b).

(3) The director shall ensure that compliance with the

requirements set out in regulation 4 (1) (b) to (f) is established by

official or officially recognized tests and analyses carried out under

agricultural, plant health and environmental conditions relevant to

use of the plant protection product in question and representative of

those prevailing where the product is intended to be used.

(4) Without prejudice to regulation 4 (5) and regulation

4 (6), authorizations shall be granted for a fixed period of up to

10 years only, determined by the Director; these may be renewed

after verification that the conditions imposed in regulation 4 (1)

are still satisfied. When an application for the renewal has been

made, renewal may be granted for the period which is required by

the Director to carry out the necessary verifications.

(5) Authorizations may be reviewed at any time if there

are indications that any of the requirements referred to in regulation

4 (1) are no longer satisfied. In such instances the Director may

require the applicant for authorization or party to whom an

extension of the field of application was granted in accordance

with regulation 9 to submit further information necessary for the

review. The authorization may, where necessary, be extended for

the period necessary to complete a review and provide such further

information.

(6) (a) Without prejudice to Decisions already taken

pursuant to regulation 10, an authorization shall be cancelled if it is

established that the requirements for obtaining the authorization are

not or are no longer satisfied, or that false or misleading particulars

were supplied concerning the facts on the basis of which the

authorization was granted, or it shall be modified if it is established

that on the basis of developments in scientific and technical

knowledge the manner of use and amounts used can be modified.

(b) An authorization may also be cancelled or

modified at the request of the holder of the authorization, who shall

state the reasons therefore. Amendments can be granted only if it is

established that the requirements of regulation 4 (1) continue to be

satisfied.

(c) Where an authorization is withdrawn by

the Director, the holder of the authorization shall be informed

immediately in writing with detailed reasons on which such a

decision was based and the Director shall publish such withdrawal

by notice in the Gazette. Moreover, the Director may grant a period

of grace for the disposal, storage, placing on the market and use

of existing stocks, of a length in accordance with the reason for

the withdrawal, without prejudice to any period provided for by a

decision taken under regulations 22 and 24 of these regulations, or

regulation 6 (1) or regulation 8 (1) or (2) of these regulations.

(7) Without prejudice to any other provision made

by or under the Act, it shall be the duty of any person holding an

authorization granted to him in accordance with these regulations

(a) inform the Director in writing, as soon as

practicable of any change in any information provided to the

Director for the granting of an authorization;

(b) inform the Director, as soon as practicable of

any unexpected adverse effect on the environment or the

ecosystem as a result of the use, dispersal, dumping, disposal

or otherwise of the plant protection product;

(c) inform the Director, as soon as practicable of any

unexpected adverse effect on any human being or animal

consuming any plant or plant product having any residue

related to the plant protection product;

(d) allow the Director or his authorized representative

access to the land or premises at any reasonable time;

(e)

comply with any provision made by or under the

Act.

5. (1) (a) By virtue of current scientific and technical

knowledge, an active substance shall be included in Schedule

I to these regulations, if they have been included in Annex I to

Council Directive of 15 July 1991 concerning the placing of plant

protection products on the market (91/414/EEC).

(b) The following conditions have to be fulfilled

(i) their residues, consequent on application consistent

with good plant protection practice, do not have any harmful

effects on human or animal health or on groundwater

or any unacceptable influence on the environment, and

the said residues, in so far as they are of toxicological or

environmental significance, can be measured by methods in

general use; and

(ii) their use, consequent on application consistent with

good plant protection practice, does not have any harmful

effects on human or animal health or any unacceptable

influence on the environment as provided for in regulation 4

(1) (b) (iv) and (v).

(2) For inclusion of an active substance in Schedule I,

the following shall be taken into particular account

(a) where relevant, an acceptable daily intake (ADI)

for man;

(b)

an acceptable operator exposure level if necessary;

(c) where relevant, an estimate of its fate and

distribution in the environment and its impact on non-target

species.

(3) For the first inclusion of an active substance which

was not yet on the market by 26 July 1993, the requirements shall

be deemed to be satisfied where this has been established for at

least one preparation containing the said active substance.

(4) Inclusion of an active substance in Schedule I shall

be subject to requirements such as

(a) the minimum degree of purity of the active

substance,

(b) the nature and maximum content of certain

impurities,

(c) restrictions arising from evaluation of the

information referred to in regulation 6, taking account of

the agricultural, plant health and environmental, including

climatic, conditions in question,

(d) type of preparation,

(e) the manner of use.

5. On request, the inclusion of a substance in Schedule

I may be renewed once or more for periods not exceeding 10 years;

such inclusion may be reviewed at any time if there are indications

that the criteria referred to in regulations 5 (1) and (2) are no longer

satisfied. Renewal shall be granted for the period necessary to

complete a review, where an application has been made for such

renewal in sufficient time, and in any case not less than two years

before the entry is due to lapse, and shall be granted for the period

necessary to provide information requested in accordance with

regulation 6 (2).

6. (1) Upon receiving an application in such form and

manner and with such timeframe the Director may from time to

time require, by notice in the Gazette, for the inclusion of an active

substance in Schedule I, the Director, shall without undue delay

ensure that a dossier which is believed to satisfy the requirements

of Schedule II is forwarded by the applicant to the other Member

States and to the Commission together with a dossier complying

with Schedule III on at least one preparation containing that active

substance.

(2) If the assessment of the dossier referred to in sub-

regulation (1) hereof shows that further information is necessary,

the applicant may be asked to submit such information.

(3) The provisions of this regulation shall also apply

if, after inclusion of an active substance in Schedule I, facts emerge

that cast doubt on its conformity with the requirements indicated in

regulation 5 (1) and (2), or if renewal in accordance with regulation

5 (5) is being considered.

7. The holder of an authorization or those to whom an

extension of the field of application has been granted in accordance

with regulation 9 (1) must immediately notify the director of all

new information on the potentially dangerous effects of any plant

protection product, or of residues of an active substance on human

or animal health or on groundwater, or their potentially dangerous

effects on the environment. The Director shall ensure that the

parties concerned immediately notify this information to the other

Member States and to the Commission.

8. (1) By way of derogation from regulation 4, to enable

a gradual assessment to be made of the properties of new active

substances and to make it easier for new preparations to be made

available for use in agriculture, the Director may authorize, for a

provisional period not exceeding three years, the placing on the

market of plant protection products containing an active substance

not listed in Schedule I and which was not yet available on the

market on 26 July 1993, provided that

(a) following application of regulation 6 (1) and (2) it

is found that the dossier on the active substance satisfies the

requirements of Schedule II and III in relation to the projected

uses;

(b) it is established that the active substance can

satisfy the requirements of regulation 5 (1) and that the

plant protection product shall be expected to satisfy the

requirements of regulation 4 (1) (b) to (f).

(2) Following the evaluation of the dossier, it may be

decided, that the active substance does not satisfy the requirements

specified in regulation 5 (1). In such cases the authorizations shall

be withdrawn.

(3) By way of derogation from regulation 6, if, on

expiry of the three-year period, a decision has not been taken

concerning the inclusion of an active substance in Schedule I, a

further period may be ordered to enable a full examination to be

made of the dossier and, where appropriate, of any additional

information requested in accordance with regulation 6 (2)

Provided that the provisions of regulation 4 (2), (3), (5)

and (6) shall apply to authorizations granted under the terms of this

paragraph without prejudice to the foregoing regulations.

(4) By way of further derogation from regulation

4, the Director may in special circumstances authorize for a

period not exceeding 120 days the placing on the market of plant

protection products not complying with regulation 4 for a limited

and controlled use if such a measure appears necessary because

of an unforeseeable danger which cannot be contained by other

means. In this case, the Director shall immediately inform the other

Member States and the Commission of its action.

9. (1) (a) Application for authorization of a plant

protection product shall be made to the director by or on behalf of

the person responsible for first placing it on the market.

(b) Official or scientific bodies involved in

agricultural activities or professional agricultural organizations

and professional users may request that the field of application of a

plant protection product already authorized locally be extended to

purposes other than those covered by this authorization.

(c) The Director shall grant an extension of the

field of application of an authorized plant protection product when

it is in the public interest, if

(i) the documentation and information to support an

extension of the field of application has been submitted by the

applicant,

(ii) it has been established that the conditions referred

to in regulation 4 (1) (b) (iii), (iv) and (v) are satisfied,

(iii) the intended use is minor in nature, and

(iv) users are fully and specifically informed as to

instructions for use, by means of an addition to the labelling

or, failing that, by means of an official publication.

(2) Every applicant shall be required to have a

permanent office in the Community.

(3) Applications for authorizations shall be submitted

in the Maltese or English language. Samples of the preparations

and of its ingredients may also be requested.

(4) Any application for authorization made to the

Director shall be accepted and a decision thereon shall be taken

within a reasonable period, not exceeding 90 working days

provided that the Director has the necessary scientific and technical

structures at disposal. Such time shall be suspended until all

relevant information is received.

(5) A file should be compiled on each application.

Each file shall contain at least a copy of the application, a record

of the administrative decisions taken concerning the application

and concerning the particulars and documentation laid down in

regulation 13 (1) together with a summary of the latter.

10. (1) (a) At the request of an authorization for the

placing on the market of a plant protection product which is already

authorized in another Member State, with specific reference to

comparable elements, the applicant must substantiate the claim to

comparability with documentary evidence. In such case, except

in cases in which the results are not comparable to important

agricultural, phytosanitary or environmental conditions, including

climatic conditions which are relevant to the application of the

product, the Director shall

(i) refrain from requiring the repetition of tests

and analyses already carried out in connection with the

authorization of the product in that Member State, and

(ii) to the extent that the uniform principles have been

adapted, where the product contains only active substances

listed in Schedule I, also authorize the placing of that product

on the local market.

(b) Authorization may be subject to conditions

resulting from the implementation of other measures in accordance

with Community law, relating to the conditions for distribution and

use of plant protection products intended to protect the health of

the distributors, users and workers concerned.

(c) Subject to compliance with the Treaty,

authorization may also be accompanied by restrictions on use

arising from differences in dietary patterns and necessary in order

to avoid exposure of consumers of treated products to the risks of

dietary contamination in excess of the acceptable daily intake of

the residues concerned.

(d) Authorization may be subject, with the

agreement of the applicant, to changes in the conditions of use in

order to render, any non-comparable agricultural, plant health or

environmental, including climatic, conditions irrelevant for the

purpose of comparability.

(2) The Director shall inform the Commission of cases

where repetition of a test have been required and of cases when

an authorization a plant protection product already authorized in

another Member State has been refused, in respect of which the

applicant had claimed that the agricultural, plant health and

environmental, including climatic, conditions relevant to use of the

product in the regions concerned in the Member State where the

test was carried out or for which authorization was granted, were

comparable to those in Malta. Moreover the Director shall notify

the Commission of the grounds on which repetition of the test was

required or authorization was refused.

(3) In cases where the Director refuses to recognize

comparability and accept tests and analyses or authorize the

placing on the market of a plant protection product in Malta, the

decision as to whether or not comparability exists shall be taken

and, if the decision is negative, the Director shall also specify

the conditions of use under which the non-comparability may be

deemed irrelevant. In this procedure account shall be taken, inter

alia, of the serious ecological vulnerability problems that may

arise in certain regions or zones thereby requiring, if they do arise,

specific protection measures.

(4) The Director may authorise the use of an abridged

authorisation process in relation to a plant protection product that

is identical to another product already authorised for placing on the

market in Malta and if such product is placed on the market in a

recognized country.

(5) For the purposes of this regulation, “identical”

means that the product is manufactured by the same or an

associated company or under license of such company and, that the

formulation of the product and any of its active substances are the

same.

(6) An application for an authorisation for the placing

on the market of a plant protection product in accordance with

the provisions of this regulation shall contain, as a minimum, the

following information

(a) the trade name of the product to be imported,

(b) the authorisation number of the imported product,

(c) the original label of the imported product and an

official translation of it in the Maltese and English languages,

(d) the trade name of the reference product,

(e) the authorisation number of the reference product,

(f) the trade name with which the product is to be

marketed in Malta,

(g) the proposed draft label of the product to be

marketed in Malta,

(h)

a sample of the product as it will be marketed in

Malta,

(i) a sample of the package as it will be marketed in

Malta, and

(j) any other additional information as the Director

may deem necessary to establish that the conditions specified

in this regulation are satisfied.

(7) In establishing whether the conditions of regulation

10 (4) of these regulations are satisfied, the Director may consult

with the competent authority of the recognised country in which

the plant protection product has been authorised to be placed on

the market.

(8) If the Director is not fully satisfied that the product

is identical, he may carry out such chemical or other analysis of the

product with the aim of establishing its identicality.

(9) Any authorisation issued in accordance with

regulation 10 shall be valid for a maximum period of three years

from the date of issue and shall, unless previously revoked, be

renewable on application by the holder made at least three months

before expiry of the validity period.

(10) The Director shall determine the application

within a reasonable time not exceeding 45 working days from the

date of receipt of an application, Provided that such time may be

suspended until all the relevant information is received.

11. (1) Where the Director has valid reasons to consider

that a product which it has authorized or is bound to authorize

under regulation 10 constitutes a risk to human or animal health

or the environment, provisional restriction or prohibitation for the

use and, or sale of that product in Malta may be requested. The

Director shall immediately inform the Commission and the other

Member States of such action and give reasons for the decision.

(2) A decision shall be taken on the matter within three

months.

12. (1) At least within a period of one month at the end of Exchange of

each quarter, the Director shall inform other Member States and the information.

Commission in writing of any plant protection products which are

authorized or withdrawn, in accordance with the provisions of this

these regulations, at least indicating

(a) the name or business name of the holder of the

authorization,

(b) the trade name of the plant protection product,

(c) the type of preparation,

(d) the name and amount of each active substance

which it contains,

(e) the use or uses for which it is intended,

(f) the maximum residue levels provisionally

established where they have not already been set by

Community rules,

(g) where relevant, the reasons for withdrawal of an

authorization,

(h) the dossier needed for the evaluation of the

maximum residue levels provisionally established.

(2) The Director shall draw up an annual list of

the plant protection products authorized in Malta and shall

communicate that list to the other Member States and to the

Commission.

(3) (a) The Director shall publish in the Gazette a list

of all active substances registered in Malta and such publication

(i) be issued at least once annually prior to the first day

of February of each year,

(ii) contain, as a minimum, the information relating to

the common name and Chemical Abstracts Service registry

number of the active substance, and the classification of the

active substance or an indication that the classification of the

active substance is still pending.

(b) Whenever a new active substance has been

registered or the classification of the active substance has changed,

the Director shall, by notice in the Gazette, publish in relation to

such active substance, the information specified in paragraph (a)

(ii) hereof and such publication shall be deemed to amend the list

of active substances for plant protection products issued under sub-

regulation (3) (a) hereof.

4. (a) The Director shall publish in the Gazette a list

of all plant protection products authorised for marketing or use in

Malta and such publication shall -

(i) be issued at least once annually and prior to the first

day of February of each year,

(ii) contain, as a minimum, the following information

1. the name by which the product is to be placed

on the market in Malta,

2. the active substance and concentration,

3. the name and postal address of the holder of

the authorization,

4. whether the product is a high-risk plant

protection product or otherwise,

5. the authorisation number of the product.

(b) Whenever an authorisation has been issued in

relation to a plant protection product the Director shall, by notice

in the Gazette publish in relation to such plant protection product,

the information specified in paragraph (a) (ii) hereof and such

publication shall be deemed to amend the list of plant protection

products issued under paragraph (a) hereof.

(c) The Director shall, by notice in the Gazette,

as soon as practicable, specify the plant protection product for

which the authorisation has been suspended or revoked and such

publication shall be deemed to amend the list of plant protection

products issued under paragraph (a) hereof.

13. (1) (a) Without prejudice to regulation 10, applicants

for authorization of a plant protection product should submit with

their application

(i) a dossier satisfying, in the light of current scientific

and technical knowledge, the requirements set out in Schedule

III; and

(ii) for each active substance in the plant protection

product, a dossier satisfying, in the light of current scientific

and technical knowledge, the requirements set out in Schedule

II.

(b) By way of derogation from paragraph (a)

hereof and without prejudice to sub-regulation (2), applicants shall

be exempted from supplying the information required in paragraph

(a) (ii) except for that identifying the active substance if the active

substance is already listed in Schedule I, taking into account

the conditions of inclusion in Schedule I, and does not differ

significantly in degree of purity and nature of impurities, from the

composition registered in the dossier accompanying the original

application.

(2) When issuing an authorization for a plant

protection product except in the case where there is a legal

agreement between the parties concerned, the Director shall not

make use of the information for the benefit of other applicants of:-

(a) requirements set out in Schedule II

(i) for a period of 10 years from date of the first

inclusion in Schedule I of an active substance not on the

market on the 26 July 1993;

(ii) for periods not exceeding 10 years, from the date

when the decision, concerning an active substance which was

already on the market on the 26 July 1993;

(iii) for a period of five years from the date of a

decision, following receipt of further information necessary

for first inclusion in Schedule I, or to vary the conditions for,

or to maintain the inclusion of an active substance in Schedule

I, which has been taken either to vary the conditions for, or to

maintain, the inclusion of an active substance in Schedule I,

unless the five-year period expires before the period provided

for in points i and ii, in which case the period of five years

shall be extended so as to expire on the same date as those

periods.

(b)

requirements set out in Schedule III

(i) for a period of 10 years from first authorization of

the plant protection product where authorization follows the

inclusion in Schedule I of any active substance contained in

the product;

(ii) for periods not exceeding 10 years, after the first

authorization of the plant protection product, where that

authorization precedes inclusion in Schedule I of any active

substance contained in the product.

(3) On examination of an application for authorization,

the Director shall inform the Commission of instances where

consideration of an active substance as listed in Schedule I, which

has been produced by a person or manufacturing process other than

those specified in the dossier has been taken on the basis of which

the active substance was first included in Schedule I. All data

regarding the identity and impurities of the active substance shall

be transmitted to the Director.

(4) By way of derogation from sub-regulation (1)

hereto, for active substances already on the market on 26 July

1993, and until the date on which they are included in Schedule I

previous national rules concerning data requirements continue to

apply, as long as such substances are not included in Schedule I.

(5) Notwithstanding regulation 13 (1), and without

prejudice to regulation 10, where the active substance is listed in

Schedule I

(a) applicants for authorization of plant protection

products shall, before carrying out experiments involving

vertebrate animals, enquire with the director

(i) whether the plant protection product for

which an application is to be made is the same as a plant

protection product for which authorization has been

granted, and

(ii) as to the name and address of the holder or

holders of the authorization or authorizations.

Such enquiry shall be supported by evidence that the

prospective applicant intends to apply for authorization on his

own behalf and that the other information specified in sub-

regulation (1) hereof is available;

(b)

the Director, if satisfied that the applicant intends

to apply, shall provide the name and address of the holder or

holders of previous relevant authorizations and shall at the

time inform the holders of the authorizations of the name and

address of the applicant.

(6) The holder or holders of previous authorizations

and the applicant shall take all reasonable steps to reach agreement

on the sharing of information so as to avoid the duplication of

testing on vertebrate animals.

(7) Where data is requested on an active substance

which has already been placed on the market on 26 July 1993

and with the intention to includ this substance in Schedule I, data

holders shall be encouraged to cooperate in the provision of the

requested data, with a view to limiting the duplication of testing on

vertebrate animals.

(8) If, nevertheless, the applicant and holders of

previous authorizations of the same product can still not reach an

agreement on the sharing of data, national measures obliging the

applicant and holders of previous authorizations to share the data

with a view to avoiding duplicative testing on vertebrate animals

and determine both the procedure for utilizing information, and the

reasonable balance of the interests of the parties concerned, may be

introduced.

14. (1) Without prejudice to the Freedom of Access

to Information on the Environment Regulations, 2005, if the

applicant wishes that industrial and commercial secrets on an

active substance included in Schedule I or for the authorization of

a plant protection product are treated as confidential, the applicant

shall make such a request in writing to the Director. The applicant’s

request is warranted upon decision taken by the Director or the

Commission.

(2) Confidentiality shall not apply to

(a) the names and content of the active substance or

substances and the name of the plant protection product,

(b) the name of other substances which are regarded

as dangerous under, the Dangerous Substances (Notification)

Regulations, 2001 (L.N. 318 of 2001) and the Dangerous

Substances and Preparations Regulations, 2007 (L.N. 10 of

2007),

(c) physico-chemical data concerning the active

substance and plant protection product,

(d) any ways of rendering the active substance or plant

protection product harmless,

(e) a summary of the results of the tests to establish the

substance’s or product’s efficacy and harmlessness to humans,

animals, plants and the environment,

(f) recommended methods and precautions to reduce

handling, storage, transport, fire or other hazards,

(g) methods of analysis referred to in regulation 4 (1)

(c) and (d) and 5 (1),

(h) methods of disposal of the product and of its

packaging,

(i) decontamination procedures to be followed in the

case of accidental spillage or leakage,

(j) first aid and medical treatment to be given in the

case of injury to persons.

(3) If the applicant subsequently discloses previously

confidential information, he shall be required to inform the director

accordingly.

15. Regulation 5 (1) of the Dangerous Substances and Packaging and

Preparations Regulations, 2007 (L.N. 10 of 2007) shall apply to all protection product.

plant protection products not covered by the Dangerous Substances

and Preparations Regulations, 2007 (L.N. 10 of 2007).

16. (1) All packaging of plant protection products must

show clearly and indelibly the following

(a) the trade name or designation of the plant

protection product;

(b) the name and address of the holder of the

authorization and the authorization number of the plant

protection product and, if different, the name and address of

the person responsible for the final packaging and labelling

or for the final labelling of the plant protection product on the

market;

(c) the name and amount of each active substance

expressed as provided for in the Dangerous Substances and

Preparations Regulations, 2007; (L.N. 10 of 2007). The name

must be as given in the list contained in Schedule I of the

provisions concerning classification, packaging and labelling

of The Dangerous Substances (Notification) Regulations,

2001 (L.N. 318 of 2001) or, if not included therein, its

ISO common name. If the latter is not available, the active

substance shall be designated by its chemical designation

according to IUPAC rules;

(d) the net quantity of plant protection product given

in legal units of measurement;

(e) the formulation batch number or some means of

identifying it;

(f) the particulars required under the Dangerous

Substances and Preparations Regulations, 2007 (L.N. 10 of

2007), and information on first aid;

(g) the nature of any special risks for humans, animals

or the environment, by means of standard phrases selected as

appropriate from those given in Schedule IV;

(h) safety precautions for the protection of humans,

animals or the environment, in the form of standard phrases

selected as appropriate from those given in Schedule V;

(i) the type of action of the plant protection product

(e.g. insecticide, growth regulator, weedkiller, etc.);

(j) the type of preparation (e.g. wettable powder,

emulsifiable concentrate, etc.);

(k) the uses for which the plant protection product has

been authorized and any specific agricultural, plant health and

environmental conditions under which the product may be

used or should not be used;

(l) directions for use and the dose rate, additional

dosage labeling may be permitted;

(m) where necessary, the safety interval for each use

between application and

(i) sowing or planting of the crop to be protected,

(ii) sowing or planting of succeeding crops,

(iii) access by humans or animals,

(iv) harvesting,

(v)

use or consumption;

(n) particulars of possible phytotoxicity, varietal

susceptibility, and any other direct or indirect adverse side

effects on plants or products of plant origin together with the

intervals to be observed between application and sowing or

planting of

(i) the crop in question, or

(ii) subsequent crops;

(o) if accompanied by a leaflet, as provided for in

sub-regulation (2) hereof, the sentence ‘Read accompanying

instructions before use’ and ‘Aqra t-tagħrif mal prodott qabel

tużah”;

(p) directions for safe disposal of the plant protection

product and of the packaging; and

(q) the expiry date relevant to normal conditions of

storage where the shelf life of the product is limited to less

than two years.

(2) The requirements in sub-regulation (1) (l), (m)

and (n) may be indicated on a separate leaflet accompanying the

package if the space available on the package is too small. Such

a leaflet shall be regarded as part of the label for the purposes of

these regulations.

(3) Taking account of the rules in force within their

territories regarding the supply of certain plant protection products

to certain categories of users, pending Community harmonization,

the Director shall require that it be indicated on the label whether a

product is restricted to certain categories of users.

(4) In no circumstances shall the label of the

packaging of a plant protection product bear the indications ‘non-

toxic’, ‘harmless’, or similar indications. However, information

to the effect that the plant protection product may be used when

bees or other non-target species are active, or when crops or weeds

are in flower or other such phrases to protect bees or other non-

target species may be given on the label, if the authorization relates

explicitly to use during the season for bees or other specified

organisms and presents minimal hazard to them.

(5) The label shall be resistant to exposure under

normal conditions of storage, handling or use and shall ensure that

its contents will remain clear and legible throughout the expected

product shelf life.

(6) The labels shall be printed in the Maltese and

English language.

(7) (a) By way of derogation from sub-regulation

(1) (g) and (h), additional phrases may be clearly and indelibly

marked on packaging where they are deemed to be necessary for

the protection of human beings, animals or the environment.

(b) In such case that the Director shall notify

the other Member States and the Commission forthwith of each

derogation granted and shall forward the additional phrase or

phrases and the reasons for these requirements.

(c) A decision shall be taken that the additional

phrase or phrases is or are justified and hence that Schedules IV

and V shall be amended accordingly, or that any such phrase may

no longer be required. Such phrases may be maintained until such

time as a decision has been taken.

17. (1) The Director shall make the necessary

arrangements for plant protection products which have been placed

on the market and for their use to be officially checked to see

whether they comply with the requirements of these regulations

and in particular with the requirements of the authorization and

information appearing on the label.

(2) The Director shall report annually before 1 August

to the other Member States and the Commission on the results of

the inspection measures taken in the previous year.

18. (1) Any experiment or test for research or development

purposes involving the release into the environment of an

unauthorized plant protection product shall only be carried out

after authorization for trial purposes has been granted and under

controlled conditions and for limited quantities and areas.

(2) (a) The persons concerned shall submit an

application to the director, within 90 working days before the

commencement of the experiment or test, together with a dossier

containing all the available data to permit an assessment to be

made of possible effects on human or animal health or the possible

impact on the environment.

(b) If the proposed experiments or tests referred

to in sub-regulation (1) are liable to have harmful effects on human

or animal health or to have an unacceptable adverse influence on

the environment, the Director may either prohibit them or permit

them subject to such conditions as it considers necessary to prevent

those consequences.

(3) Paragraph (b) of sub-regulation (2) hereof shall not

apply if the Director has granted the person concerned the right

to undertake certain experiments and tests and has determined

the conditions under which the experiments and tests have to be

undertaken.

(4) Common conditions shall be adopted for the

application of this regulation, in particular the maximum quantities

of pesticides that may be released during experiments covered by

sub-regulation (1), and for the minimum data to be submitted in

accordance with sub-regulation (2).

(5) This regulation shall not apply to experiments or

tests covered by Part B of Biosafety Co-ordinating Committee

Regulations, 2002 (L.N. 290 of 2002).

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

(1) Professional users shall attend a course of

instruction which is recognised by the director. Professional users

of plant protection products shall be authorized to purchase, use,

transport and store plant protection products by the Director

upon receipt of an application together with proof of successful

completion of the course.

(2) Any plant protection product that contains any

active substance classified as an active substance that may only

be incorporated in a high-risk plant protection product for placing

on the market shall be designated as a high-risk plant protection

product.

(3) A high-risk plant protection product shall only be

used by a recognized professional user of high risk plant protection

products appointed in accordance with sub-regulation (6).

(4) Dealers in high-risk plant protection products shall

only provide, sell or otherwise supply high-risk plant protection

products to another authorised dealer or to a professional user of

high risk plant protection products.

(5) The Director may, from time to time by notice in

the Gazette, establish the records that shall be kept and maintained

in respect of high risk plant protection products by any dealer

authorised in accordance with these regulations

Provided that as a minimum, such records shall include

the following details

(a) the name of the high risk plant protection product

being dealt or otherwise handled by the dealer,

(b) the quantities and batch number of the high risk

plant protection product being dealt or otherwise handled by

the dealer, and

(c) details to identify from where and when he has

obtained the plant protection product and to whom he has

sold the product.

(6) No person shall use or allow to be used any plant

protection product that is designated as a high-risk plant protection

product unless the user is authorised as a professional user of a

high risk plant protection product in accordance with the provisions

of these regulations.

(7) Any person wishing to qualify as a professional

user of high risk plant protection product shall attend a course of

instruction regarding the safe use and handling of a high risk plant

protection product.

Provided that such course is recognised by the Director

for the purpose of appointing a professional user of a high risk

plant protection product in accordance with these regulations.

(8) On successful completion of a course of instruction,

the Director shall, upon receipt of a written application and proof

of the successful completion of the course of instruction, authorise

the successful candidate to act as a professional user of a high risk

plant protection product

Provided that such authorisation shall specify the high

risk plant protection product or class, group or category of high

risk plant protection products the professional user is authorised to

procure and use

Provided further that the mentioned plant protection

products have been covered by type and content of the course of

instruction.

(9) Any authorisation issued in accordance with sub-

regulation (1) and (8) of this regulation shall be subject to any such

condition or conditions that the Director may deem necessary for

satisfying the provisions made by or under of the Act during the

course of business of the professional users.

(10) If professional users have been convicted of an

offence against any of these regulations, the Director shall revoke

the authorisation.

(11) Any authorisation issued by the Director in

accordance with sub-regulations (1) and (8) of these regulations

shall be valid for a period not exceeding two years as may be

specified in the authorization

Provided that the Director may extend the validity of

any such authorisation upon the submission of an application for

its renewal submitted to him in accordance with sub-regulation

(12) of these regulations and if he is satisfied that the conditions

established by sub-regulation (8) of these regulations are still being

complied with.

(12) On the expiry of an authorisation, the Director

shall issue a renewal of the authorization if

(a) he has received an application for renewal in such

form and in such manner and within such time as the Director

may from time to time require by notice in the Gazette,

(b) he is satisfied that the conditions detailed in sub-

regulation (12) of these regulations are still being complied

with

Provided that the Director may request the applicant to

provide additional information as he may deem necessary

prior to the renewal or otherwise of the authorization

Provided further that any renewal of any authorisation

shall be subject to any condition as the Director may deem

appropriate.

(13) Where an application for renewal has been

submitted to the Director, the validity of the authorisation granted

in accordance with sub-regulation (12) shall be deemed to continue

to have effect until such time as the Director has determined the

application for renewal.

(14) Any authorisation issued in accordance with sub-

regulations (1) and (8) of these regulations may be suspended or

revoked by the Director if it is established that

(a) any information or particular supporting the

application for an authorisation was incorrect, false or

misleading, or

(b) any requirement as detailed in sub-regulations (1)

and (8) of these regulations is no longer satisfied, or

(c) the holder of the authorisation requests that the

Director revokes the authorization.

(15) Where the Director suspends or revokes an

authorisation, he shall notify the holder of the authorisation in

writing of such suspension or revocation with detailed reasons

on which such a decision was based and shall inform authorised

dealers in plant protection products or active substances of such

suspension or revocation.

(16) The Director may, upon the written request

of the holder of the authorisation, and if he is satisfied that such

modification is justified, modify an authorisation to act as a

professional user.

(17) Any request for a modification to the authorisation

in accordance with sub-regulation (2) of this regulation shall be

made by the holder of the authorisation on such form and such

manner and within such time as the Director may, from time to

time require by notice in the Gazette.

(18) The Director may, from time to time by notice in

the Gazette, establish the records that must be kept and maintained

by any professional user who is authorized in accordance with

these regulations.

(19) Such records shall in respect of high risk plant

protection products procured by the professional user of high risk

plant protection products include

(a)

the name of the high risk plant protection product,

(b) the quantities and batch number of the high risk

plant protection product procured,

(c) details to identify the place from where and the

date on which he has procured the product.

(20) In respect of high risk plant protection products

used by the professional user, the following records shall also be

(a)

the name of the high risk plant protection product,

(b) the quantities and batch number of the high risk

plant protection product being used in a particular instance,

(c) details to identify the location or crop on which the

product was used,

(d) the date on which the product was applied in the

particular location.

(21) Any professional user shall ensure that all

necessary and indicated precautions are taken in order to

minimise the risk of unwanted effects to humans, animals and the

environment that may result from the use or disposal of the plant

protection product or its packaging.

(22) The Director shall publish annually in the Gazette

a list of all persons authorised to act as professional users of high

risk plant protection products in accordance with the provisions of

these regulations.

(23) Such list as is referred to in sub-regulation (22)

shall contain the following information

(a) the name, surname and postal address of the

professional user,

(b) the high risk plant protection products covered by

the authorization,

(c) the date and validity of the authorisation.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

(1)

No person shall promote, deal or dispose of any

(a) active substance unless this is registered in

accordance with these regulations,

(b) plant protection product unless this is authorised

for placing on the market in Malta in accordance with these

regulations, unless he is in possession of an authorisation

to deal in active substances or plant protection products

granted to him in accordance with sub-regulation (2) of this

regulation.

(2) Any application for the granting of an authorisation

to deal in plant protection products or active substances shall be

made in writing to the Director and shall contain such information,

documents, samples and other material as provided by or under the

(3) Any application shall as a minimum satisfy the

following requirements

(a) the nature of any activity related to the dealing of

plant protection products the applicant wishes to undertake,

(b)

the place where such activity is to take place, and

suitable information, documentation and evidence as may

be required in order to show that such place is suitable and

sufficient for that purpose,

(c) evidence to show that the place where such activity

is to take place has the necessary equipment and control

facilities as may be required by or under the Act,

(d) evidence to show that the health and safety of staff

shall be protected and ensured at all times,

(e) the name and postal address and any other contact

details of the applicant,

(f) the name of at least one person who is qualified to

ensure that the activity complies with any provisions made

by or under the Act at all times, and that persons under his

charge have the necessary skills required to carry out the tasks

assigned to them

Provided that any person who has successfully

completed any course recognised by the Director as sufficient

for the purposes of this paragraph shall be considered to

be qualified for the purposes of this paragraph of this sub-

regulation

(g) any other information, documentation or evidence

as may be required by the Director or by any provision made

by or under the Act and,

(h) in the case of an application for the manufacture

of a plant protection product, the name of the plant protection

product and any formulation which is to be, or is intended to

be manufactured, assembled or in any way modified including

details of the type and concentration of any active substance

to be found within the formulation.

(4) The Director shall determine the application within

a reasonable time not exceeding 45 working days from the date of

receipt of an application

Provided that such time shall be suspended until all the

relevant information is received.

(5) Where an application has been made to the Director

for the granting of an authorisation to deal in accordance with this

regulation, the Director may, before determining the application,

request the applicant to submit such further information relating to

the application as he may consider necessary and where any such

request has been made, the provision of sub-regulation (3) of this

regulation shall be suspended until the additional information has

been submitted.

(6) Any authorisation issued in accordance with this

regulation shall be made in writing and it shall be subject to any

such condition that the Director may deem necessary so that the

business of dealing shall be carried out in accordance with the

provisions made by or under the Act.

(7) Any authorisation issued by the Director in

accordance with sub-regulation (3) of this regulation shall be valid

for such period not exceeding three years as may be specified in

the authorization

Provided that the Director may extend the validity of

any such authorisation upon the submission of an application for

its renewal to him in accordance with sub-regulation (9) of this

regulation and if he is satisfied that the conditions established by

sub-regulation (3) of this regulation are still being complied with.

(8) Without prejudice to sub-regulation (9) of this

regulation, and if the Director suspects that any of the conditions

established by sub-regulation (3) of this regulation is no longer

satisfied, the Director

(a) shall require the holder of the authorisation to

submit such further information as may be necessary to

establish compliance with the provisions of sub-regulation

(3) of this regulation or such other information as may be

reasonably required,

(b) may carry out any inspection, review or test that he

deems necessary,

(c) may suspend the authorisation in accordance with

sub-regulation (9) of this regulation.

(9) Any authorisation issued in accordance with sub-

regulation (3) of this regulation may be suspended or revoked by

the Director if it is established that

(a) any information or particular supporting the

application for an authorisation was incorrect, false or

misleading, or

(b) any requirement as detailed in sub-regulation (3) of

this regulation is no longer satisfied, or

(c) the applicant for authorisation requests the Director

to revoke the authorisation to deal in plant protection products

or active substances, or

(d) the activity is being carried out in contravention of

any provision made by or under the Act.

(10) Where the Director suspends or revokes

an authorisation, he shall notify the holder in writing of the

authorisation relating to such suspension or revocation, also

providing reasons on which such a decision was based.

(11) (a) On the expiry of an authorisation, the

Director shall renew the authorisation if

(i) he has received an application for renewal in such

form and in such manner and within such time as the Director

may, from time to time, require by notice in the Gazette,

(ii) he is satisfied that the conditions detailed in sub-

regulation (2) of this regulation are still being complied with

Provided that the Director may request the applicant to

provide additional information as he may deem necessary

prior to the renewal or otherwise of the authorization

Provided further that any renewal of any authorisation

may be subject to any such condition as the Director may

deem appropriate.

(b) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-

regulation (8) of this regulation, the Director may, upon the written

request of the holder of the authorisation, modify an authorisation

to carry out a dealing activity if the Director is satisfied that such

modification is justified and appropriate, and where relevant, that it

reflects current scientific opinion.

(12) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-

regulation (9) of this regulation, the Director may modify the

original authorization if he considers that any condition on which

the authorisation was based in accordance with sub-regulation (3)

of this regulation has been substantially altered.

(13) Any request for a modification to the authorisation

shall be made by the holder of the authorisation on such form and

in such manner and within such time as the Director may, from

time to time, require by notice in the Gazette.

(14) Without prejudice to any other provision made

by or under the Act, it shall be the duty of any person holding an

authorisation granted to him in accordance with sub-regulation (3)

of this regulation to

(a) keep such records and in such manner as the

Director may from time to time establish by notice in the

Gazette

Provided that the Director may establish different

records for different types of dealing activities;

(b) inform the Director in writing and as soon as

practicable, of any change in any information provided to the

Director for the granting of the authorization;

(c) allow the Director or his authorised representative

access to the land or premises where dealing is carried out at

any reasonable time;

(d) make available to the Director or his authorized

representative such records which he may require; and

(e)

comply with any provision made by or under the

Act.

(15) The Director shall publish annually in the Gazette

a list of all persons authorised to act as dealers in accordance with

the provisions of these regulations.

(16) Such list shall contain the following information

(a) the name, surname and postal address of the

authorized dealer or corporation,

(b) the postal address of any premises used by the

dealer for the purposes of carrying out his business,

(c)

the date and validity of the authorisation.

(17) Any supplier of plant protection products shall

exercise general supervision over his employees and shall, before

requiring or permitting any of such employees to handle or to apply

any plant protection product

(a) provide such employees with proper training in the

safe handling and application of plant protection products,

(b) ensure that any safety precaution set out in the

label, or otherwise prescribed, is understood and complied

with,

(c) ensure that such workers wear suitable protective

clothing provided by him.

(18) Where a supplier of plant protection products has

even the slightest suspicion that any plant protection product has

caused any poisoning, he shall immediately notify the appropriate

health authority.

(19) (a) Any person authorised to deal in plant

protection products shall notify the Director of any consignment

of any authorized plant protection product or active substance he

brings into Malta.

(b) Such notice shall be submitted in such form

and in such manner and within such time as the Director may from

time to time require by notice in the Gazette.

(c) The information supplied in relation to

a plant protection product or active substance shall include the

following as a minimum

(a) the name of the product and the batch number,

(b) the authorisation number,

(c) the country of origin,

(d) the quantity of the consignment,

(e) the date and place of bringing into Malta.

(20) No person shall advertise or cause to be advertised

any plant protection product in any manner whatsoever unless such

advertising has been authorised by the Director.

(21) (a) The Director shall, from time to time

by notice in the Gazette, establish the form, content, manner

and time for the submission of an application for the issue of an

authorisation for the advertising of a plant protection product.

(b) The Director shall authorise the advertising

of a plant protection product if

(i) he has received an application in accordance with

sub-regulation (3) of this regulation;

(ii) he is satisfied that the advertising sufficiently

represents the content and conditions of the authorization;

(iii) the advertising does not make use of any statement

which cannot be technically proven;

(iv) the advertising does not include any statement

which is false or otherwise misleading;

(v) the advertising does not encourage the use of the

plant protection product for any purpose or circumstance or

instruction other than that specified by the authorisation for

the plant protection product;

(vi) the advertising does not contain any wording or

statement which claims or implies the absolute safety of the

plant protection product and in particular shall not include

any of the words “harmless” or “non-toxic” or any similar

phrase unless such words are used within a context to give

information regarding the properties of the product;

(vii) the advertising contains a suitable warning

against the improper use of the product and shall encourage

the use of the plant protection product in accordance with the

instructions found on the label or packaging.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

No plant protection produts containing one or more of Plant Protection

the active substances listed in Schedule VII may either be placed Products

on the market or used. This shall not apply to plant protection

products which contain negligible impurities because of the nature

of the manufacturing process, provided that they have no harmful

effects on human beings, animals or the environment

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

(1) By way of derogation from regulation 21, the Derogation from

Director may temporarily authorize to permit the placing on the regulation 21.

market or the use in Malta of plant protection products containing

certain of the active substances listed in the first coloumn of

Schedule VII in the cases set out in the second coloumn thereof.

(2) The director shall inform the other Member States

and the Commission of any cases in which this regulation is

applied and, if the Commission so requests, shall provided it with

details of the extens to which each such active substance is used.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

Regulations 21 and 22 shall not apply to plant protection Non-Applicability of

products intended for

(a)

purposes of research or analysis or

(b)

export to third countries.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

If necessary, the Director may also authorize plant Director’s

protection products referred to in regulation 22, in accordance with Authorizations.

regulation 8 (2) of these regulations.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

The sanctions applicable for the infringement of any Applicable sanctions.

provision of these regulations shall be those provided for in Part 9

of the Act.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

The Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2004 are Revokes L.N. 115 of

2004. hereby being revoked.

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

6.2011

CAS No 74223-64-6

1,3,5,-triazin-2-ylcar-

—must pay particular attention to the impact on aquatic organisms and

EEC No 441

bamoylsulfamoyl)-

must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include, where

appropriate, risk mitigation measures

benzoate

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 16.6.2000

Prohexadione Calcium

Calcium 3,5-dioxo-4-

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

1 October

31 December

CAS No 127277-53-6

propionylcyclohexa-

890 g/kg

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 16 June 2000.

CIPAC No 567

necarboxylate

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

In their decision making according to the uniform principles, Member

1-[2-(2-chloroethox-

States

Triasulfuron

y)phenylsulfonyl]-3-

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater,

CAS No 82097-50-5

(4-methoxy-6-

940 g/kg

1.8.2001

Malta Government Gazette — Legal Notice 2009 358 — Plant Protection Products Regulations, 2009

7.2011

—must pay particular attention to the impact on aquatic organisms and

CIPAC No 480

methyl-1,3,5-triazin-

must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include, where

appropriate, risk mitigation measures

2-yl)urea

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 13.7.2000

Number

Common

name,

identification,

Expiration of

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised

In their decision making according to the uniform principles, Member

States

(S)-a-Cyano-3-

Esfenvalerate

—must pay particular attention to the potential impact on aquatic

phenoxybenzyl-(S)-

CAS No 66230-04-4

830 g/kg

1.8.2001

31.7.2011

organisms and non-target arthropods and must ensure that the

2-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-

CIPAC No 481

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

methylbutyrate

mitigation measures

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 13.7.2000

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

3-isopropyl-(1H)-

Bentazone

In their decision-making according to the uniform principles, Member

2,1,3-benzothia-

States must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater

CAS No 25057-89-0

960 g/kg

1.8.2001

31.7.2011

diazin-4-(3H)-one-

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

CIPAC No 366

2,2-dioxide

report was finalised: 13.7.2000

A 1:1 mixture of

(S)-a-cyano-3-

phenoxybenzyl (Z)-

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised

(1R,3R)-3-(2-chloro-

In their decision-making according to the uniform principles, Member

3,3,3-trifluoro-

States

propenyl)-2,2-

—must pay particular attention to operator safety,

dimethylcyclopropa-

—must pay particular attention to the potential impact on aquatic

Lambda-cyhalothrin

necarboxylate,

organisms and non-target arthropods including bees and must ensure

CAS No 91465-08-6

810 g/kg

1.1.2002

31.12.2011

and

that the conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

CIPAC No 463

mitigation measures,

(R)-a-cyano-3-

—must pay particular attention to the residues in food and especially

phenoxybenzyl (Z)-

the acute effects thereof

(1S,3S)-3-(2-chloro-

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

3,3,3-trifluoro-

report was finalised: 19.10.2000

propenyl)-2,2-

dimethylcyclopropa-

necarboxylate

Number

Common

name,

identification,

Expiration of

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as a fungicide may be authorised.

In decision making according to the Uniform Principles Member

N-(2,3-dichloro-4-

Fenhexamid

States must pay particular attention to the potential impact on

hydroxyphenyl)-1-

=950 g/kg ( 2 )

CAS No 126833-17-8

1 June 2001

31 May 2011

aquatic organisms and must ensure that the conditions of

methylcyclohexane-

authorisation include, where appropriate, risk mitigation

CIPAC No 603

carboxamide

measures. Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which

the review report was finalised: 19 October 2000

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the

conclusions of the review report on amitrole, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on Plant Health on 12 December 2000 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

—must pay particular attention to the protection of operators

Amitrole

H-[1,2,4]-triazole-3-

—must pay particular attention to the protection of the groundwater

CAS No 61-82-5

900 g/kg

1.1.2002

31.12.2011

ylamine

in vulnerable areas, in particular with respect to non-crop uses

CIPAC No 90

—must pay particular attention to the protection of beneficial

arthropods

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds and

wild mammals. Use of amitrole during the breeding season may

only be authorised when an appropriate risk assessment has

demonstrated that there is no unacceptable impact and when the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures

On the basis of currently available information, only uses as

terrestrial herbicide and desiccant may be authorised. Uses in

aquatic weed control shall not be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on diquat, and in particular

Diquat

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on Plant Health on 12 December 2000 shall be taken into account.

CAS No 2764-72-9

9,10-Dihydro-8a,10a-

In this overall assessment Member States

(ion),

85-00-7

diazoniaphenanthrene

950 g/kg

1.1.2002

31.12.2011

—must pay particular attention to the potential impact on aquatic

(dibromide)

ion (dibromide)

organisms and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation

CIPAC No 55

include, where appropriate, risk mitigation measures

—must pay particular attention to operator safety as related to non-

professional use and must ensure that the conditions of

authorisation include, where appropriate, risk mitigation

measures

Number

Common name, identification,

Expiration of

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform priciples of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on pyridate, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

Pyridate

6-Chloro-3-phenyl-

on Plant Health on 12 December 2000 shall be taken into account. In

CAS No 55512-33.9

pyridazin-4-yl

S-

900 g/kg

1.1.2002

31.12.2011

this overall assessment Member States

CIPAC No 447

octyl thiocarbonate

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater

—must pay particular attention to the potential impact on aquatic

organisms and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation

include, where appropriate, risk mitigation measures

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised. Foliar spray applications

shall not be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform priciples of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on thiabendazole, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

Thiabendazole

on Plant Health on 12 December 2000 shall be taken into account. In

2-Thiazol-4-yl-1H-

CAS No 148-79-8

985 g/kg

1.1.2002

31.12.2011

this overall assessment Member States

benzimidazole

CIPAC No 323

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic and

sediment-dwelling organisms and must ensure that the conditions of

authorisation include, where appropriate, risk mitigation measures

Suitable risk mitigation measures (e.g. depuration with diatom earth

or activated carbon) have to be implemented to protect surface

waters from unacceptable levels of contamination via wastewater

The absence

of

secondary

Paecilomyces fumo-

meta-

Only uses as an insecticide may be authorised

soroseus

bolites

Each fermentation broth should be checked by HPLC to ensure that

should be

Apopka strain 97, PFR

Not applicable

1 July 2001

30 June 2011

no secondary metabolites are present

checked

in

or

CG 170,

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

each

report was finalised: 27 April 2001

ATCC20874

fermentation

broth

by

HPLC

Common name, identification,

Expiration of

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

2-(4,6-dimethoxypyr-

Only uses as a herbicide may be authorised.

DPX KE 459 (flupyr-

imidin-2-ylcarba-

In decision-making according to the Uniform Principles Member

sulfuron-methyl)

moylsulfamoyl)-6-

States must pay particular attention to the protection of

903 g/kg ( 3 )

1 July 2001

30 June 2011

groundwater.

CAS No 144740-54-5

trifluromethylnico-

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

CIPAC No 577

tinate monosodium

report was finalised: 27 April 2001.

salt

Acibenzolar-s-methyl

Benzo[1,2,3]thia-

Only uses as a plant activator may be authorised.

1 November

31 October

CAS No 135158-54-2

diazole-7-carbothioic

970 g/kg

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 29 June 2001.

CIPAC No 597

acid S-methyl ester

Only uses as a plant growth regulator may be authorised.

Cyclanilide

The maximum content of the impurity 2,4-dichloroaniline (2,4-

1 November

31 October

CAS No 113136-77-9

Not available

960 g/kg

DCA) in the active substance as manufactured should be 1 g/kg.

CIPAC No 586

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 29 June 2001.

Ferric phosphate

Only uses as a molluscicide may be authorised.

1 November

31 October

CAS No 10045-86-0

Ferric phosphate

990 g/kg

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

report was finalised: 29 June 2001

CIPAC No 629

Only uses as an insecticide may be authorised.

(E)-6-methyl-4-

In decision-making according to the uniform principles Member

Pymetrozine

[(pyridin-3-ylmetyle-

1 November

31 October

States must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

CAS No 123312-89-0

ne)amino]-4,5-

950 g/kg

organisms.

CIPAC No 593

dihydro-2H-[1,2,4]-

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

triazin-3 one

report was finalised: 29 June 2001.

Only uses as a herbicide may be authorised.

Ethyl-2-chloro-5-(4-

In decision-making according to the uniform principles Member

Pyraflufen-ethyl

chloro-5-difluoro-

States must pay particular attention to the protection of algae and

1 November

31 October

CAS No 129630-19-9

methoxy-1-

956 g/kg

aquatic plants and should apply, where appropriate, risk mitigation

measures.

CIPAC No 605

mhypyrazol-3-yl)-4-

Date of Standing Committee on Plant Health at which the review

fluorophenoxyacetate

report was finalised: 29 June 2001.

Common name, identification,

Expiration of

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on glyphosate, and in particular

Glyphosate

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

N-(phosphono-

CAS No 1071-83-6

950 g/kg

1 July 2002

30 June 2012

on Plant Health on 29 June 2001 shall be taken into account. In this

methyl)-glycin

overall assessment Member States

CIPAC No 284

—must pay particular attention to the protection of the

groundwater in vulnerable areas, in particular with respect to

non-crops uses

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

Methyl

3-(4-

the conclusions of the review report on thifensulfuron-methyl, and

methoxy-6-methyl-

in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Thifensulfuron-methyl

1,3,5-triazin-2-ylcar-

Committee on Plant Health on 29 June 2001 shall be taken into

CAS No 79277-27-3

960 g/kg

1 July 2002

30 June 2012

account. In this overall assessment Member States

bamoyl-sulfamoyl)

CIPAC No 452

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater,

thiophene-2-

—must pay particular attention to the impact on aquatic plants

carboxylate

and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include,

where appropriate, risk mitigation measures

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on 2,4-D, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on Plant Health on 2 October 2001 shall be taken into account. In

2,4-D

this overall assessment Member States

(2,4-dichloro-

CAS No 94-75-7

960 g/kg

1.10.2002

30.9.2012

—must pay particular attention to the protection of the groundwater,

phenoxy) acetic acid

when the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil

CIPAC No 1

and/or climatic conditions

—must pay particular attention to the dermal absorption

—must pay particular attention to the protection of non-target

arthropods and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation

include, where appropriate, risk mitigation measures

Common

name,

Expiration of

Number

identification,

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

inclusion

numbers

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on isoproturon, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

Plant Health on 7 December 2001 shall be taken into account. In this

overall assessment Member States

Isoproturon

3-(4-isopropyl-

31 December

—must pay particular attention to the protection of the groundwater,

CAS No 34123-59-6

phenyl)-1,1-

970 g/kg

1 January 2003

when the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil

CIPAC No 336

dimethylurea

and/or climatic conditions or at use rates higher than those described in

the review report and must apply risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms

and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include, where

appropriate, risk mitigation measures

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on ethofumesate, and in particular

(±)-2-ethoxy-2,3-

Ethofumesate

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

dihydro-3,3-

28 February

CAS No 26225-79-6

960 g/kg

1 March 2003

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2002 shall be taken

dimethylbenzofuran-

into account. In this overall assessment Member States may pay

CICAP No 223

5-ylmethanesulfonate

particular attention to the protection of the groundwater, when the active

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions and must apply risk mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on iprovalicarb, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

g/kg

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2002 shall be taken

{2-Methyl-1-[1-(4-

(provi-

into account. In this overall assessment

Iprovalicarb

methylphenyl)ethyl-

sional

—the specification of the technical material as commercially manu

CAS No 140923-17-7

carbonyl] propyl}-

1 July 2002

30 June 2011

sp

factured must be confirmed and supported by apporpriate analytical data.

CICAP No 620

carbamic acid isopro-

ecifi-

The test material used in the toxicity dossier should be compared and

pylester

verified against this specification of the technical material,

cation)

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

operators.

Specific provisions

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on prosulfuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—must carefully consider the risk to aquatic plants if the active

substance is applied adjacent to surface waters. Risk mitigation

measures should be applied where appropriate,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater, when

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climate conditions. Risk mitigation measures should be applied where

appropriate.

Only uses as a herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on sulforsulfuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

aquatic plants and algae. Where apporpriate, risk mitigation measures

should be applied,

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of the

groundwater, when the active substance is applied in regions with

vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditons.

Specific provisions

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on cinidon-ethyl, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 19 April 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

contamination, when the active substance is applied in regions with

vulnerable soil (e.g. soils with neutral or high pH values) and/or climatic

conditions,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms.

Conditions of authorisation must include risk-mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on cyhalofop butyl, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 19 April 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment

—Member States must carefully consider the potential impact of aerial

applications to non-target organisms and in particular to aquatic species.

Conditions of authorisation must include restrictions or risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate,

—Member States must carefully consider the potential impact of terrestrial

applications on aquatic organisms within paddy fields.

Conditions of authorisation must include risk-mitigation measures,

where appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on famoxadone, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 19 April 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment

—Member States must pay particular attention to potential chronic risks of

the parent substance or metabolites to earthworms,

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

organisms and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include,

where appropriate, risk-mitigation measures,

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

operators.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on florasulam, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 19 April 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

contamination, when the active substance is applied in regions with

vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions. Conditions of authorisation

must include risk-mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on Metalaxyl-M, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 19 April 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment

—particular attention should be given to the potential for groundwater

contamination by the active substance or its degradation products CGA

62826, and CGA 108906 when the active substance is applied in

regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions. Risk-mitigation

measures should be applied, where appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on picolinafen, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 19 April 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk-mitigation measures,

where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on flumioxazine, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 28 June 2002 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

—must carefully consider the risk to aquatic plants and algae.

Conditions of authorisation must include risk mitigation measures,

where appropriate.

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on deltamethrin, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

Plant Health on 18 October 2002 shall be taken into account. In this overall

assessment Member States

—must pay particular attention to the operator safety and must ensure that

the conditions of authorisation include appropriate protective measures,

—should observe the acute dietary exposure situation of consumers in view

of future revisions of maximum residue levels,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms,

bees and non-target arthropods and must ensure that the conditions of

authorisation include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on imazamox, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken

into account.

In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular attention

to the potential for groundwater contamination, when the active substance is

applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions. Risk

mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on oxasulfuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account.

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

groundwater, when the active substance is applied in regions with

vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied, where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on ethoxysulfuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account.

Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of non-

target aquatic plants and algae in drainage canals. Risk mitigation measures

should be applied where appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on foramsulfuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular attention to

the protection of aquatic plants. Risk mitigation measures should be

applied, where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on oxadiargyl, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular attention to

the protection of algae and aquatic plants. Risk mitigation measures should

be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on cyazofamid, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

organisms;

—Member States must pay particular attention to the degradation kinetics

of the metabolite CTCA in soil, especially for Northern European regions.

Risk mitigation measures or use restrictions should be applied where

appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only use as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on 2,4-DB, and in particular Appendices I

and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into account. In this

overall assessment Member States

- must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater when

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climatic conditions.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied, where appropriate.

Only use as insecticide may be authorised

Uses other than ornamental in greenhouses and seed treatment are currently

not adequately supported and have not shown to be acceptable under the

criteria required by Schedule VI. To support authorisations for such uses,

data and information to prove their acceptability to human consumers and

the environment will have to be generated and submitted to the Member

States. This will be the case in particular for data to assess in all detail the

risks of outdoor foliar uses and the dietary risks of foliar treatment in edible

crops.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on beta-cyfluthrin, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of non-target

arthropods. Conditions of authorisation should include adequate risk

mitigation measures.

1991L0414

Specific provisions

Only use as insecticide may be authorised

Uses other than ornamental in greenhouses and seed treatment are currently

not adequately supported and have not shown to be acceptable under the

criteria required by Schedule VI. To support authorisations for such uses,

data and information to prove their acceptability to human consumers and

the environment will have to be generated and submitted to the Member

States. This will be the case in particular for data to assess in all detail the

risks of outdoor foliar uses and the dietary risks of foliar treatment in edible

crops.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on cyfluthrin, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of non- target

arthropods. Conditions of authorisation should include adequate risk

mitigation measures.

Only use as fungicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on iprodione, and in particular Appendices

I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into account. In this

overall assessment, Member States

—should pay particular attention to the potential for ground water

contamination when the active substance is applied at high use

rates (in particular use in turf) on acidic soils (pH below 6) under

vulnerable climatic conditions,

—must carefully consider the risk to aquatic invertebrates if the active

substance is applied directly adjacent to surface waters. Risk mitigation

measures should be applied, where appropriate.

Only use as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on linuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—must pay particular attention to the protection of wild mammals, non-

target arthropods and aquatic organisms. Conditions of author-

isation should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of operators.

Specific provisions

Only use as growth regulator may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on maleic hydrazide, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—must pay particular attention to the protection of non-target arthropods

and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate,

—must pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

contamination, when the active substance is applied in regions with

vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions. Risk mitigation measures

should be applied, where appropriate.

Only use as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on pendimethalin, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health 3 December 2002 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms and

non-target terrestrial plants. Conditions of authorisation must include risk

mitigation measures, where appropriate,

—must pay particular attention to the possibility of short-range transport

of the active substance in air.

1991L0414

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on propineb, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

Propineb

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2003 shall be taken

CAS No

The

technical

into account. In this overall assessment

12071-83-9 (monomer),

Polymeric zinc 1,2-

active substance

—Member States should pay particular attention to the potential for

9016-72-2

(homo-

propylenebis(dithio-

should

comply

1 April 2004

31 March 2014

ground water contamination when the active substance is applied in

regions with vulnerable soils and/or extreme climatic conditions

polymer)

carbamate)

with the FAO

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

CIPAC No

specification

small mammals, aquatic organisms and non-target arthropods. Conditions

of authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate

—Member States should observe the acute dietary exposure situation

of consumers in view of future revisions of maximum residue levels

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on propyzamide, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

Propyzamide

Plant Health 26 February 2003 shall be taken into account. In this overall

CAS No

3,5-dichloro-N-(1,1-

assessment, Member States

23950-58-5

dimethyl-prop-2-

920 g/kg

1 April 2004

31 March 2014

—must pay particular attention to the protection of operators and must

ensure that conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation measures,

CIPAC No

ynyl)benzamide

where appropriate

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds and wild

mammals in particular if the substance is applied during the breeding

season. Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on mecoprop, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2003 shall be taken into

Mecoprop

(RS)-2-(4-chloro-o-

account. In this overall assessment

CAS No 7085-19-0

tolyloxy)-propionic

930 g/kg

1 June 2004

31 May 2014

—Member States should pay particular attention to the potential for

groundwater contamination, when the active substance is applied in

CIPAC No 51

acid

regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate,

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

non-target arthropods. Risk mitigation measures should be applied,

where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on mecoprop-P, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

Mecoprop-P

(R)-2-(4-chloro-o-

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2003 shall be taken into

CAS No 16484-77-8

tolyloxy)-propionic

860 g/kg

1 June 2004

31 May 2014

account. In this overall assessment

CIPAC No 475

acid

—Member States should pay particular attention to the potential for

groundwater contamination, when the active substance is applied in

regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions. Conditions

of authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on propiconazole, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2003 shall be taken into

(±)-1-[2-(2,4-dichlor-

account. In this overall assessment

Propiconazole

ophenyl)-4-propyl-

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of non-

CAS No 60207-90-1

1,3-dioxolan-2-

920 g/kg

1 June 2004

31 May 2014

target arthropods and aquatic organisms. Conditions of authorisation

CIPAC No 408

ylmethyl]-1H-1,2,4-

should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate,

triazole

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

soil organisms for applications rates exceeding 625 g a.i./ha (e.g.

uses in lawn). Conditions of authorisation should include risk

mitigation measures (e.g. spotwise application scheme), where

appropriate.

Only use as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on trifloxystrobin, and in particular

Methyl (E)-methox-

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

yimino-{(E)-a-[1-a-

Trifloxystrobin

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2003 shall be taken into

(a,a,a-trifluoro-m-

1 October

30 September

account. In this overall assessment

CAS No 141517-21-7

960 g/kg

tolyl)ethylideneami-

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

CIPAC No 617

nooxyl]-o-tolyl}a-

groundwater, when the active substance is applied in regions with

cetate

vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied and/or monitoring programs

may be initiated where appropriate.

Only use as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

Ethyl (RS)-2-chloro-

conclusions of the review report on carfentrazone-ethyl, and in particular

3-[2-chloro-5-(4-

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

Carfentrazone ethyl

difluoromethyl-4,5-

1 October

30 September

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2003 shall be taken into

CAS No 128639-02.1

dihydro-3-methyl-

900 g/kg

account. In this overall assessment

CIPAC No 587

5oxo-1H

1,2,4-

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

triazol-1-yl)-4-fluoro-

groundwater, when the active substance is applied in regions with

phenyl]propionate

vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

920 g/kg

The

manufac-

turing impurity 1-

cyano-6-(methyl-

Only use as herbicide may be authorised.

sulfonyl)-7-nitro-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

Mesotrione

2-(4-mesyl-2-nitro-

9H-xanthen-9-one

1 October

30 September

conclusions of the review report on mesotrione, and in particular

CAS No 104206-8

benzoyl)

cyclo-

is considered to

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

CIPAC No 625

hexane -1,3-dione

be of toxico-

Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2003 shall be taken into

logical concern

account.

and must remain

below 0.0002 %

(w/w) in the

technical product.

Only use as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on fenamidone, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

(S)-5-methyl-2-

Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2003 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

Fenamidone

methylthio-5-phenyl-

1 October

30 September

—should pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater, when

CAS No 161326-34-7

3-phenylamino-3,5-

975 g/kg

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

CIPAC No 650

dihydroimidazol-4-

climate conditions,

one

—should pay particular attention to the protection of non-target

arthropods,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only use as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on isoxaflutole, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2003 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater, when

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climate conditions. Risk mitigation measures or monitoring programs

should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on flurtamone, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater, when

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climate conditions,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of algae and other

aquatic plants.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on flufenacet, and in particular Appendices

I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into account. In this

overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater, when

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climate conditions,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of algae and aquatic

plants,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of operators.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on iodosulfuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to the potential of iodosulfuron and its

metabolites for groundwater contamination, when the active substance is

applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic plants.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on dimethenamid-p, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to the potential of the metabolites of

dimethenamid-p for groundwater contamination, when the active substance

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic ecosystems,

especially of aquatic plants.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

The Member States shall inform the Commission in accordance with

regulation 13(3) on the specification of the technical material as

commercially manufactured.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on picoxystrobin, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

Methyl

(E)-3-

950 g/kg (preli-

—should pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater, when

Picoxystrobin

methoxy-2-{2-[6-

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

minary

value

31 December

CAS No 117428-22-5

(trifluoromethyl) -2-

1 January 2004

climate conditions,

based on a pilot

CIPAC No 628

pyridyloxymethyl]-

—should pay particular attention to the protection of soil organisms,

plant)

phenyl} acrylate

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

ecosystems.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

The Member States shall inform the Commission in accordance with

regulation 13(3) on the specification of the technical material as

commercially manufactured.

Only uses as insecticide or nematicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on fosthiazate, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater, when

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climate conditions;

(RS)-S-sec-butyl O-

Fosthiazate

—should pay particular attention to the protection of birds and wild

ethyl 2-oxo-1,3-thia-

31 December

CAS No 98886-44-3

930 g/kg

1 January 2004

mammals in particular if the substance is applied during the

zolidin-3-ylphospho-

breeding season;

CIPAC No 585

nothioate

—should pay particular attention to the protection of non-target soil

organisms.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate. In order

to mitigate the potential risk to small birds, product authorisations must

require that a very high level of incorporation of granules into soil is

achieved.

The Member States shall inform the Commission in accordance with

regulation 13(3) on the specification of the technical material as

commercially manufactured.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Uses other than seed treatments are currently not adequately supported by

data. To support authorisations for such uses, data and information to

prove their acceptability for consumers, operators and the environment

N-allyl-4,5-dimethyl-

will have to be generated and submitted to the Member States.

Silthiofam

2-(trimethylsi-

31 December

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

CAS No 175217-20-6

950 g/kg

1 January 2004

lyl)thiophene-3-

conclusions of the review report on silthiofam, and in particular

CIPAC No 635

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

carboxamide

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to the protection of operators. Risk mitigation measures must be

applied, where appropriate.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

When granting authorisations, the conclusions of the review report on

For details on

Coniothyrium minitans, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

Coniothyrium minitans

purity

and

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal

Strain

CON/M/91-08

31 December

Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into account.

Not applicable

production

1 January 2004

(DSM 9660)

In this overall assessment

control

see

CIPAC No 614

—Member States must pay particular attention to the operator and

Review Report

worker safety and must ensure that the conditions of authorization

include appropriate protective measures.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

S-ethyl azepane-1-

conclusions of the review report on molinate, and in particular

carbothioate;

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

S-ethyl perhydroa-

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into

Molinate

zepine-1-

account. In this overall assessment

CAS No 2212-67-1

950 g/kg

1 August 2004

31 July 2014

carbothioate;

—Member States should pay particular attention to the potential for

CIPAC No 235

groundwater contamination, when the active substance is applied in

S-ethyl perhydroa-

regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions. Conditions of

zepine-1-thiocar-

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate,

boxilate

—Member States should pay particular attention to the possibility of

short-range transport of the active substance in air.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as fungicide or as repellent may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on thiram, and in particular Appendices

I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into account. In

tetramethylthiuram

Thiram

this overall assessment

disulfide;

CAS No 137-26-8

960 g/kg

1 August 2004

31 July 2014

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

bis (dimethylthiocar-

aquatic organisms. Risk mitigation measures should be applied, where

CIPAC No 24

bamoyl)-disulfide

appropriate,

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

small mammals and birds when the substance is used as a seed treatment

in spring uses. Risk mitigation measures should be applied, where

appropriate.

Only uses as fungicide or as repellent may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on ziram, and in particular Appendices I

950 g/kg (FAO-

and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

specification)

and Animal Health on 4 July 2003 shall be taken into account. In this

Ziram

Arsenic

Zinc bis (dimethyl-

overall assessment

CAS No 137-30-4

maximum

1 August 2004

31 July 2014

dithiocarbamate)

—Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of non-

CIPAC No 31

250 mg/kg

target arthropods and aquatic organisms. Risk mitigation measures should

Water: maximum

be applied, where appropriate,

1,5 %

—Member States should observe the acute dietary exposure situation

of consumers in view of future revisions of Maximum Residue

Levels.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

The following uses must not be authorised

—knapsack and handheld applications in home gardening, neither by

amateur nor by professional users,

—use via broadcast air-assisted application equipment,

—ultra low volume applications.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on paraquat, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 October 2003, shall be taken

into account. In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to the protection of

—operators, in particular for knapsack and handheld applications,

—ground-nesting birds. Where use scenarios indicate the potential for

500 g/l

exposure of eggs a risk assessment should be conducted and, where

Paraquat

1,1'-dimethyl-4,4'-

(expressed

as

1 November

31 October

appropriate, risk mitigation applied,

CAS No 4685-14-7

bipyridinium

paraquat

—aquatic organisms. Conditions of authorisation should include risk-

CIPAC No 56

dichloride)

mitigation measures, where appropriate,

—hares. Where use scenarios indicate the potential for exposure of hares,

a risk assessment should be conducted and, where appropriate, risk

mitigation applied.

Member States shall ensure that the authorisation holders report at the

latest on 31 March each year until 2008 on incidences of operator health

problems and impact on hares in one or more representative areas of use,

which should be supplemented by sales data and a survey of use patterns,

so that a realistic picture of the toxicological and ecological impact of

paraquat can be obtained.

Member States must ensure that technical concentrates shall contain an

effective emetic. Liquid formulations shall contain an effective emetic,

blue/green colorants and stenching or other olfactory alerting agent or

agents. Other safeners, such as thickeners, may also be included.

In doing so they shall take account of the FAO specification.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only use as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on mesosulfuron, and in particular

2-[(4,6-dimethoxy-

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

pyrimidin-2-ylcarba-

Mesosulfuron

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 October 2003 shall be taken into

moyl)sulfamoyl]-a-

31 March 2014 account. In this overall assessment Member States

CAS No 400852-66-6

930 g/kg

1 April 2004

(methanesulfo-

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic plants;

CIPAC No 441

namido)-p-toluic

—should pay particular attention to the potential of mesosulfuron and its

acid

metabolites for groundwater contamination, when the active substance is

applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on propoxycarbazone, and in particular

2-(4,5-dihydro-4-

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

=

g/kg

methyl-5-oxo-3-

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 October 2003 shall be taken into

Propoxycarbazone

(expressed

as

account. In this overall assessment Member States

propoxy-1H-1,2,4-

CAS No 145026-81-9

propoxy-

1 April 2004

31 March 2014 —should pay particular attention to the potential of propoxycarbazone

triazol-1-yl)

and its metabolites for groundwater contamination, when the active

carboxa-

CIPAC No 655

carbazone-

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climate

midosulfonylben-

sodium)

conditions,

zoicacid-methylester

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic ecosystems,

especially of aquatic plants.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only use as fungicide may be authorised.

(RS)-3,5-Dichloro-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

N-

Zoxamide

conclusions of the review report on zoxamide, and in particular

(3-chloro-1-ethyl-1-

CAS No 156052-68-5

950 g/kg

1 April 2004

31 March 2014

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

methylacetonyl)-p-

CIPAC No 640

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 October 2003 shall be taken into

toluamide

account.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as herbicide and sprout suppression may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on chlorpropham, and in particular

Chlorpropham

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

Isopropyl 3-chloro-

1 February

31 January

CAS No 101-21-3

975 g/kg

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 28 November 2003 shall be taken

phenylcarbamate

into account. In this overall assessment Member States should pay

CIPAC No 43

particular attention to the protection of operators, consumers and non-

target arthropods. Conditions of authorisation should include risk

mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Only uses as disinfectant may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

Benzoic acid

conclusions of the review report on benzoic acid, and in particular

CAS No 65-85-0

benzoic acid

990 g/kg

1 June 2004

31 May 2014

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

CIPAC No 622

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 28 November 2003 shall be taken

into account.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on flazasulfuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 28 November 2003 shall be taken

1-(4,6-

into account. In this overall assessment Member States

dimethoxypyr-

Flazasulfuron

—should pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

imidin-2-yl)-3-(3-

CAS No 104040-78-0

940 g/kg

1 June 2004

31 May 2014

contamination, when the active substance is applied in regions

trifluoromethyl-2-

CIPAC No 595

with vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions,

pyridylsulpho-

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic plants.

nyl)urea

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

The Member States shall inform the Commission in accordance with

regulation 13(3) on the specification of the technical material as

commercially manufactured.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

975 g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

The

manufac-

conclusions of the review report on pyraclostrobin, and in particular

turing

impurity

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

dimethylsulfate

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 28 November 2003 shall be taken

methyl N-(2-{[1-(4-

(DMS)

is

into account. In this overall assessment Member States

Pyraclostrobin

chlorophenyl)-1H-

condidered to be

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms,

CAS No 175013-18-0

pyrazol-3-yl]oxy-

1 June 2004

31 May 2014

especially fish,

of toxicological

CIPAC No 657

methyl}phenyl) N-

—should pay particular attention to the protection of terrestrial

concern and must

methoxy carbamate

arthropods and earthworms.

not exceed a

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

concentration of

The Member States shall inform the Commission in accordance with

0,0001 % in the

regulation 13(5) on the specification of the technical material as

technical product

commercially manufactured.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on quinoxyfen, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

Quinoxyfen

5, 7-dichloro-4 (ρ-

1 September

31 August

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 28 November 2003, shall be taken

CAS No 124495-18-7

fluorophenoxy)

970 g/kg

into account.

CIPAC No 566

quinoline

Member States should pay particular attention to the protection of

aquatic organisms. Risk mitigation measures must be applied and

monitoring programmes must be initiated in vulnerable zones where

appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name, identification,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Racemate comprising

(S)-a-

cyano-3

phenoxybenzyl-(1R)-

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

cis-3-(2,2-dichlor-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

ovinyl)-2,2-dimethyl-

conclusions of the review report on alpha-cypermethrin, and in particular

cyclopropane

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

carboxylate

Food Chain and Animal Health on 13 February 2004 shall be taken into

Alpha-cypermethrin

28 February

and

account. In this overall assessment

CAS No 67375-30-8

930 g/kg CIS-2

1 March 2005

(R)-a-

cyano-3

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

CIPAC No

organisms, bees and non-target arthropods and must ensure that the

phenoxybenzyl-(1S)-

conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation measures.

cis-3-(2,2-dichlor-

—Member States must pay particular attention to the operator safety

ovinyl)-2,2-dimethyl-

and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include

cyclopropane

appropriate protective measures.

carboxylate

(= cis-2 isomer pair

of cypermethrin)

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on benalaxyl, and in particular

Methyl N-phenyla-

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Benalaxyl

cetyl–N-2,

28 February

Food Chain and Animal Health on 13 February 2004 shall be taken into

CAS No 71626-11-4

960 g/kg

1 March 2005

6–xylyl–DL-

account. In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular

CIPAC No 416

attention to the potential for groundwater contamination, when the active

alaninate

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions. Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on bromoxynil, and in particular

Bromoxynil

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

3,5 dibromo–4-

28 February

CAS No 1689-84-5

970 g/kg

1 March 2005

Food Chain and Animal Health on 13 February 2004 shall be taken into

hydroxybenzonitrile

account. In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

CIPAC No 87

attention to the protection of birds and wild mammals, in particular if the

substance is applied in winter, and of aquatic organisms. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on desmedipham, and in particular

28 February Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 13 February 2004 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular

attention to the protection of aquatic organisms and earthworms. Risk

mitigation measures should be applied if appropriate

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on ioxynil, and in particular Appendices I

28 February and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health on 13 February 2004 shall be taken into account. In this

overall assessment Member States must pay particular attention to the

protection of birds and wild mammals in particular if the substance is

applied in winter and to aquatic organisms. Conditions of authorisation

should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on phenmedipham, and in particular

28 February Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 13 February 2004 shall be taken into

account. In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular

attention to the protection of aquatic organisms. Conditions of authorisation

should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Specific provisions

Only uses as fungicide for seed dressing in closed seed dressing machinery

may be authorised.

When granting authorisations, the conclusions of the review report on

Pseudomonas chlororaphis, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof,

as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal

Health on 30 March 2004 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment, Member States should pay particular attention to

the safety of operators and workers. Risk mitigation measures should be

applied where appropriate.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on mepanipyrim, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 30 March 2004 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular attention to

the protection of aquatic organisms. Risk mitigation measures should be

applied where appropriate.

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on Acetamiprid, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 29 June 2004 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to worker exposure,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

1991L0414

Specific provisions

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on Thiacloprid, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 29 June 2004 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment Member States

—should pay particular attention to the protection of non-target arthropods,

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms,

—should pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

contamination, when the active substance is applied in regions with

vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

When granting authorisations, the conclusions of the review report on

31 March 2015 Ampelomyces quisqualis, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health

on 8 October 2004 shall be taken into account.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on imazosulfuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

31 March 2015 Food Chain and Animal Health on 8 October 2004 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular attention

to the protection of aquatic and terrestrial non-target plants. Risk mitigation

measures should be applied where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Only uses as elicitor of the crop's self-defence mechanisms may be

(1›3)-ß-D-glucan

authorised.

(according

to

Laminarin

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

IUPAC-IUB Joint

=860 g/kg on dry

CAS No: 9008-22-4

1 April 2005

31 March 2015

conclusions of the review report on laminarin, and in particular

matter

Commission

on

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

CIPAC No: 671

Biochemical Nomen-

Food Chain and Animal Health on 8 October 2004 shall be taken into

clature)

account.

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on methoxyfenozide, and in particular

Methoxyfenozide

N-tert-Butyl-N’-(3-

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 8 October 2004 shall be taken into

CAS No: 161050-58-4

methoxy-o-toluoyl)-

=970 g/kg

1 April 2005

31 March 2015

account.

CIPAC No: 656

3,5-xylohydrazide

In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular attention

to the protection of terrestrial and aquatic non-target arthropods.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

Mixture of

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

(aRS, 1 S)-2-chloro-

conclusions of the review report on s-metolachlor, and in particular

N-(6-ethyl-o-tolyl)-

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

N-(2-methoxy-1-

S-metolachlor

Food Chain and Animal Health on 8 October 2004 shall be taken into

methylethyl)ace-

CAS No: 87392-12-9

account.

tamide (80-100 %)

(S-isomer)

=960 g/kg

1 April 2005

31 March 2015

In this overall assessment Member States

and

178961-20-1 (R-isomer)

—should pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

(aRS, 1 R)-2-chloro-

contamination, particularly of the active substance and its metabolites

CIPAC No: 607

N-(6-ethyl-o-tolyl)-

CGA 51202 and CGA 354743, when the active substance is applied in

N-(2-methoxy-1-

regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions,

methylethyl)ace-

—should pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic plants.

tamide (20-0 %)

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Gliocladium

cate-

When granting authorisations, the conclusions of the review report on

nulatum

Gliocladium catenulatum, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof,

Strain: J1446

as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal

Culture collection No

Not applicable

1 April 2005

31 March 2015

Health on 30 March 2004 shall be taken into account.

DSM 9212

In this overall assessment, Member States should pay particular attention

CIPAC No

to the protection of operators and workers. Risk mitigation measures

Not allocated

should be applied where appropriate.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

Only uses as acaricide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on etoxazole, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

31 May 2015 Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2004 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular attention

to the protection of aquatic organisms.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on tepraloxydim, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

31 May 2015 Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 December 2004 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment, Member States should pay particular attention

to the protection of terrestrial non-target arthropods.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on chlorothalonil, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 February 2005 shall be taken into

28 February account.

In this overall assessment Members States must pay particular attention to

the protection of

—aquatic organisms,

—groundwater, in particular with regards to the active substance and its

metabolites R417888 and R611965 (SDS46851), when the substance is

applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climate conditions.

Conditions of use should include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on chlorotoluron, and in particular

28 February Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 February 2005 shall be taken

into account. In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to the protection of groundwater, when the active

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climate

conditions. Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on cypermethrin, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

28 February the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 February 2005 shall be taken

into account. In this overall assessment

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

aquatic organisms, bees and non-target arthropods. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate,

—Member States must pay particular attention to the operator safety.

Conditions of authorisation should include protective measures,

where appropriate

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

990 g/kg

Only uses as growth regulator in non-edible crops may be authorised

Impurities

PART B

—N-nitrosodi-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

methylamine

Daminozide

conclusions of the review report on daminozide, and in particular

not more than

N-dimethylaminosuc-

28 February

CAS No 1596-84-5

1 March 2006

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

cinamic acid

2,0 mg/kg

CIPAC No 330

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 February 2005 shall be taken

—1,1-dimethyl-

into account. In this overall assessment Member States must pay

hydrazide

particular attention to the safety of operators and workers after re-entry.

not more than

Conditions of authorisation should include protective measures, where

30 mg/kg

appropriate

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised

PART B

Thiophanate-methyl

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

Dimethyl

4,4’-(o-

(unstated

stereo-

conclusions of the review report on thiophanate-methyl , and in

28 February

chemistry)

phenylene)bis(3-

950 g/kg

1 March 2006

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

CAS No 23564-05-8

thioallophanate)

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 February 2005

shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment Member States

CIPAC No 262

must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic organisms,

earthworms and other soil macro-organisms. Conditions of authorisation

should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

2-[4-methoxy-6-

Tribenuron

g/kg

conclusions of the review report on tribenuron , and in particular

methyl-1,3,5-triazin-

CAS No 106040-48-6

(expressed

as

28 February

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

2-yl(methyl)carba-

1 March 2006

(tribenuron)

tribenuron-

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 February 2005 shall be taken

moylsulfamoyl]-

into account. In this overall assessment Member States must pay

CIPAC No 546

methyl)

benzoic acid

particular attention to the protection of non-target terrestrial plants,

higher aquatic plants and groundwater in vulnerable situations.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation measures,

where appropriate.

Common

name,

identification

Expiration of

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on MCPA, and in particular Appendices

I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

MCPA

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2005 shall be taken

4-chloro-o-tolylox-

CAS No 94-74-6

=930 g/kg

1 May 2006

30 April 2016

into account

yacetic acid

CIPAC No 2

Member States should pay particular attention to the potential for

groundwater contamination, when the active substance is applied in

regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

organisms and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include

risk mitigation measures, where appropriate, such as buffer zones

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on MCPB, and in particular Appendices

I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

MCPB

4-(4-chloro-o-toly-

Chain and Animal Health on 15 April 2005 shall be taken into account

CAS No 94-81-5

=920 g/kg

1 May 2006

30 April 2016

loxy)butyric acid

Member States should pay particular attention to the potential for

CIPAC No 50

groundwater contamination, when the active substance is applied in

regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

organisms and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include

risk mitigation measures, where appropriate, such as buffer zones

1991L0414

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as acaricide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing bifenazate for uses other than on ornamental plants in

Bifenazate

Isopropyl 2-(4-meth-

30 November greenhouses, Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria

1 December

=950 g/kg

CAS No 149877-41-8

oxybiphenyl-3-yl)hy-

in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

CIPAC No 736

drazinoformate

information is provided before such an authorization is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on bifenazate, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 June 2005 shall be taken into

account.

M.A 3

(10E,14E,16E,22Z)-

(1R,4S,5’S,6R,6’R,8-

R,13R,20R,21R,24-

S)-21,24-dihydroxy-

5’,6’,11,13,22-penta-

methyl-3,7,19-trioxa-

tetracyclo[15.6.1.1 4,8 .0

PART A

20,24

]

Only uses as acaricide or insecticide may be authorised.

Milbemectin

pentacosa-

PART B

10,14,16,22-tetraene-

Milbemectin is

a

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

6-spiro-2’-tetrahy-

mixture of M.A 3 and

conclusions of the review report on milbemectin, and in particular

dropyran-2-one

M.A 4

1 December

30 November

=950 g/kg

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on

M.A 4

CAS No

the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 June 2005 shall be taken into

(10E,14E,16E,22Z)-

M.A 3 : 51596-10-2

account.

(1R,4S,5’S,6R,6’R,8-

M.A 4 : 51596-11-3

In this overall assessment Member States should pay particular attention

R,13R,20R,21R,24-

CIPAC No 660

to the protection of aquatic organisms.

S)-6’-ethyl-21,24-

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

dihydroxy-

5’,11,13,22-tetra-

methyl-3,7,19-trioxa-

tetracyclo[15.6.1.

1 4,8 0 20,24 ] pentacosa-

10,14,16,22-tetraene-

6-spiro-2’-tetrahy-

dropyran-2-one

1991L0414

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

=970 g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

The

impurity

the conclusions of the review report on chlorpyrifos, and in

O,O,O,O-

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

tetraethyl dithio-

Chlorpyrifos

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 June 2005

pyrophosphate

CAS No

O,O-diethyl-O-3,5,6-

shall be taken into account.

(Sulfotep)

was

2921-88-2

trichloro-2-pyridyl

1 July 2006

30 June 2016

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

considered

of

CIPAC No

phosphorothioate

birds, mammals, aquatic organisms, bees and non-target arthropods

toxicological

and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include risk

concern and a

mitigation measures, where appropriate, such as buffer zones.

maximum level

Member States shall request the submission of further studies to

of 3 g/Kg is

confirm the risk assessment for birds and mammals. They shall

established.

ensure that the notifiers at whose request chlorpyrifos has been

included in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission

within two years from the entry into force of Directive 72/2005.

=960 g/kg

PART A

The

impurities

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

O,O,O,O-tetra-

PART B

methyl dithiopyr-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

ophosphate

the conclusions of the review report on chlorpyrifos-methyl, and in

(Sulfotemp) and

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

OOO-trimethyl-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 June 2005

Chlorpyrifos-methyl

O-(3,5,6-trichloro-

shall be taken into account.

O,O-dimethyl-O-

CAS No

2-pyridinyl)

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

3,5,6-trichloro-2-

5598-13-0

1 July 2006

30 June 2016

diphosphorodi-

birds, mammals, aquatic organisms, bees and non-target arthropods

pyridyl

phosphor-

CIPAC No

thioate (Sulfotemp

and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include risk

othioate

mitigation measures, where appropriate, such as buffer zones.

- ester) were

Member States shall request the submission of further studies to

considered

of

confirm the risk assessment for birds and mammals in case of

toxicological

outdoor uses.

concern and a

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request chlorpyrifos-

maximum level

methyl has been included in this Schedule provide such studies to

of 5 g/Kg is

the Commission within two years from the entry into force of

established

for

Directive 72/2005.

each impurity.

1991L0414

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on maneb, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 June 2005 shall be taken

into account.

Member States must pay particular attention to the potential for

groundwater contamination when the active substance is applied in

regions with vulnerable soils and/or extreme climatic conditions.

30 June 2016 Member States must pay particular attention to the residues in food

and evaluate the dietary exposure of consumers.

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

birds, mammals, aquatic organisms and non-target arthropods and

ensure that the conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation

measures.

Member States shall request the submission of further studies to

confirm the risk assessment for birds and mammals and for

developmental toxicity.

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request maneb has been

included in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission

within two years from the entry into force of Directive72/2005.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on mancozeb, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

30 June 2016 on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 June 2005 shall be taken

into account.

Member States must pay particular attention to the potential for

groundwater contamination when the active substance is applied in

regions with vulnerable soils and/or extreme climatic conditions.

Member States must pay particular attention to the residues in food

and evaluate the dietary exposure of consumers.

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

birds, mammals, aquatic organisms and non-target arthropods and

ensure that the conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation

measures.

Member States shall request the submission of further studies to

confirm the risk assessment for birds and mammals and for

developmental toxicity. They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose

request mancozeb has been included in this Schedule provide such

studies to the Commission within two years from the entry into

force of Directive 72/2005..

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the

conclusions of the review report on metiram, and in particular

=840 g/kg

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

The

manufac-

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 3 June 2005 shall be taken

turing

impurity

into account.

ethylene thiourea

Metiram

Zinc

ammoniate

Member States must pay particular attention to the potential for

is considered to

CAS No

ethylenebis(dithiocar-

ground water contamination when the active substance is applied in

9006-42-2

bamate)—poly[-

be of toxico-

1 July 2006

30 June 2016 regions with vulnerable soils and/or extreme climatic conditions.

CIPAC No

ethylenebis(thiuram-

logical concern

Member States must pay particular attention to the residues in food

disulfide)]

and must not

and evaluate the dietary exposure of consumers.

exceed 0,5 % of

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

birds, mammals, aquatic organisms and non target arthropods and

the

metiram

must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include risk

content.

mitigation measures.

Member States shall request the submission of further studies to

confirm the risk assessment for birds and mammals. They shall

ensure that the notifiers at whose request metiram has been included

in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission within two

years from the entry into force of Directive 72/2005..

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as nematicide and insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on oxamyl, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 July 2005 shall be

taken into account. In this overall assessment,

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

birds and mammals, earthworms, aquatic organisms, surface water,

and groundwater in vulnerable situations.

31 July 2016 Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation measures,

where appropriate.

—Member States must pay particular attention to the operator

safety.

Conditions of authorisation should include protective measures,

where appropriate.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for ground water

contamination in acidic soils, birds and mammals and earthworms.

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request oxamyl has

been included in this Schedule provide such studies to the

Commission within two years from the entry into force of Directive

16/2006.

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator for post harvest storage in

sealable warehouse may be authorised.

PART B

31 March 2016 For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on 1-methylcyclopropene, and

in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 September

2005 shall be taken into account.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing forchlorfenuron for uses other than in kiwi plants,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorization is granted.

March For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on forchlorfenuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 September 2005 shall

be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to the potential for groundwater contamination, when the

active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climatic conditions.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI, the

conclusions of the review report on indoxacarb, and in particular

March Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 September 2005 shall

be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to the protection of aquatic organisms.

Conditions of use should include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as rodenticide in the form of pre-prepared bait, if

appropriate, placed in specially constructed hoppers, are authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

30 September the conclusions of the review report on warfarin, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereto, as finalised in the Standing Committee

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 September 2005, shall

be taken into account. In this overall assessment Member States

should pay particular attention to the protection of operators, birds

and non-target mammals.

Risk mitigation measures should be applied where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on tolylfluanid, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 September

2005 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

30 September —must pay particular attention to the protection of herbivorous

mammals, aquatic organisms and non-target arthropods (other than

bees). Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate,

—must must pay particular attention to the residues in food and

evaluate the dietary exposure of consumers.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for herbivorous

mammals (long term risk). They shall ensure that the notifiers at

whose request tolylfluanid has been included in this Schedule

provide such studies to the Commission within two years from the

entry into force of Directive 06/2006.

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on clothianidin, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

(E)-1-(2-chloro-1,3-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 27 January

Clothianidin

thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-

2006 shall be taken into account.

CAS No 210880-92-5

=960 g/kg

1 August 2006

31 July 2016

3-methyl-2-nitrogua-

In this overall assessment Member States

CIPAC No 738

nidine

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater,

when the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable

soil and/or climate conditions,

—must pay particular attention to the risk to granivorous birds

and mammals when the substance is used as a seed dressing.

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on pethoxamid, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 27 January

2006 shall be taken into account.

2-chloro-N-(2-ethox-

Pethoxamid

In this overall assessment Member States

yethyl)-N-(2-methyl-

CAS No 106700-29-2

=940 g/kg

1 August 2006

31 July 2016 —must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater,

1-phenylprop-1-enyl)

CIPAC No 655

when the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable

acetamide

soil and/or climate conditions,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of the aquatic

environment, in particular higher aquatic plants.

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

The Member States shall inform the Commission in accordance

with regulation 13(3) on the specification of the technical material

as commercially manufactured.

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

(R)-2-[4-(5-chloro-3-

=

g/kg

PART B

Clodinafop

fluoro- 2

pyri-

(expressed

as

1 February

31 January

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

CAS No 114420-56-3

dyloxy)-phenoxy]-

clodinafop-

the conclusions of the review report on clodinafop, and in

CIPAC No 683

propionic acid

propargyl)

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 27 January

2006 shall be taken into account.

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on pirimicarb, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 27 January

2006 shall be taken into account.

Member States must pay particular attention to the safety of

2-dimethylamino-

operators and ensure that conditions of use prescribe the

Pirimicarb

5,6-dimethylpyr-

1 February

31 January

application of adequate personal protective equipment.

CAS No 23103-98-2

=950 g/kg

imidin-4-yl dimethyl-

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

CIPAC No 231

carbamate

aquatic organisms and must ensure that the conditions of

authorisation include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate,

such as buffer zones.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the long term risk assessment for birds

and for potential groundwater contamination, in particular

concerning metabolite R35140. They shall ensure that the

notifiers at whose request pirimicarb has been included in this

Schedule provide such studies to the Commission within two

years from the entry into force of Directive 39/2006.

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

Rimsulfuron

1-(4-6 dimethoxypyr-

the conclusions of the review report on rimsulfuron, and in

=

g/kg

CAS No 122931-48-0

imidin-2-yl)-3-(3-

1 February

31 January

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

(expressed

as

(rimsulfuron)

ethylsulfonyl-2-pyri-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 27 January

rimsulfuron)

2006 shall be taken into account.

CIPAC No 716

dylsulfonyl) urea

Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

non target plants and groundwater in vulnerable situations.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

O-2,6-dichloro-p-

containing tolclofos-methyl for uses other than pre-planting tuber

tolyl O,O-dimethyl

(seed) treatment in potato and soil treatment in lettuce within

Tolclofos-methyl

phosphorothioate

greenhouses, Member States shall pay particular attention to the

1 February

31 January

CAS No 57018-04-9

O-2,6-dichloro-4-

=960 g/kg

criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary

CIPAC No 479

methylphenyl O,O-

data and information is provided before such an authorisation is

granted.

dimethyl phosphor-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

othioate

the conclusions of the review report on tolclofos-methyl, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 27 January

2006 shall be taken into account.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

(±)-(E)-5-(4-chloro-

containing triticonazole for uses other than seed treatment,

benzylidene)-2,2-

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

Triticonazole

dimethyl-1-(1H-

1 February

31 January

regulation 4(1) (b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

CAS No 131983-72-7

=950 g/kg

1,2,4-triazol-1-

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

CIPAC No 652

ylmethyl)cyclo-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on triticonazole, and in

pentanol

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 27 January

2006 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

Member States

Expiration of

Common

name,

identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

—must pay particular attention to the operator safety. Conditions

of authorisation should include protective measures, where

appropriate,

—must pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

contamination, in particular from the highly persistent active

substance and its metabolite RPA 406341, in vulnerable zones,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of granivorous

birds (long term risk).

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for granivorous

birds. They shall ensure that the notifier at whose request

triticonazole has been included in this Schedule provide such

studies to the Commission within two years from the entry into

force of Directive 39/2006.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing dimoxystrobin for indoor uses, Member States shall

pay particular attention to the criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and

shall ensure that any necessary data and information is provided

before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

(E)-o-(2,5-dimethyl-

the conclusions of the review report on dimoxystrobin, and in

Dimoxystrobin

phenoxymethyl)-2-

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

30 September

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 27 January

CAS No 149961-52-4

methoxyimino-N-

=980 g/kg

1 October 2006

2006 shall be taken into account.

CIPAC No 739

methylphenylace-

In this overall assessment Member States

tamide

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater,

when the active substance is applied in a situation with a low crop

interception factor, or in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climate conditions;

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

organisms.

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

—a refined risk assessment for birds and mammals considering

the

formulated active substance;

—a comprehensive aquatic risk assessment considering the high

chronic risk to fish and the effectiveness of potential risk

mitigation measures, particularly taking into account run-off and

drainage.

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request

dimoxystrobin has been included in this Schedule provide such

studies to the Commission within two years from the entry into

force of Directive 75/2006.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing clopyralid for uses other than spring applications,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

regualtion 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on clopyralid, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Clopyralid

3,6-dichloropyridine-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 April

CAS No 1702-17-6

=950 g/kg

1 May 2007

30 April 2017

2-carboxylic acid

2006 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

CIPAC No 455

Member States must pay particular attention to

—the protection of non target plants and groundwater under

vulnerable conditions. Conditions of authorisation should include

risk mitigation measures and monitoring programmes should be

initiated to verify potential groundwater contamination in

vulnerable zones, where appropriate.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the results on animal metabolism. They

shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request clopyralid has been

included in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission

within two years from the entry into force of Directive 64/2006.

1991L0414

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on cyprodinil, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 April 2006

shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment Member

States

(4-cyclopropyl-6-

—must pay particular attention to the safety of operators and

Cyprodinil

April ensure that conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

methyl-pyrimidin-

CAS No 121522-61-2

=980 g/kg

1 May 2007

2-

personal protective equipment,

CIPAC No 511

yl)-phenyl-amine

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds, mammals

and aquatic organisms. Conditions of authorisation should include

risk mitigation measures, such as buffer zones.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for birds and

mammals and for possible presence of residues of metabolite CGA

304075 in food of animal origin. They shall ensure that the

notifiers at whose request cyprodinil has been included in this

Schedule provide such studies to the Commission within two years

from the entry into force of Directive 64/2006.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on fosetyl, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 April 2006

shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment Member

= 960

Fosetyl

Ethyl

States must pay particular attention to the protection of birds,

April

g/kg

CAS No 15845-66-6

hydrogen

1 May 2007

mammals, aquatic organisms and non-target arthropods.

(expressed

as

CIPAC No 384

phosphonate

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

fosetyl-Al)

measures, where appropriate, such as buffer zone.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for non-target

arthropods, in particular with regard to in-field recovery, and for

herbivorous mammals. They shall ensure that the notifier at whose

request fosetyl has been included in this Schedule provide such

studies to the Commission within two years from the entry into

force of Directive 64/2006.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

4-(cyclopropyl-

the conclusions of the review report on trinexapac, and in

hydroxymethylene

= 940g/kg

Trinexapac

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

April

)-

(expressed as

CAS No 104273-73-6

1 May 2007

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 April 2006

3,5-dioxo-

trinexapac-

CIPAC No 732

shall be taken into account.

cyclohex-

ethyl)

In this overall assessment Member States

anecarboxylic acid

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds and

mammals.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on dichlorprop-P, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 May 2006

shall be taken into account.

(R)-2-(2,4-

In this overall assessment Member States

Dichlorprop-P

dichloro-

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds,

31 May 2017 mammals, aquatic organisms and non-target plants. Conditions of

CAS No 15165-67-0

phenoxy)

=900 g/kg

1 June 2007

CIPAC No 476

propanoic

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where

acid

appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the results on animal metabolism and the

risk assessment on acute and short-term exposure for birds and on

acute exposure for herbivorous mammals.

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request dichlorprop-P

has been included in this Schedule provide such studies to the

Commission within two years of the entry into force of Directive

74/2006.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Part A

Only uses as fungicide and plant growth regulator may be

authorised.

Part B

(1RS,5RS:1RS,5S

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

R)-

the conclusions of the review report on metconazole, and in

5-(4-

Metconazole

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

chlorobenzyl)-

CAS No 125116-23-6

=940 g/kg

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 May 2006

2,2-dimethyl-1-

31 May 2017 shall be taken into account.

(sum ofcis-and

(unstated

stereo-

1 June 2007

(1H-

chemistry)

trans-isomers)

In this overall assessment

1,2,4-triazol-1-

CIPAC No 706

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection of

ylmethyl)

aquatic organisms, birds and mammals. Conditions of

cyclo-

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where

pentanol

appropriate,

—Member States must pay particular attention to the operator

safety. Conditions of authorisation should include protective

measures, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

=975 g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

(themanufac-

the conclusions of the review report on pyrimethanil, and in

turing

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

impurity

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 May 2006

cyanamide is

shall be taken into account.

N-(4,6-

considered to

In this overall assessment Member States

Pyrimethanil

dimethylpyr-

be

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

31 May 2017

CAS No 53112-28-0

1 June 2007

imidin-2-yl)

of toxicological

organisms. Conditions of authorisation should include risk

CIPAC No not allocated

aniline

concern

and

mitigation measures, where appropriate, such as buffer zones,

must

—must pay particular attention to the operator safety and ensure

not exceed

that conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

0,5 g/kg in the

personal protective equipment.

technical

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

material)

further studies to confirm the risk assessment to fish. They shall

ensure that the notifiers at whose request pyrimethanil has been

included in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission

within two years from the entry into force of Directive 74/2006.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

inclusion

numbers

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing triclopyr for uses other than spring applications in

pasture and grassland, Member States shall pay particular attention

to the criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any

necessary data and information is provided before such an

authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on triclopyr, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 May 2006

shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

=960 g/kg

Triclopyr

3,5,6-trichloro-2-

—must pay particular attention to the protection of groundwater

(as Triclopyr

31 May 2017 under vulnerable conditions. Conditions of authorisation should

CAS No 055335-06-3

pyridyloxyacetic

1 June 2007

butoxyethyl

CIPAC No 376

acid

include risk mitigation measures and monitoring programmes

ester)

should be initiated in vulnerable zones, where appropriate,

—must pay particular attention to the safety of operators and

ensure that conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

personal protective equipment,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds,

mammals, aquatic organisms and non-target plants. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the acute and long-term risk assessment

for birds and mammals and the risk to aquatic organisms from

exposure to the metabolite 6-chloro-2-pyridinol. They shall ensure

that the notifiers at whose request triclopyr has been included in

this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission within two

years from the entry into force of Directive 74/2006.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

3'-bromo-2,3,4,6'-

Metrafenone

the conclusions of the review report on metrafenone, and in

tetramethoxy-2',6-

1 February

31 January

CAS No: 220899-03-6

=940 g/kg

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

dimethylbenzo-

CIPAC No: 752

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 July

phenone

2006 shall be taken into account.

The Member States shall inform the Commission in accordance

with regulation 13(3) on the specification of the technical material

as commercially manufactured.

Bacillus subtilis

PART A

(Cohn 1872)

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Strain

QST

713,

PART B

identical with strain

1 February

31 January

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

Not applicable

AQ 713

the conclusions of the review report on Bacillus subtilis, and in

Culture collection No

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

NRRL B -21661

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 July

CIPAC

No

not

2006 shall be taken into account.

allocated

1991L0414

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Spinosyn A

(2R,3aS,5aR,5bS,9-

S,13S,14R,16aS,16b-

R)-2-(6-deoxy-2,3,4-

tri-O-methyl-a-L-

mannopyrano-

syloxy)-13-(4-

dimethylamino-

2,3,4,6-tetradeoxy-ß-

D-erythropyrano-

syloxy)-9-ethyl-

2,3,3a,5a,5b,6,7,9,10,1

PART A

1,12,13,14,15,16a,16b-

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

hexa- decahydro-14-

PART B

methyl-1H-8-oxacy-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

clododeca[b]as-

the conclusions of the review report on spinosad, and in particular

indacene-7,15-dione

Spinosad

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Spinosyn D

CAS No: 131929-60-7

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 July

(2S,3aR,5aS,5bS,9-

(Spinosyn A)

1 February

31 January

=850 g/kg

2006 shall be taken into account.

S,13S,14R,16aS,16b-

131929-63-0 (Spinosyn

In this overall assessment Member States

S)-2-(6-deoxy-2,3,4-

D)

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

tri-O-methyl-a-L-

CIPAC No: 636

organisms;

mannopyrano-

—must pay particular attention to the risk to earthworms when

syloxy)-13-(4-

the substance is used in glasshouses.

dimethylamino-

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

2,3,4,6-tetradeoxy-ß-

appropriate.

D-erythropyrano-

syloxy)-9-ethyl-

2,3,3a,5a,5b,6,7,9,10,

11,12,13,14,15,16a,16b

-hexa- decahydro-4,14-

dimethyl-1H-8-

oxacyclododeca[b]as-

indacene-7,15-dione

Spinosad

is

a

mixture of 50-95 %

spinosyn A and 5-

50 % spinosyn D

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on thiamethoxam, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 July

2006 shall be taken into account.

(E,Z)-3-(2-chloro-

In this overall assessment Member States

Thiamethoxam

thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-

1 February

31 January

—must pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

CAS No: 153719-23-4

5-methyl-

=980 g/kg

contamination, particularly of the active substance and its

CIPAC No: 637

[1,3,5]oxadiazinan-4-

metabolites NOA 459602, SYN 501406 and CGA 322704, when

ylidene-N-nitroamine

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil

and/or climatic conditions,

—must pay particular attention to the protection of aquatic

organisms,

—must pay particular attention to the long-term risk to small

herbivorous animals if the substance is used for seed treatment.

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

ŃM80

Number

Expiration of

Common

name,

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as nematicide applied by drip irrigation in greenhouses

with permanent structure may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on fenamiphos, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

(RS)-ethyl 4-

Fenamiphos

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 July

methylthio-m-tolyl

CAS No 22224-92-6

=940 g/kg

1 August 2007

31 July 2017 2006 shall be taken into account.

isopropyl-phosphora-

CIPAC No 692

In this overall assessment

midate

—Member States must pay particular attention to the protection

of aquatic organisms, soil non-target organisms and groundwater

in vulnerable situations.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures and monitoring programmes should be initiated to

verify potential groundwater contamination in vulnerable zones,

where appropriate.

=

g/kg

(technical

material—TC)

The

manufac-

turing impurities

MEPHA (Mono

PART A

2-chloroethyl

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

ester,

2-chlor-

PART B

Ethephon

oethyl phosphonic

2-chloroethyl-phos-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

CAS No 16672-87-0

acid) and 1,2-

1 August 2007

31 July 2017

phonic acid

the conclusions of the review report on ethephon, and in

CIPAC No 373

Dichloroethane

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

are of toxico-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 July

logical concern

2006 shall be taken into account.

and must not

exceed

respec-

tively 20 g/kg

and 0,5 g/kg in

the

technical

material.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide on the following crops may be authorised

cereals other than rice, maize, rape seed,

sugar beet, at rates not exceeding 200 g active substance per

hectare per application.

The following uses must not be authorised

—air application,

—knapsack and hand-held applications, neither by

amateur nor by professional users,

—home gardening.

Member States shall ensure that all appropriate risk mitigation

measures are applied. Particular attention must be paid to the

protection of

— aquatic organisms. An appropriate distance must be kept

between treated areas and surface water bodies. This distance

may depend on the application or not of drift reducing techniques

or devices,

—birds and mammals. Conditions of authorisation shall include

Bis(4-fluorophenyl)(-

risk mitigation measures, such as a judicious timing of the

Flusilazole

methyl) (1H-1,2.4-

30 June 2008 application and the selection of those formulations which, as a

CAS No 85509-19-9

925 g/kg

1 January 2007

triazol-1-ylmethyl)-

result of their physical presentation or the presence of agents that

CIPAC No 435

silane

ensure an adequate avoidance, minimise the exposure of the

concerned species,

—operators, who must wear suitable protective clothing, in

particular gloves, coveralls, rubber boots and face protection or

safety glasses during mixing, loading, application and cleaning of

the equipment, unless the exposure to the substance is adequately

precluded by the design and construction of the equipment itself

or by the mounting of specific protective components on such

equipment.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on flusilazole, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, shall be taken into

account.

Member States must ensure that the authorisation holders report

at the latest on 31 December of each year on incidences of

operator health problems.

Member States may require that elements, such as sales data and

a survey of use patterns, are provided so that a realistic picture of

the use conditions and the possible toxicological impact of

flusilazole can be obtained.

Member States shall request the submission of further studies to

address the potential endocrine disrupting properties of

flusilazole within two years after the adoption of the Test

Guidelines on endocrine disruption by the Organisation for

Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). They shall

ensure that the notifier at whose request flusilazole has been

included in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission

within two years of the adoption of the above test guidelines.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide on the following crops may be authorized

on cereals, rapeseed, sugar beet, maize at rates not exceeding

—0,25 kg active substance per hectare per application for cereals

and rapeseed,

—0,075 kg active substance per hectare per application for sugar

beet,

—0,1 kg active substance per hectare per application for maize.

The following uses must not be authorised

—air application,

—knapsack and hand-held applications neither by amateur nor by

professional users,

—home gardening.

Member States shall ensure that all appropriate risk mitigation

measures are applied. Particular attention must be paid to the

protection of

—aquatic organisms. An appropriate distance must be kept

Carbendazim (unstated

between treated areas and surface water bodies. This distance

Methyl

benzi

stereochemistry)

31 December may depend on the application or not of drift reducing techniques

midazol-2-ylcar-

980 g/kg

1 January 2007

CAS No 10605-21-7

or devices,

bamate

CIPAC No 263

—earthworms and other soil macro-organisms. Conditions of

authorisation shall include risk mitigation measures, such as the

selection of the most appropriate combination of numbers and

timing of application, rates of application, and, if necessary, the

degree of concentration of the active substance,

—birds and mammals. Conditions of authorisation shall include

risk mitigation measures, such as a judicious timing of the

application and the selection of those formulations which, as a

result of their physical presentation or the presence of agents that

ensure an adequate avoidance, minimise the exposure of the

concerned species,

—operators, who must wear suitable protective clothing, in

particular gloves, coveralls, rubber boots and face protection or

safety glasses during mixing, loading, application and cleaning

of the equipment, unless the exposure to the substance is

adequately precluded by the design and construction of the

equipment itself or by the mounting of specific protective

components on such equipment.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on carbendazim, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, shall be taken into

account. Member States must ensure that the authorisation

holders report at the latest on 31 December of each year on

incidences of operator health problems. Member States may

require that elements, such as sales data and a survey of use

patterns, are provided so that a realistic picture of the use

conditions and the possible toxicological impact of carbendazim

can be obtained.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide on the following crop may be authorised

—wine grapes at rates not exceeding 0,21 kg active substance per

hectare per application.

The following uses must not be authorised

—air application,

—knapsack and hand-held applications by amateur users,

—home gardening.

Member States shall ensure that all appropriate risk mitigation

measures are applied. Particular attention must be paid to the

2,6-dinitro-4-octyl-

protection of

phenyl

crotonates

—aquatic organisms. An appropriate distance must be kept

and

2,4-dinitro-6-

between treated areas and surface water bodies. This distance

Dinocap

octylphenyl

31 December may depend on the application or not of drift reducing techniques

CAS No 39300-45-3

crotonates in which

920 g/kg

1 January 2007

or devices,

(for isomer mixture)

octyl is a mixture of

—birds and mammals. Conditions of authorisation shall include

CIPAC No 98

1-methylheptyl, 1-

risk mitigation measures, such as a judicious timing of the

ethylhexyl and 1-

application and the selection of those formulations which, as a

result of their physical presentation or the presence of agents that

propylpentyl groups

ensure an adequate avoidance, minimise the exposure of the

concerned species,

—operators, who must wear suitable protective clothing, in

particular gloves, coveralls, rubber boots and face protection or

safety glasses during mixing, loading, application and cleaning of

the equipment, unless the exposure to the substance is adequately

precluded by the design and construction of the equipment itself

or by the mounting of specific protective components on such

equipment,

—workers, who must wear suitable protective clothing, in

particular gloves, if they must enter a treated area before the

specific re-entry period has expired. This re-entry period may not

be less than 24 hours.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on dinocap, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, shall be taken into account. Member

States must ensure that the authorisation holders report at the latest

on 31 December of each year on incidences of operator health

problems. Member States may require that elements, such as sales

data and a survey of use patterns, are provided so that a realistic

picture of the use conditions and the possible toxicological impact

of dinocap can be obtained.

Number

Expiration of

Common name, identification

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide can be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing captan for uses other than tomatoes Member States

shall pay particular attention to the criteria in regulation 4(1)(b),

and shall ensure that any necessary data and information is

provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on captan, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 29

=910 g/kg

September 2006 shall be taken into account.

Impurities

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

Perchloromethyl-

attention to

mercaptan

—the operators and workers safety. Authorised conditions of use

N-(trichloro-

(R005406): not

Captan

30 September must prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

methylthio)cyclohex-

more than 5 g/kg

1 October

CAS No 133-06-02

equipment and risk mitigation measures to reduce the exposure;

4-ene-1,2-dicar-

Folpet: not more

CIPAC No 40

—the dietary exposure of consumers in view of future revisions

boximide

than 10 g/kg

of Maximum Residue Levels;

Carbon

—the protection of groundwater under vulnerable conditions.

tetrachloride not

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

more than 0,1 g/

measures and monitoring programmes should be initiated in

Kg<

vulnerable zones, where appropriate;

—the protection of birds, mammals and aquatic organisms.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the long term risk assessment for birds

and mammals, as well as the toxicological assessment on

metabolites potentially present in groundwater under vulnerable

conditions. They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request

captan has been included in this Schedule provide such studies to

the Commission within two years from the entry into force of

Directive 05/2007.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide can be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing folpet for uses other than winter wheat Member States

shall pay particular attention to the criteria in regulation 4(1)(b),

and shall ensure that any necessary data and information is

provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on folpet, and in particular

=940 g/kg

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Impurities

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 29

Perchloromethyl-

September 2006 shall be taken into account.

mercaptan

Folpet

N-(trichloro-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

1 October

30 September

(R005406): not

CAS No 133-07-3

methylthio)phtha-

attention to

more than

CIPAC No 75

limide

—operators and workers safety. Authorised conditions of use

3,5 g/kg

must prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

Carbon tetra-

equipment;

chloride not more

—the dietary exposure of consumers in view of future revisions

than 4 g/kg

of Maximum Residue Levels;

—the protection of birds, mammals, aquatic and soil organisms.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for birds, mammals

and earthworms. They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose

request folpet has been included in this Schedule provide such

studies to the Commission within two years from the entry into

force of Directive 05/2007.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide and acaricide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing formetanate for uses other than in field tomatoes and

ornamental shrubs Member States shall pay particular attention to

the criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any

necessary data and information is provided before such an

authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on formetanate, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 29

September 2006 shall be taken into account.

3-dimethylamino-

Formetanate

30 September In this overall assessment Member States

methyleneamino-

1 October

CAS No 23422-53-9

=910 g/kg

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds,

phenyl methylcar-

CIPAC No 697

mammals, non-target arthropods and bees and must ensure that

bamate

the conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures;

—must pay particular attention to the operator safety and ensure

that conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

personal protective equipment;

—must pay particular attention to the dietary exposure of

consumers in view of future revisions of Maximum Residue

Levels.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for birds, mammals

and non-target arthropods. They shall ensure that the notifier at

whose request formetanate has been included in this Schedule

provide such studies to the Commission within two years from

the entry into force of Directive 05/2007.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as repellent in seed treatment, insecticide and

molluscicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing methiocarb for uses other than seed treatment in maize

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on methiocarb, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 29

September 2006 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

Methiocarb

4-methylthio-3,5-

1 October

30 September —must pay particular attention to the protection of birds,

CAS No 2032-65-7

xylyl

methylcar-

=980 g/kg

mammals and non-target arthropods and must ensure that the

CIPAC No 165

bamate

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures;

—must pay particular attention to the operator and bystander

safety and ensure that conditions of use prescribe the application

of adequate personal protective equipment;

—must pay particular attention to the dietary exposure of

consumers in view of future revisions of Maximum Residue

Levels.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for birds, mammals

and non-target arthropods, as well as to confirm the toxicological

assessment on metabolites potentially present in crops. They shall

ensure that the notifier at whose request methiocarb has been

included in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission

within two years from the entry into force of Directive 05/2007.

Number

Expiration of

Common name, identification

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Part A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

Part B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on dimethoate, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee

on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 24 November 2006

shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States

=950 g/kg

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds,

O,O-Dimethyl-S-(N-

Impurities

mammals, aquatic organisms and other non-target arthropods.

methylcarbamoyl-

—omethoate

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

Dimethoate

methyl) phosphoro-

not more than

1 October

30 September measures, where appropriate, such as buffer zones and reduction

CAS No 60-51-5

dithioate;

2-

2 g/kg

of run-off and drainage inputs to surface water;

CIPAC No 59

Dimethoxy-phosphi-

—isodimethoate

—must pay particular attention to the dietary exposure of

nothioylthio-N-

consumers;

not more than

methylacetamide

—must pay particular attention to the operator safety and ensure

3 g/kg

that conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

personal protective equipment.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for birds, mammals

and non-target arthropods, as well as to confirm the toxicological

assessment on metabolites potentially present in crops.

They shall ensure that the notifier at whose request dimethoate

has been included in this Schedule provides such studies to the

Commission within two years from the entry into force of

Directive 27/2005.

Number

Expiration of

Common name, identification

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Part A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Part B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on dimethomorph, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

(E,Z)4-[3-(4-chloro-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 24

Dimethomorph

phenyl)-3-(3,4-

1 October

30 September November 2006 shall be taken into account.

CAS No 110488-70-5

=965 g/kg

dimethoxyphenyl)a-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

CIPAC No 483

attention to

cryloyl]morpholine

—the operators and workers safety. Authorised conditions of use

must prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment;

—to the protection of birds, mammals and aquatic organisms.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

Part A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

Part B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing glufosinate for uses other than in apple orchards,

notably as regards the operator and consumer exposure, Member

States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in regulation

4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and information

is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

ammonium(DL)-

the conclusions of the review report on glufosinate, and in

Glufosinate

homoalanin-4-

1 October

30 September particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

CAS No 77182-82-2

950 g/kg

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 24

yl(methyl)pho-

CIPAC No 437.007

November 2006 shall be taken into account. In this overall

sphinate

assessment Member States must pay particular attention to

—the operators, workers and bystanders safety. Conditions of

authorisation should include protective measures, where

appropriate;

—the potential for groundwater contamination, when the active

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions;

—the protection of mammals, non-target arthropods and non-

target plants. Conditions of authorisation should include risk

mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for mammals and

non-target arthropods in apple orchards. They shall ensure that the

notifier at whose request glufosinate has been included in this

Schedule provide such studies to the Commission within two years

from the entry into force of Directive 25/2007.

Part A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

Part B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing metribuzin for uses other than in post-emergence

selective herbicide in potatoes Member States shall pay particular

attention to the criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that

any necessary data and information is provided before such an

authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on metribuzin, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 24

Metribuzin

4-amino-6-tert-butyl-

1 October

30 September November 2006 shall be taken into account.

CAS No 21087-64-9

3-methylthio-1,2,4-

=910 g/kg

In this overall assessment Member States

CIPAC No 283

triazin-5(4H)-one

—must pay particular attention to the protection of algae, aquatic

plants, non-target plants outside the treated field and must ensure

that the conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate,

risk mitigation measures.

—must pay particular attention to the operator safety and ensure

that conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

personal protective equipment.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further data to confirm the risk assessment for groundwater. They

shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request metribuzin has

been included in this Schedule provide such studies to the

Commission within two years from the entry into force of

Directive 25/2007.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Part A

Only uses as insecticide and acaricide may be authorised.

Part B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on phosmet, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 24

November 2006 shall be taken into account.

=950 g/kg

In this overall assessment Member States

Impurities

O,O-dimethyl

S-

—must pay particular attention to the protection of birds,

—phosmet

phthalimidomethyl

mammals, aquatic organisms, bees and other non-target

Phosmet

oxon: not

phosphorodithioate;

1 October

30 September

arthropods. Conditions of authorisation should include risk

CAS No 732-11-6

more than

N-(dimethoxypho-

mitigation measures, where appropriate, such as buffer zones and

CIPAC No 318

0,8 g/kg

sphinothioylthiome-

reduction of run-off and drainage inputs to surface water,

—iso phosmet

thyl)phatalimide

—must pay particular attention to the operator safety and ensure

not

more

that conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

than 0,4 g/kg

personal and respiratory protective equipment.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for birds (acute

risk) and herbivorous mammals (long term risk). They shall

ensure that the notifier at whose request phosmet has been

included in this Schedule provides such studies to the

Commission within two years from the entry into force of

Directive 25/2007.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Part A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Part B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing propamocarb for uses other than foliar applications,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

regulation 4(1)(b), as regards worker exposure and shall ensure

that any necessary data and information is provided before such

an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

Propamocarb

Propyl 3-(dimethyla-

the conclusions of the review report on propamocarb, and in

1 October

30 September

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

CAS No 24579-73-5

mino)propylcar-

=920 g/kg

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 24

CIPAC No 399

bamate

November 2006 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

—the operators and workers safety. Conditions of authorisation

should include protective measures, where appropriate;

—the transfer of soil residues for rotating or succeeding crops;

—the protection of surface and groundwater in vulnerable zones;

—the protection of birds, mammals and aquatic organisms.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as nematicide and insecticide in soil application can be

authorised.

Authorisations should be limited to professional users.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing ethoprophos for uses other than potatoes not cultivated

for human or animal consumption, Member States shall pay

particular attention to the criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall

ensure that any necessary data and information is provided before

such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on ethoprophos, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 16 March

2007 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

ethoprophos

O-ethylS,S-dipropyl

1 October

30 September

attention to

CAS No: 13194-48-4

> 940 g/kg

phosphorodithioate

—the residues and evaluate the dietary exposure of consumers in

CIPAC No: 218

view of future revisions of Maximum Residue Levels,

—the operator safety. Authorised conditions of use must

prescribe the application of adequate personal and respiratory

protective equipment and other risk mitigation measures such as

the use of closed transfer system for the distribution of the

product,

—the protection of birds, mammals, aquatic organisms, surface

and groundwater under vulnerable conditions. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, such as

buffer zones and the achievement of complete incorporation of

granules in the soil.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the short and long term risk assessment

for birds and for earthworms eating mammals. They shall ensure

that the notifiers at whose request ethoprophos has been included

in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission within

two years from the entry into force of Directive 52/2007.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide for post-harvest storage can be

authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing pirimiphos-methyl for uses other than applications

with automated systems in empty cereals storehouses, Member

States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in regulation

4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and information

is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on pirimiphos-methyl, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

O-2-diethylamino-6-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 16 March

pirimiphos-methyl

methylpyrimidin-4-yl

1 October

30 September

2007 shall be taken into account.

CAS No: 29232-93-7

> 880 g/kg

O,O-dimethylpho-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

CIPAC No: 239

attention to

sphorothioate

—the operators safety. Authorised conditions of use must

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment including respiratory protective equipment and risk

mitigation measures to reduce the exposure,

—the dietary exposure of consumers in view of future revisions

of Maximum Residue Levels.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further

studies to confirm the operator exposure assessment. They shall

ensure that the notifiers at whose request pirimiphos-methyl has

been included in this Schedule provide such studies to the

Commission within two years from the entry into force of

Directive 52/2007.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide for use as seed treatment may be

authorised.

The seed coating shall only be performed in professional seed

treatment facilities. These facilities must apply the best available

techniques in order to ensure that the release of dust clouds

during storage, transport and application can be excluded.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on fipronil, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 16 March

2007 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to

(±)-5-amino-1-(2,6-

—the packaging of the marketed products to avoid the generation

dichloro-a,a,a-

Fipronil

of photo-degradation products of concern,

trifluoro-para-tolyl)-

1 October

30 September

CAS No: 120068-37-3

=950 g/kg

—the potential for groundwater contamination, especially from

4-trifluoromethylsul-

CIPAC No: 581

metabolites which are more persistent than the parent compound,

finylpyrazole-3-

when the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable

carbonitrile

soil and/or climatic conditions,

—the protection of granivorous birds and mammals, aquatic

organisms, non-target arthropods and honey bees,

—the use of adequate equipment ensuring a high degree of

incorporation in soil and a minimisation of spillage during

application.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for granivorous

birds and mammals, and honey bees, especially bee brood. They

shall ensure that the notifier at whose request fipronil has been

included in this Schedule provide such studies to the Commission

within one year from the entry into force of Directive 52/2007.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

Part A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

Part B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on beflubutamid, and in

30 November particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15 May

2007 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

Member States

—must pay particular attention to the risk to aquatic organisms.

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

Part A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

Part B

30 November For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report onSpodoptera exiguaNPV,

and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 15

May 2007 shall be taken into account.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on prosulfocarb, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 9 October

2007 shall be taken into account.

31 October

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

—the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use prescribe

the application of adequate personal protective equipment,

—the protection of aquatic organisms and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures such as buffer zone,

—the protection of non-target plants and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures such as an in-field no spray buffer zone.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing fludioxonil for uses other than seed treatment,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted

and

4-(2,2-difluoro-1,3-

Fludioxonil

—must pay particular attention to the potential for groundwater

benzodioxol-4-yl)-

CAS No 131341-86-1

950 g/kg

1 November 2008 31 October 2018 contamination, in particular from the soil photolysis metabolites

1H-pyrrole-3-carbo-

CGA 339833 and CGA 192155, in vulnerable zones,

CIPAC No 522

nitrile

—must pay particular attention to the protection of fish and

aquatic invertebrates.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on fludioxonil, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 9 October

2007 shall be taken into account.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on clomazone, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Clomazone

2-(2-chlorobenzyl)-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 9 October

1 November

31 October

2007 shall be taken into account.

CAS No 81777-89-1

4,4-dimethyl-1,2-

960 g/kg

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

CIPAC No 509

oxazolidin-3-one

attention to

—the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use prescribe

the application of adequate personal protective equipment,

—the protection of non-target plants and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures such as buffer zones.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

Part A

=910 g/kg

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

The

following

Part B

manufacturing

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

impurities are of

the conclusions of the review report on benthiavalicarb, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

toxicological

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 22 January

concern and each

[(S)-1-{[(R)-1-(6-

2008 shall be taken into account.

of them must not

fluoro-1,3-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

Benthiavalicarb

exceed a certain

benzothiazol-2-

31 July 2018 attention to the operator safety and the protection of non-target

CAS No 413615-35-7

amount in the

1 August 2008

yl)ethyl]carbamoyl}-

arthropods. Conditions of use shall include adequate risk

CIPAC No 744

technical material

2-methylpropyl]-

mitigation measures, where appropriate. In assessing applications

6,6'-difluoro-2,2'-

to authorise plant protection products containing benthiavalicarb

carbamic acid

dibenzothiazole

for uses other than in glasshouses, Member States shall pay

< 3,5 mg/kg

particular attention to the criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall

bis(2-amino-5-

ensure that any necessary data and information is provided before

fluorophenyl)

such an authorisation is granted.

disulfide: < 14

The Member States shall inform the Commission in accordance

with regulation 13(3) on the specification of the technical

mg/kg

material as commercially manufactured.

Part A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Part B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on boscalid, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 22 January

Boscalid

2-Chloro-N-(4'-chlor-

2008 shall be taken into account.

CAS No 188425-85-6

obiphenyl-2-yl)nico-

=960 g/kg

1 August 2008

31 July 2018

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

CIPAC No 673

tinamide

attention

—to the operator safety,

—to the long term risk to birds and soil organisms,

—to the risk of accumulation in soil if the substance is used in

perennial crops or in succeeding crops in crop rotation.

Conditions of use shall include adequate risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

Part A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

Part B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on carvone, and in particular

31 July 2018 Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 22 January

2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to the operator

safety. Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures,

where appropriate.

Part A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Part B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on fluoxastrobin, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 22 January

2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to

—the operator safety,in particular when handling the undiluted

concentrate. Conditions of use shall include adequate protective

measures, such as wearing a face shield,

—the protection of aquatic organisms. Risk mitigation measures

such as buffer zones shall be applied, where appropriate,

31 July 2018 —the levels of residues of the metabolites of fluoxastrobin, when

straw from treated areas is used as animal feeding stuff.

Conditions of use shall include restrictions for feeding to animals,

where appropriate,

—the risk of accumulation in the soil surface, if the substance is

used in perennial crops or in succeeding crops in crop rotation.

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.The concerned Member States shall request the

submission of

—data to allow a comprehensive aquatic risk assessment to be

made taking into account spray drift, run-off, drainage and the

effectiveness of potential risk mitigation measures,

—data on toxicity of non-rat metabolites if straw from treated

areas is to be used as feedstuff.

Expiration of

Common

name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

They shall ensure that the notifier at whose request fluoxastrobin

has been included in this Schedule provide such studies to the

Commission within two years from the entry into force of the

Directive of inclusion.

Part A

Only uses as nematicide may be authorised.

Part B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report onPaecilomyces lilacinus,

Paecilomyces lilacinus

and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

(Thom)

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 22

Samson 1974 strain 251

Not applicable

1 August 2008

31 July 2018 January 2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall

assessment Member States must pay particular attention to

(AGAL: No 89/030550)

—the operator safety (although there was no need to set an

CIPAC No 753

AOEL, as a general rule, microorganisms should be considered as

potential sensitisers),

—the protection of leaf dwelling non-target arthropods.

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

=970 g/kg

Part A

The

following

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

manufacturing

Part B

impurities are of

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

toxicological

the conclusions of the review report on prothioconazole, and in

concern and each

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

of them must not

(RS)-2-[2-(1-chloro-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 22 January

exceed a certain

cyclopropyl)-3-(2-

2008 shall be taken into account.

Prothioconazole

amount in the

chlorophenyl)-2-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

1 August 2008

31 July 2018

CAS No 178928-70-6

technical material

attention to

hydroxypropyl]-2,4-

CIPAC No 745

—Toluene

—the operator safety in spray applications. Conditions of use

dihydro-1,2,4-

< 5 g/kg

shall include adequate protective measures,

triazole-3-thione

—Prothioco-

—the protection of aquatic organisms. Risk mitigation measures

nazole-desthio

such as buffer zones shall be applied, where appropriate,

(2-(1-chloro-

—the protection of birds and small mammals. Risk mitigation

cyclo-

measures shall be applied, where appropriate.

propyl)1-(2-

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

chloro-

appropriate.

phenyl)-3-

Expiration of

Common

name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

The concerned Member States shall request the submission of

—information to allow the assessment of consumer exposure to

triazole metabolite derivatives in primary crops, rotational crops,

and products of animal origin,

—a comparison of the mode of action of prothioconazole and the

triazole metabolite derivatives to allow the assessment of the

(1,2,4-triazol-

toxicity resulting from the combined exposure to these

1-yl)-propan-

compounds,

2-ol): < 0,5 g/

—information to further address the long-term risk to granivorous

kg (LOD)

birds and mammals arising from the use of prothioconazole

as a seed treatment.

They shall ensure that the notifier at whose request

prothioconazole has been included in this Schedule provide such

studies to the Commission within two years from the entry into

force of the Directive of inclusion.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing amidosulfuron for uses other than meadows and

pasture, Member States shall pay particular attention to the

3-(4,6-dimethoxypyr-

criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary

imidin-2-yl)-1-(N-

data and information is provided before such an authorisation is

methyl-N-methyl-

granted. For the implementation of the uniform principles of

sulfonyl-aminosulfo-

Schedule VI, the conclusions of the review report on

Amidosulfuron

31 December amidosulfuron, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

nyl)urea

CAS No 120923-37-7

=970 g/kg

1 January 2009

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

or

CIPAC No 515

Animal Health on 22 January 2008 shall be taken into account. In

1-(4,6-dimethoxypyr-

this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

imidin-2-yl)-3-

attention to

mesyl(methyl) sulfa-

—the protection of groundwater due to a potential for

moylurea

groundwater contamination by some of the degradation products

when it is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions,

—the protection of aquatic plants. In relation to these identified

risks, risk mitigation measures, such as buffer zones, should be

applied where appropriate.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on nicosulfuron, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 22 January

2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to

31 December —the potential exposure of the aquatic environment to metabolite

DUDN when nicosulfuron is applied in regions with vulnerable

soil conditions,

—the protection of aquatic plants and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures such as buffer zones,

—the protection of non-target plants and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures such as an in-field no-spray buffer zone,

—the protection of groundwater and surface water under

vulnerable soil and climatic conditions.

PART A

Only uses as acaricide may be authorised.

PART B

31 December For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on clofentezine, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

31 December For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on dicamba, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the onclusions of the review report on difenoconazole, and in

31 December particular ppendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account. In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

—the protection of aquatic organisms.

Conditions of use shall include adequate risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on diflubenzuron, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

31 December

into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

—the protection of aquatic organisms,

—the protection of terrestrial organisms,

—the protection of non-target arthropods including bees.

Conditions of use shall include adequate risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

31 December For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on imazaquin, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

31 December For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on lenacil, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

31 December For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on oxadiazon, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

31 December For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on picloram, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

31 December the conclusions of the review report on pyriproxyfen, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account. In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to he protection of non-target arthropods

including bees. Conditions of use shall include adequate risk

mitigation measures, where appropriate.

Common

name,

Expiration of

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on bifenox, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 March

2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

=970 g/kg impu-

Member States must pay particular attention to

rities

—the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use prescribe

Bifenox

Methyl

5-(2,4-

max. 3 g/kg 2,4-

31 December the application of adequate personal protective equipment where,

CAS No 42576-02-3

dichlorophenoxy)-2-

1 January 2009

dichlorophenol

—the dietary exposure of consumers to bifenox residues in

CIPAC No 413

nitrobenzoate

products of animal origin and in succeeding rotational crops.

max. 6 g/kg 2,4-

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

dichloroanisole

—information on residues of bifenox and its metabolite hydroxy

bifenox acid in food of animal origin and on residues of bifenox

in rotational crops,

—information to further address the long-term risk to herbivorous

mammals arising from the use of bifenox.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such confirmatory

data and information to the Commission within two years from

the entry into force of Directive 66/2008.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on diflufenican, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

2',4'-difluoro-2-

Diflufenican

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 March

(a,a,a-trifluoro-m-

31 December

CAS No 83164-33-4

=970 g/kg

1 January 2009

2008 shall be taken into account.

tolyloxy) nicotina-

CIPAC No 462

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

nilide

attention to

—the protection of aquatic organisms. Risk mitigation measures

such as buffer zones shall be applied, where appropriate,

—the protection of non-target plants. Risk mitigation measures

such as an in-field no spray buffer zones shall be applied, where

appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name, identification

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on fenoxaprop-P, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 March

2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

(R)-2[4-[(6-chloro-2-

Fenoxaprop-P

attention to

benzoxazolyl)oxy]-

31 December

CAS No 113158-40-0

=920 g/kg

1 January 2009

—the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use prescribe

phenoxy]-propanoic

the

CIPAC No 484

acid

application of adequate personal protective equipment,

—the protection of non target plants,

—the presence of the safener mefenpyr-diethyl in formulated

products as regards operator, worker and bystander exposure, the

persistence of the substance and of some of its degradation

products in colder zones and areas where anaerobic conditions

may occur.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

Expiration of

Specific provisions

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on fenpropidin, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 14 March

2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to

31 December —the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

use prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment,

—the protection of aquatic organisms and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures such as buffer zone.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

—information to further address the long-term risk to herbivorous

and insectivorous birds arising from the use of fenpropidin. They

shall ensure that the notifier provides such confirmatory data and

information to the Commission within two years from the entry

into force of Directive 66/2008.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing quinoclamine for uses other than ornamentals or

nursery plants, Member States shall pay particular attention to the

criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary

data and information is provided before such an authorisation is

granted. For the implementation of the uniform principles of

31 December Schedule VI, the conclusions of the review report on

quinoclamine, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

Animal Health on 14 March 2008 shall be taken into account. In

this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to the operator, worker and bystander safety and ensure

that conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

personal protective equipment, the protection of aquatic

organisms, the protection of birds and small mammals.

Conditions of use shall include adequate risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate

Expiration of

Common

name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide in application max. of 2,6 kg/ha only

every third year on the same field may be authorised.

PART B

920 g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

The

manufac-

the conclusions of the review report on chloridazon, and in

turing impurity 4-

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

amino-5-chloro-

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 4 December

Chloridazon

5-amino-4-chloro-2-

isomer

is

2007 shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

31 December

Member States must pay particular attention to

CAS No 1698-60-8

phenylpyridazin-

considered to be

1 January 2009

—the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use prescribe

CIPAC No 111

3(2H)-one

of toxicological

the application of adequate personal protective equipment,

concern and a

—the protection of aquatic organisms,

maximum level

—the protection of the groundwater, when the active substance is

of 60 g/kg is

applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions.

established.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures and monitoring programmes should be initiated to

verify potential groundwater contamination from metabolites B

and B1 in vulnerable zones, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

=960 g/kg

PART B

The

following

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

manufacturing

the conclusions of the review report on tritosulfuron, and in

impurity is of

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

toxicological

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 20 May

1-(4-methoxy-6-

concern and must

2008 shall be taken into account.

Tritosulfuron

trifluoromethyl-1,3,5-

not exceed a

1 December

30 November In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

CAS No 142469-14-5

triazin-2-yl)-3-(2-

certain amount in

attention to

CIPAC No 735

trifluoromethyl-

the

technical

—the potential for groundwater contamination, when the active

benzenesulfonyl)urea

material

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

2-Amino-4-

climatic

methoxy-6-

conditions,

(trifluormethyl)-

—the protection of aquatic organisms,

1,3,5-triazine

—the protection of small mammals.

<0,2 g/kg

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing flutolanil for uses other than potato tuber treatment,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

Regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

Flutolanil

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

28 February

α,α,α-trifluoro-3′-

1 March

CAS No 66332-96-5

≥ 975 g/kg

VI, the conclusions of the review report on flutolanil, and in

isopropoxy-otoluanilide

CIPAC No 524

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

20 May 2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall

assessment Member States must pay particular attention to

— the protection of groundwater, when the active substance is

applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions.

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

P ART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing benfluralin for uses other than lettuce and endive,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

Regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on benfluralin, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

20 May 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

≥ 960 g/kg

attention to

Benfluralin

N-butyl-N-ethyl-

Impurities

— the protection of the operators' safety. Authorised conditions

28 February

1 March

CAS No 1861-40-1

α,α,α-trifluoro-2,6-

— ethyl-butyl-

of use must prescribe the application of adequate personal

CIPAC No 285

dinitro-p-toluidine

nitrosamine

protective equipment and risk mitigation measures to reduce the

max. 0,1 mg/kg

exposure,

— the residues in food of plant and animal origin and evaluate

the dietary exposure of consumers,

— the protection of birds, mammals, surface waters and aquatic

organisms. In relation to these identified risks, risk mitigation

measures, such as buffer zones, should be applied where

appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies on rotational crops metabolism and to confirm

the risk assessment for metabolite B12 and for aquatic

organisms.

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request benfluralin

has been included in this Schedule provide such studies to the

Commission within two years from the entry into force of

Directive 108/2008

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing fluazinam for uses other than potatoes, Member

States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in Regulation

4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorization is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

≥ 960 g/kg

VI, the conclusions of the review report on fluazinam, and in

Impurities

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

5-chloro-N-(3-

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

3-chloro-N-(3-

chloro-5-

20 May 2008 shall be taken into account.

chloro-5-

trifluoromethyl-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

Fluazinam

trifluoromethyl-

1 March

28 February

2-pyridyl)-

attention to

CAS No 79622-59-6

2-pyridyl)-

α,α,α-trifluoro-

— the protection of the operators' and workers' safety.

CIPAC No 521

α,α,α-trifluoro-2, 6-

4,6-

Authorised conditions of use must prescribe the application of

dinitro-p-toluidine

dinitro-o-

adequate personal protective equipment and risk mitigation

toluidine

measures to reduce the exposure,

— not more than

— the residues in food of plant and animal origin and evaluate

2 g/kg

the dietary exposure of consumers,

— the protection of aquatic organisms. In relation to this

identified risk, risk mitigation measures, such as buffer zones,

should be applied where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the risk assessment for aquatic

organisms and soil macro-organisms. They shall ensure that the

notifiers at whose request fluazinam has been included in this

Schedule provide such studies to the Commission within two

years from the entry into force of Directive 108/2008.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing fuberidazole for uses other than seed dressing,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

Regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on fuberidazole, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Fuberidazole

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

2-(2′-

1 March

28 February

CAS No 3878-19-1

≥ 970 g/kg

20 May 2008 shall be taken into account.

furyl)benzimidazole

CIPAC No 525

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

— the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment,

— long-term risk to mammals and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures. In such case the use of adequate equipment

ensuring a high degree of incorporation in soil and a

minimisation of spillage during application should apply.

Conditions of use shall include adequate risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing mepiquat for uses other than in barley, Member

States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in Regulation

1,1-

4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

Mepiquat

dimethylpiperidinium

1 March

28 February

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

CAS No 15302-91-7

≥ 990 g/kg

chloride

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

CIPAC No 440

(mepiquat chloride)

VI, the conclusions of the review report on mepiquat, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

20 May 2008 shall be taken into account.

The Member States must pay particular attention to the residues

in food of plant and animal origin and evaluate the dietary

exposure of consumers.’

Expiration of

Common

name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide at rates not exceeding 0,5 kg/ha (areic

average) may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

the conclusions of the review report on diuron, and in particular

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Diuron

3-(3,4-dichloro-

1 October

30 September Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 11 July

CAS No: 330-54-1

phenyl)-1,1-

=930 g/kg

2008 shall be taken into account.

CIPAC No: 100

dimethylurea

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

—the operator safety where conditions of use shall prescribe the

use of personal protective equipment, if appropriate,

—the protection of aquatic organisms and non-target plants.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

Bacillus thuringiensis subsp.

PART B

aizawai

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

STRAIN: ABTS-1857

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Bacillus

Culture collection: No SD-

No

relevant

30 April

Not applicable

1 May 2009

thuringiensis subsp. Aizawai ABTS-1857 (SANCO/1539/2008)

1372,

impurities

and GC-91 (SANCO/1538/2008) and in particular Appendices I

STRAIN: GC-91

and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Culture collection: No NCTC

Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

11821

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common

name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

Bacillus thuringiensis subsp.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

israeliensis

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Bacillus

(serotype H-14)

No

relevant

30 April

Not applicable

1 May 2009

thuringiensis subsp. israeliensis (serotype H-14) AM65-52

STRAIN: AM65-52

impurities

(SANCO/1540/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

Culture

collection

No

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

ATCC-1276

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Bacillus thuringiensis subsp.

kurstaki

STRAIN: ABTS 351

PART A

Culture collection: No ATCC

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

SD-1275

PART B

STRAIN: PB 54

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Culture collection: No CECT

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Bacillus

No

relevant

30 April

thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki ABTS 351 (SANCO/1541/2008),

STRAIN: SA 11

Not applicable

1 May 2009

impurities

PB 54 (SANCO/1542/2008), SA 11, SA 12 and EG 2348

Culture collection: No NRRL

(SANCO/1543/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

B-30790

thereof, as finalized in the Standing Committee on the Food

STRAIN: SA 12

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Culture collection: No NRRL

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

B-30791

mitigation measures.

STRAIN: EG 2348

Culture collection: No NRRL

B-18208

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

Bacillus thuringiensis subsp.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Tenebrionis

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Bacillus

No

relevant

30 April

STRAIN: NB 176 (TM 14 1)

Not applicable

1 May 2009

thuringiensis subsp. tenebrionis NB 176 (SANCO/1545/2008)

impurities

Culture collection: No SD-

and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalized in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health

shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

Beauveria bassiana

PART B

STRAIN: ATCC 74040

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Culture collection: No ATCC

Max level

of

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Beauveria bassiana

30 April

74040

Not applicable

beauvericin

1 May 2009

ATCC

74040

(SANCO/1546/2008)

and

GHA

STRAIN: GHA

5 mg/kg

(SANCO/1547/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

Culture collection: No ATCC

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

74250

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

Contaminating

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

microorganisms

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Cydia pomonella

Cydia pomonella

30 April

Not applicable

(Bacillus

1 May 2009

Granulovirus (CpGV) (SANCO/1548/2008) and in particular

Granulovirus (CpGV)

cereus)

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

< 1 × 106 CFU/g

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

Lecanicillium muscarium

PART B

(formerly

Verticilium

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

lecanii)

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Lecanicillium

STRAIN: Ve 6

No

relevant

30 April

Not applicable

1 May 2009

muscarium

(formerly

Verticilium

lecanii)

Ve

Culture collection: No CABI

impurities

(SANCO/1861/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

(=IMI)

thereof, as finalized in the Standing Committee on the Food

268317,

CBS

102071,

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

ARSEF 5128

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Metarhizium anisopliae var.

anisopliae

PART A

(formerly

Metarhizium

Only uses as insecticide and acaricide may be authorised.

anisopliae)

PART B

STRAIN: BIPESCO 5/F52

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Culture collection: No M.a.

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Metarhizium

43; No 275-

No

relevant

30 April

anisopliae var. anisopliae (formerly Metarhizium anisopliae)

Not applicable

1 May 2009

86 (acronyms V275 or KVL

impurities

BIPESCO 5 and F52 (SANCO/1862/2008) and in particular

275); No

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

KVL 99-112 (Ma 275 or V

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

275); No

into account.

DSM 3884; No ATCC

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

90448; No ARSEF

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Phlebiopsis gigantea

STRAIN: VRA 1835

Culture collection: No ATCC

90304

STRAIN: VRA 1984

Culture

collection

No

DSM16201

STRAIN: VRA 1985

Culture collection: No DSM

16202

STRAIN: VRA 1986

Culture collection: No DSM

16203

STRAIN: FOC PG B20/5

Culture collection: No IMI

390096

PART A

STRAIN: FOC PG SP log 6

Culture collection: No IMI

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

390097

STRAIN: FOC PG SP log 5

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

No

relevant

30 April

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Phlebiopsis gigantea

Culture

collection

No

Not applicable

1 May 2009

IMI390098

impurities

(SANCO/1863/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

STRAIN: FOC PG BU 3

Culture collection: No IMI

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

390099

STRAIN: FOC PG BU 4

mitigation measures.

Culture collection: No IMI

390100

STRAIN: FOC PG 410.3

Culture collection: No IMI

390101

STRAIN

FOC

PG97/1062/116/1.1

Culture collection: No IMI

390102

STRAIN

FOC

PG

B22/SP1287/3.1

Culture collection: No IMI

390103

STRAIN: FOC PG SH 1

Culture collection: No IMI

390104

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

STRAIN

FOC

PG

B22/SP1190/3.2

Culture collection: No IMI

390105

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised

PART B

Pythium oligandrum

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

STRAINS: M1

No

relevant

30 April

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Pythium oligandrum

Not applicable

1 May 2009

Culture collection No ATCC

impurities

M1 (SANCO/1864/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

38472

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

Streptomyces K61 (formerly

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

S. griseoviridis)

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Streptomyces

No

relevant

30 April

STRAIN: K61

Not applicable

1 May 2009

(formerly

Streptomyces

griseoviridis)

impurities

Culture collection: No DSM

(SANCO/1865/2008), and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Trichoderma atroviride

PART A

(formerly T. harzianum)

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

STRAIN: IMI 206040

PART B

Culture collection No IMI

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

206040,

VI, the conclusions of the review reports on Trichoderma

ATCC 20476;

No

relevant

30 April

atroviride

(formerly

T.

harzianum)

IMI

206040

Not applicable

1 May 2009

STRAIN: T11

impurities

(SANCO/1866/2008)

and

T-11

(SANCO/1841/2008)

Culture collection: No

respectively, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

Spanish

type

culture

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

collection CECT

Animal Health shall be taken into account.

20498, identical with IMI

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

352941

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Trichoderma polysporum

PART B

STRAIN

Trichoderma

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

polysporum IMI

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Trichoderma

No

relevant

30 April

Not applicable

1 May 2009

206039

polysporum IMI 206039 (SANCO/1867/2008), and in particular

impurities

Culture collection No IMI

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

206039,

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

ATCC 20475

into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Trichoderma

harzianum

PART A

Rifai

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

STRAIN

PART B

Trichoderma harzianum T-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

22;

VI, the conclusions of the review reports on Trichoderma

No

relevant

30 April

Culture collection No ATCC

Not applicable

1 May 2009

harzianum T-22 (SANCO/1839/2008) and ITEM 908

impurities

20847

STRAIN

(SANCO/1840/208) respectively and in particular Appendices I

Trichoderma

harzianum

and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

ITEM 908;

Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Culture collection No CBS

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

118749

mitigation measures.

Trichoderma asperellum

(formerly T. harzianum)

STRAIN: ICC012

PART A

Culture collection No CABI

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

CC IMI

PART B

392716

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

STRAIN

Trichoderma

VI, the conclusions of the review reports on Trichoderma

asperellum

asperellum

(formerly

T.

harzianum)

ICC012

No

relevant

30 April

(formerly T. viride T25) T11

Not applicable

1 May 2009

(SANCO/1842/2008) and Trichoderma asperellum (formerly T.

impurities

Culture collection No CECT

viride T25 and TV1) T11 and TV1 (SANCO/1868/2008) and in

20178

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

STRAIN

Trichoderma

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health

asperellum

shall be taken into account.

(formerly T. viride TV1)

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

TV1

mitigation measures.

Culture collection No MUCL

43093

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Trichoderma

gamsii

PART B

(formerly T. viride)

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

STRAINS

No

relevant

30 April

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Trichoderma viride

ICC080

Not applicable

1 May 2009

impurities

(SANCO/1868/2008), and in particular Appendices I and II

Culture collection No IMI

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

CC number

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

392151 CABI

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

Verticillium albo-atrum

PART B

(formerly

Verticillium

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

dahliae)

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Verticillium albo-

STRAIN: Verticillium albo-

No

relevant

30 April

Not applicable

1 May 2009

atrum

(formerly

Verticillium

dahliae)

WCS850

atrum isolate

impurities

(SANCO/1870/2008), and in particular Appendices I and II

WCS850

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Culture collection No CBS

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

276.92

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

AvermectinB 1a

(10E,14E,16E,22Z)-

PART A

(1R,4S,5′S,6S,6′R,8R,12

Only uses as insecticide, acaricide.

S,13S,20R,21R,24S)-6′-

PART B

[(S)-sec-butyl]-21,24-

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

dihydroxy-

containing abamectin foruses other than citrus, lettuce and

5′,11.13,22-tetramethyl-

tomatoes, Member States shall pay particular attention to the

2-oxo-3.7,19-

criteria in regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary

trioxatetracyclo[

data and information are provided before such an authorisation

15.6.1.14,8

is granted.

020,24]pentacosa-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

10.14,16,22-tetraene-6-

VI, the conclusions of the review report on (abamectin), and in

spiro-2′-(5′,6′-dihydro-

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

2′Hpyran)-

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

12-yl 2,6-dideoxy-4-

11 July 2008 shall be

O-(2,6-dideoxy-3-O-

taken into account.In this overall assessment Member States

Abamectin

methyl-α-L-arabino-

must pay particular attention to

CAS No 71751-41-2

hexopyranosyl)-

— the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

avermectin B1a

3-O-methyl-α-L-

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

CAS No 65195-55-3

arabinohexopyranoside

1 May 2009

30 April 2019

equipment,

≥ 850 g/kg

Avermectin B1b

AvermectinB 1b

— the residues in food of plant origin and evaluate the dietary

CAS No 65195-56-4

(10E,14E,16E,22Z)-

exposure of consumers,

abamectin

(1R,4S,5′S,6S,6′R,8R,12

— the protection of bees, non-target arthropods, birds,

CIPAC No 495

S,13S,20R,21R,24S)-

mammals and aquatic organisms.

21,24-dihydroxy-6′-

In relation to these identified risks risk mitigation measures,

isopropyl-5′,11.13,22-

such as buffer zones, waiting periods, should be applied where

tetramethyl-2-

appropriate.

oxo-3.7,19-

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

trioxatetracyclo[

— further studies on the specification,

15.6.1.14,8

— information to further address the risk assessment for birds

020,24]pentacosa-

and mammals,

10.14,16,22-tetraene-6-

— information to address the risk to aquatic organisms with

spiro-2′-(5′,6′-dihydro-

respect to the major soil metabolites,

2′Hpyran)-

— information to address the risk to groundwater with respect

12-yl 2,6-dideoxy-4-

to the metabolite U8.

O-(2,6-dideoxy-3-O-

They shall ensure that the notifiers provide such studies to the

methyl-α-L-arabino-

Commission within two years from the entry into force of

hexopyranosyl)-

Directive 107/2008

3-O-methyl-α-L-

arabinohexopyranoside

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on epoxiconazole, and

in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalized in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

11 July 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

— the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment where appropriate,

— the dietary exposure of consumers to the epoxiconazole

(triazole) metabolites,

— the potential for long-range transport via air,

(2RS, 3SR)-1-[3-(2-

— the risk to aquatic organisms, birds and mammals.

Epoxiconazole

chlorophenyl)-2,3-

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

CAS No 135319-73-2

30 April 2019

epoxy-2-(4-

≥ 920 g/kg

1 May 2009

measures, where appropriate.

(formerly 106325-08-0)

fluorophenyl)propyl]-

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the notifier

CIPAC No 609

1H-1.2,4-triazole

submits to the Commission further studies addressing the

potential endocrine disrupting properties of epoxiconazole

within two years after the adoption of the OECD test guidelines

on endocrine disruption or, alternatively, of Community agreed

test guidelines.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the notifier

presents to the Commission not later than 30 June 2009 a

monitoring programme to assess the long-range atmospheric

transport of epoxiconazole and related environmental risks. The

results of this monitoring shall be submitted as a monitoring

report to the Commission by 31 December 2011 at the latest.

The concerned Member States shall ensure that the notifier

submits within two years from the entry into force of Directive

107/2008, at the latest, information on residues of

epoxiconazole metabolites in primary crops, rotational crops

and products of animal origin and information to further address

the long-term risk to herbivorous birds and mammals.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on fenpropimorph, and

in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalized in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

11 July 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

— the operators and workers safety. Authorised conditions of

use must prescribe the application of adequate personal

(RS)-cis-4-[3-(4-tert-

Fenpropimorph

protective equipment and risk mitigation measures to reduce the

butylphenyl)-

30 April 2019

CAS No 67564-91-4

≥ 930 g/kg

1 May 2009

exposure, such as restrictions of the daily work rate,

2-methylpropyl]-2,6-

CIPAC No 427

— the protection of the groundwater, when the active substance

dimethylmorpholine

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions,

— the protection of aquatic organisms. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate, such as buffer zones, reduction of run-off and drift

reduction nozzles.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to confirm the mobility in soil of the metabolite

BF-421-7. They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request

fenpropimorph has been included in this Schedule provide such

studies to the Commission within two years from the entry into

force of Directive 107/2008.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as acaricide may be authorised.

The following uses must not be authorised

— applications in high crops with a high risk of spray drift, for

example tractor mounted air-blast sprayer and hand-held

applications.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on fenpyroximate, and

in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalized in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

11 July 2008 shall be taken into account.

tert-butyl (E)-alpha-(1,3-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

Fenpyroximate

dimethyl-5-

attention to

30 April 2019

CAS No 134098-61-6

phenoxypyrazol-

> 960 g/kg

1 May 2009

— the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

CIPAC No 695

4-ylmethyleneamino-

use prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

oxy)-ptoluate

equipment,

— the impact on aquatic organisms and non-target arthropods

and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation include,

where appropriate, risk mitigation measures.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

information to further address

— the risk to aquatic organisms from metabolites containing the

benzyl moiety,

— the risk of biomagnification in aquatic food chains.

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request

fenpyroximate has been included in this Schedule provide such

information to the Commission within two years from the entry

into force of Directive 107/2008.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on tralkoxydim, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

11 July 2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall

assessment Member States must pay particular attention to

(RS)-2-[(EZ)-1-

— the protection of the groundwater, in particular from the soil

Tralkoxydim

(ethoxyimino)

metabolite R173642 when the active substance is applied in

30 April 2019

CAS No 87820-88-0

propyl]-3-hydroxy-5-

≥ 960 g/kg

1 May 2009

regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic conditions,

CIPAC No 544

mesitylcyclohex-2-en-1-

— the protection of herbivorous mammals.

one

Conditions of use shall include risk mitigation measures, where

appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

— information to further address the long-term risk to

herbivorous mammals arising from the use of tralkoxydim.

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request

tralkoxydim has been included in this Schedule provide such

information to the Commission within two years from the entry

into force of Directive 107/2008.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing aclonifen for uses other than sunflower, Member

States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in Regulation

4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on aclonifen, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

26 September 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

≥ 970 g/kg

attention to

The impurity

— the specification of the technical material as commercially

phenol is

manufactured must be confirmed and supported by appropriate

Aclonifen

of toxicological

analytical data. The test material used in the toxicity dossiers

2-chloro-6-nitro-3-

CAS No 74070-46-5

concern

1 August 2009

31 July 2019

should be compared and verified against this specification of the

phenoxyaniline

CIPAC No 498

and a maximum

technical material,

level of

— the protection of the operators safety. Authorised conditions

g/kg

is

of use must prescribe the application of adequate personal

established.

protective equipment and risk mitigation measures to reduce the

exposure,

— the residues in rotational crops and evaluate the dietary

exposure of consumers,

— the protection of birds, mammals, aquatic organisms and

non-target plants. In relation to these identified risks, risk

mitigation measures, such as buffer zones, should be applied

where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies on rotational crops residues and relevant

information to confirm the risk assessment for birds, mammals,

aquatic organisms and non-target plants.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such confirmatory da

and information to the Commission within two years from t

entry into force of Directive 116/2008.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

For the protection of non-target organisms, in particular honey

bees and birds, for use as seed treatment

— the seed coating shall only be performed in professional seed

treatment facilities. These facilities must apply the best

available techniques in order to ensure that the release of dust

clouds during storage, transport and application can be

excluded,

— adequate application equipment shall be used to ensure a

high degree of incorporation in soil, minimisation of spillage

and minimisation of dust clouds emission. Member States shall

ensure that the label of treated seed includes the indication that

the seeds were treated with imidacloprid and sets out the risk

mitigation measures provided for in the authorisation.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing imidacloprid for uses other than tomatoes in

glasshouses, Member States shall pay particular attention to the

(E)-1-(6-Chloro-3-

criteria in Regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any

Imidacloprid

August

pyridinylmethyl)-

necessary data and information is provided before such an

CAS No 138261-41-3

≥ 970 g/kg

31 July 2019

N-nitroimidazolidin-

authorisation is granted.

CIPAC No 582

2-ylideneamine

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on imidacloprid, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

26 September 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

— the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

use prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment,

— the impact on aquatic organisms, non-target arthropods,

earthworms, other soil macroorganisms and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures,

— the protection of honey bees, in particular for spray

applications and must ensure that the conditions of authorisation

include, where appropriate, risk mitigation measures.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

— information to further address the risk assessment for

operators and workers,

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

— information to further address the risk to birds and mammals.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such confirmatory

data and information to the Commission within two years from

the entry into force of Directive 116/2008.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised; application max. of

1,0 kg/ha only every third year on the same field.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on metazachlor, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

26 September 2008 shall be taken into account.

≥ 940 g/kg

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

The

attention to

manufacturing

— the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

impurity toluene

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

is

equipment,

Metazachlor

2-chloro-N-(pyrazol-1-

considered to be

— the protection of aquatic organisms,

31 July 2019

CAS No 67129-08-2

ylmethyl)acet-2′,6′-

of

1 August 2009

— the protection of the groundwater, when the active substance

CIPAC No 411

xylidide

toxicological

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

concern

conditions.

and a maximum

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

level of

measures and monitoring programmes shall be initiated to verify

0,01

%

is

potential groundwater contamination from the metabolites

established.

479M04, 479M08, 479M09, 479M11 and 479M12 in vulnerable

zones, where appropriate.

If metazachlor is classified under Directive 67/548/EEC as

“limited evidence of a cancerogenic effect”, the Member States

concerned shall request the submission of further information on

the relevance of the metabolites 479M04, 479M08, 479M09,

479M11 and 479M12 with respect to cancer. They shall ensure

that the notifiers provide that information to the Commission

within six months from the notification of such a classification

decision.’

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Acetic acid

31 August

1 September

VI, the conclusions of the review report on acetic acid

CAS No: 64-19-7

Acetic acid

≥ 980 g/kg

(SANCO/2602/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Aluminium

ammonium

VI, theconclusions of the review report on aluminium

31 August

sulphate

Aluminium ammonium

1 September

≥ 960 g/kg

ammonium sulphate (SANCO/2985/2008) and in particular

CAS No: 7784-26-1

sulphate

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

CIPAC No: not allocated

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Aluminium silicate

Not available

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on aluminium silicate

CAS No: 1332-58-7

≥ 999,8 g/kg

Chemical name: Kaolin

(SANCO/2603/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as attractant may be authorised.

≥ 970 g/kg

PART B

Relevant

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Ammonium acetate

impurity

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on ammonium acetate

Ammonium acetate

CAS No: 631-61-8

Heavy metals as

(SANCO/2986/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

Pb

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

maximum

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

ppm

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised. Blood meal must be

in compliance with Regulation (EC) No 1774/2002.

PART B

Blood meal

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

1 September

31 August

CAS No: not allocated

Not available

≥ 990 g/kg

VI, the conclusions of the review report on blood meal

CIPAC No: not allocated

(SANCO/2604/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

≥ 765 g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Calcium carbide

Containing 0,08-

31 August

Calcium carbide

1 September

VI, the conclusions of the review report on calcium carbide

CAS No: 75-20-7

0,52

Calcium acetylide

(SANCO/2605/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

g/kg

Calcium

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Phosphide

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Calcium carbonate

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on calcium carbonate

CAS No: 471-34-1

Calcium carbonate

≥ 995 g/kg

(SANCO/2606/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as fumigant may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Carbon dioxide

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on carbon dioxide

Carbon dioxide

≥ 99,9 %

CAS No: 124-38-9

(SANCO/2987/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

Benzyldiethyl[[2,6-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Denathonium benzoate

xylylcarbamoyl]

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on denathonium

CAS No: 3734-33-6

≥ 995 g/kg

methyl]ammonium

benzoate (SANCO/2607/2008) and in particular Appendices I

CIPAC No: not allocated

benzoate

and II thereof, as finalized in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Ethylene

31 August

1 September

VI, the conclusions of the review report on ethylene

CAS No: 74-85-1

Ethene

≥ 99 %

(SANCO/2608/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Extract from tea tree

Main

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

CAS No: Tee Tree Oil

components

PART B

68647-73-4

terpinen-4-ol

Tee Tree Oil is

a

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Main components

≥ 300 g/kg

complex

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on extract from tea tree

terpinen-4-ol 562-74-3

γ-terpinene

≥

mixture of chemical

(SANCO/2609/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

γ-terpinene 99-85-4

100 g/kg

substances.

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

α-terpinene 99-86-5

α-terpinene ≥ 50

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

1,8-cineol 470-82-6

g/kg

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

CIPAC No: not allocated

1,8-cineol trace

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised. Fat destilation

residues of animal origin must be in compliance with

≥ 40 % of

Regulation (EC) No 1774/ 2002.

cleaved fatty

PART B

Fat destilation residues

acids

1 September

31 August

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

CAS No: not allocated

Not available

Relevant

VI, the conclusions of the review report on fat destilation

CIPAC No: not allocated

impurity: Ni

residues (SANCO/2610/2008) and in particular Appendices I

maximum 200

and II thereof, as finalized in the Standing Committee on the

mg/kg

Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Fatty acids C7 to C20

CAS

No

112-05-0

Nonanoic acid, Caprylic

PART A

(Pelargonic Acid); 67701-09-

Acid, Pelargonic Acid,

Only uses as insecticide, acaricide, and herbicide and plant

1 (Fatty acids C7-C18 and

Capric Acid, Lauric

≥

g/kg

growth regulator may be authorised.

C18 unsaturated potassium

Acid, Oleic Acid (ISO in

(Pelargonic

PART B

salts); 124-07-2 (Caprylic

each case) Octanoic

Acid)

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Acid); 334-48-5 (Capric

Acid, Nonanoic Acid,

1 September

31 August

≥ 838 g/kg fatty

VI, the conclusions of the review report on fatty acids

Acid); 143-07-7 (Lauric

Decanoic

Acid,

acids

(SANCO/2610/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

Acid); 112-80-1 (Oleic Acid)

Dodecanoic Acid, cis-9-

≥ 99 % fatty acid

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Octadecenoic

Acid

85566-26-3 (Fatty acids C8-

methyl esters

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

C10 Meesters); 111-11-5

(IUPAC in each case)

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

Fatty acids, C7-C10, Me

(Methyl octanoate); 110-42-9

mitigation measures.

(Methyl decanoate); CIPAC

esters

No: not allocated

PART A

Only uses as repellent, insecticide and nematicide may be

authorised.

PART B

Garlic extract

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Food grade garlic juice

1 September

31 August

CAS No: 8008-99-9

≥ 99,9 %

VI, the conclusions of the review report on garlic extract

concentrate

CIPAC No: not allocated

(SANCO/2612/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

(3S,3aS,4S,4aS,7S,9aR,

9bR,12S)-7,12-

dihydroxy-3-methyl-6-

methylene-2-

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

oxoperhydro-4a,7-

methano-9b,3-propenol

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

(1,2-b)furan-4-

Gibberellic acid

carboxylic acid

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on gibberellic acid

CAS No: 77-06-5

≥ 850 g/kg

(SANCO/2613/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

Alt: (3S,3aR,4S,4aS,6S,

CIPAC No: 307

8aR,8bR,11S)-6,11-

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

dihydroxy-3-methyl-12-

methylene-2-oxo-4a,6-

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

methano-3,8b-prop-

lenoperhydroindenol

(1,2-b) furan-

4-carboxylic acid

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

GA4

(3S,3aR,4S,4aR,7R,9aR,

9b

R,12S)-12-hydroxy-3-

methyl-6-methylene-2-

oxoperhydro-4a,7-

methano-

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

3,9b-

propanoazuleno[1,2-

PART B

Gibberellins

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

b]furan-4-carboxylic

Review report

CAS No: GA4: 468-44-0

acid

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on gibberellins

GA7: 510-75-8

(SANCO/2614/2

(SANCO/2614/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

GA7

GA4A7 mixture: 8030-53-3

008).

(3S,3aR,4S,4aR,7R,9aR,

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

CIPAC No: not allocated

9b

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

R,12S)-12-hydroxy-3-

methyl-6-methylene-2-

mitigation measures.

oxoperhydro-4a,7-

methano-

9b,3-

propenoazuleno[1,2-

b]furan-4-carboxylic

acid

Beet

molasses

PART A

urea

Only uses as attractant may be authorised. Hydrolised proteins

hydrolysate

of animal origin must be in compliance with Regulation (EC)

minimum

Hydrolised proteins

No 1774/2002

Crude Protein

Beet

molasses

urea

PART B

Equivalent: 360

hydrolysate

1 September

31 August

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Not available

g/kg

Collagen protein hydrolysate

VI, the conclusions of the review report on hydrolised proteins

(36 % w/w)

CAS No: not allocated

(SANCO/2615/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

Collagen protein

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

hydrolysate

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

organic

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

nitrogen content

mitigation measures.

> 240 g/kg

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Iron sulphate

PART A

Iron(II)sulphate

Iron(II)sulphate anhydrous

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

anhydrous

CAS No: 7720-78-7

PART B

≥ 367,5 g/kg

Iron(II)sulphate

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Iron(II)sulphate

monohydrate

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on iron sulphate

Iron (II) sulfate

monohydrate

CAS No: 17375-41-6

(SANCO/2616/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

≥ 300 g/kg

Iron(II)sulphate

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Iron(II)sulphate

heptahydrate

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

heptahydrate

CAS No: 7782-63-0

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

≥ 180 g/kg

CIPAC No: not allocated

mitigation measures.

PART A

920 ± 20 g

Only uses as insecticide and acaricide may be authorised.

SiO2/kg DE

PART B

Maximum 0,1 %

Kieselgur

(Diatomaceous

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

of

earth)

Kieselgur (diatomaceous

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on kieselgur

particles

of

CAS No: 61790-53-2

earth)

(SANCO/2617/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

Crystalline

CIPAC No: 647

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Silica

(with

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

diameter

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

below 50 um.)

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Limestone

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on limestone

CAS No: 1317-65-3

not available

≥ 980 g/kg

(SANCO/2618/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Methyl nonyl ketone

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on methylnonyl ketone

CAS No: 112-12-9

Undecan-2-one

≥ 975g/kg

(SANCO/2619/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

It is a complex

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

mixture

PART B

of

chemical

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Pepper

substances,

31 August

Black pepper — Piper

1 September

VI, the conclusions of the review report on pepper

CAS No: not allocated

the component

nigrum

(SANCO/2620/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

piperine

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

as marker should

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

be

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

minimum 4 %

mitigation measures.

Citronella Oil is a

complex

mixture of chemical

substances.

The main components

PART A

are

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

Relevant

Citronellal

(3,7-

PART B

impurities

dimethyl-6-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Plant oils/citronella oil

methyl eugenol

octenal).

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on citronella oil

CAS No: 8000-29-1

and

Geraniol

((E)-3,7-

(SANCO/2621/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

methyl-

dimethyl-

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

isoeugenol

2,6-octadien-1-ol).

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

maximum 0,1 %.

Citronellol

(3,7-

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

dimethyl-6-

mitigation measures.

octan-2-ol).

Geranyl acetate (3,7-

dimethyl-6-octen-1yl

acetate).

PART A

Only uses as fungicide and bactericide may be authorised.

Plant oils/clove oil

PART B

Clove Oil is a complex

CAS No: 94961-50-2 (clove

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

mixture of chemical

oil)

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on clove oil

substances.

≥ 800 g/kg

97-53-0 (Eugenol — main

(SANCO/2622/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

The main component is

component)

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

eugenol.

CIPAC No: not allocated

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide and acaricide may be authorised.

PART B

Rape seed oil is a

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Plant oils/rape seed oil

complex mixture

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on rape seed oil

CAS No: 8002-13-9

Rape seed oil

of

(SANCO/2623/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

fatty acids

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Plant oils/spear mint oil

≥ 550 g/kg as

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on spearmint oil

CAS No: 8008-79-5

Spearmint oil

LCarvone

(SANCO/2624/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

Potassium

hydrogen

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

carbonate

Potassium hydrogen

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on potassium hydrogen

≥ 99,5 %

CAS No: 298-14-6

carbonate

carbonate (SANCO/2625/2008) and in particular Appendices I

CIPAC No: not allocated

and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as attractant may be authorised.

PART B

Putrescin

(1,4-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Diaminobutane)

VI, the conclusions of the review report on putrescin

1 September

31 August

Butane-1,4-diamine

≥ 990 g/kg

CAS No: 110-60-1

(SANCO/2626/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Pyrethrins

CAS No: (A) and (B)

Pyrethrins: 8003-34-7

Extract A: extractives of

Chrysanthemum

cinerariaefolium

PART A

89997-63-7

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

pyrethrin 1: CAS 121-21-1

Extract A: ≥

PART B

pyrethrin 2: CAS 121-29-9

g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

Pyrethrins are a complex

cinerin 1: CAS 25402-06-6

Pyrethrins

1 September

31 August

the conclusions of the review report on pyrethrins

cinerin 2: CAS 121-20-0

mixture of chemical

Extract B: ≥

(SANCO/2627/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

substances.

jasmolin 1: CAS 4466-14-2

g/kg

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

jasmolin 2: CAS 1172-63-0

Pyrethrins

and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Extract B: pyrethrin 1: CAS

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk mitigation

121-21-1

measures.

pyrethrin 2: CAS 121-29-9

cinerin 1: CAS 25402-06-6

cinerin 2: CAS 121-20-0

jasmolin 1: CAS 4466-14-2

jasmolin 2: CAS 1172-63-0

CIPAC No 32

PART A

≥ 915 g/kg

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

Maximum 0,1 %

PART B

Quarz,

Quartz,

of

Quartz sand

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

1 September

31 August

Siliciumdioxid,

particles

of

CAS No: 14808-60-7

the conclusions of the review report on quartz sand

Silica, Silicon dioxide,

Crystalline

CIPAC No: not allocated

(SANCO/2628/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

SiO 2

Silica

(with

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

diameter

and Animal Health shall be taken into account. Conditions of use

below 50 um.)

shall include, where appropriate, risk mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised. Fish oil must be in

compliance with Regulation (EC) No 1774/2002

Repellents by smell of

PART B

animal or plant

1 September

31 August

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule VI,

origin/fish oil

Fish Oil

≥ 99 %

the conclusions of the review report on fish oil

CAS No: 100085-40-3

(SANCO/2629/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health shall be taken into account. Conditions of use

shall include, where appropriate, risk mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised. Sheep fat must be in

compliance with Regulation (EC) No 1774/2002

Repellents by smell of

Pure sheep fat

PART B

animal or plant

containing

a

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

31 August

1 September

origin/sheep fat

Sheep Fat

maximum

VI, the conclusions of the review report on sheep fat

CAS No: 98999-15-6

of

0,18

%

(SANCO/2630/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

w/w/water.

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account. Conditions

of use shall include, where appropriate, risk mitigation

measures.

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

Repellents by smell of

Tall oil crude is a

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

animal or

complex mixture

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on tall oil crude

plant origin/tall oil crude

Tall Oil Crude

of tall

(SANCO/2631/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CAS No: 8002-26-4

rosin and fatty

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

CIPAC No: not allocated

acids

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Complex

PART A

mixture of

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

esters of fatty

PART B

Repellents by smell of

acids,

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

animal

rosin and small

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on tall oil pitch

or plant origin/tall oil pitch

Tall Oil Pitch

amounts

of

(SANCO/2632/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CAS No: 8016-81-7

dimers and

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

CIPAC No: not allocated

trimers of resin

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

acids

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

and fatty acids.

mitigation measures.

See algae extract

PART A

is a

Only uses as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

complex

PART B

Sea-algae extract (formerly

mixture. Main

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

sea algae

components as

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on sea algae extract

extract and sea weeds)

See algae extract

markers: annitol,

(SANCO/2634/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CAS No: not allocated

fucoidans

and

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

CIPAC No: not allocated

alginates.

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Review

report

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

SANCO/2634/20

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as repellent may be authorised.

PART B

Sodium

aluminium

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Sodium aluminium silicate

31 August

silicate

1 September

VI, the conclusions of the review report on sodium aluminium

CAS No: 1344-00-9

1 000 g/kg

Na x [(AlO 2 )x(SiO 2 ) y ] ×

silicate (SANCO/2635/2008) and in particular Appendices I and

CIPAC No: not allocated

z H 2 O

II thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as disinfectant may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Sodium Hypochlorite

10 % (w/w)

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on sodium hypochlorite

CAS No: 7681-52-9

Sodium Hypochlorite

expressed

(SANCO/2988/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: not allocated

as chlorine

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Straight Chain Lepidopteran

Acetate group

Pheromones

(E)-5-decen-1-yl acetate

(E)-5-decen-1-yl acetate

CAS No: 38421-90-8

CIPAC No: not allocated

(E)-8-dodecen-1-yl

(E)-8-dodecen-1-yl acetate

acetate

CAS No: 38363-29-0

CIPAC No

not allocated

(E/Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl acetate

(E/Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl

CAS No: not available

acetate as individual

CIPAC No: not available

isomers

PART A

(Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl acetate

(Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl

Only uses as attractants may be authorised.

CAS No: 28079-04-1

acetate

PART B

CIPAC No: not allocated

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Review report

VI, the conclusions of the review report on straight chain

1 September

31 August

(Z)-9-dodecen-1-yl acetate

(Z)-9-dodecen-1-yl

(SANCO/2633/2

lepidopteran pheromones (SANCO/2633/2008) and in particular

CAS No: 16974-11-1

acetate

008)

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

CIPAC No: 422

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

(E,Z)-7,9-dodecadien-1-yl

(E,Z)-7,9-dodecadien-1-

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

acetate

yl

mitigation measures.

CAS No: 54364-62-4

Acetate

CIPAC No: not allocated

(E)-11-tetradecen-1-yl

(E)-11-tetradecen-1-yl

acetate

acetate

CAS No: 33189-72-9

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z)-9-tetradecen-1-yl acetate

(Z)-9-tetradecen-1-yl

CAS No: 16725-53-4

acetate

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z)-11-tetradecen-1-yl

(Z)-11-tetradecen-1-yl

acetate

Acetate

CAS No: 20711-10-8

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z, E)-9, 12-tetradecadien-1-

(Z,

E)-9,

12-

yl acetate

tetradecadien-1-

CAS No: 31654-77-0

yl acetate

CIPAC No: not allocated

Z-11-hexadecen-1-yl acetate

Z-11-hexadecen-1-yl

CAS No: 34010-21-4

acetate

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z, E)-7, 11-hexadecadien-1-

Z,

E)-7,

11-

yl acetate

hexadecadien-1-

CAS No: 51606-94-4

yl acetate

CIPAC No: not allocated

(E, Z)-2, 13-octadecadien-1-

(E,

Z)-2,

13-

yl acetate.

octadecadien-1-

CAS No: 86252-65-5

yl acetate.

CIPAC No: not allocated

Alcholol group

Alcohol group

(E)-5-decen-1-ol

(E)-5-decen-1-ol

CAS No: 56578-18-8

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z)-8-dodecen-1-ol

(Z)-8-dodecen-1-ol

CAS No: 40642-40-8

CIPAC No: not allocated

(E,E)-8,10-dodecadien-1-ol

(E,E)-8,10-dodecadien-

CAS No: 33956-49-9

1-o

CIPAC No: not allocated

tetradecan-1-ol

tetradecan-1-ol

CAS No: 112-72-1

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z)-11-hexadecen-1-ol

(Z)-11-hexadecen-1-ol

CAS No: 56683-54-6

CIPAC No: not allocated

Aldehyde group

Aldehyde group

Z)-7-tetradecenal

(Z)-7-tetradecenal

CAS No: 65128-96-3

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z)-9-hexadecenal

(Z)-9-hexadecenal

CAS No: 56219-04-6

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z)-11-hexadecenal

(Z)-11-hexadecenal

CAS No: 53939-28-9

CIPAC No: not allocated

(Z)-13-octadecenal

(Z)-13-octadecenal

CAS No: 58594-45-9

CIPAC No: not allocated

Blends acetates

Blends acetates

i) (Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl acetate

i) (Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl

CAS No: 28079-04-1

acetate

CIPAC No: not allocated

and ii) Dodecyl acetate

and ii) Dodecyl acetate;

CAS No: 112-66-3

CIPAC No: not allocated;

i) (Z)-9-dodecen-1-yl acetate

i) (Z)-9-dodecen-1-yl

CAS No: 16974-11-1

acetate

CIPAC No: 422

and

And

ii) Dodecyl acetate

ii) Dodecyl acetate;

CAS No: 112-66-3

CIPAC No: 422;

i) (E,Z)-7,9-dodecadien-1-yl

i) (E,Z)-7,9-dodecadien-

acetate

1-yl

CAS No: 55774-32-8

acetate,

CIPAC No: not allocated

and

And

ii) (E,E)-7,9-dodecadien-1-yl

ii) (E,E)-7,9-dodecadien-

acetate

1-yl

CAS No: 54364-63-5

acetate;

CIPAC No: not allocated;

i) (Z,Z)-7,11-hexadecadien-

i)

(Z,Z)-7,11-

1-yl

hexadecadien-

acetate

1-yl acetate

and

And

ii) (Z,E)-7,11-hexadecadien-

ii)

(Z,E)-7,11-

1-yl

hexadecadien-

acetate

1-yl acetate;

CAS No: i) & ii) 53042-79-8

CAS No: i) 52207-99-5

CAS No: ii) 51606-94-4

CIPAC No: not allocated;

Blends aldehydes

Blends aldehydes

i) (Z)-9-hexadecenal

i) (Z)-9-hexadecenal

CAS No: 56219-04-6

and

CIPAC No: not allocated

And

ii) (Z)-11-hexadecenal

ii) (Z)-11-hexadecenal

CAS No: 53939-28-9

and

CIPAC: not allocated

And

iii) (Z)-13-octadecenal

iii) (Z)-13-octadecenal;

CAS No: 58594-45-9

CIPAC No: not allocated;

Blends mixtures

Blends mixtures

i) (E)-5-decen-1-yl acetate

i)

(E)-5-decen-1-yl

CAS No: 38421-90-8

acetate

CIPAC No: not allocated

and

And

ii) (E)-5-decen-1-ol

ii) (E)-5-decen-1-ol;

CAS No: 56578-18-8

CIPAC No: not allocated;

i)

(E/Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl

i) (E/Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl

acetate

acetate

CAS No: as individual

and

isomers

CIPAC No: not allocated;

And

i)

(E)-8-dodecen-1-yl

acetate

i) (E)-8-dodecen-1-yl acetate

and

CAS No: (E) 38363-29-0

CIPAC No: not allocated

And

i) (Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl

acetate

i) (Z)-8-dodecen-1-yl acetate

and

CAS No: (Z) 28079-04-1

CIPAC No: not allocated

And

ii) (Z)-8-dodecen-1-ol;

ii) (Z)-8-dodecen-1-ol

CAS No: ii) 40642-40-8

CIPAC No: not allocated;

i) (Z)-11-hexadecenal

and

i) (Z)-11-hexadecenal

CAS No: 53939-28-9

CIPAC No: not allocated

And

ii) (Z)-11-hexadecen-1-

yl acetate

ii)

(Z)-11-hexadecen-1-yl

acetate

CAS No: 34010-21-4

CIPAC No: not allocated

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as attractant may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Trimethylamine

VI, the conclusions of the review report on trimethylamine

31 August

hydrochloride

Trimethylamine

1 September

≥ 988 g/kg

hydrochloride (SANCO/2636/2008) and in particular

CAS No: 593-81-7

hydrochloride

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

CIPAC No: not allocated

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as attractant and fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Urea

1 September

31 August

VI, the conclusions of the review report on urea

Urea

≥ 98 % w/w

CAS No: 57-13-6

(SANCO/2637/2008) and in particular Appendices I and II

CIPAC No: 8352

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food

Chain and Animal Health shall be taken into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as attractant may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

Z-13-hexadecen-11-yn-1-yl

Z-13-hexadecen-11-yn-

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Z-13-hexadecen-11-

acetate

1 September

31 August

1-yl

≥ 75 %

yn-1-yl acetate (SANCO/2649/2008) and in particular

CAS No: 78617-58-0

acetate

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

CIPAC: not allocated

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health shall be taken

into account.

Conditions of use shall include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

PART A

Only uses as attractant may be authorised.

Z,Z,Z,Z-7,13,16,19-

PART B

docosatetraen-1-yl

Z,Z,Z,Z-7,13,16,19-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

1 September

31 August

isobutyrate

docosatetraen-

≥ 90 %

VI, the conclusions of the review report on Z,Z,Z,Z-7,13,16,19-

CAS No: 135459-81-3

1-yl isobutyrate

docosatetraen-1-yl isobutyrate (SANCO/2650/2008) and in

CIPAC: not allocated

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health

shall be taken into account.Conditions of use shall include,

where appropriate, risk mitigation measures.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide and rodenticide in the form of ready-to-

use aluminium phosphide containing products may be

authorised.

As rodenticide only outdoor uses may be authorised.

Authorisations should be limited to professional users.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on aluminium

phosphide, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

Animal Health on 28 October 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

— the protection of consumers and ensure that the spent ready-

to-use aluminium phosphide containing products are removed

from the food commodity in uses against storage pests and

Aluminium phosphide

August

September

subsequently an adequate additional withholding period is

Aluminium phosphide

≥ 830 g/kg

CAS No 20859-73-8

applied;

CIPAC No 227

— the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

use prescribe the application of adequate personal and

respiratory protective equipment;

— the protection of operators and workers during fumigation

for indoor uses;

— the protection of workers at re-entry (after fumigation

period) for indoor uses;

— the protection of bystanders against leaking of gas for indoor

uses;

— the protection of birds and mammals. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, such as

the closure of the burrows and the achievement of complete

incorporation of granules in the soil, where appropriate;

— the protection of aquatic organisms. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, such as

buffer zones between treated areas and surface water bodies,

where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only outdoor uses as rodenticide in the form of ready-to-use

calcium phosphide containing products may be authorised.

Authorisations should be limited to professional users.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on calcium phosphide,

and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

28 October 2008 shall be taken into account.

Calcium phosphide

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

August

September

Calcium phosphide

≥ 160 g/kg

CAS No 1305-99-3

attention to

CIPAC No 505

— the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

use prescribe the application of adequate personal and

respiratory protective equipment;

— the protection of birds and mammals. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, such as

the closure of the burrows and the achievement of complete

incorporation of granules in the soil, where appropriate;

— the protection of aquatic organisms. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, such as

buffer zones between treated areas and surface water bodies,

where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as insecticide and rodenticide in the form of ready-to-

use magnesium phosphide containing products may be

authorised.

As rodenticide only outdoor uses may be authorised.

Authorisations should be limited to professional users.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on magnesium

phosphide, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

Animal Health on 28 October 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

— the protection of consumers and ensure that the spent ready-

to-use magnesium phosphide containing products are removed

from the food commodity in uses against storage pests and

Magnesium phosphide

August

subsequently an adequate additional withholding period is

September

CAS No 12057-74-8

≥ 880 g/kg

Magnesium phosphide

applied;

CIPAC No 228

— the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

prescribe the application of adequate personal and respiratory

protective equipment;

— the protection of operators and workers during fumigation

for indoor uses;

— the protection of workers at re-entry (after fumigation

period) for indoor uses;

— the protection of bystanders against leaking of gas for indoor

uses;

— the protection of birds and mammals. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, such as

the closure of the burrows and the achievement of complete

incorporation of granules in the soil, where appropriate;

— the protection of aquatic organisms. Conditions of

authorisation should include risk mitigation measures, such as

buffer zones between treated areas and surface water bodies,

where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on cymoxanil, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

28 October 2008 shall be taken into account.

Cymoxanil

1-[(E/Z)-2-cyano-2-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

August

September

≥ 970 g/kg

CAS No 57966-95-7

methoxyiminoacetyl]-

attention to

CIPAC No 419

3-ethylurea

— the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

use prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment;

— the protection of the groundwater, when the active substance

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions;

— the protection of aquatic organisms and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation measures

such as buffer zones, where appropriate.

PART A

Only uses as fungicide on ornamentals in glasshouse may be

authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on dodemorph, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

Dodemorph

cis/trans-[4-

August

September

28 October 2008 shall be taken into account.

CAS No 1593-77-7

cyclododecyl]-

≥ 950 g/kg

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

CIPAC No 300

2,6-dimethylmorpholine

attention to

— the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

use prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment where appropriate;

— the protection of the groundwater, when the active substance

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil conditions;

Conditions of authorisation should include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only indoor uses as plant growth regulator and fungicide for

grafting of grapevines may be authorised.

2,5-Dichlorobenzoic acid

PART B

August

methyl-2,5-

September

methylester

≥ 995 g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

CAS No 2905-69-3

dichlorobenzoate

VI, the conclusions of the review report on 2,5-Dichlorobenzoic

CIPAC No 686

acid methylester, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof,

as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

Animal Health on 28 October 2008 shall be taken into account.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing metamitron for uses other than on root crops,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria in

regulation 4(1) (b), and shall ensure that any necessary data and

information is provided before such an authorization is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on metamitron, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

28 October 2008 shall be taken into account. In this overall

assessment Member States must pay particular attention to

— the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

Metamitron

4-amino-4,5-dihydro-3-

August

September

prescribe the application of personal protective equipment

≥ 960 g/kg

CAS No 41394-05-2

methyl-6-phenyl-1,2,4-

where appropriate;

CIPAC No 381

triazin-5-one

— the protection of groundwater, when the active substance is

applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions;

— the risk to birds and mammals, and non-target terrestrial

plants.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate. The Member States concerned

shall request the submission of further information on the

impact of soil metabolite M3 on groundwater, on residues in

rotational crops, on the long-term risk to insectivorous birds and

the specific risk to birds and mammals that may be

contaminated by the intake of water in field. They shall ensure

that the notifiers at whose request metamitron has been included

in this Schedule provide such information to the Commission by

31 August 2011 at the latest.

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on sulcotrione, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

≥ 950 g/kg

28 October 2008 shall be taken into account.

Impurities

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

— hydrogen

attention to

2-(2-chloro-4-

Sulcotrione

cyanide: not

— the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

August

mesylbenzoyl)cyclohexa

September

CAS No 99105-77-8

more than

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

ne-

CIPAC No 723

80 mg/kg

equipment where appropriate;

1,3-dione

— toluene: not

— the risk to insectivorous birds, aquatic and terrestrial non-

more than

target plants, and non-target arthropods.

4 g/kg

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further information on the degradation in soil and water of the

cyclohexadione moiety and the long-term risk to insectivorous

birds. They shall ensure that the notifier at whose request

sulcotrione has been included in this Schedule provide such

information to the Commission by 31 August 2011 at the latest.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on tebuconazole, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

28 October 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

— the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

use prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment;

— the dietary exposure of consumers to the tebuconazole

(triazole) metabolites;

(RS)-1-p-chlorophenyl-

Tebuconazole

— the protection of granivorous birds and mammals and

August

September

4,4-dimethyl-3-(1H-

CAS No 107534-96-3

≥ 905 g/kg

herbivorous mammals and must ensure that the conditions of

1,2,4-triazol-

CIPAC No 494

authorisation include, where appropriate, risk mitigation

1-ylmethyl)-pentan-3-ol

measures.

— the protection of aquatic organisms and must ensure that

conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation measures

such as buffer zones, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further information to confirm the risk assessment for birds and

mammals. They shall ensure that the notifier at whose request

tebuconazole has been included in this Schedule provide such

information to the Commission by 31 August 2011 at the latest.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the notifier

submits to the Commission further information addressing the

potential endocrine disrupting properties of tebuconazole within

two years after the adoption of the OECD test guidelines on

endocrine disruption or, alternatively, of Community agreed test

guidelines.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as fungicide may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on triadimenol, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

28 October shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

≥ 920 g/kg

— the presence of N-methylpyrrolidone in formulated products

isomer A

as regards operator, worker and bystander exposure;

(1RS,2SR),

— the protection of birds and mammals. In relation to these

isomer

identified risks risk mitigation measures, such as buffer zones,

(1RS,2RS;1RS,2SR)-1-

Triadimenol

B (1RS,2RS)

should be applied where appropriate

August

(4-chlorophenoxy)-3,3-

September

CAS No 55219-65-3

Diastereomer A,

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the notifier

dimethyl-1-(1H-1,2,4-

CIPAC No 398

RS + SR, range

submits to the Commission

triazol-1-yl)butan-2-ol

70 to 85 %

— further information on the specification;

Diastereomer B,

— information to further address the risk assessment for birds

RR + SS, range

and mammals.

15 to 30 %

— information to further address the risk of endocrine

disrupting effects on fish.

They shall ensure that the notifier at whose request triadimenol

has been included in this Schedule provide such information to

the Commission by 31 August 2011 at the latest.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the notifier

submits to the Commission further information addressing the

potential endocrine disrupting properties of triadimenol within

two years after the adoption of the OECD test guidelines on

endocrine disruption or, alternatively, of Community agreed test

guidelines.’

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as a herbicide

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on bensulfuron, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 8

December 2008 shall be taken into account.

α-[(4,6-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

dimethoxypyrimidin-2-

attention to the following

ylcarbamoyl)sulfamoyl]-

— the protection of aquatic organisms; in relation to these

o-toluic

identified risks, risk mitigation measures, such as buffer zones,

Bensulfuron

acid (bensulfuron)

October

November

shall be applied where appropriate,

CAS No 83055-99-6

methyl

α-[(4,6-

≥ 975 g/kg

— the protection of the groundwater, where the active substance

CIPAC No 502.201

dimethoxypyrimidin-

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

2-

conditions.

ylcarbamoyl)sulfamoyl]-

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the notifier

o-toluate

submits to the Commission

(bensulfuronmethyl)

— further studies on the specification,

— information to further address the route and rate of

degradation of bensulfuron-methyl under aerobic flooded soil

conditions,

— information to address the relevance of metabolites for the

consumer risk assessment.

They shall ensure that the notifiers provide such studies to the

Commission by 31 October 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only use as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on sodium 5-

nitroguaiacolate, sodium o-nitrophenolate and sodium p-

nitrophenolate, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

Animal Health on 2 December 2008 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

attention to

— the specification of the technical material as commercially

Sodium

manufactured must be confirmed and supported by appropriate

5-nitroguaiacolate

October

Sodium 2-methoxy-

November

analytical data. The test material used in the toxicity dossiers

CAS No 67233-85-6

≥ 980 g/kg

5-nitrophenolate

should be compared and verified against this specification of the

CIPAC number not

technical material,

allocated

— the protection of the operators and workers safety.

Authorised conditions of use must prescribe the application of

adequate personal protective equipment and risk mitigation

measures to reduce the exposure,

— the protection of the groundwater, when the active substance

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions. Conditions of authorisation should include risk

mitigation measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to address the risk to groundwater. They shall

ensure that the notifiers provide such studies to the Commission

by 31 October 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only use as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on sodium 5-

nitroguaiacolate, sodium o-nitrophenolate and sodium p-

≥ 980 g/kg

nitrophenolate, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

The

following

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

impurities

Animal Health on 2 December 2008 shall be taken into account.

are of

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

toxicological

attention to

concern

— the specification of the technical material as commercially

Sodium

manufactured must be confirmed and supported by appropriate

Phenol

o-nitrophenolate

Sodium

2-

analytical data. The test material used in the toxicity dossiers

October

Max content

November

CAS No 824-39-5

nitrophenolate; sodium

should be compared and verified against this specification of the

0,1 g/kg

CIPAC number not

o-nitrophenolate

technical material,

allocated

— the protection of the operators and workers safety.

2,4 dinitrophenol

Authorised

max content

conditions of use must prescribe the application of adequate

0,14 g/kg

personal protective equipment and risk mitigation measures to

reduce the exposure,

2,6 dinitrophenol

— the protection of the groundwater, when the active substance

max content

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

0,32 g/kg

conditions. Conditions of authorisation should include risk

mitigation measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to address the risk to groundwater. They shall

ensure that the notifiers provide such studies to the Commission

by 31 October 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only use as plant growth regulator may be authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Schedule

VI, the conclusions of the review report on sodium 5-

nitroguaiacolate, sodium o-nitrophenolate and sodium p-

nitrophenolate, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as

≥ 998 g/kg

finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

The

following

Animal Health on 2 December 2008 shall be taken into account.

impurities

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

are of

attention to

toxicological

— the specification of the technical material as commercially

Sodium

concern

manufactured must be confirmed and supported by appropriate

p-nitrophenolate

Sodium

4-

Phenol

October

November

analytical data. The test material used in the toxicity dossiers

CAS No 824-78-2

nitrophenolate; sodium

max content

should be compared and verified against this specification of the

CIPAC number not

p-nitrophenolate

0,1 g/kg

technical material,

allocated

2,4 dinitrophenol

— the protection of the operators and workers safety.

max content

Authorised conditions of use must prescribe the application of

0,07 g/kg

adequate personal protective equipment and risk mitigation

2,6 dinitrophenol

measures to reduce the exposure,

max content

— the protection of the groundwater, when the active substance

0,09 g/kg

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions. Conditions of authorisation should include risk

mitigation measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the submission of

further studies to address the risk to groundwater. They shall

ensure that the notifiers provide such studies to the Commission

by 31 October 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

PART A

Only uses as acaricide and insecticide may be authorised.

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection products

containing tebufenpyrad in formulations other than water

soluble bags Member States shall pay particular attention to the

criteria in Regulation 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any

necessary data and information is provided before such an

authorisation is granted. For the implementation of the uniform

principles of Schedule VI, the conclusions of the review report

on tebufenpyrad, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof,

as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

Animal Health on 2 December 2008 shall be taken into account.

N-(4-tert-butylbenzyl)-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay particular

Tebufenpyrad

4-chloro-

attention to

October

November

CAS No 119168-77-3

3-ethyl-1-

≥ 980 g/kg

— the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions of

CIPAC No 725

methylpyrazole-5-

use prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

carboxamide

equipment,

— the protection of aquatic organisms and must ensure that

conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation measures

such as buffer zones, where appropriate,

— the protection of insectivorous birds and must ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate, risk

mitigation measures.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the notifier

submits to the Commission

— further information confirming that no relevant impurities are

present,

— information to further address the risk to insectivorous birds.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such information to

the Commission by 31 October 2011.’

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

2-

1 December

30 November

Chlormequat

≥ 636 g/kg

PART A

chloroethyltrimethyla

CAS N° 7003-89-6

Impurities

Only uses as plant growth regulator on cereals may be

mmonium

(chlormequat)

authorised.

1,2-

(chlormequat)

CAS N° 999-81-5

dichloroethane

PART B

2-

(chlormequat chloride)

max 0.1 g/kg

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection

chloroethyltrimethyla

(on the dry

CIPAC N° 143

products containing chlormequat for uses other than in

mmonium chloride

chlormequat

(chlormequat)

rye and triticale, notably as regards the exposure of

(chlormequat

chloride

consumers, Member States shall pay particular attention

chloride)

content)

to the criteria in Article 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any

CIPAC N° 143.302

Chloroethene

necessary data and information is provided before such an

(chlormequat chloride)

(vinylchloride)

authorisation is granted.

max 0.0005

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

g/kg (on the dry

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

chlormequat

chlormequat, and in particular Appendices I and II

chloride

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

content)

Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 January 2009 shall

be taken into account. In this overall assessment Member

States must pay particular attention to

the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment;

the protection of birds and mammals;

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the

submission of further information on the fate and

behaviour (adsorption studies to be performed at 20°C,

recalculation of the predicted concentrations in

groundwater, surface water and sediment), the monitoring

methods for determination of the substance in animal

products and water, and the risk to aquatic organisms,

birds and mammals. They shall ensure that the notifier at

whose request chlormequat has been included in this

Annex provide such information to the Commission by

30 November 2011 at the latest.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Copper compounds

30 November

1 December

PART A

Only uses as bactericide and fungicide may be authorised.

copper hydroxide

Copper (II) hydroxide

≥ 573 g/kg

PART B

CAS N° 20427-59-2

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection

CIPAC N° 44.305

products containing copper for uses other than on

tomatoes in greenhouses, Member States shall pay

copper oxychloride

particular attention to the criteria in Article 4(1) (b), and

Dicopper chloride

CAS N° 1332-65-6 or 1332- trihydroxide

≥ 550 g/kg

shall ensure that any necessary data and information is

40-7

provided before such an authorisation is granted.

CIPAC N° 44.602

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on copper

Copper oxide

compounds, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof,

Copper oxide

≥ 820 g/kg

CAS N° 1317-39-1

as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health on 23 January 2009 shall be taken into

CIPAC N° 44.603

account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

bordeaux mixture

CAS N° 8011-63-0

- the specification of the technical material as

≥ 245 g/kg

Not allocated

commercially manufactured which must be confirmed

CIPAC N° 44.604

and supported by appropriate analytical data. The test

material used in the toxicity dossiers should be compared

Tribasic copper sulphate

Not allocated

and verified against this specification of the technical

CAS N° 12527-76-3

≥ 490 g/kg

material;

CIPAC N° 44.306

- the operator and worker safety and ensure that

conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

personal protective equipment where appropriate;

The following

impurities are of

- the protection of water and non target organisms. In

toxicological

relation to these identified risks risk mitigation measures,

concern and must

such as buffer zones, should be applied where

not exceed the levels

appropriate;

below

Lead max 0.0005

- the amount of active substance applied and ensure that

g/kg of copper

the authorised amounts, in terms of rates and number of

content

applications, are the minimum necessary to achieve the

Cadmium max

desired effects.

0.0001 g/kg of

The concerned Member States shall request the

copper content

submission of information to further address

Arsenic max

0.0001 g/kg of

- the risk from inhalation;

copper content

- the risk assessment for non target organisms and for

soil and water.

They shall ensure that the notifiers at whose request

copper compounds have been included in this Annex

provides such information to the Commission by 30

November 2011 at the latest.

Member States shall initiate monitoring programmes in

vulnerable areas where the contamination of the soil

compartment by copper is of concern, in order to set,

where appropriate, limitations such as maximum

application rates.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

2-

1 December

30 November

Propaquizafop

≥920g/kg

PART A

isopropylidenamino-

CAS N° 111479-05-1

Toluene

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

oxyethyl (R)-2-[4-(6-

maximum

CIPAC N° 173

PART B

chloro-quinoxalin-2-

content 5 g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

yloxy)phenoxy]propio

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

nate

propaquizafop, and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 January 2009 shall

be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

-

the specification of the technical material as

commercially manufactured which must be confirmed

and supported by appropriate analytical data. The test

material used in the toxicity dossiers should be compared

and verified against this specification of the technical

material;

the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment;

the protection of aquatic organisms and non-target plants

and ensure that conditions of authorisation include risk

mitigation measures such as buffer zones, where

appropriate;

the protection of non-target arthropods and ensure that the

conditions of authorisation include, where appropriate,

risk mitigation measures.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the

notifier submits to the Commission

- further information on the relevant impurity Ro 41-5259;

- information to further address the risk to aquatic

organisms and to non-target arthropods.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such

information to the Commission by 30 November 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

1 December

30 November

PART A

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

ethyl (R)-2-[4-(6-

≥ 950 g/kg

PART B

chloroquinoxalin-2-

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

yloxy)phenoxy]

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

propionate

quizalofop-P, and in particular Appendices I and II

Quizalofop-P

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 January 2009 shall

Quizalofop-P-ethyl

be taken into account.

(RS)-

CAS N°100646-51-3

≥ 795g/kg

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

Tetrahydrofurfuryl

CIPAC N° 641.202

particular attention to

(R)-2-[4-(6-

chloroquinoxalin-2-

the operator and worker safety and ensure that conditions

yloxy)phenoxy]propio

of use prescribe the application of adequate personal

Quizalofop-P-tefuryl

nate

protective equipment;

CAS N°119738-06-6

the protection of non-target plants and ensure that

CIPAC N° 641.226

conditions of authorisation include risk mitigation measures

such as buffer zones, where appropriate.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the

notifiers submit to the Commission further information on

non-target arthropods and on the specification of the active

substance as manufactured.

They shall ensure that the notifiers provide such

information to the Commission by 30 November 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

1-(3,5-dichloro-2,4-

1 December

30 November

teflubenzuron

≥ 970 g/kg

PART A

difluorophenyl)-3-

CAS N° 83121-18-0

Only uses as insecticide on tomato in glasshouses (on

(2,6-

artificial substrate or closed hydroponic systems) may be

CIPAC N° 450

difluorobenzoyl)urea

authorised.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

teflubenzuron, and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 January 2009 shall

be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

the operator and workers safety and ensure that .

conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

personal protective equipment, where appropriate;

the protection of aquatic organisms. Releases from

glasshouse application must be minimised and, in any

case, should not have the potential to reach in significant

levels water bodies in the vicinity;

the protection of bees which should be prevented from

accessing the glasshouse;

the protection of pollinator colonies purposely placed in

the glasshouse;

the safe disposal of condensation water, drain water and

subtract in order to preclude risks to non target organisms

and contamination of surface water and groundwater.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Mixture of the

1 December

30 November

zeta-cypermethrin

≥ 850 g/kg

PART A

stereoisomers

CAS N° 52315-07-8

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

(S)-α-cyano-3-

CIPAC N° 733

Impurities

PART B

phenoxybenzyl

toluene: max 2

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection

(1RS,3RS;1RS,3SR)-

g/kg

products containing zeta-cypermethrin for uses other than

3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-

in cereals, notably as regards the exposure of consumers

tars: max 12.5

2,2

to mPBAldehyde, a degradation product that may be

g/kg

dimethylcyclopropan

formed during processing, Member States shall pay

ecarboxylate

particular attention to the criteria in Article 4(1)(b), and

shall ensure that any necessary data and information is

where the ratio of the

provided before such an authorisation is granted.

(S);(1RS,3RS)

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

isomeric pair to the

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on zeta-

(S);(1RS,3SR)

cypermethrin, and in particular Appendices I and II

isomeric pair lies in

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

the ratio range 45-55

Food Chain and Animal Health on 23 January 2009 shall

to 55-45 respectively

be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment, where appropriate;

the protection of birds, aquatic organisms, bees, non-

target arthropods and non-target soil macro-organisms.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the

submission of further information on the fate and

behaviour (aerobic degradation in soil), the long term risk

to birds, aquatic organisms and non target arthropods.

They shall ensure that the notifier at whose request zeta-

cypermethrin has been included in this Annex provide

such information to the Commission by 30 November

2011 at the latest.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

1-(2-

≥ 950g/kg

1 January 2010 31 December

chlorsulfuron

PART A

chlorophenylsulfon

CAS N° 64902-72-3

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

Impurities

yl)-3-(4-methoxy-6-

CIPAC N° 391

PART B

2-

methyl-

Chlorobenzenes

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

1,3,5-triazin-2-

ulfonamide

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

yl)urea

(IN-A4097) not

chlorsulfuron, and in particular Appendices I and II

more than

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

5g/kg and

Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2009

shall be taken into account.

4-methoxy-6-

methyl-1,3,5-

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

triazin-2-amine

particular attention to

(IN-A4098) not

-

the protection of aquatic organisms and non-target

more than 6g/kg

plants; in relation to these identified risks, risk mitigation

measures, such as buffer zones, shall be applied where

appropriate.

-

the protection of the groundwater, when the active

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climatic conditions.

The Member States concerned shall

-

ensure that the notifier submits to the Commission

further studies on the specification by 1 January 2010.

If chlorsulfuron is classified under Directive 67/548/EEC

as cancinogenic category 3 in accordance with point

4.2.1. of Annex VI to Directive 67/548/EEC, the Member

States concerned shall request the submission of further

information on the relevance of the metabolites IN-

A4097, IN-A4098, IN-JJ998, IN-B5528 and IN-V7160

with respect to cancer and ensure that the notifier

provides that information to the Commission within six

months from the notification of such a classification

decision.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

N-cyclopropyl-

1 January 2010 31 December

Cyromazine

≥ 950 g/kg

PART A

1,3,5-triazine-

Only uses as insecticide in greenhouses may be

2,4,6-triamine

authorised.

CAS N° 66215-27-8

PART B

In assessing applications to authorise plant protection

CIPAC N° 420

products containing cyromazine for uses other than in

tomatoes, notably as regards the exposure of consumers,

Member States shall pay particular attention to the criteria

in Article 4(1)(b), and shall ensure that any necessary

data and information is provided before such an

authorisation is granted.

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

cyromazine, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof,

as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health on 26 February 2009 shall be taken

into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

-

the protection of groundwater, when the active

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climatic conditions;

-

the protection of aquatic organisms;

-

the protection of pollinators.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the

submission of further information on the fate and

behaviour of the soil metabolite NOA 435343 and on the

risk to aquatic organisms. They shall ensure that the

notifier at whose request cyromazine has been included in

this Annex provide such information to the Commission

by 31 December 2011 at the latest.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

2-chloro-N-(2-

≥ 950g/kg

1 January 2010 31 December

dimethachlor

PART A

methoxyethyl)acet-

CAS N° 50563-36-5

Only uses as herbicide in application max. of 1.0 Kg/ha

2´,6´-xylidide

only every third year on the same field may be authorised.

CIPAC N° 688

Impurity 2,6-

PART B

dimethylaniline

: Not more than

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

0.5 g/kg

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

dimethachlor, and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2009

shall be taken into account. This overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to

the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment;

the protection of aquatic organisms and non-target plants;

in relation to these identified risks, risk mitigation

measures, such as buffer zones, shall be applied where

appropriate;

the protection of the groundwater, when the active

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climatic conditions.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures and monitoring programmes shall be initiated to

verify potential groundwater contamination from

metabolites CGA 50266, CGA 354742, CGA 102935 and

SYN 528702 in vulnerable zones, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the

notifier submits to the Commission further studies on the

specification by 1 January 2010;

If dimethachlor is classified as carcinogenic category 3 in

accordance with point 4.2.1. of Annex VI to Directive

67/548/EEC, the Member States concerned shall request

the submission of further information on the relevance of

the metabolites CGA 50266, CGA 354742, CGA 102935

and SYN 528702 with respect to cancer and ensure that

the notifier provides that information to the Commission

within six months from the notification of the

classification decision concerning that substance.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

2-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-

≥ 980 g/kg

1 January 2010 31 December

Etofenprox

PART A

2-methylpropyl 3-

CAS N° 80844-07-1

Only uses as insecticide may be authorised.

phenoxybenzyl

CIPAC N° 471

PART B

ether

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

etofenprox, and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2009

shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

- the operator and worker safety and ensure that

conditions of use prescribe the application of adequate

personal protective equipment;

- the protection of aquatic organisms; in relation to

these identified risks, risk mitigation measures, such as

buffer zones, shall be applied where appropriate;

- the protection of bees and non-target arthropods; in

relation to these identified risks, risk mitigation

measures, such as buffer zones, shall be applied where

appropriate.

The Member State concerned shall

- ensure that the notifier submits to the Commission

further information on the risk to aquatic organisms

including the risk to sediment dwellers and

biomagnification;

-

the submission of further studies on the endocrine

disruption potential in aqutic organisms (fish full life

cycle study).

They shall ensure that the notifiers provide such studies

to the Commission by 31 December 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

≥ 970g/kg

(RS)-1-[2,5-dichloro-

1 January 2010 31 December

Lufenuron

PART A

4-(1,1,2,3,3,3-

CAS N° 103055-07-8

Only indoor uses or outdoor bait stations as insecticide

hexafluoro-

may be authorised.

CIPAC N° 704

propoxy)-phenyl]-3-

PART B

(2,6-difluorobenzoyl)-

urea

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

lufenuron, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof,

as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health on 26 February 2009 shall be taken

into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

the high persistency in the environment and the high risk

for bioaccumulation and shall ensure that the use of

lufenuron has no adverse long-term effects on non-target

organisms;

-

the protection of birds, mammals, soil non-target

organisms, bees, non-target arthropods, surface waters

and aquatic organisms in vulnerable situations.

The Member States concerned shall

- ensure that the notifier submits to the Commission

further studies on the specification by 1 January 2010.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

(RS) 1-[2-(2,4-

1 January 2010 31 December

Penconazole

≥ 950 g/kg

PART A

dichloro-phenyl)-

Only uses as fungicide in greenhouses may be authorised.

phenyl]-1H-[1,2,4]

CAS N° 66246-88-6

PART B

triazole

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

CIPAC N° 446

penconazole, and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2009

shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

the protection of groundwater, when the active substance

is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall request the

submission of further information on the fate and

behaviour of the soil metabolite U1. They shall ensure

that the notifier at whose request penconazole has been

included in this Annex provide such information to the

Commission by 31 December 2011 at the latest.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Tri-allate

PART A

S-2,3,3-trichloroallyl

1 January 2010 31 December

≥ 940g/kg

di-isopropyl

CAS N° 2303-17-5

Only uses as herbicide may be authorised.

NDIPA

CIPAC N° 97

(thiocarbamate)

(Nitroso-

PART B

diisopropyla

For the implementation of the uniform principles of Annex VI,

mine)

the conclusions of the review report on tri-allate, and in

particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the

max. 0.02

Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on

mg/kg

23 February 2009 shall be taken into account. In this overall

assessment Member States must pay particular attention to

-

the operator safety and ensure that conditions of use

prescribe the application of adequate personal protective

equipment;

-

the dietary exposure of consumers to residues of tri-

allate in treated crops as well as in succeeding and rotational

crops and in products of animal origin;

-

the protection of aquatic organisms and non-target

plants and ensure that conditions of authorisation include risk

mitigation measures such as buffer zones, where appropriate;

-

the potential for ground water contamination by the

degradation products TCPSA when the active substance is

applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or climatic

conditions. Conditions of authorisation must include risk

mitigation measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the notifier

submits to the Commission

- further information to assess the primary plant metabolism;

- further information on the fate and behaviour of the soil

metabolite diisopropylamine;

- further information on the potential for biomagnification in

aquatic food chains;

- information to further address the risk to fish-eating mammals

and the long-term risk to earthworms.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such information to

the Commission by 31 December 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

2-[4-

1 January 2010 31 December

Triflusulfuron

≥960g/kg

PART A

dimethylamino-6-

CAS N° 126535-15-7

N,N-dimethyl-

Only uses as a herbicide in application on sugar and

(2,2,2-

6-(2,2,2-

fodder beet at max 60 g/ha only every third year on the

CIPAC N° 731

trifluoroethoxy)-

trifluoroethoxy)

same field may be authorised. Foliage of treated crops

1,3,5-triazin-2-

-1,3,5-triazine-

may not be fed to livestock.

ylcarbamoylsulfam

2,4-diamine

PART B

oyl]-m-toluic acid

Max. 6 g/kg

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

triflusulfuron, and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2009

shall be taken into account. In this overall assessment

Member States must pay particular attention to

-

the dietary exposure of consumers to residues of

metabolites IN-M7222 and IN-E7710 in succeeding and

rotational crops and in products of animal origin;

-

the protection of aquatic organisms and aquatic

plants form the risk arising from triflusulfuron and the

metabolite IN-66036 and ensure that conditions of

authorisation include risk mitigation measures such as

buffer zones, where appropriate;

-

the potential for ground water contamination by

the degradation products IN-M7222 and IN-W6725 when

the active substance is applied in regions with vulnerable

soil and/or climatic conditions. Conditions of

authorisation must include risk mitigation measures,

where appropriate.

If triflusulfuron is classified as carcinogenic category 3 in

accordance with point 4.2.1. of Annex VI to Directive

67/548/EEC, request the submission of further

information on the relevance of the metabolites IN-

M7222, IN-D8526 and IN-E7710 with respect to cancer.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides that

information to the Commission within six months from

the notification of the classification decision concerning

that substance.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

≥ 905g/kg

PART A

3-

31 December

30 December

Difenacoum

[(1RS,3RS;1RS,3SR)-

Only uses as rodenticide in the form of pre-prepared baits

CAS N° 56073-07-5

3-biphenyl-4-yl-

placed in specially constructed, tamper resistant and

CIPAC N° 514

1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-

secured bait boxes are authorised.

naphthyl]-4-

The nominal concentration of the active substance in the

hydroxycoumarin

products shall not exceed 50 mg/kg

Authorisations shall be limited to professional users.

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

difenacoum, and in particular Appendices I and II thereof,

as finalised in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain

and Animal Health on 26 February 2009 shall be taken

into account. In this overall assessment Member States

shall pay particular attention to the protection of birds and

non-target mammals from primary and secondary

poisoning. Risk mitigation measures shall be applied

where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the

notifier submits to the Commission further information

on methods for the determination of residues of

difenacoum in body fluids.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such

information to the Commission by 30 November 2011.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the

notifier submits to the Commission further information on

the specification of the active substance as manufactured.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such

information to the Commission by 1 January 2010.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Didecyldimethylammoniu

70%

PART A

Didecyldimethylamm

1 January 2010 31 December

m chloride

(Technical

onium chloride is a

Only uses as bactericide, fungicide, herbicide and

CAS: not allocated

concentrate)

mixture of alkyl-

algaecide for indoor uses for ornamental plants may be

CIPAC: not allocated

quaternary

authorised.

ammonium salts with

PART B

typical alkyl chain

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

lengths of C8, C10

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

and C12, with more

didecyldimethylammonium chloride, and in particular

than 90% of C10

Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised in the Standing

Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health on 13

March 2009 shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

- the protection of the operator and worker safety.

Authorised conditions of use must prescribe the

application of adequate personal protective equipment

and risk mitigation measures to reduce the exposure;

- the protection of aquatic organisms.

Conditions of authorisation shall include risk mitigation

measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the

notifier at whose request didecyldimethylammonium

chloride has been included in this Annex, submits to the

Commission further information on the specification of

the active substance as manufactured and on the risk to

aquatic organisms . They shall ensure that the notifier

provides such information to the Commission by 1

January 2010 and 31 December 2011, respectively .

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

Sulphur

≥ 990g/kg

PART A

1 January 2010 31 December

Sulphur

CAS No 7704-34-9

Only uses as fungicide and acaricide may be authorised.

CIPAC No 18

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on sulfur,

and in particular Appendices I and II thereof, as finalised

in the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and

Animal Health on 13 March 2009 shall be taken into

account.

In this overall assessment Member States shall pay

particular attention to

- the protection of birds, mammals, aquatic organisms and

non target arthopods. Conditions of authorisation shall

include risk mitigation measures, where appropriate.

The Member States concerned shall ensure that the

notifier submit to the Commission further information to

confirm the risk assessment for birds, mammals, sediment

dwelling organisms and non target arthropods. They shall

ensure that the notifiers at whose request sulfur has been

included in this Annex provide such data to the

Commission at latest by 30 June 2011.

Expiration of

Common name,

Number

IUPAC name

Purity

Entry into force

Specific provisions

identification numbers

inclusion

(RS)-2-(2,4-

≥ 950 g/kg

1 January 2010 31 December

Tetraconazole

PART A

dichlorophenyl)-3-

(racemic mixture)

CAS N° 112281-77-3

Only uses as fungicide in field crops with an application

(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1- Impurity toluene

of max. 0.100 Kg/ha every third year on the same field

CIPAC N° 726

yl)-propyl-1,1,2,2-

may be authorised. Uses in apples and grapes must not be

Not more than

tetrafluoroethyl ether

authorised.

13g/kg

PART B

For the implementation of the uniform principles of

Annex VI, the conclusions of the review report on

tetraconazole, and in particular Appendices I and II

thereof, as finalised in the Standing Committee on the

Food Chain and Animal Health on 26 February 2009

shall be taken into account.

In this overall assessment Member States must pay

particular attention to

-

the protection of aquatic organisms and non-target

plants; in relation to these identified risks, risk mitigation

measures, such as buffer zones, shall be applied where

appropriate;

-

the protection of the groundwater, when the active

substance is applied in regions with vulnerable soil and/or

climatic conditions.

The Member States concerned shall request

- the submission of further information on a refined

consumer risk assessment

- further information on the specification regarding

ecotoxicology;

- further information on the fate and behaviour of

potential metabolites in all relevant compartments;

- the refined risk assessment of such metabolites to

birds, mammals aquatic organisms and non-target

arthropods

- further information on the potential for endocrine

disrupting effects to birds, mammals and fish.

They shall ensure that the notifier provides such

information to the Commission by 31 December 2011 at

the latest.

Need to analyze how this provision applies to your matter?

Cross-reference this statute against case law, commentaries, and related legislative provisions inside Legislator AI.

Open in Legislator →